te) wee ee Mae tata here? ay aa Perma re te Wr Dene tr Mri tiie Par Se OW ete Penery rarey Woben iet chet Qs d ae a “a Wie @ wore) Fate Ba beh hae Weta pd Vasa aes ' aa Rew pratt a ao ay Cree) Hates 2 ie Vk yey Beas trie bs Ay TA ckaeta Cow Rone a) Cerrone titers reset ir Tere eck irri it WY De ene Mer ae an ae el le ate ae heey Pen Seen St ers eee PETC RC eee Ok Sets a) op Pate em etree Been Tee et * ce ah Naa sarbah ays alas Hai Mignth gates Nohca sty te Lt teh saa Sorin eens PSHE Sep Pay SHO hehe * anthe ah he Cetalun ue eee tet Cerio ‘dace ged ‘ epee tt a fea certo wgAchaar he Perey sepee. fr by tere tema er Dy Perv ietr mes err Pent a toe bt Ae hoo abe | ba Feta jase aed TE tote a bate ak de foes fe4 oh 90 4 hed NOAA BGhrtsa) Sactaesd shi tal, Carhdn gata Vite Testo le ash Sedgaabe lpeseah stetea tees aa gery Cees Be eh eee Dawa e vite das NRyhe beteaete date ap at ta recegwansenbes caret: Sia Deeb ae Wage Pea eben tah Mee alae Heat aaah ge Gaba SPOILEURC CeO Meat ea Nas petate rd aeteneas rnievepeier is Pepe ya ee ui aa ean tas olpinteleine)oiaielaivialsin\cteltin(w.clarera 15-20 * I. Sandstone, * Tionesta”....cccscvecsescccvescesies 60-70 * The Mahoning Sandstone is usually a massive rock, and is seen capping the hills in the vicinity of New Brighton, where it rests directly upon the Upper Freeport coal. The decomposing pyrites of the coal, acting upon the base of this stratum, forms alum, so that in some portions of the county the mass is known as the “Alum Rocks.” This sandstone shows the fantastic forms of weathering so charac- teristic of it. It presents marked irregularities in thickness, and its composition is not persistent. At some localities it occurs in sandstone bluffs seventy-five feet high, while in others it is simply a mass of shale. ? The Upper Freeport Ooal, owing to its impurity, as well as to its abrupt variations in thickness, is of little impor- tance. It contains a very large proportion of pyrites, and within a few hundred feet will vary from one to three feet in thickness. It is occasionally mined for domestic use by those living on the hills near its outcrop, and it is the source 16 Notes on the Coal Measures of of supply for some distance along the Darlington road. It is rarely used where other coals are accessible. The Freeport Limestone is here a pure white limestone, and very persistent. It would burn into lime of excellent quality, but is not employed for that purpose, or indeed for any other. The original settlers discovered the impure Ferriferous limestone and burned that. Their descendants have continued to use that rock in preference to the Free- port ; for what reason, it is difficult to say. The lower portion of No. 16 is fossiliferous, and yielded large numbers of individuals belonging to the following species: Productus semi-reticulatus, P. Nebrascensis, P. cos- tatus (?), P. Prattenianus, Spirifer plano-convexus, Athy- ris subtilita, and spines of Zeacrinus mucrospinus. The thin coal, No. 15, is a persistent member of the group, but is not mentioned in Rogers’ report. It is of fair quality. The shale No. 14 is quite rich in vegetable remains, prin- cipally of the genera Pecopteris, Sphenophyllum, Neurop- teris, Hymenophyllites, Calamites, and Sigillaria. The Lower Freeport Coal nowhere attains workable thick- ness along the line of section, excepting at one locality on Trough Run, where it suddenly expands to four feet, and be- comes an impure cannel of little value. The Kittanning Coal is the important bed in this portion of the county, and is mined somewhat extensively, not only to supply the home demand, but also for shipping. It is quite ‘pure, is an excellent gas coal, and cokes readily. It is rarely more than thirty-two inches thick, and never more than three feet, in this region, yet owing to its quality it is profitably mined for shipment on a large scale. At Clinton, ten miles above New Brighton, the Crawford mine yields two hundred tons daily, and there are others almost as productive. In the vicinity of New Brighton and Beaver Falls, the seam shows the same thickness and is of equally good quality, but is mined neither extensively nor intelligently. _No more ‘ Beaver County, Pennsylvania. 17 is taken out than suffices to supply the needs of those min- ing; and when from any cause it becomes inconvenient to work at an opening any longer, it is deserted and allowed to fall down, to the great detriment of the property. The Ferriferous Limestone is of interest, both because of its fossils and of the variations in its thickness and quality. On Trough Run it is only eight inches thick; two miles below, on Rippling Run, it is eight feet; while on the other side of the river, and directly opposite the latter locality, it is only one foot. Traced northward, fifteen miles from New Brighton, it is found to be twenty-five feet thick at Wam- pum. Opposite the bridge over Block House Run, near New Brighton, it is seven feet thick. From it, at this locality, a very good hydraulic cement was manufactured by the Pittsburg and Erie Canal Co., which was used by them in building their locks. At Wampum it is extensively quarried to supply the iron-furnaces at Pittsburg, Alleghany, and other cities in the vicinity. Everywhere it is richly fossiliferous, and from various localities the following species have been obtained: Productus Nebrascensis, P. seni-retic- ulatus, P. longispinus, Spirifer lineatus, Spirifer sp. (?), Athyris subtilita, several species of Platyceras, Pleurotomaria turbinella, P. Grayvilliensis, P. perhumerosa, Polyphemop- sis peracuta, Polyphemopsis sp. (?), Huomphalus rugosus, Lophophyllum proliferum. The Clarion Coal is finely exposed in the vertical cliffs above New Brighton and below Trough Run, presenting a black band, which is conspicuous for some distance along the river. It never exceeds eighteen inches in thickness, but is said to be of remarkably fine quality. The Brookville Coal is traceable with some difficulty. In a small gully, emptying into the Beaver River, opposite New Brighton, this seam is double, the two parts separated by four feet of shale. The bed is of no economic value. The Shale, No. 7, is fossiliferous. On Trough Run I ob- tained from this stratum the following species: Productus JULY, 1874. 2 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. XI. 18 Irregularities of the Floor of the. Nebrascensis, Chonetes mesoloba, Hemipronites crassus, Spirifer plano-convexus, Athyris subtilita, -Aviculopecten Whitei (?), Nucula ventricosa, Nucula (?) anodontoides, Nuculana bellistriata, Bellerophon Montfortianus, Bellero- phon Stevensanus, Bellerophon percarinatus, Plewrotomaria Grayvilliensis, Pleurotomaria carbonaria, and Nautilus occi- dentalis, together with many fragments of crinoidal stems. On a small run entering the Beaver, about three miles above New Brighton, the lower portion of this stratum is made up almost entirely of Aviculopecten Whitei, and attached to these shells are Spirorbis carbonarius in countless numbers. The latter fossil occurs at this locality only. This shale ‘seems to disappear entirely where the overlying limestone attains considerable thickness. In the Shale No. 3 are vast numbers of vegetable remains, for the most part so imperfect that anything beyond; mere generic determination is impossible. The Tionesta Sandstone is a very hard, coarse, white rock. It is quarried extensively at Homewood, by the Pennsylvania Railroad Co. It is there fifty feet above the river, but passes under the river opposite New Brighton. III.— Observations on some Irregularities of the Floor of the Coal Measures of Eastern Kentucky. By R. P. STEVENS. Read October 27, 1873. Durine a late trip to the Cumberland Mountains, I ap- proached them via the Knoxville Branch of the Kentucky Southern Railroad. At Mount Vernon, Rockcastle Co., and in that vicinity, the’ sub-carboniferous limestone is 300 feet thick (by estimate). Thence:the railroad: runs eastward to Rockeastle River, and Coal Measures of Eastern Kentucky. 19 after reaching the summit at the head of Rough Rock Creek (a tributary of the former) has a descending grade eastward of fifty feet to the mile. In the first five miles, the limestone, which at Mount Ver- non is 250 feet above the grade, has at Pine Hill descended to the grade, and even below it. At Pine Hill is the first workable coal. The coal measures here rest upon the sub-carboniferous limestone without the intervention of the conglomerate. Immediately across the first intervening valley the lime- stone rises above the grade of the railroad 30 feet ; and piled upon it are some eighty or ninety feet of coarse siliceous conglomerate, reaching to the tops of the high hills bordering the railroad. Here, at the 136th mile post, is an anticlinal. The eastward dip of the limestone is 24°, and the westward dip 50°; and through it are cut two tunnels. Passing on eastward to the 137th mile post, the limestone has sunk beneath the railroad, and the conglomerate is at the grade. Halfa mile farther, the conglomerate is replaced in part by sandstone. At the 138th mile-post, and at the first crossing of Rough Rock Creek, the limestone is in the bed of the creek; over it are ten to twelve feet of sandstone, then thirty to forty feet of black and purple shale, with a few feet of sandstone ; and over these, coal measures. The lower vein of coal appears a little farther on, in the left bank of the stream. At the 139th mile post, sandstone replaces the colored shales ; but in the distance of a few rods they come in again and continue to Livingstone, where sandstone appears with thin conglomerate bands, in place of the large volume of conglomerate. At the termination of the railroad, a few rods beyond the depot, sands and pebbles begin to be cemented with lime; and at Goodin’s Mine, limestone for ninety feet replaces the conglomerate. | 20 Genitalia and Lingual Across Pond’s Hollow, the limestone rests upon a sand- stone, in its normal condition. All these changes take place in the distance of five miles. We have here the evidence of the following series of con- ditions ;—first, two miles of strong currents, bringing in coarse gravel; next, gentler currents for one mile, bringing in fine sand; then a quiet bayou, a mile broad, receiving deposits of carbonaceous mud; then for another mile, stronger currents again, carrying sands and pebbles; and finally at the Rockcastle River, tearing up the limestone and giving instead of it a mixed deposit of lime, sands and peb- bles. All these changes, looking at them with reference to the coal above, are in one common horizon. IV.—On the Genitalia and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. By W. G. BINNEY. With Plates I-VI. Read May 25th, 1874. Ir will be noticed that in the following descriptions of the genital system, I have followed Dr. Leidy (Terr. Moll. U. S., I) in applying the terms ovary and oviduct. I am aware of other names being applied to the organs by other authors. I take this opportunity of strongly urging upon concholo- gists the study of the genital system as a most reliable spe- cific character, in the terrestrial Pulmonata. : _ For the species extralimital to the United States, I am indebted to my friend, Mr. Thomas Bland, as well as for their identification. The most interesting of them were collected by Prof. Orton, in his late journey in northern Peru. Limax flavus, Linn. A few days since a colony of this species was discovered by a friend in the cellar of his house in Burlington, N. J. Dentition of Pulmonata. 21 The specimens agree perfectly with the description and fig- ures in the “Terrestrial Mollusks of the United States.” The genital system is also the same as figured by Leidy in the same work, and by Moquin-Tandon (Moll. Terr. et Fluv. de France). There can be no doubt, therefore, of the iden- tity of the species. The figure of the dentition of this species given by me in L. and F. W. Shells N. A., I, p. 63, f. 105, is drawn from some other species. The true Z. flavus now examined by me has central teeth with subobso- lete side cusps, bearing no cutting points, central cusp short, with a short, bluntly pointed cutting point. Laterals like the centrals, but un- symmetrical. Marginals aculeate, the extreme ones bifurcated. Teeth in the lingual examined over 60-1-60. The figure by Dr. Leidy published by Mr. Bland and myself (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. of N. Y., EX, 285) though unsatisfactory, was, no doubt, drawn from this species. The lingual membrane examined by me agrees with the figures given by Heynemann* of the dentition of L. flavus. Limax agrestis, Linn. Specimens from Burlington, N. J., of this species, of un- doubted identity, agreeing externally and anatomically with the figures in the “Terrestrial Mollusks of the United States,” furnished the lingual membrane here described. Teeth 50-1-50, with 14 perfect laterals. Centrals long, narrow, with a middle long cusp, extending to the lower edge of base of attachment, and bearing a long, acute cutting point, extending far below the lower: edge; side cusps subobsolete, but bearing well-developed, triangular cutting points. Laterals like centrals, but unsymmetrical by the changed form of the inner cutting point. Marginal teeth aculeate, the extreme ones do not appear to be bifurcate. Jaw wide, low, slightly arcuate, with broad median projection. *See Mal. Blatt, X. 22 Genitalia and Lingual Limax Hewstoni, I. G. Cooper. The specimens examined are from the state collection of California, presented by Dr. J. G. Cooper. These specimens are not in good condition for anatomical examination, but I am able to state that both testicle and ovary are large. The ovi- duct is long and greatly convoluted. The prostate is well developed. The vagina is very short, the very short duct of the genital bladder enters at about its middle. The last named organ is large, globular. The penis is small, short, cylindrical, expanded and bulbous at its apex, where the vas deferens enters. I could detect no accessory organs in the single specimen imperfectly examined. : The genitalia are somewhat of the same type as those of L. flavus (see Terr. Moll. U. S., I), Linn., but the dentition of the latter is quite dis- tinct (see above). There is a still. stronger resemblance to the genitalia of Amalia gagates as figured by Semper (Phil. Archip., pl. xi, fig. 9), so far as the penis and genital bladder are concerned. The species certainly belongs to the section Amalia, as understood by Semper (I. ¢. p. 84) and Heynemann (Mal. Blatt., X, 200) as shown by the dentition of the lingual membrane. I have already, in connection with Mr. Bland (Ann. N. Y. Lye. N. H., X, 349), described the dentition. It is necessary, however, to be more explicit in the descrip- tion, as several types are found in the genus Zimax (in the broad sense usually adopted). Dr. Cooper’s type now before me has the lingual membrane long and narrow. There are about 50-1-50 teeth. The centrals are tricuspid, the middle cusp is stout and reaches to the lower edge of the base of attach- ment, the side cusps are not well developed; all three cusps bear a cutting point. The base of attachment is almost as broad as high. The lateral teeth, about 22 or 25 in number, are of the same type as the centrals, equally tricuspid, and so symmetrical as to be with great difficulty distin- guished from the central tooth, excepting the outer ones, which lose the inner cusp. The marginal teeth are aculeate, not bifid, and are generally short and stout, but in some specimens are long and slender. So far as outward appearance goes, the species somewhat resembles Amalia marginata, Drap., as figured by Lehmann (Lebenden Schnecken, etc., pl. v, fig. B). It is, however, by no means certain that it was introduced into San Fran- cisco, as Mr. H. Hemphill has sent me specimens of an Dentition of Pulmonata. 23 Amalia from Los Angeles. His species had about 48 teeth in each row, 16 being laterals, the balance marginals, a dif- ference of arrangement which may fairly be considered to show a specific difference between his specimens and the San Francisco form, though his discovery leads us to consider Amalia as native to California. Limax maximus, Linn. I have also reéxamined the lingual of this species from specimens collected in Newport, R. I. (see my edition of Gould’s Invertebrata of Mass., p. 407, fig. 669) and find it to agree with the descriptions and figures of Lehmann and Heynemann. I am preparing an exhaustive paper on the dentition-of our land shells, in which more particular de- scriptions of the dentition of all our species will be given. I will here say, however, that in the specimen examined by me the bifurcation of the marginals commences nearer the median line than is described by Heynemann. There are but twelve marginals without bifurcation in my specimen, that is, the bifurcation commences at about the thirtieth tooth from the central line. Heynemann gives the commencement of the bifurcation at the sixty-fifth tooth. There are 76-1-76 teeth. Limax campestris, Binney. d To complete the series of North American Limaces, I subjoin a summary of the characters of this species, the only one now known to be native to eastern North America. There are 36-1-36 teeth, 11 being perfect laterals, and 25 being marginals. Of the latter about one-half are bifid. The centrals and laterals are of the same type as in LZ. agrestis. Judging from dentition alone, ZL. maximus and flavus would be placed in Heynemannia, a subgenus of Limax; agrestis in s. g. Agriolimax; campestris in s. g. Malacoli- max; While Hewstoni would be in the genus Amalia. (See Heynemann, Nachr. Mal. Gesell., I, 163.) 24 Genitalia and Lingual Limax Weinlandi, Heynemann (Mall. Blatt., X, 212), I do not know. The figure given by Heynemann (I. ec. pl. ii, fig. 1) of its dentition does not agree with that of LZ. cam- pestris. Limazx campestris differs widely in its genitalia from Limax agrestis, as will be seen by Leidy’s figures in Terr. Moll. U. pes ty plat, fice. 6. Zonites capnodes,* W. G. Binney. Tennessce. Jaw as usual in the genus. Lingual membrane broad, with numerous rows of about 66-1-66 teeth. Centrals long, with a long, slender, median cusp, reaching the base of attachment and bearing a long, slender point projecting beyond it. Side cusps subobsolete, but represented by the cutting points, which are greatly developed, triangular, stretching beyond the sides of the base of attachment. Lateral teeth of same type as centrals, but bicuspid; there are about nine perfect laterals. Marginals aculeate, as usual in the genus. Ihave not been able to observe the complete genital sys- tem of the species. The penis has the same arrangement as in Z. levigatus. The external orifice is quite under the edge of the mantle. In the Land Mollusken of the “Archip. der Philippinen” (p. 78, pl. iii, fig. 27; pl. v, fig. 21), Semper describes and figures the genital system, jaw and lingual dentition, which he refers to Z. lucubratus, Say. The specimen examined by- him was from Tennessee. ‘It is difficult to decide from what species Semper drew his description. It certainly was not the true lucubratus, which is a Mexican species. A com- parison of my descriptions and figures of Javigatus, tnor- natus, fuliginosus and friabilis shows that neither of those species could have been before Semper. His description of the lingual membrane would better apply to capnodes. I have not been able to examine the whole of the genital system to sce how nearly that also agrees with his figures. * Formerly erroneously spelt Kopnodes. Dentition of Pulmonata. 25 Zonites friabilis, W. G. Binney. Mr. A. G. Wetherby. Jaw as usual in the genus. Lingual membrane similar to that above described of Z. capnodes. Teeth about 57-1-57, with six perfect laterals. The genital system is figured on pl. V, fig. m1. The ovary (11) is stout, light-brown, and blunt. The oviduct (8) is short. The vagina is long and narrow, with a yellow prepuce-like expansion at the entrance of the duct of the genital bladder, which is near the base. The genital bladder (9) is large, oval, on a duct of about equal length and size as the vagina: The penis sac (5) is long and slender, and peculiarly characterized by a lateral bulbous expansion near its base, bearing the retractor muscle (6). Beyond this bulb the sac is narrow, but gradually expands, and towards its end again very gradually tapers towards the apex, where the vas deferens (7) enters. [ts orifice is side by side with that of the vagina. I found no dart in the bulb-like organ attached to the penis. It prob- ably is a form of prostate. The external orifice is under the mantle. Zonites inornatus, Say. The genitalia (pl. V, fig. 1) have the same general arrangement as in Z. friabilis, herewith described. The ovary (11), however, is very much more developed, being in this species the most conspicuous organ in the system; the cpididymis (2) is less convoluted, the oviduct (8) is longer, the vagina shorter, the genital bladder (9) more clavate, with a shorter duct (16), and there is a small globular vaginal prostate (13). Zonites sculptilis, Bland. Tennessee. Miss Annie E. Law. » Jaw as usual in the genus. Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth about 40-1-40, with four perfect laterals. Centrals tricuspid, laterals bicuspid, the side cusps of each being almost obsolete, but surmounted by a triangular sharp point. Marginals aculeate. The dentition is of the same type as in Z. capnodes, see above. (PI. Il, fig. IV.) Fig. b represents the two extreme marginal teeth. Zonites Elliotti, Redfield. Hayesville, N.C. Miss Annie E. Law. Lingual membrane as usual in the genus. It will be noticed that there are not any well developed side cusps to the centrals and laterals, though there are well developed cutting points. Teeth about 32-1-32, with six perfect laterals. 26 Genitalia and Lingual The character of the dentition, as well as the caudal mucus pore, proves the species to be a true Zonites, and not a Macrocyelis, in which genus it is placed by Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., II, 246. The existence of the dart sac and dart has already been published. Zonites internus, Say. An examination of the animal by Mr. Bland shows the existence of a dart. Helix rufo-apicata, Poey. (Hemitrochus.)* Cuba. Mr. Arango. Jaw slightly arcuate, ends but little attenuated, blunt; anterior surface without ribs; cutting edge with a broad, blunt, median projection. Lingual membrane (pl. V, fig. v) long and narrow. Centrals long and narrow with one median stout cusp, bearing a short, bluntly pointed cutting point, the side cusps subobsolete. Laterals like the centrals, but unsymmetrical. Marginals subquadrate, with one very broad, oblique, acutely trifid cutting point, the central division the largest. The figure @ gives one central tooth with two adjacent laterals, b gives two extreme marginals. The dentition has the same general character as the other species of Hemitrochus, examined by me, viz., gallopavonis, graminicola, varians and Troscheli. Helix badia, Fér. (Dentellaria.) Martinique. For jaw and dentition see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phila., 1874, p. 52. Genital system resembling that of H. Josephinw, herewith described. Helix nuxdenticulata, Chemn. (Dentellaria.) Martinique. For description of jaw and lingual dentition see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1874, p. 52. The genital.system is figured on pl. V. fig. vnr. The ovary (11) is short, stout. The oviduct (8) is wide, sac-like. The vagina is short, small, with a bulbous expansion near its top; the duct of the genital bladder enters at about the middle of its length, the sac of the penis near its base. The penis sac (5) is very prominent. It is as long as the *Mr. Rland and I have elsewhere (Ann. of Lyc. of Nat. Hist. of N. Y., X, 341) pointed out the great difference in the lingual dentition of Helix muscarum, Lea, the type of the subgenus Polymita, and the other species referred to the subgenus by von Martens. We have suggested using for the latter the name Hemifrochus. We have also shown that H. pista belongs to the true Polymita, sharing the peculiar den- tition of muscarum. Dentition of Pulmonata. 27 oviduct, narrowed at its base, along the remainder of its course quite stout, but with a subcentral contraction, and a blunt apex, where the re- tractor muscle (G6) is attached, and where the vas deferens (7) enters, the latter swollen at this point. The genital bladder (9) is small, oval; its duct (16) is long, irregular, narrowed above and below, but very much swollen along the middle three-fifths of its length. As with the penis, the duct of the genital bladder forms a conspicuous feature of the system. Helix nucleola, Rang. (Dentellaria.) Martinique. Lingual membrane and jaw already described by me (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phila., 1874, p. 52). Genital system figured on pl. II, fig. vr. The ovary (11) is long and narrow. The oviduct (8) is long, rather stout, but little convoluted. The vagina is narrow, about one-third the length of the oviduct; just below the middle of its length it has a bulbous expansion, which receives the long, slender duct (16) of the small. oval genital bladder (9). The penis sac (5) enters the vagina near its base; it is very long, cylindrical, slender, with the vas deferens (7) and retractor muscle entering at its apex. Helix Josephine, Fér. (Denteliaria.) Guadeloupe. For description of jaw and lingual membrane, see Ann. Lyc. N. H. of ING Yer, Xi, G00. Genital system figured on pl. V, fig. rx. The testicle (1) is composed of white ceca tipped with brown. The epididymis is greatly convoluted near the ovary. The latter organ (11) is broad. The oviduct (8) is long. The vagina is long and narrow; it receives the long slender duct (16) of the small globose genital bladder (9) near its top. The penis sac (5) is long and slender, its opening being by the side of that of the vagina, rather than actually into the latter organ, its apex rapidly narrowing to an acute point, near which enters the vas deferens (7). Helix discolor, Fér. (Thelidomus.) Martinique. Jaw and lingual membrane already described by me (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1874, p. 51). Genital system short and stout in its various parts, excepting the ovary. (11) which is long, slender, acutely pointed. The epididymis (2) is long, convoluted at the end near the oviduct. The oviduct (8) is stout, sac-like. The genital bladder (9) is as long as the oviduct, clavate, stout, with no distinct duct, but gradually tapering to-its entrance into the vagina,, which is at the upper end of the latter. The penis sac (5), is the most 28 Genitalia and Lingual prominent organ. It enters the vagina at its base. It is as long as the whole system, stout, especially in its lower half, abruptly terminating in an acute point above, where it receives the vas deferens. The latter organ (7) is enlarged for some distance after leaving the penis sac. The retractor muscle (6) of the penis is inserted on the side of the sac, at the lower third of its length. Pl. II, fig. IX. Helix Troostiana, Lea. (Polygyra.) Kentucky, Mr. A. G. Wetherby. Jaw as usual in the sub-genus Polygyra, with about ten, broad, crowded ribs, denticulating either margin. Lingual membrane (pl. V, fig. VI) long and narrow. Teeth about 25- 1-25. Centrals and laterals quadrate, the former tricuspid, the latter bicuspid, the cusps stout: all the cusps with cutting points. Marginals low, wide, with one inner, oblique, stout, short, bluntly bifid cusp, and one outer, shorter, bluntly bifid cusp. Genital system (pl. V, fig. III) long and slender, especially the ovary (11), and oviduct (8); vagina long, recciving the duct of the genital bladder below its middle, and the sac of the penis still lower down; penis long, tubular, of about same width as the vagina, with a prominent bulb at its apex, into the end of which is inserted the vas deferens (7) and at the side of which the retractor muscle (6) is attached; genital bladder (9) moderate, oyal, on a duct (16) of about equal length and size as the vagina. Helix obstricta, Say. (Triodopsis.) Ohio, Mr. A. G. Wetherby. The genital system resembles exactly that of H. palliata, Say, as figured by Dr. Leidy in Terr. Moll. U. S., I, pl. vii, fig. 8. Helix Clarki, Lea. (Triodopsis? Mesodon?) Hayesville, N. C., Miss Annie E. Law. Jaw as usual, arcuate, ends attenuated, blunt; anterior surface with about fourteen stout, separated ribs. denticulating either margin. Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth about 35-1-35. Centrals with a stout, short, median cusp, bearing a very short, blunt, cutting point, the outer cusps subobsolete. Laterals like the centrals, but un- symmetrical. Marginals wide, low, with one, inner, short, broad, sharply bifurcated cutting point, and one shorter, outer, bifurcated cutting point. Pl. VI, fig. I. The genital system (pl. VI, fig VI) is peculiar in several respects. The ovary (11) is very slender, and equals about one-half the length of the oviduct. The epididymis (2) is highly developed, greatly convoluted, stout, four times the length of the ovary. The oviduct (8) is convoluted. Dentition of Pulmonata. 29 The prostate (4) is greatly developed. The penis sac (5) is short, cylin- drical, entering the vagina near its base, and receiving both vas deferens (7) and retractor muscle (6) at its apex. The genital bladder (9) is small, oval, with a short duct (16) entering the vagina about the middle of itslength. The vas deferens (7) is swollen on leaving the prostate. Testicle not observed. The marginal teeth of the lingual membrane are more of the type of Triodopsis than Mesodon, as known to us at present. I am in doubt, therefore, of the subgeneric position of the species. Helix Wheatleyi, Bland. (Mesodon.) Hayesville, N. C., Miss Annie E. Law. Jaw as usual in the subgenus, with about twelve ribs. Lingual membrane long. Teeth about 67-1-67. Centrals and laterals as described under H. Clarki. Marginals high, narrow, with one very long cutting point to the single cusp. Outer marginals about as high as wide, with one long inner, obtusely pointed, cutting point, and one shorter, outer cutting point. The first marginal teeth resemble those of H. thyroides in the single, greatly produced cutting point. The extreme marginals, however, are bifid. The genital system in the specimens received was too decayed to allow of complete examination. The penis, however, was in perfect condition. It forms the peculiar feature of the system on account of its enormous development. It is short, cylindrical, with blunt ends, very stout, three or four times as large as the oviduct, with retractor muscle, and vas deferens at its apex. Helix Pennsylvanica, Green. (Mesvdon.) The upper portions of the genital system (pl. V, fig. VII) not observed. The penis sac (5) is long and slender, with the vas deferens (7) and retractor muscle (6) entering its apex, and its orifice entering the vagina near its base. The genital bladder (9) is long, stout, cylindrical, with a median contraction; its duct (16) is hardly distinct from it, with an entrance opposite that of the penis sac. The prostate (4) is very large. Helix clausa, Say. (Mesodon.) Ohio. Pl. V, fig. rv. The penis sac (5) is the conspicuous feature of the system : it is longer than the oviduct, and almost as stout, of about equal size throughout; it has the entrance of the vas deferens (7) and retractor muscle (6) at its blunt apex. The genital bladder (9) is small, length- ened oval, with a long, slender duct (16). The prostate (4) is narrow, stout, prominent, cord like. The vas deferens (7) is large. The other organs present no peculiar features. 4 30 Genitalia and Lingual Helix Traski, Newc. (Arionta.) Specimens from the mouth of San Tomas River, Lower California, collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill. The genital system resembles very nearly that which I have figured of Helix Nickliniana, Lea (Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1874, 41, pl. iv. fig. m1). The duct of the genital bladder in this species is, however, very much longer, its accessory duct shorter in proportion, the flagellum of the penis'sac longer. There is also a peculiar feature in the genitalia of H. Traski, a globular organ of about equal diameter with the vaginal prostate, attached laterally to the flagellum of the Jatter, before it becomes bifurcated. The bulbous expansions on the two branches of the flagellum are also much larger in H. Traski. It is figured in pl. VI, fig. IV. Helix Stearnsiana, Gabb. (Arionta?) To the kindness of Mr. Henry Hemphill I am indebted for living specimens of this species from Todos Santos Island and the mouth of the San Tomas River, Lower California. The result of the examination of the genitalia and lingual dentition establishes its specific distinction from the Cata- lina Island form (4. Jvelletti, Forbes) to which it is nearly related by the. characters of its shell. (See L. and F. W. Shiels oN SAC TY L76. 177). The genitalia (pl. VI, fig. 11) resemble very nearly those of H. Kelletti (Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1874, pl. iii, fig. 4, p. 39). A comparison of the figures, however, will show considerable difference, especially in the dart sac (14). In the species before me there is a long thread like duct (14") leading from the base of the dart sac (14) to a large globular organ, whose character is unknown to me. Opposite the en- trance of this duct a corresponding duct (14°) branches out, but instead of ending in a globular organ it becomes much enlarged in size and ends in enveloping the prepuce (12). The dart sac (14) contained a small dart of the form figured by Leidy (Terr. Moll. U. S., I) for Tebenno- phorus Caroliniensis. The oviduct was closely and spirally wound around the duct of the genital bladder. Thie testicle (1) and ovary (11) are yellow. The jaw is thick, arched, ends blunt, but little attenuated; anterior surface with six stout, separated ribs denticulating Son margin, and several less developed, interstitial ribs. The lingual membrane is long and narrow with about 50-1-50 teeth. The centrals are of the form of those of H. Californiensis (L. and F. W. Shells N. A., I. fig. 297). The cusp with its cutting point, however, is Dentition of Pulmonata. 31 very much shorter, reaching only about half way to the lower edge of the base of attachment. Laterals of same type. Marginals low, wide, very variable in the denticles, but usually with one long, broad, sharply bifid inner denticle (the inner point much the smaller), and one short sharp, rarely bifid outer denticle. The Catalina Island H. Kelletti has same type of dentition. The mar- ginals, however, seem much more broadly denticulated. Strophia iostoma, Pfr. Inagua, Bahamas. -Jaw strongly arched, ends but little attenuated, bluntly rounded. An- terior surface without ribs. Cutting edge with a decided, blunt, median projection. Lingual membrane (pl. II, fig. vn) long and narrow. Teeth about 29-1-29. Centrals but little longer than broad, tricuspid, the middle cusp short and stout, with a short, bluntly rounded cutting point; side cusps slightly produced, with a short, sharp point. Lateral teeth like the cen- trals but bicuspid. Marginal teeth a simple modification of the laterals, with one short, bluntly pointed inner cusp, and one still shorter, bluntly pointed outer cusp. Fig. q@ represents the central and lateral teeth, ba marginal tooth, c an extreme marginal. Geomalacus maculosus, Allm. England. Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys. The genital system is figured on pl. V, fig. x. Fora description of it and of the jaw and dentition, see Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., X, 308. As there stated, the vas deferens is conspicuous by its great length, and the penis sac has attached to its apex a singular globular organ, which is a conspicuous feature of the system. Pallifera Wetherbyi, n. sp. From near the mouth of Laurel River, Whitley Co., Kentucky, Mr. A. G. Wetherby collected many specimens of what appeared to be a small species of Tebennophorus. It was readily distinguished from the numerous young of T. Caroliniensis found in the vicinity by the arrangement of the blotches of color, they being in irregular, interrupted, transverse bands, instead of running longitudinally as in that species. The anterior portion of the body seemed also to be more swollen, and the posterior extremity to taper more rapidly than in Caroliniensis. On examining the jaw 32 Genitalia and Lingual I found it to be ribbed, a character placing the slug in the genus Pallifera. The presence of ribs was verified in four individuals. Small specimens of 7. Caroliniensis from the same locality had the usual ribless jaw of Tebennophorus. It appears, therefore, that the slug must be considered a new species of Pallifera.* It may be called after its discoverer. It is difficult to draw more satisfactory specific characters from specimens preserved in alcohol. One of them in its contracted state measures 12 millimetres in length. Jaw (pl. Il, fig. 1) arcuate, ends blunt, but little attenuated; anterior surface with decided, separated, unequal ribs, denticulating either margin, about 15 on one Specimen, those at the ends being less developed than on the balance of the jaw; cutting edge with a decided, short, blunt, median projection. Lingual membrane (pl. II, fig. 1r) long and narrow. Teeth about 35- 1-35. Centrals long, expanding towards the base, cusp stout, with a stout blunt cutting point not reaching the lower margin of the base of attachment, side cusps obsolete. Laterals same as centrals, but unsym- metrical. Marginals (b) low, wide, with one inner, long, oblique, blunt cusp, and one outer, short, usually bluntly bifid cusp. Bulimus foveolatus, Rve. (Orphnus.) Northern Peru. Prof. Orton. This and the other species collected by Prof. Orton were determined by Mr. Bland. Jaw slightly arched, wide, low. thin, with over 50 delicate ribs of the kind herewith described under, Bulimulus Lobbi: ends but slightly at- tenuated, blunt. Lingual membrane (pl. I, fig. mr) long and narrow, composed of very numerous rows of about 34-1-34 teeth each. Teeth as usual in the Heli- cide. The centrals (2) with one short cusp, the side cusps being obso- lete, cutting point short, bluntly pointed. Laterals like the centrals, but unsymmetrical, and with a more developed outer side cusp. Marginals b, a simple modification of the laterals, smaller, higher than wide, with the cutting point longer. The plate.gives one central with its adjacent lateral, a, and three’extreme marginals, b. The membrane is very thick and strong, and of equal width throughout its length, the ends being bluntly truncated. *lts dentition is more related to Tebennophorus than to Pallifera by the absence of side cusps and cutting points to the central and lateral teeth. Dentition of Pulmonata. 33 The genus Bulimus seems to be characterized by marginal teeth to its lingual membrane of the same type as the laterals, being simply a modification of the latter. Thus far we know the dentition of the following species: B. porphyrostomus, scarabus, odontostomus, glaber, auris-sileni, multicolor, egre- gius, oblongus, ovatus, magnificus, Hanleyi, marmoratus, and aulacostylus. B. auris-sciurt (which appears to be a var. of B. glaber), figured by Guppy and Hogg, may not agree toto! with these, but the figure is too bad to judge from. Bulimus auris-sileni, Born. (Pelecychilus.) St. Vincent. For description of jaw and lingual dentition, see Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., X, 222. For figure of latter, see Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1874, pl. vi, fig. 4. The genitalia are figured at natural size as they appear suspended in water. The whole system is very long and slender. The testicle (1) is embedded in the upper lobe of the liver; it is composed of lung ceca. The epididymis (2) is convoluted along the half nearer the oviduct. The accessory gland (3) is composed of prominent aciniform ceca. The ovary (11) is short and stout, much broader than the oviduct, lobulated. The oviduct (8) is long, narrow, greatly convoluted. The vagina is long, very narrow. The external orifice is behind the right eyepeduncle. The penis sac (5) is the most prominent organ. It is extremely long, exceed- ing the length of the whole system. It is tubular, of about equal length along three-fourths of its course, where it receives the vas deferens (6) and commences to taper gradually towards the apex, merging into a long, delicate flagellum or lengthened retractor muscle, said muscle being attached to the end. The penis sac does not appear actually to enter the vagina; the two organs terminating side by side. The genital bladder (9) is small, globular, its duct (16) is almost as long as the oviduct, of very unequal breadth. For two-fifths of its length beyond the bladder it is delicate, then rapidly expands into a tube as wide as the ovary, then, tapering, becomes again narrow at the com- mencement of the last fifth of its course, but again widely expands before entering the vagina at the upper third of the length of the latter organ. PIL LVG tz. V- Bulimus glaber;Gmel. (Pelecychilus.) Island of Grenada. Jaw as in Bulimulus, Cylindrella, etc. Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth as usual in the Helicine, long and narrow, ceutrals tricuspid, laterals bicuspid, marginals a simple JULY, 1874. 3 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HistT., VOL. XI. 34 Genitalia and Lingual modification of the laterals, with one large, long, inner, pointed cusp, and two outer, small points. See Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sc., 1874, pl. vi, fig. 6... Cylindrella sanguinea, Pfr. Jamaica. The genital system (pl. II, fig. vir), as would be inferred from the shape of the shell, is very much lengthened in all its organs. The testicle (1) isin a globular mass lying close to the oviduct. ‘The epididymis (2) is short. The oviduct (8) is very long and narrow. The vagina is two- . thirds the length of the oviduct, it. is narrow, with a bulbous expansion at the insertion of the duct of the genital bladder, above its centre. The genital bladder (9) is very small, globular, on a very narrow, long duct (16), which expands at its entrance into the vagina. The penis sac (5) is short, thick as the oviduct, bluntly terminating above, where the vas deferens (7) and retractor muscle (6) are inserted. The ovary (11) is short and stout. Cylindrella brevis, Pfr. Jamaica. The genitalia have the same arrangement as in C. sanguinea, herewith’ described. The duct of the genital bladder (16) in this species is much ” more expanded before it enters the vagina, ‘and the latter organ below the junction is expanded to a greater size than the oviduct. The penis sac ° (5) is shorter and stouter in brevis than in sanguinea, Pl. II, fig. 11. Bulimulus Altoperuvianus, Rve. '(Drymeus.)’ Between Balsas and Cajamarca, Peru, Prof. Orton.. Genitalia (pl. I, fig. 11) of the same general form as I have herewith de- scribed for those of Bulimulus Lobbi. The ovary (11) is smaller in pro- portion, the oviduct (8) more developed. The duct of the genital bladder (16) enters lower down upon the vagina. The testicle (1) is farther removed from the ovary, lying in the apex of the shell. It is composed of short, stout, blunt ceca. The ovary is of a dark slate color, the rest of the genital system is white. The external orifice is behind the right eye © peduncle. The edges of the ovary are very deeply scalloped. The jaw has thirty-one ribs. It is of same type as that herewith de- scribed of Bul. Lobbi. Lingual membrane (pl. I, fig. Iv) of same type as herewith described and figured for Bul. Lobbi as far as centrals and lat- ~ erals (a) are concerned. The marginal teeth, however, are quite different from those of that species. They are quite like the laterals, excepting that the cutting point is very much more produced, and somewhat curved towards the central line of the membrane. These peculiar marginal teeth remind one of those of Helix Ghiesbreghti as figured by Messrs. Fischer and Crosse.’ In that species, however, the notch is on the outer, not the inner, ‘side of the cutting point. ~~ Dentition of Pulmonata. 35 * It will be noticed that the cutting point on the central tooth of B. Altoperuvianus is more produced ‘than in B. Lobbi, to which I have com- pared the dentition. Bulimulus Peruvianus, Brug. (Plectostylus.) Talcahuana,, Peru... Museum..of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge. Jaw and lingual dentition already described by me. (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1874, 53, pl. -V, fig. 2.) The genital.system is figured on pl.,I, fig. vimt.. The testicle (1) is extremely large, apparently composed of aciniform ceca. . The epidid- ymis (2) is long, very thick, and greatly convoluted in its whole course. The ovary (11) is long and slender... The oviduct (8) is long and narrow. The vagina is short. .The short duct (16). of the genital bladder (9) enters at its upper end. The genital bladder is very stout,.almost as thick as the oviduct, tapering above gradually to along flagellate point. The penis sac (5) enters the vagina near its lowerend. It is smaller than the genital bladder, cylindrical, tapering gradually towards the apex, - where it has a flagellate appendix, into the end of, which, perhaps, is inserted the retractor muscle. The vas deferens enters the penis sac at its upper end. The external orifice of. the generative organs. is. behind the right eyepeduncle. Bulimulus Lobbi, Rve. (Drymeus.) Between Balsas and Cajamarca. Prof. Orton. _ The genital system is. quite similar to that which Ihave figured of B. - Altoperuvianus (ph. I, fig. 1), the ovary (11), however, is much larger: than in that species. The testicle (1) is composed of short, blunt cxca; it lies near the ovary. The epididymis (2) is short. The accessory gland (3) is composed of several long, threadlike ca#ca...The ovary is long, equalling one-third of the oviduct, and twice as broad. The oviduct (8) is long, convoluted, narrow, with deeply scalloped edges. ‘The vagina is short, tubular, receiving the duct of the genital bladder near its top, and the opening of the penis ‘sae just above its base; between the two there is a short decided expansion of the vagina. The penis sac (5) is long and slender, with a long, flagellate extension, on-the end of which the retractor muscle (6) is attached. The vas deferens (7) enters the penis sac at:about'the middle of its length. The genital’ bladder (9) is small, globular, on a delicate duct (16): equalling in length the vagina and oviduct combined. The external orifice of generation is behind the right eyepeduncle. I The jaw (pl. I, fig. v1) is‘ arcuate, with attenuated, blunt ends, thin, transparent, of the same type’as is common to Bulimulus,’ Cylindrelta,: Amphibulima, Geotis, etc., i. e., with narrow, distant ribs, running ‘ob- 36 _ Genitalia and Lingual liquely towards the median line, so that those of the centre converge before reaching the bottom of the plate. These ribs serrate the upper and lower margins. They increase in thickness gradually on their outer edge. There are twenty-one ribs on the specimen examined. The ma- terial of the jaw is so thin on the outer edge of the ribs that it separates into distinct plates at these points, when macerated. In some specimens examined the ribs appear to be formed by an actual overlapping of distinct plates. I have no doubt, however, of the jaw being in one single piece. divided by these delicate ribs into numerous plate-like compartments. It is not composite as formerly believed by most authors. The lingual membrane (pl. I, fig. 1) is broad, very delicate in texture and difficult to handle. There are numerous rows of about 90-1-90 teeth each. The centrals have a base of attachment longer than wide, with lower lat- eral expansions. The reflection has one stout median cusp, the side cusps being obsolete; this cusp bears a short, rapidly attenuated, sharp cutting point, not reaching the lower margin of the base of attachment. The lat- erals are of same type as centrals, but unsymmetrical, the cutting point, however, is very different from that of the centrals, being very broad, bluntly rounded at its end, oblique, extending far below the base of at- ‘tachment, and having on its inner margin, near the blunt end, a promi- nent blunt notch. The marginals are a modification of the laterals, but lower, with a much more oblique cusp, bearing a much broader trifid cutting point, the middle division very much more produced than the outer ones. The figures represent @ one central with its adjacent lateral teeth, and b, two marginal teeth. “ The lateral teeth are a modification of the usual Helicide type not before observed by me. The marginal teeth are somewhat like those seen in many species of Bulimulus, such as laticinctus, Bahamensis, auris-leporis, papyraceus, Jonasi, membranaceus. They only approach, however, the teeth of those species in form. Bulimulus rhodolarynx, Rve. (Scutalus.) Northern Peru. Prof. Orton. . The genital organs were so reduced as to be only threadlike, and not sufficiently developed to. be described as perfect. The jaw was not examined, being of so delicate texture as to be quite © destroyed by the action of potash. The lingual membrane is long, narrow. Teeth about 40-1-40, of the. usual type of Helicine (see pl. I, fig. v). The central teeth, a, have one median cusp, the outer cusps being obsolete, the cutting point is shor . and bluntly pointed. Lateral teeth same as centrals, unsymmetrical, the ‘inner subobsolete cusp more developed. The marginals (b) are simple modifications of the laterals, subquadrate, bicuspid, each cusp with a ong, oblique, stout cutting point... Dentition of Pulmonata. 37 From this description it will be seen that Bulimulus rho- dolarynx has the type of dentition which appears normal to the Helicine, in this respect agreeing with B. cinnamomeo- lineatus, pallidior, chrysalis, Guadalupensis, alternatus, spo- radicus, dealbatus, solutus, sepulcralis, durus and Peruvianus. For the species differing from the common type of Helicine dentition, see remarks under B. Lobbi. Bulimulus Proteus, Brod. (Scutalus.) Northern Peru. Prof. Orton. Genitalia quite like those described and figured of Bul. Altoperuvianus (pl. I, fig. 1). All the organs were delicate, almost threadlike, and not so well developed as in the species to which I have compared them. Orifice behind right eyepeduncle. Jaw, with 28 ribs, of same type as herewith described for B. Lobbi. Lingual membrane of same type as Bul. Altoperuvianus, herewith des- cribed. Bulimulus primularis, Rve. (Mesembrinus.) Northern Peru. Prof. Orton. The genitalia are like those of Bul. Proteus herein described, but the ovary is orange colored. The jaw was imperfect and thus the number of ribs cannot be given. It is of the same type, however, as herewith described of Bul. Lobbt. The lingual membrane (pl. I, fig. vii) is broad. Central teeth of same type also as in Bul. Lobbi, but much shorter and stouter. The lateral teeth of Bul. Lobbi and B. Altoperuvianus are wanting in this species, their place being entirely filled by marginal teeth of the form known in Bul. laticinctus (see Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y. x, pl. i). The teeth are subquadrate, with a very large, curved, obliquely trifid cutting point, extending far below the lower margin of the base of attachment. Fig. a gives one central tooth with the two adjacent mar- ginals ; fig. 6 an extreme marginal. The latter will be seen to be rather narrower than those nearer the median line of the membrane. Orthalicus obductus, Shuttl. Islands in Bay of Panama, Mr. MeNiel. Jaw as usual in the genus. Lingual membrane (pl. VI, fig. mr) as usual in the genus. Teeth about 96-1-96. The side spurs to the cusps (rep- 38 Genitalia and Lingual resenting the side cusps of the usual Helicine type) are not present on the first laterals, but are conspicuous on those farther removed, as shown in figure 6 of the seventh lateral tooth. Orthalicus gallina-sultana, Chemn. Marafion, Peru. » Prof. Orton. An opportunity having been given me by the kindness of my friend, Mr. Thomas Bland, of examining the animal of Orthalicus gallina-sultana, Chemn., I here give descriptions of its genital system and lingual dentition. It will be seen that my figures of the latter do not agree with those published by»Troschel .(Arch. fiir Nat:, 1849, pl. iv, fig. 3), at least so far as centrals and laterals are concerned, these teeth not being represented in Troschel’s plate. It must be borne in mind, however, that at that early date, the membranes were not so carefully studied as at present, and consequently the peculiarity of these teeth may have been overlooked by Troschel. » Of: the identity of, the specimen examined by me, there can be no doubt. The jaw (pl..IV, fig. E) is of the type usual in Orthalicus and Liguus, but up to the present time never observed in any other genus. It is com- posite, its separate plates being apparently soldered firmly at their upper portions, where, indeed, they seem collectively to form a jaw in a single piece as in Helix, etc., but at their lower portion positively detached and free, imbricated one upon another.. The jaw may in one sense be said to be ina single piece,.as argued recently by Messrs. Fischer and Crosse, (Moll. Mex..et Guat.), but with equal correctness it may surely be said to be composite, as the amalgamation of the upper portion is produced by the joining of absolutely separate pieces. There are fifteen of these plates, the three upper central ones apparently lying upon the fourth, which is very broad and extends from the upper to the lower margin of the jaw. The jawis strongly arched, with attenuated, blunt ends. There are well marked perpendicular grooves upon the anterior surface of many of the plates. The lingual membrane (pl. IV, tig. A-C) is very broad (13 mill.), for its length (16 mill.). The rows of teeth are arranged in a backward curve from the median line fora short: distance, and then run obliquely to the outer margin of the membrane. The central teeth have a long and rather narrow base of attachment, squarely truncated at the top, incurved with slight lateral expansions at the base. The reflected portion bears one stout, median cusp, the side cusps being subobsolete. This cusp bears a Dentition of Pulmonata. 39 long, stout, lance-like cutting point, extending below the base of attach- ment to a sharp point, and bearing at the centre of its length on each side a prominent, subobsolete, blunt spur. There are three lateral teeth of the same type as the centrals, but made unsymmetrical by the suppres- sion.of the inner lower lateral expansion to the base of attachment, and the inner subobsolete lateral spur to the cutting point. The fourth tooth from the central tooth changes suddenly into a marginal tooth of the form common in Orthalicus; ise.,'a long, stout, subquadrate base of attachment with fringed lower margin, bearing at its lower. portion, a broad, bluntly rounded subobsolete cusp, from which springs a short, widely expanded, broad, bluntly rounded, gouge shaped cutting point, which has a small, outer, lateral spur of the same bluntly rounded form. This form of mar- ginal teeth runs quite to the edge of the membrane, those nearer the outer edge being smaller, more widely separated, and in more oblique and more widely separated rows. Fig. A gives a central tooth with adjacent teeth to the fifth tooth on one side, and only one lateral on the other side; fig. C gives the eighth tooth; fig. D two extreme marginals; fig. B an extreme marginal in profile. The count of the teeth in one transverse row is over 108-1-108. Peculiar as this form of dentition seems, it has already been noticed in Liguus virgineus. (See Am. Journ. Conch., VI, 209, fig. 3,4, and below -pl. III). That species differs widely, however, in the lesser size of its membrane (10 X 44 mill.), the smaller count of the teeth, 40-1-40, and in having but two well marked laterals. That species also has several teeth intermediate between the laterals and marginals which vary greatly on different parts of the membrane. This form of dentition is very instructive in showing the modification of the type usual to the Helicinw. The central teeth may be said to be obsoletely tricuspid, and the side spurs, to the greatly produced cutting point are but a modifi- ~eation of the usual cutting points on the side cusps of the Helicine. The lateral teeth are in the same way but a modi- fication of the usual bicuspid laterals of the Helicinew. The marginal teeth are more abnormal in form, but they still are but modified from the laterals by the expansion, bluntly rounding and shortening of the cusps, and by the still greater expansion, shortening and bluntly rounding of the cutting points. In) Orthalicus iostomus, melanochilus, undatus and Liguus fasciatus, this process of suppressing the usually decided cusps:and cutting points is extended equally to the central and lateral teeth... Other species show the same aber- 40 Genitalia and Lingual rant form of centrals and laterals, as Bulimulus aurisleporis, (Mal. Blatt., XV, pl. v, fig. 8). In less degree are the laterals modified from the usual Helicine type in Simpulopsis sulculosa (ib. fig. 10) as to the cutting points, and in the same particular in Bulimus Peruvianus (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1874, pl. v, fig. 2). No doubt future research will bring to light a complete series of teeth in land shells, show- ing a gradual modification in different directions of the nor- mal tricuspid and bicuspid type. There seem no peculiar characters to the respiratory, digestive and nervous system of the animal. The genitalia are figuied on plate IV, fig. F. The external orifice is behind the right eyepeduncle. The testicle (1) is as usual in the Helicine embedded in the lobe of the liver occupying the extreme apex of the spire of the shell; it is composed of fasciculi of short, stout, blunt ceca. The epididymis (2) is short, convoluted as usual. The accessory gland (3) is ona short threadlike peduncle. The ‘ovary (11) is very large, tongue shaped, lobulated above and decidedly spongelike in its division on its concave side. The oviduct (8) is long, narrow, convoluted. The genital bladder (9) is large and oval, on a long duct (16) which in its natural position is adherent to the oviduct in its entire length: it is much larger in its lower third, equalling the stout | vagina, near whose middle it enters; below this point the vagina becomes very stout. The penis is cylindrical, about as long as the vagina, tapering rather abruptly to its apex, where is inserted a long, delicate, retractor muscle (6), which resembles a flagellum. The vas deferens (7) enters the penis on its side, near its summit. There are no accessory organs. The penis (5) does not appear to enteracommon duct of male and female organs, but to have a separate opening of its own. The general arrangement of the genitalia is like that of O. undatus, (see this paper), O. longus and iostomus (Fischer and Crosse), Liguus fasciatus (Leidy), and L. virgineus, see below. The last four, however, have a single multifid vesicle, which I failed to detect in O. gallina-sul- tana; and from them all there is ample specific difference in the size of the ovary, the shape and size of the penis sac, and the size of the duct of the genital bladder, near its base. : It may fairly be assumed that no generic difference exists between the genitalia of Orthalicus and Liguus. These remarks are suggested by the treatment of Liguus fasciatus by Messrs. Fischer and Crosse (Moll. Mex. et Guat.). On account of the resemblance in dentition to the species of Orthalicus known to them rather than to the Dentition of Pulmonata. Al allied Liguus virgineus, these authors place Liguus fasciatus in Orthalicus, under the subgeneric name of Orthalicinus. The same reasoning will now oblige them to place Oriha- licus gallina-sultana in the genus Liguus, for its dentition resembles that of Z. virgineus and not that of the other known species of Orthalicus. It appears to me much better to wait till more is known of the dentition of Orthalicus, before we consider the teeth as reliable generic characters. Orthalicus undatus, Brug. It will be interesting in connection with my comparison of Orthalicus and Liguus to state that having had an oppor- tunity of dissecting six specimens of this species, from Jamaica, I found the genitalia constantly agreeing with Lehmann’s fig. in Malak., Blatt., 1864, pl. i, fig. 4. There is no multifid vesicle on the penis as in the species of Orthal- tcus figured by Fischer and Crosse (Moll. Mex.). With this exception, the genitalia are quite like those figured by Leidy for Liguus fasciatus (Terr. Moll. U.S. I. pl. v). It will be seen above that Orthalicus gallina-sultana is also characterized by the want of the multifid vesicle. Liguus virgineus, Lin. Aux Cayes, Haiti. Mr. Robert Swift. In connection with my friend, Mr. Thomas Bland, I have already described the jaw (L. and F. W. Shells N. A., I, p. 312, fig. 364) and lingual membrane (Am. Journ. Conch.VI, 209, figs. 3,4) of this species. The membrane having become still more interesting from its resemblance in some respects to that of Orthalicus gallina-sultana, Chemn., lately examined, I have given the accompanying more detailed illustrations (ple TITY. There is, it appears, considerable variation in the development of the cutting points of the central and lateral teeth, and the cusps of the first marginals, on different parts of the membrane. Fig. D is taken from the most perfect portion of the membrane, the most anterior portion. Fig. 42 Genitalia and Lingual A is taken from the least developed, or posterior. end of the membrane. Figs. B and C are drawn from intermediate points, the former from near the centre. Marginal teeth from various .points,of the: membrane are figured in E aud G, each tooth being numbered from the median line. .Fig. F shows an extreme marginal in profile. Near the outer edges of the membrane the teeth are not only much smaller, and arranged more obliquely, but they are more separated from each other on the same transverse row,.and the rows themselves are not so crowded together as in the portions of the membrane nearer the centre. On dissecting the animal I found nothing of peculiar interest in the digestive, respiratory or nervous systems. There appeared to be the same general arrangement as figured by Dr. Leidy (Terr. Moll. U. S., I, pl. v) for the allied species, LZ. fasciatus.. The same may be said of the generative organs, which, however, I have figured (pt. IV, fig. G) to com- pare with the figure I have given of the same organs in Orthalicus gallina- sultana. The external orifice of generation is close behind the right eyepeduncle. ‘The testicle, epididymis and ovary were separated from the specimen examined.:: The oviduct (8) is long, narrow; greatly convo- luted. ,The genital bladder (9) is small.and globose; its duct (16) is. long and narrow; in its natural position it lies close against the oviduct: as the duct joins the vagina it becomes enlarged to the size of the latter which it.enters at its upper third. The vagina is very wide below this junction. The vas deferens (7) runs,as usual along the side of the vagina to its base, and thence to the summit of the penis where it enters. The penis sac (5) is long, slender, ‘tylindrical, narrowing at its apex, into which is inserted a long delicate retractor muscle (6) which might be con- sidered a flagellum: the penis does not seem to enter the vagina, but to have an independent opening of.its own.. Near its base it bears upon a short pedicle, a single prostate gland, a multifid vesicle of the same type as figured by Dr. Leidy in Z. Sameera, composed of about six short, = detached lobes. Thus it will be seen that Liguus virgineus agrees in its genitalia with the allied species, Z. fasciatus, but differs in its shell, and in its lingual dentition., No generic value can be placed upon this last character, however, for while Z. fasciatus resembles in its dentition Orthalicus undatus, me- lanochilus, and. iostomus, its allied species ZL. virgineus is characterized by a widely different dentition, which is shared on the other hand in a great ‘measure by Orthalicus gallina- sultana. From our present knowledge we are forced to be- lieve that lingual dentition will furnish no guide to the generic distinction between Orthalicus and Liguus. Dentition of .Pulmonata. © 43 The tail of the animal is very long and pointed. There is no distinct locomotive disk to the foot. Succinea obliqua, Say. A specimen from New York, received from Dr. James Lewis, furnished the jaw and lingual membrane here de- scribed. Jaw of shape usual in the genus, with the quadrate accessory plate. Cutting edge with a prominent median projection. Anterior surface with decided stout ribs. denticulating the cutting edge; one specimen had three broad.and two intervening narrow ribs: another specimen has seven ribs. Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth about 43-1-43. Centrals subquadrate, tricuspid, the middle cusp long and stout. Laterals longer than wide, bicuspid, the third, inner cusp being only rudimentary. Marginals a modification of the laterals, with one long, slender inner cusp, and two short, slender outer cusps. The cusps of all the teeth bear sharp cutting points. In Terrestrial. Mollusks of United: States, vol. I, pl. xiii, fig. 3, a jaw is figured as that of Succinea ovalis. It no doubt represents rather that of the true obliqua, Say, than of Succ. ovalis, Gld. not Say. The jaw of the latter is figured in L. and F. W. Shells of N..A., I, p. 258. The figure of genitalia given by Dr. Leidy on the plate referred to cor- rectly represents that of S. obliqua. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. The figures of genitalia all have the same references : The testicle. The epididymis. The accessory gland of the last. The prostate. The sac of the penis. The retractor muscle of the penis. The vas deferens. The oviduct. The genital bladder. The external orifice of the organs. The ovary. The prepuce. —s —y PESOS PASAT P wwe _ 44 In Genitalia and Lingual 13. The vaginal prostate. 13a. flagellum to same. 13b. accessory gland to same. 13c. accessory duct to same. 13d. same as last with globular organ, 14. The dart sac. 15. The flagellum. 16. The duct of the genital bladder. the figures of dentition it will be understood that the general inten- tion is to give (a) one central tooth with its adjoining lateral, and (b) one or two marginal teeth. The numbers of the teeth refer to their position in counting from the median line of the membrane. This arrangement gives as good an idea of the characters of the dentition as my space will allow. Fic. PLATE I. . Bulimulus Lobbi, Rve. Dentition; a. lateral teeth: b, extreme marginal teeth. . Bulimulus Altoperuvianus, Rve. Genitalia. . Bulimus foveolatus, Rve. a, central and lateral teeth: 6, extreme marginals. . Dentition of II. 6b, extreme marginals. Bulimulus rhodolarynx, Rye. 6, marginals—first and extreme. . Jaw orl. - Bulimulus primularis, Rve. 6, extreme marginal tooth. - Bulimulus Peruvianus, Brug. PLATE II. Pallifera Wetherbyi. Jaw. - Same; dentition. a, central and lateral teeth: 6, marginal teeth. . Cylindrella brevis, Pfr. Genitalia. Zonites sculptilis, Bland. Dentition; b, extreme marginals. . Bulimus auris-sileni, Born. Genitalia. Helix nucleola, Rang. Genitalia. . Cylindrella sanguinea, Pfr. Genitalia. Strophia iostoma, Pfr. Dentition; a, central and lateral teeth: 6, marginal tooth: c, extreme marginal tooth. . Helix discolor, Fér. Genitalia. PLATE III. Lingual dentition of Liguus virgineus, Lin. QAanoy On > . From the least developed end of the membrane. The central tooth with the two lateral teeth and three marginal teeth. . From near the centre of the membrane. From near the anterior end of the membrane; portions of two adjacent rows of teeth. . From still nearer the anterior end of the membrane. . Marginals from the same end of the membrane as the last. Extreme marginal in profile. . Extreme marginals. Dentition of Pulmonata. 45 PLATE IV. A. Lingual dentition of Orthalicus gallina-sultana, Chemn. B. A marginal tooth of the same in profile. C. Thesame. The eighth from the median line. D. The same. Extreme marginal teeth. E. The same. Jaw. F. Thesame. Genitalia. G. Liguus yirgineus, Lin. The genitalia. PLATE V. Fic. Genitalia and Dentition of I. Zonites inornatus, Say. If. Zonites friabilis. Ill. Helix Troostiana, Lea. IV. Helix clausa, Say. V. Helix rufo-apicata, Poey. * VI. Dentition of III. VII. Helix Pennsylvanica, Green. VIII. Helix nuxdenticulata, Chemn. IX. Helix Josephine, Fer. X. Geomalacus maculosus, Allm. PLATE VI. I. Helix Clarki Lea. Lingual dentition, a, central and lateral tooth; 6, marginal tooth. See also fig. y for extreme marginals. Il. Helix Stearnsiana, Gabb. Genitalia. Ill. Orthalicus obductus, Shuttl. Lingual dentition; a, central and lateral teeth; b, the seventh tooth: c, extreme marginal teeth. IV. Helix Traski, Lea. A portion of the genital system, showing vaginal prostate. V. See I. : VI. SameasJ. Genitalia. VU. Helix Wetherbyi; Bland. Lingual dentition; a, central and lateral teeth 3, first marginal teeth: c, extreme marginal teeth. Note on the Jaw of Partua. Having lately received through the kindness of Dr. W. D, Hartmann a number of Partula preserved in alcohol, I am preparing a description of their lingual dentition, geni- talia and jaw. The latter is the most important point to be studied, this organ never having been described, I now, therefore, give the following particulars : In P. fusca, Pease, umbilicata, Pease and virginea, Pease, it is very thin and transparent; arcuate with attenuated ends; cutting margin with a broad very slight median prominence; anterior surface with numerous (over 60 in virginea) very delicate, separated ribs, slightly. denticulating 46 Upper Coal Measures of either margin, those of the centre converging and meeting before reach- ing the lower margin, as in Cylindrella, &c. The jaw appears therefore to be of the same type as in Bulimulus, Geotis, Amphibulima, Cylindrella, Macroceramus and Pineria. The ribs, however, are in Partula exceed- ingly fine. The lingual dentition of the species mentioned above is the same as figured by Heynemann (Mall. Blatt. 1867, pl. i, fig. 1,) excepting that I detect distinct cutting points to the side cusps of the central teeth, not figured by him. V.—Notes on the Upper Coal Measures of West Virginia and Pennsylvania. By I.C. WHITE. Read May 25th, 1874. In this paper I propose to describe that part of the coal measures known as the Upper Barren Group, and also to make such remarks on the Upper Coal Group proper, as may be deemed of interest. The district under consideration includes portions of Mo- nongalia, Marion, Marshall, and Ohio counties, W. Va., and Green Co., Penn.; and the section extends from the Pitts- burgh coal on the Monongahela River.near Morgantown, W. Va., across the basin to the same coal near the Ohio at Wheeling. Almost midway between Morgantown and Wheeling, there rises in Pennsylvania, and extends south into West Virginia, what is locally known as the “Dividing Ridge,” since it forms the watershed between the tributaries of the Monongahela, and those of the Ohio. This seems tu occupy the median line of a gentle uplift, or anticlinal axis, which passes across the coal measures from north to south. As a consequence of this anticlinal, about fifteen miles west of Laurel Hill, we find the dip changing, and thenceforward the strata rise gently westward until the “Dividing Ridge” is crossed, beyond which, ‘the dip is again a West Virginia and Pennsylvania. 47 northwestward, to within ten miles of Wheeling, when the strata again rise and soon bring the Pittsburg coal to the surface. On the eastern flank of the “Dividing Ridge,” Dunkard creek rises, and flows a little north of east, reaching the Mo- nongahela two miles above Greensboro, Penn. ‘The eastern section was made along this stream. On the opposite side of the ridge and a few miles north, Wheeling creek rises, and, following a southwesterly direc- tion, enters the Ohio at Wheeling. The western section, commencing on the south fork, was taken on this stream. For the sake of a ready comparison we give both sections together, but will confine our remarks chiefly to the eastern one. No. I is the eastern or Dunkard creek section. No. IL is the western or Wheeling creek section. * I. Il. 1. Sandstone and shales...... eosce +300! pets} fel Getiaaereannoconcceavocde soses 100! SEMIS IINERUONE siniuyainiale\e)sialeisieie.cieisissialc’s » LR: Dep OSLONC sesi ‘i hd Lk ee Dy $2 £' aby ta 7G ; "dd oil cae cag ’ ‘ ey F AA POTN Co PM Ga KS ia oe ah er } A } 3 ate re ftw ] ain bn (Pao han! say [ ME OR Giles (3 teat aT oer ‘I Ate ie yt Bi Me Seah tan ne iis San Als ery * ‘ ju = "Ue: a 9 17 rand Ps Ws ; rete fits 2 bh GP adie! | dg, Aer i des ih me DA hives ewe it Wha te ks 471. Bi chine \: ear a NNR Sy CRS Rg Hy OE ? a aitt rely, sii A % ik i isa’ we Hay chdh ee id f ott, Agathe! af ale Vea alt td ite DAT, ggg RF, ue ni hy F ’ ae i ‘Tee See P bya taht rts i Daal: thy ie fy fei West Virginia and Pennsylvania. 57 upper Barren Group, and put down from six to seven hun- dred feet. It is a matter of great regret that the records of these wells were not preserved. I was able to procure the records of one boring that was made near Bellton, Marshall Co., W. Va., B. and O. R. R., on land now owned by Hon. H. S. White. It runs as follows :-— iL SEND apAccnahoouac 10 ft. } 15. Sandstones....... 4 ft. | 29. Shale......sesseee 18 ft. 2. Sandstone....... Girse DG Shae seerelctsiele sieterots ie 30. Sandstone........ 25 * 3h (ClahheccAnmoecdonae 3 “4 17. Sandstone........ Gwe Slit al Cvmtsisretstalela tes 4 6 4, Sandstone........ ef: BSE SIA] Geer ieetclet=icisi='= 4,, 6 32. Limestone ....... LON <6 RoE Ae etetayataleteletetate« (eh 19. Sandstone........ 30 “ 33. Fireclay......... Byte 6. Sandstone........ a ZONA esisiescta clele's ile PANCE 34. Limestone ....... Ace aS AIC iaclatnisielclels’atarete Ze. 21. Sandstone........ Baye 35. Sandstone........ GUESS $. Fireclay.......... Farts oes Shall Gxcenecrcicce ce Br 36. Limestone....... Gut 9. Sandstone........ 25 % 23. Soft sandstone...45 “ Bite SIRE Ba coceoocccet Uk Io TST en oeeeaes Soe 1p Pr COO lemrislaciasiniea ate Gy 38. Limestone....... Abs 11. Sandstone........ Lie 25. Sandstone........20 “ Oona Garsterciclelellstetatale oes Vas (Obi pAgenaccaoencd Eye 26. Limestone........ 8S 40. Sandstone........ 33. 18, Sandstone........ 9 * Pilin slits apocescadede HOMES aE Total L ft. Ma SMALE) escecceenios By 28. Sandstone........ 1D) st Interval between coal No. 3 and coal No. 12, 108 feet. so sé 666 666 egal No. 12 and coal No. 24, 196 feet. It is very probable that coal No. 3 is the “ Brownsville,” No. 12 the Waynesburg, and No. 24 the Pittsburg. If this record is correct, it is a very anomalous one, as no limestone at all appears above coal No. 24. It is easier, however, to doubt the record than to believe it, as the first foreman employed. by the company knew very little about the character of rocks. FEBRUARY, 1875. or ANN. Lye: Nat. .HistT., VOL. XI. 58 Poissons de Vile de Cuba. VI.— Poissons de Vile de Cuba. Espéces nouvelles decrites PAR FELIPE POEY. Membre correspondant du Lycée d? Hist. Nat. de New York. Présenté le 5 Octobre, 1874. Chilodipterus affinis. Le genre Chilodipterus appartient a la famille des Amide, dont le type est le genre Amia de Gronovius (Apogon Lacé- péde). Ilse distingue des autres genres de cette famille par de longs crochets pointus qui se mélent au fin velours de leurs machoires. Le Dr. Giinther n’en décrit que cing espéces, toutes des Indes Orientales, de la Mer Rouge ou de VYOcéan Pacifique. L’espéce que je décris a été trouvée par moi une seule fois 4la Havane, en trois exemplaires, dont le plus grand est long de quatre-vingt milli- métres. Sahauteur entre quatre fois et deux tiers dans la longueur totale ; Veil est trois fois dans lalongueur de latéte. La bouche est trés fendue et oblique; le maxillaire échancré postérieurement, finit 4 ’aplomb du centre de la pupille. L’opercule a deux épines plates, et une strie qui aboutit 4 l’épine inférieure, au-del& de laquelle se prolonge le lobe sous- operculaire; le préopercule est dentelé, et porte un rebord ayant 4 son angle deux petites pointes 4 peine discernibles. On sent une épine sur la region mastoidienne du crane. Les machoires ont les dents en velours, et portent sur le devant quelques canines: la machoire inférieure a de plus sur les cétés quatre longues canines. D.6+1,9; A. 2,9. La seconde dorsale et l’anale sont opposées; le deuxiéme rayon de la premiére et le troisiéme de la seconde, sont de dou- ble hauteur que le dernier; lépine ventrale est forte. La caudale est échancrée. Les écailles du dos sont cycloides; celles des flanes ont Véventail et des cils trés-fins: ily ena aux joues. La couleur est rouge: il parait que le péritoine est argenté. La base de la caudale est noiratre. L’opercule est lisse et brillant. Num. 601 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba. Corvina subaequalis. Longueur totale 245 millimetres. La hauteur du corps, égale 4 la longueur de la téte; est contenue trois fois et cing sixiémes dans la longueur totale. La téte est grosse, ayant Poissons de Vile de Cuba. 59 l’ceil contenu trois fois et un tiers dans sa longueur; le museau est court et arrondi. La bouche est mediocre, le maxillaire atteignant l’aplomb du bord antérieur de la pupille. Les deux machoires sont 4-peu-prés d’égale longueur, comme j’ai voulu le témoigner par le nom spécifique. Les dents sont en fin velours, sauf un rang externe de dents plus longues, égales, écartées, plus remarquables 4 la machoire supérieure qu’a Vinférieure. Le museau montre en dessous deux pores de chaque cété. Le préopercule est finement dentelé; l’opercule, entier. D. 10 + 1, 25; A. 2,7. Les deux nageoires dorsales sont séparées par un espace d’environ cing millimétres. Le premier rayon de la premiére dorsale est trés court; le second est robuste. Le bord postérieur de la caudale forme un angle saillant. Les écailles sont assez grandes, méme celles des joues et de Vopercule: il y en a sur la base de l’anale. La couleur parait avoir été plus ou moins argentée, ayant jauni dans l’eau de vie. Comparaison.— Le Diapterus Lefroyi des Bermudes, que M. G. Brown Goode a décrit dans le Amer. Journ. of Sc. and Arts, viii, Aug. 1874, ressemble 4 mon espéce sous plusieurs rapports, notamment par la forme allongée du corps et les rayons épineux de l’anale, qui sont au nombre de deux, le premier trés-court, le second long et gréle. La com- paraison qui suit montre cependant que l’espéce est différente. Je mets entre parenthéses les caractéres de celle de Cuba. L’origine de la dorsale est eloignée de l’extrémité du museau, deux fois la longueur de sa base, ce qui doit s’entendre de la partie épineuse (une fois et deux tiers), l’échancrure est profonde, ne laissant voir que la mem- brane connective, celle-ci a disparu, l’échancrure étant plus profonde; l’étendue de la partie molle de la dorsale est plus grande que celle de la partie épineuse (les deux sont égales); l’anale commence en arriére du milieu du corps (trés en arriére) ; l’extrémité de la pectorale est A’aplomb de la derniére épine dorsale (de avant derniére) ; Vaxille de la pectorale et ’extrémité du museau sont brunatres (le trone brachial est amplement noir, et le museau n’a pas de brun; il y a du noir 4 la pointe de la dorsale épineuse, ce qui n’est pas indiqué par Mr. Goode). J’ai trouve ce poisson dans un de mes bocaux, conservé dans la liqueur, ne sachant pas précisément d’ot il m’est venu, mais soupconnant qu'il m’a été remis de Cienfuegos, cote du Sud. Je Vai envoyé & Mr. Peters, Directeur du Musée de Berlin, et je n’en ai pas revu depuis un autre exem- plaire. Num. 443, de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba. Eucinostomus productus. Le Professeur Gill dans les Proceed. of the Acad. of Phila., 1862, p. 238, a consideré le genre Hucinostomus de 60 Poissons de Vile de Cuba. Baird et Girard, comme synonyme du Diapterus de Ranzani, qui a la priorité ; mais il parait qu’ila plus tard abandonné ce dernier genre, 4 cause probablement de quelques erreurs dans lesquelles est tombé lauteur italien; puisque dans son cata- logue de 1873 ilaccepte la dénomination de Baird et Girard : je ne crains pas de m’égarer sur les pas de ce savant ichthy- ologiste. Cependant, lespéce que je decris a la dorsale telle- ment échancrée, que l’on pourrait tout aussi bien dire qu’il y a deux dorsales ; car la membrane du dernier rayon épineux touche, sans monter le premier rayon mou. Le nom de Diapterus lui viendrait bien; nom proposé en 1841 dans les Novi Commentarii Academie Bononiensis, que ‘je wai pas eu Voccasion de consulter. Individu décrit : 225 millimétres; c’est une femelle. Le corps est oblong élégammant attenué vers les deux bouts; la ligne de la gorge et celle du front ont une égale courbure. La hauteur du poisson entre quatre fois dans la longueur totale, ainsi que la téte, qui contient l’ceil trois fois, sans compter l’intermaxillaire. Un des caractéres les plus distinctifs de cette espéce, c’est le diamétre transversal du corps, qui est grand, surtout vers les deux tiers de sa hauteur, ou il mesure trente millimétres, sur cinquante- cing de haut. Les ouvertures nasales sont petites et rapprochées, sans ressaut, la partie visible du maxillaire est triangulaire, ayant la hauteur deux fois aussi étendue que la base. Le préopercule et le sous-orbitaire sont entiers, comme l’exige le genre auquel le poisson appartient. Les dents sont en fin velours, plus visibles 4 la loupe sur la machoire inférieure. D. 9,10; A. 2,8. La dorsale est échancrée jusqu’a la ligne du dos; la portion épineuse est aussi étendue que la portion molle, dont le dernier rayon répond au dernier de l’anale, pas tout a fait cependant, car il est en arriére environ deux millimétres. Les rayons épineux sont faibles, le pre- mier de la dorsale est tres-court, le deuxiéme égale en longueur la moitié de la hauteur du corps, égalant la distance qu’il y a entre Je centre de la pupille et ’extrémité postérieure de ’opercule. Jene vois que deux rayons épineux 4lanale: le premier est tres petit; le deuxiéme est trés gréle, et n’est en longueur que la moitié du second de ladorsale. La dorsdle molle et ’anale ont sur le devant 4-peu-prés le double de hauteur qu’en arriére. Caudale bifurquée, pectorale pointue, ventrale médiocre, un peu en arriére de Ja base des pectorales, et surmontée d’un lobule écailleux. Les écailles des flancs, marquées au centre d’un petit trait, sont plutét grandes que médiocres; celles de la région caudale sont de moitié plus pe- tites. Je ne vois pas d’écailles sur l’opercule, mais il yen a sur les piéces inférieures et sur les joues, ainsi que sur l’espace interorbitaire ; le museau Poissons de Vile de Cuba. 61 n’en a pas, et le maxillaire brille comme de Vargent poli. Les nageoires verticales n’ont pas d’écailles, mais leur base se loge dans un repli écailleux. Le dos est bleudtreet brillant, le ventre est d’un bleu trés pale ; les flancs sont verdatres, ainsi que les nageoires impaires; les autres nageoires sont jaunatres. Il y asur la base des pectorales, un caractére important; c’est une tache noire qui fait reconnditre l’espéce au premier coup d’ceil; de plus la pointe antérieure de la dorsale est noiratre, comme chez quelques autres espéces qu’on ne saurait confondre avec la présente. L’espéce est rare: quelques-uns la nomment Moharra de ley, nom qui appartient plutdt a une autre espece plus com- mune. J’ai envoyé le type ici décrit au Smithsonian Institu- tion. Num. 382 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba. Mugil brasiliénsis. PL. vi. vuxLGo Plateado. ? Curema Marcgravus, Hist. Bras., p. 181, 1648. Mugil brasiliensis Agassiz, in Spix, Pisce. Bras., p. 234, tibei2, Lo2d. ? Mugil incilis Hancock, in Lond. Quart. Journal Sc., 1830 (fide Gthr.). ? Mugil Gaimardianus Desmarest, Dict. class., tab. 109, 1824-1830. ? Mugil Curema Valenciennes, in Cuv. et Val. Poiss., XI, p- 87, 1836. ? Mugil petrosus Valenciennes, loco citato, p. 89. ? M. Curema Gay, Hist. Chil. Zool., Il, p. 259, 1848. ? M. petrosus Gay, loco citato, p. 260. M. brasiliensis Giinther, Catal., III, p. 431, 1861. M. Gaimardinus Poey, Synopsis, p. 388, 1868. Les espices de ce genre sont trés difficiles & distinguer ; parceque les auteurs ont ordinairement omis les caracteres essentiels que le Dr. Giinther signale dans son catalogue des poissons du Musée Britannique, tome 2, p. 412, & laide desquels il a pu rendre compte de soixante-six espéces dé- crites dans ce grand ouvrage. Nous avons & Cuba deux espéces bien communes: la plus 62 Poissons de Vile de Cuba. grande, nommée par moi Mugil Lebranchus, ayant la seconde dorsale et l’anale dépourvues d’écailles, ’autre, que je rap- porte au WZ. brasiliensis, nommé 4 la Havane Plateado, pour le distinguer de la Liza commune. Les pécheurs ne connais- sent que ces deux espéeces; mais parmi les individus 4 na- geoires écailleuses, il y a des différences qu’un ceil attentif peut découvrir, et qui suffisent pour ajouter deux autres espéces & celles que l’on connait déja; et c’est ce que je vais faire, en commencant par donner les caracteres essentiels du brasiliensis, que je prends pour chef de file, comme point de comparaison, ayant soin d’omettre quelques détails communs aux espéces du genre Mugil. Individu décrit, 325 millimétres. Ilse distingue au premier coup d’ceil par un aplatissement sur les flancs; car sa coupe verticale, sur une hauteur de soixante-et-huit mill. donne en longueur trente-deux mill. au premier tiers, et quarante-et-un au deuxiéme. La hauteur du corps est contenue prés de cing fois dans la longueur totale; la téte y est cing fois et un quart, et con- tient l’ceil trois fois et trois quarts, séparé du bout du museau un peu moins de son diamétre. Le profil du museau est médiocrement pointu. Le dessus de la téte et les tempes montrent plusieurs écailles percées d’un trait longitudinal. Les narines sont éloignées l’une de l’autre; la posté- rieure 4 égale distance de l’antérieure et du bord de Vorbite; l’antérieure peu eloignée de Ja lévre supérieure. Il y a sur l’eil un voile adipeux ouvert sur la pupille. Le préopercule forme un angle qui se rejette en arriére, ou il devient membraneux et transparent. La bouche n’est pas fendue jusqu’aux yeux : la lévre supérieure est grosse, le maxillaire entiérement caché sous le premier sous-orbitaire. La m4- choire inférieure, moins avancée que l’autre, porte une lévre étroite. Les dents sont comme des fils, trés courtes et rapprochées, et presque imperceptibles 4 la simple vue, environ soixante-et-cing en haut, cent en bas, de chaque cote. Le palais est lisse, ainsi que la langue, qui est arriérée, attachée 4 un frein élevé en toit, prolongé en avant et également lisse. Les branches de la machoire inférieure, vues en dessous, forment un angle de quatre- vingts dégrés. : La ventrale s’attache sous les trois cinquiémes de la longueur de la’pec- torale, qui entre prés de sept fois dans la longueur totale, et s’éléve au- dessous de la moitié du corps: la premiére dorsale commence au milieu du corps, sans compter tout le bord supérieur de la caudale; sa ligne d’aplomb est séparée de la pointe de la pectorale un espace égal au tiers de cette derniére nageoire, et séparée de la seconde dorsale autant que de Poissons de Vile de OQuba. 63 la base supérieure de la pectorale. La premiére épine dorsale égale en longueur la moitié de la hauteur du corps au-dessous delle; ce qui fait plus de la moitié de la longueur de la téte. La seconde dorsale commence au dessus du premier tiers de l’anale, dont les rayons sont 3,9. L’espace libre entre les deux nageoires du dos, dépasse d’un cinquiéme l’étendue de la premiére. Les écailles du tronc sont grandes, environ quarante sur une ligne longi- tudinale; marquées sur leur milieu d’un petit trait, sans distinction de la ligne latérale. La seconde dorsale et l’anale sont couvertes de petites écailles, trés serrées. Couleur argentée, écailles miroitantes, dos verdatre; il y a des reflets rougedtres sur l’opercule: une bande pale de reflet parcourt les séries longitudinales des écailles. Les nageoires participent de la couleur du corps: la pointe de la seconde dorsale et le devant de l’anale, ainsi que le bord postérieur de la caudale, sont noiratres.. La tache bleuftre de la base des pectorales est peu prononcée et variable. Iris orangé. Observations sur la Synonymie. Valenciennes est le premier qui ait rapporté le Curema de Marcgrave au MW. brasiliensis d’ Agassiz, auquel ila enlevé in- justement la priorité scientifique, rétablie par le Dr. Giinther. Il n’y a rien dans Marcgrave qui fasse croire que son Curema appartienne au brasiliensis, plutdt qu’au WZ. Liza, car le car- actére des nageoires écailleuses n’y est pas: la taille quwil donne, de deux pieds, le jette, au contraire, dans lasynonymie du M. Liza. Le Mugil brasiliensis, figuré par Spix, ne peut avoir qu'une médiocre exactitude d’aprés le jugement que l’on peut former sur louvrage entier: c’est cependant celle qui se rapproche le plus de ’espece de Cuba, ayant comme elle les nageoires écailleuses, et a-peu-pres la méme position des nageoires paires; lceil est trop petit. Reste 4 voir la langue. Le Mugil Gaimardianus de Desmarest est peut-étre antérieur au brasiliensis, mais on n’en est pas certain, car la date du Dictionnaire Classique est renfermée entre 1824 et 1830. Il a été regu de Cuba; et comme il se conserve au Jardin des Plantes, il est probable que Valenciennes, qui le cite a son Curema, ait observé les écailles des nageoires verticales ; mais je ne crois pas qu’il ait observé lalangue. Dvailleurs, la 64 Poissons de Tile de Cuba. figure de Desmarest est plus inexacte que cclle de Spix, car la pointe de la pectorale est sous le premier tiers de la pre- miére dorsale ; et les nageoires sont d’une couleur uniforme ; ce qui doit nuire a la priorité. Voyez Vespéce qui suit. Le Mugil Curema de Valenciennes n’est pas le méme, par le seul fait d’avoir la langue plieé en toit, & aréte aigué, toute couverte de fortes 4pretés. Eiit-il pris le frein pour la langue, encore est-il vrai qu’il se distingue de l’espece de Cuba par les apretés. Je l’ai laissé avec doute dans la Synonymie, parce- quwil cite Agassiz et Desmarest, parcequil en a recu un exemplaire de Cuba, et parcequ’il peut avoir mal observé, ou confondu quelque autre individu. Le Mugil petrosus de Valenciennes, me semble, comme au Dr. Giinther, n’étre qu’une variété du Curema du méme auteur. Il en a regu de Cuba, du Brésil, de Surinam, et nous en voyons, dit-il, l’espéce s’avancer vers le nord jusqu’& New York. Ce serait le méme que celui de Cuba, s’il eut différé du Curema par la langue; mais il n’en dit rien, tout en le comparant au Curema, et il laisse croire qu’il ena les apretés. Il est douteux que les Muges du Chili nommés Curema et petrosus par Gay, soient bien déterminés : auteur copie assez visiblement les données de Valenciennes. Dans la déseription du Mugil brasiliensis, le Dr. Giinther dit que la ventrale s’insére au milieu de la distance qwil y a entre la pectorale et la dorsale $pineuse: c’est ce qui se voit quelquefois. Histoire. Les plus grands que jai vus n’arrivent pas 4 400 millimétres de long. No. 52 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba. Mugil Gaimardianus. pu. vin, Figs. 1-3. Mugil Gaimardianus, Desmarest, Dict. Classique (1824— 1830). En suivant la déscription de Vesp®ce qui précéde je m/’at- tacherai ici 4 donner principalement les caractéres différen- tiels. Poissons de Vile de Cuba. 65 Longueur totale, 225 millimétres; contenant la hauteur cing fois et un cinquiéme, et la téte qwatre et quatre cinquiémes. L7’ceil est contenu trois fois et deux tiers dans la longueur de Ja téte, 4 trois quarts de son diamétre du bout dumuseau, quiestarrondi. Labouche est fendue jusqu’al’aplomb du bord orbitaire antérieure; la lévre inférieure renflée 4 son extrémité, qui se cache entre trois tubercules du palais. Les dents de la machoire supérieure sont ecartées, petites, un peu fortes; celles de la machoire inférieure sont trés fiens, 4 peine discernibles. Veentrale attachée sous le milieu de la pectorale, qui entre six fois et un quart dans la longueur totale: sa ligne d’aplomb n’est separée de la pointe de la pectorale, qu’un espace égal 4 un dixiéme de cette derniére nageoire. La premiére épine dorsale entre une fois et trois cinquiémes dans la hau- teur du corps au-dessous delle. L’espace libre qui sépare les deux na- geoires du dos, égale l’étendue de la premiére. Je ne vois pas de trait en- foncé sur les écailles des flancs. Couleur argentée, dos gris de plomb; une bandelette brune parcourt les séries longitudinales des écailles. a base de la dorsale porte une tache noiratre bien prononcée: les autres nageoires n’ont pas dunoir. Ilya des reflets dorés sur l’opercule. Observations.—Le reproche que j’ai fait 4 Desmarest sur la position avancée de la premiére dorsale, lorsque j’ai comparé sa figure 4 celle du AZ. brasiliensis, disparait ici et devient un caractére essentiel, confirmé par la ligne brune qui parcourt les écailles des flancs. J’ai donc lieu de croire qwil est bien cité par moi, comme auteur de cette espece, qui est peut-étre celle du Dr. Giinther, décrite sous le nom de AV. brasiliensis quoigwil y rapporte la figure de Spix, qu'il dit toutefois n’étre pas bonne. Comparaison.— On peut voir par la déscription qui précede, que le AZ. Gaimardianus différe principalement du brasiliensis, par un corps plus allongé, un museau plus court, la levre supérieure moins grosse, l’inférieure moins ¢troite, les dents plus fortes et écartées; la premiére dorsale presque sur la pointe de la pectorale et moins séparée de la seconde. Il y a encore quelques différences sur les couleurs. Je regrette de n’avoir pas observé la langue, l’angle de la machoire inférieure, les rayons de lanale. Les écailles des nageoires verticales sont les mémes. Histoire.—L’espéce est trés rare, si l’on considére que je 66 Poissons de Vile de Cuba. ne lai vue qu’ une fois; mais il est probable que je l’aie con- fondue au marché avec le M. brasiliensis. C’est le No. 529 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba. Mugil trichodon. pL. vim, rics. 4-8. C’est toujours en suivant la déscription de mon chef de file, et en m/arrétant sur les différences, que je vais décrire cette nouvelle espece 4 langue lisse et & nageoires verticales écail- leuses. Longueur totale, 275 millimétres, contenant la hauteur du corps un peu plus de cing fois et la téte un peu moins. L’ceil est contenu quatre fois et un cinquiéme dans la longueur de la téte, eloigné plus d’un diamétre du bout du museau, qui est pointu. La lévre supérieure est médiocrement grosse; le maxillaire est caché sous un sous-orbitaire dentelé, ou du moins bien strié sur son bord: Ja lévre inférieure est aplatie et étroite. Les dents sont longues de deux millimétres, comparativement écartées, flexibles, courbées, environ quarante sur chaque mfchoire de chaque cété : elles paraissent filiformes; mais, 4 la loupe, elles se montrent comprimeés et élargies 4 leur extrémité (fig. 7). Les branches de la machoire infé- rieure forment un angle de soixante-et-dix degrés. La ventrale s’attache sur les cing septiémes de la longueur de la pecto- rale. La premiére dorsale a sa ligne d’aplomb séparée de la pointe de la pectorale, un espace égal aux trois cinquiémes de cette nageoire, et plus prés de sa base que du commencement de la seconde dorsale. La premiére épine du dos n’est que la moitié de la longueur de la téte, quoique elle soit la moitié du corps au-dessous d’elle. Les rayons de l’a- nale sontcertainement 3,8. lL’espace libre entre les deux nageoires du dos dépasse de moitié ’étendue de la premiére. Les écailles sont grandes, trent-cing sur une ligne longitudinale, marquées sur la base d’un petit trait. Couleur gris de plomb brillant, ventre argenté, nageoires d’un brun pale, sans autre tache noiratre: la tache des pectorales est presque nulle. Il y a des reflets sur les cétés de la téte. Comparaison.—Il resemble plus au MM. brasiliensis qu’au Gaimardianus. Il est plus allongé, la région caudale bien comprimée, la téte plus longue, le museau plus pointu ; l’eil est plus petit; langle de la machoire plus aigu; la premiere dorsale est plus séparée de la pointe de la pectorale, et sur- tout du commencement de la seconde ; les stigmates secréteurs Poissons de Vile de Cuba. 67 de la téte sont plus petits, mais ce qui les distingue le mieux, ce sont les dents. Histoire.—Il est rare: Je l’ai vu plus Vune fois. Num. 611 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba. Weoconger perlongus. pL. 9, rigs. 3-4. Ce poisson se rapproche compléetement des Congres par la position des narines, ayant l’ouverture postérieure haute et pres de l’eil ; et il se rapproche des Ophisures par lextrémité de la queue: ses nageoires tres basses le rangent dans le genre Weoconger de Girard. Longueur totale 320 millimétres (140+180). La téte est contenue un peu plus de cing fois dans la premiére partie du corps, qui termine 4 anus. Le museau est pointu, la gorge renfliée; la bouche est fendue jusqu’é la quatriéme partie de la téte. L’ceil est grand, et finit un peu en avant de la commissure buccale, séparé du bout du museau un diamétre et trois quarts. La machoire inférieure est arriérée. Il y a de chaque cété trois pores entre les deux ouvertures nasales, une autre plus bas, trois derriére l’eil, deux 4lamachoireinférieure. Les nombreux et fins rayons branchiostéges se laissent voir sur la peau, 4 la partie postérieure de la téte. On reconnait 4 la loupe que les dents sont trés courtes mais robustes, un peu crochues et pointues, toutes de méme grandeur, et sur un rang; quelques-unes placées sur le devant des machoires, sont plus longues. Je ne puis pas bien distinguer les vomériennes, mais sur le milieu du pla- teau nasal il y a un rang de dents courtes et robustes. Ce poisson est remarquable par le peu de hauteur du corps, laquelle, prise entre la pectorale et l’anus, entre soixante-et-douze fois dans la longueur totale. La dorsale et l’anale sont basses, environ le quart ou le cinquieme de la hauteur du corps. La premiére commence un peu en arriére de la pointe de la pectorale, et finit sur la pointe méme de la queue, ainsi que Yanale. Couleur brun-violet, plus pale sous le ventre. La peau, vue sous la loupe, est pointillée de noir. Histoire.—Je ne Vai eu qu'une seule fois & Matanzas. Cest le num. 639, de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba. Gymnothorax umbrosus. PL. IX, Frias. 1-2. Longueur totale 660 millimétres, savoir 340-320, ce qui fait la queue plus courte que le reste du corps, dont la téte occupe le quart: celle-ci nest pas grosse et n’a pas la nuque relevée. La hauteur du poisson est 68 Poissons de Vile de Cuba. contenue seize fois dans la longueur totale. La bouche est fendue jusqu’a la moitié de la téte. L’oeil est petit, fait un sixitme de la bouche, et se trouve placé un peu plus prés du bout du museau que de la commissure. L’ouverture postérieure nasale est haute, devant leeil, fendue longitudinale- ment; lautre est tubuleuse et terminale. Le long des machoires, ily a quatre pores en haut, trois en bas et deux entre les ouvertures des narines. La machoire supérieure présente & V’extrémité une rangée de petites dents, suivies en dedans d’autres plus longues et gréles, tant au palais comme au plateau nasal: ces derniéres sont les plus longues. Les dents de la machoire inférieure sont sur un seul rang, plus nombreuses, plus serrées, tournées un peu en arriére, environ trente de chaque coté; les six premiéres plus longues et écartées, faisant jeu avec celles d’en haut. Les dents vomériennes sont sur un seulrang. Les deux machoires sont d’égale longueur. La nageoire dorsale commence au-dessous de ouverture des ouies, elle augmente insensiblement de hauteur jusqu’a l’anus, ot elle aun peu moins du tiers de la hauteur du corps au-dessous d’elle; de 14 elle va en diminu- ant jusqu’a l’extrémité de la queue, ou elle se réduit 4 presque rien, pour s’unir 4 l’anale; celle-ci est d’un tiers moins haute que la dorsale, entrant prés de douze fois dans la hauteur du tronc. Deux lignes longitudinales, comme un pli, parcourent la longueur de la dorsale. Plusieurs plis se rendent de l’ouverture branchiale aux cétés de la bouche. Couleur brune, tirant un peu sur le rouge. Cette couleur forme de nombreuses marbrures sur un fond plus pale, et de la couleur uniforme rougeatre du ventre; ces marbrures sont peu prononcées. Les nageoires sont aussi d’un fond rougeatre. C’est une femelle: les ceufs, tombés dans V’abdomen, sont ronds, d’un millimétre de diamétre et trés blancs. Je l’ai envoyé au Smithsonian In- stitution. No. 403 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba. Gymnothorax polygonius. PL. x. Longueur totale, 722 millimétres (344-+378). La téte est contenue plus de trois fois et demie dans la longueur du tronc, la téte incluse: elle parait grosse 4 cause du renflement de la gorge; l’occiput est relevé, le profil fait une ligne rentrante sur lil. La miachoire inférieure est un peu arriérée. -La fente buccale est contenue deux fois et demie dans la longueur de la téte. L’ceil fait la cinquiéme partie de cette ouverture, placé plus prés de la commissure que de l’ex- trémité du museau. L’ouverture postérieure des narines est arrondie, Vantérieure porte un tube qui dépasse le bout du museau. Le long des machoires on compte trois pores en haut, et trois en bas: entre les deux ouvertures antéricures, il y a deux pores. Les joues sont parcourues, depuis Vouverture branchiale jusqu’é la bouche par sept lignes, ou plis paralléles: plus ces lignes sont inférieures, plus elles avancent. La machoire supérieure est pourvue d’une série externe de dents, envi- Poissons de Vile de Cuba. 69 ron guinze, courtes, écartées, tournées en arriére, presque égaies au nasal et aux palatins: le plateau nasal a sur la ligne médiane deux dents plus longues. Les dents du vomer paraissent étre sur un seul rang. La ma- choire inféricure porte une autre série de dents toutes semblables, un peu plus courtes que celles de la m&choire supérieure: ces dents sont comprimées et aigués, assez rapprochécs, au nombre de seize a vingt. La hauteur du trone est contenue quinze fois et demie dans la longueur totale. La nageoire du dos commence aux deux tiers de la téte, d’abord basse, et peu aprés haute, de maniére a entrer trois fois et demie dans la hauteur du corps: elle s’étend trés peu 4 l’extrémité de la queue, ou elle se continue avec l’anale, qui est extrémement basse, comme un relief, dont la hauteur n’est que la douziéme partie de celle de la dorsale, vers le milieu de la queue, ou un trente sixiéme de la hauteur du tronc. La couleur est blanchatre, ou jaunatre pale; le tronc et la queue par- courus par des bandelettes d’un brun jaundtre, qui décrivent des polygones incomplets, ordinairement des carrés irréguliers dont les cotés ont deux 4 quatre fois le diamétre de l’ceil. Outre cela, toute la peau est couverte @une marbrure fine, qui forme sur la téte des traits arrondis, comme j’en ai représenté une partie sur la figure. Ces bandelettes s’étendent sur la nageoire supérieure, qui est de la couleurdu trope. La peau est si grosse, qu’elle ne permet pas de compter les rayons. La nageoire anale a le bord tout blanc. Iris jaune. " L’espece n’est pas commune. Je l’ai envoyeé au Smithso- nian Institution. C’est le No. 602 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba. Chilomycterus orbitosus. Famille des Diodontidi. Longueur totale, 345 millimetres. Brun clair en dessus et sur les flanes, ot il se montre tout couvert de taches rondes, tracées par des lignes brunes circulaires qui se touchent sans se croiser, aussi grandes que la pupille, rehaussées souvent par le fond plus foncé des interstices. Le ventre a ses taches plus grandes et ovales, d’un orangé trés vif tirant sur le vermillon, sur un fond bien noir des interstices. De plus il y a deux grandes taches paires, noires, bor- dées de clair, savoir: une au-dessus de la nageoire pectorale, une autre en arriére de cette méme nageoire. La base de la dorsale porte une bande noire. Nageoires orangées; lévres rougeatres, ainsi que le tube des narines. Iris jaunatre, avec un cercle rouge. Les épines sont fortes, courtes, affermies sur trois racines, au nombre A-peu-prés de quatre-vingt sur tout le corps, sans compter les petites du ventre. Le dessus de la téte présente en avant une de ces épines, deux plus en arriére; deux au-dessus de l’cil, une au-dessous, une en arriére. Il y a trois tentacles pendants de la michoire inférieure, de chaque coté. 70 Descriptions of Two New Species of Birds. D. 12; P. 23; C. 8. La vessie natatoire est comme celle du Paradiodon hystriz ; la rate est arrondie, de méme que la vésicule du fie], laquelle est jaunatre. Variété :— On trouve de plus quelguefois une tache grande, noire, ano die, en arriére de la machoire inférieure. L’espéce est assez commune. C’est le No. 109 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba. VII.— Descriptions of Two New Species of Birds of the Families Tanagride and Tyrannide. BY GEO. N. LAWRENCE. 5 Read November 16, 1874. Pheenicothraupis cristata. Maur. Upper plumage of a deep dull vinous color; the front, sides of the head, breast, and under tail coverts of a rather dull crimson; the throat bright scarlet; sides and lower part of abdomen dusky; the crest, which is much elongated and recurved, is bright scarlet; quills smoky- black with their outer margins the color of the back; tail feathers deep vinous red, the central ones and outer webs of the others brighter in color; bill black; tarsi and toes dark brown. Length about 8 in.; wing 4; tail 33; tarsi 1; bill $; from base of bill to end of crest 1 9-16 inches. Habitat. New Granada, Bogota. Remarks. I found the single specimen described above, in a collection of birds from Bogota. It differs from all others of the genus in having a conspic- uous and well developed crest ; in its allies the crest is partly concealed. In general appearance otherwise, it is most like, and is of about the same size as P. fuscicauda, but differs in the throat being of a deeper color than in that species, and Descriptions of Two New Species of Birds. 71 in having the sides of the head, the tail feathers and the outer margins of the quills dark red; in P. fuscicauda these parts are dusky. Myiarchus flammulatus. Entire upper plumage of a light greenish-olive, the crown just per- ceptibly of adarker shade; tail feathers of a rather light brown, the outer ‘margins light rufous and the inner webs just edged with very pale salmon color; loral space and eyelids grayish-white; chin, throat, and upper part of breast grayish-white, the centres of the feathers on the upper part of the throat are very pale ash, but the lower part of the throat and the breast are marked with distinct light colored ashy flammulations, lower part of breast, abdomen and under tail coverts pale yellow; thighs of a light rusty-brown, quill feathers of a darker brown than the tail, the pri- maries edged with very pale rufous, the secondaries margined with gray- ish white, and the tertiaries broadly edged with grayish-white; the wing coverts end rather broadly with very pale rufous, forming three distinct bars across the wings; under wing coverts pale yellow, inner margins of quills pale salmon color; bill dark brownish-black, with a whitish spot on the angle of the lower mandible; tarsi and toes brownish-black. Length 6 in.; wing 2%; tail 2g; tarsi 3; bill §, width at base 7-16. Habitat.. Mexico, “Tehuantepec, Cacoprieto.” Type in the National Museum at Washington. Procured by Prof. F. Sumichrast in June, 1872; original number 1555. Remarks. Prof. Sumichrast thought it would prove to be a new species, and forwarded it to me for examination, but I did not receive the specimen until the summer of this year, the box containing it having been lost sight of for several months. Its dimensions are less than those of MW. lawrencii, and the colors throughout are paler; it also differs in having a whitish throat and flammulated markings on the breast ; these parts in MW. lawrencti being of a clear bluish cinereous ; the lores and eyelids are grayish-white, in J. lawrencti they are brown like the crown; the bill in the new species is much broader. In reply to my inquiry for other facts concerning it, and its relationship to M. lawrencii, Prof. Sumichrast wrote as ib Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. follows: “I have two more specimens of the Mytarchus (No. 1555) in my possession (which I hope soon to send you), and consider them distinct from 47. lawrencit, These two specimens, like the one you have seen, have a grayi$h- white throat, and on the breast deeper longitudinal spots, although slightly marked, and the bill also broad. The physiognomy of these birds in life is sufficiently distinct from M. lawrencit, to enable me to distinguish them even at a distance ; the body of No. 1554 is in fact thicker and more robust. I have had occasion to kill a great many of the J/. lawrencii, and I have always been able at first sight to re- cognize them-as such, although perched at a great height. My immediate impression on seeing No. 1555 for the first time was that I had before me a new form. I have never seen in the M. lawrencit dark flammulations on the breast, which the three specimens of No. 1555 show, although but lightly marked.” : VIII. — Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks, with Descrip- tions of New Species. BY THOMAS BLAND. Read Oct. 5, 1874. Oleacina flexuosa, Pfr. Tuts was described in 1854 (Zool. Proc.), from a speci- men in Cuming’s cabinet, and subsequently figured in Nov. Conch., I, t. 2, f. 16-17, but the habitat was unknown. There is in the Swift cabinet * a very fine example, with *I have recently had the opportunity of examining the collection of my late esteemed friend, Mr. Robert Swift, before its delivery to the Philadelphia Academy, to which it has been presented by his daughter, Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 73 note that it was received from Aux Cayes, in November, 1856, from Mr. Ross. Mr. Swift communicated this, and probably sent to Dr. Pfeiffer the imperfect shell referred to in Mon. VI, 278. The specimen in the Swift cabinet is long. 65, diam. 24 mill., apert. 37 mill. long., infra medium 10 mill. lata. This is the only species in the West Indies nearly allied to the large Mexican forms. Macrocyclis euspira, Pfr. In the Swift cabinet I lately found young specimens, as well as adults, of this Venezuelean species, and from one of the former obtained the animal. W. G. Binney favors me with the following report on its dentition : — ‘The lingual membrane is indeed like that of Macrocyclis in its general type. It differs from our North American species only in having all the teeth purely aculeate, the usual form of marginals in the Vitrinine. It has no laterals, but the first teeth are of a transitional character, between laterals and marginals. This cannot be,considered a generic difference. Zonites levigatus has no true laterals, ant several species have not more than two. M. euspira has a true Glandina-like lingual, especially in the form of the central tooth, which is of a somewhat different character in the North American species of Macrocyclis. The presence of a jaw with smooth anterior surface and decided median projection to the cutting margin, in connection with the form and arrangement of the teeth and the absence of true laterals, warrant our placing euspira in Macrocyclis.” v. Martens has this species in Ammonoceras, subgenus of Hyalina, with, among others, H. caduca, Pfr. of Mexico, which is doubtless a Zonttes. Macrocyclis Baudoni, Petit. The jaw and dentition of this species were described (Amer. Jour. Conch., VII, 1871, and Annals, X, 1873), by W. G. Binney and myself, and we found it to be a Macro- cyclis. FEBRUARY, 1875. 6 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Voi. XT 74 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. Macrocyclis concolor, Fer. This species, judging from its great similarity, if not identity, with MZ. Baudoni, is doubtless a Macrocyclis. Shuttleworth (Diag. n. Moll. 1854) mentions, on the authority of Blauner, that JZ. concolor is viviparous. In the Swift cabinet a specimen is preserved, which he had alive, and from which he took five embryo shells. What the habit is in that respect of the North American species of Macro- cyclis has not been noticed. , M. concolor and Baudoni are placed by v. Martens in Morchia (subgenus of Hyalina), which must now, however, be treated as a synonyme of Macrocyclis. M. laxata, Fer., is the type of that genus, but its denti- tion is, I believe, unknown. The geographical distribution of the species shows that Macrocyclis is essentially an American genus. In the Pacific Province of the Northern Continent, four species are found; JZ. Vancouverensis, sportella, Voyana and Duranti. In eastern North America, MW. concava. H. pau- cispira, Poey, of Cuba, will, I think, prove to be a Macro- cyclis. M. concolor belongs to Puerto Rico, and Baudoni to Guadaloupe and Dominica; MM. euspira to Venezuela. Zonites Lansingi, nov. sp. T. imperforata, orbiculato-depressa, fusco-cornea, superne levigata, basi substriatula; sutura impressa; anfr. 54 convexiusculi, ultimus non descendens, ad peripheriam obsolete angulatus, subtus convexior, circa regionem umbilicarem excavatus; apertura anguste lunaris; peristo- mate acuto, margine dextro-lamella obsolete serrata intus incrassato, colu- mellari vix reflexiusculo. Shell imperforate, orbicular-depressed, shining, dark horn-colored, smooth above, at the base substriate; suture impressed; whorls 54 rather convex, the last not descending, obsoletely angular at the periph- ery, more convex at the base, excavated around the umbilical region; aperture narrow, lunate; peristome acute, the right margin thickened within by an obsoletely denticulated lamella, columellar margin scarcely reflected. Diam. maj. vix 3, min. 24-mill., alt. 1} mill. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 75 Habitat. In damp moist places, among leaves. Astoria, Oregon. Remarks. Two figures of the species are annexed. The aspect of the upper surface of the shell is very like that of Z. multidentatus, Binney. Fig.1. Zonites Lansingi. I am indebted to Mr. Henry Hemphill for this interesting little species, and dedicate it to my young friend, Mr. A. Ten Eyck Lansing of Burlington, New Jersey, a very prom- ising student, to whom Mr. W. G. Binney and myself. are much indebted for assistance in our examination of the den- tition of terrestrial mollusks. One specimen of Z. Lansing?, appearing to have the ani- mal within it, was crushed between two glass slides, enabling Mr. Binney, without the use of potash, satisfactorily to ob- serve the jaw and teeth remaining uninjured in the tissues of the animal. Iam indebted to him for the subjoined particulars. Fig. 2. Jaw (fig. 2, A) low, wide, slightly arcuate; ends scarcely attenuated, blunt; cutting margin without median projection; anterior surface with fourteen, broad, unequal, crowded, flat ribs, slightly denticulating either margin. 76 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. The first impression given by the jaw is that it bears narrow, separated ribs, as in Bulimulus, Cylindrella, etc. A more careful study of it, however, shows the ribs to be very broad, crowded, flat, with narrow interstices between them. Lingual membrane with 17-1-17 teeth; six laterals. Centrals (fig. 2, B) with the base of attachment longer than wide, the lower lateral angles expanded; upper margin broadly reflected; reflection very short, tricus- pid, side cusps decidedly developed, short, bearing distinct cutting points, median cusp long, slender, bulging at sides, reaching nearly to the lower edge of the base of attachment, beyond which projects slightly the distinct, long cutting point. Laterals like the centrals, but unsymmet- rical by the suppression of the inner, lower angle of the base of attach- ment, and inner side cusp and cutting point. Marginals (fig. 2, C) acyle- ate, their base of attachment less sole-like than usual in Zonites, but more circular in outline. Fig. C shows these bases of attachment. Fig. D gives one marginal tooth in profile. This is the first known instance of a species with ribs on its jaw having aculeate marginal teeth; or of a species fur- nished with a Zonites-like shell having decided ribs on its jaw. It will be difficult to find a place for the species under any description of genus or subfamily. The shell is that of Zonites, but that genus has a ribless jaw with median pro- jection. Zonites Stearnsii, nov. sp.? With land shells from the west coast, kindly sent to me for examination by my friend Mr. Stearns, I lately noticed a single specimen of a form from Astoria, Oregon, allied to Z. Lansingi. Itis larger, more elevated and more distinctly striated than that species, has seven whorls, with rather wider and more rounded aperture, but without the lamella within the outer margin of the peristome. The measurements are diam. maj., 4, min. 33 mill., alt. 24 mill. Having before mea single specimen I am unwilling for- mally to describe the species, which for the present I desig- nate as Zonites Stearnsit. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 77 The accompanying figures of this and the preceding species were kindly drawn for me, on wood, by Mr. W. G. Binney. Fig. 8. Zonites Stearnsii. Zonites indentatus, Say. Pfeiffer, on the authority of Hjalmarson, mentions the occurrence of this species in St. Domingo. I have specimens collected by Dr. Cleve in Puerto Rico which are scarcely distinguishable from Z. indentatus, but the color is very much darker than of American shells. Hyalina Bermudensis, Pfr. This has been shown (Bland and Binney, Annals, X, 221) from the character of the lingual dentition, to belong to the Vitrinea, not to the Helicacea of v. Marten’s arrangement. I am indebted to Mr. J. Matthew Jones for an opportunity of examining a remarkable sub-fossil form found in stalag- mitic conglomerate, in caverns at Tucker’s Town, Bermuda. The living H. Bermudensis, as described by Pfeiffer (Zool. Proc., 1845), has seven whorls and in size is diam. maj. 23, min. 21 mill., alt. 12 mill. The extinct form differs from it in having nine whorls, the last more convex above, a less acute carina, umbilicus smaller, but especially in size. The measurements are diam. maj. 37, min. 34 mill., alt. 19 mill. I propose the name of Hyalina -Nelsoni for the sub-fossil species, in honor of Lieut. Nelson, the author of valuable geological memoirs on the Bermuda and Bahama Islands. 78 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. Although its contemporary and survivor, H. Bermudensis, is nearly allied to it, I cannot refer to them as being identical. The occurrence of this large extinct form in Bermuda is very interesting. It may surely be inferred that the species lived at a period when the area of the land was more exten- sive and elevated. The existing form, it should be mentioned, is also found sub-fossil. Wollaston (Variation of Species, 1856) remarks, with respect to some large extinct Madeira Helices, that they may have been but forms of the smaller living species,—“coex- istent with them, though more sensitive to the great diminu- tion of altitude and area which were consequent on the break- ing-up of a once continuous land.” Sub-fossil are not unfrequently larger than living allied or identical forms. Ihave noticed that the sub-fossil Chond- ropoma? basicarinatum and chordiferum of St. Croix are larger than their very near ally C. Santacruzense, now living on that Island. The extinct H. Josephine, found in St. Kitts, is considerably larger than the living forms of the neighboring Islands. St. Croix and St. Kitts, geologically speaking, are but fragments of larger areas. Some living species, however, vary very much in size: I may instance 7. Luquillensis Shuttl. of Puerto Rico. The measurements given by Shuttleworth are diam. maj., 40; min. 32 mill.; alt. 30 ad 33 mill. In the Swift cabinet there is a remarkably small specimen, diam. maj., 29; min. 25 mill.; alt. 18 mill. M. concolor, Fer., of the same Island is another instance. In the Swift Cabinet there is one, 54 whorls, diam. maj. 25; min. 23 mill.; alt. 9 mill. Adult specimens collected by Dr. Cleve, having 44 whorls, are not more than half that size. Unfortunately, I have no note as to the stations of the different sized forms. Guesteria Powisiana, Pfr. M. Crosse (Jour. de Conch., 1872) described and figured Helix Powisiana, Pfr., placing it in the new genus Guesteria, Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 79 of which it is the only known species. He remarks on its rarity and the absence of mention of it in my Catalogue of shells collected in New Grenada (Cont. to Conch., 1852). On a recent examination of shells, which my late valued friend Mr. Robert Swift had from me in 1852, still preserved in his Cabinet, I identified a young specimen of Guesteria Powisiana, which I found in 1851 near Marmato, at an ele- vation of about 5,000 feet, on the Western Cordillera of the Andes. The shell had not been previously determined. Simpulopsis dominicensis, Pfr. In the Swift Cabinet are two specimens, marked “ Vitrina,” found by Hjalmarson near Puerto Plata (Haiti), but which are I believe young shells of Simpulopsis dominicensis. In Mal. Blatt. 1858, p. 146, Pfeiffer mentions a Vitrina from Haiti, on the authority of Hjalmarson, which was subse- quently found probably, to be what I have suggested. Helix bracteola, Fer. (Microphysa). M. Mazé enumerates this in his Catalogue of Martinique species (Jour. Conch. April, 1874) and I am indebted to M. Crosse for a specimen of it. Looking at the description and figure by Deshayes (in Fer. Hist. I, p. 84, t. 86, f. 2), Ido not doubt the determination, but believe that the species is the same as /7. vortex, Pfr. Helix Sargenti, nov. sp. T. sub-perforata, globoso-depressa, oblique striata, tenuis, pallide cor- nea?; spira brevis, apice obtusa; anfr. 5, convexiusculi, ultimus antice -descendens, ad peripheriam obsolete angulatus, basi subplanulatus ; aper- tura obliqua, lunato-rotundata; perist. marginibus approximatis, dextro expansiusculo, columellari superne perdilatato, reflexo, perforationem fere tegente, basali introrsum lamellato-calloso. Shell subperforate, globose-depressed; obliquely striated, thin, pale horn-colored?; spire short, apex obtuse; whorls 5, rather convex, the last descending at the aperture, obsoletely angular at the periphery, base sub- planulate; aperture oblique, lunate-rounded; peristome with the margins 80 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. approximating, right margin somewhat .expanded, columellar margin much dilated above, reflected, nearly covering the perforation, basal mar- gin with a lamelliform callus within. Diam. maj. 15; min. 13 mill.; alt. 8 mill. Habitat. Little Inagua, Bahamas. Remarks. This in general form is much like H. Duclosi- ana, Fer., but the interior projecting tooth is wanting and the callus on the basa] margin is more developed. The species belongs to the subgenus Plagioptycha, which is peculiarly characteristic of the Haitian fauna. I have else- where remarked (Annals X, 318) on the evidences of the former more intimate connection of Inagua and Turks Islands with Haiti. I name the species after Mr. Daniel Sargent of Inagua, to whom I am indebted for many interesting shells from the Bahamas. Helix marginella, Gmel. (Caracolus). In the Swift Cabinet there are specimens from Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, in which the dark band almost covers the upper whorls, leaving simply a narrow lighter colored margin next the sutures ; the dark band equally wide at the base. There is also an albino specimen, which was found in 1864, by the late Mr. Haigenson in a wood, on San Isidio Estate, near the city of San Juan. This species occurs in Viéque and Culabre as well as in Puerto Rico. Helix Gaskoini, Pfr. (Caracolus). M. Sallé first collected this in St. Domingo. He noticed, I learn from him, many specimens, but all appearing dead and white, collected two only, one of which remains in his Cab- inet, the other in Cuming’s. ; Professor Gabb found specimens during his explorations in St. Domingo, and one of them was given to me by Dr. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 81 Newcomb. It agrees entirely with Pfeiffer’s description (Zool. Proc., 1851) and with Reeve’s figure. Helix bizonalis, Desh. Several years ago Mr. Ferguson found on logwood brought to the Port of New York, two specimens of a shell allied in form to H. marginella, Gmel. of Puerto Rico ; with them were examples of H. crispata Fer., an indication that the logwood was from Haiti. One of the specimens is still in my posses- sion, the other in the Swift Cabinet. Dr. Newcomb collected one fresh example when crossing the eastern end of the Island; the shell was sent to me for examination and found to be similar to that had from Mr. Ferguson. In 1872 I received another (dead) specimen from Mrs. Wm. Klatte, found near Port au Prince, with H. crispata. The Ferguson shell was compared in 1871, by Mr. Sow- erby, in the British Museum, and agreed with specimens there labelled H. btzonalis, Desh. In 1873 my specimens were examined by Sallé with the type of HH. bizonalis in the collection of Deshayes, and pro- nounced identical with it. Deshayes (Fer. Hist. I, 68, N. 90) has, in the synonymy of the species, H. marginata, Var. Fer. Hist., t. 63, f. 11- 12, which figures certainly agree with bizonalis. Deshayes does not give the habitat of bizonalis; in Chem. ed. 2, N. 956, the species is attributed, apparently on the authority of specimens in Cuming’s Cabinet, to Manila, but undoubtedly it belongs to Haiti. Looking at the variability of H. Sagemon of Cuba, I am much inclined to consider that H. Gaskoini is a var. of bizonalis. The occurrence of the nearly allied forms of. Sagemon in Cuba, dizonalis in Haiti, and marginella in Puerto Rico, is an interesting fact. The connection of the faunas of the two latter Islands is strikingly shown by the prevalence of forms 82 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. closely related to HZ. caracolla*, and H. Audebardi of Haiti has a near ally in H. Luquillensis of Puerto Rico. HI. bizonalis is placed by v. Martens (Albers ed. 2) in the sub-genus Obba, probably with reference to the supposed habitat, “Luzon,” while Sagemon and marginella are in Caracolus. Helix platystyla, Pfr. (Leptoloma). Pfeiffer described this species in the Zool. Proc., 1849, froma specimen, “expallescens,” in Cuming’s Cabinet. In Mon. Hel. II, 175, the habitat doubtfully given is Moluccas ; it is placed next before H. conspersula, Pfr. and H. fusco- cincta, C. B. Ad. of Jamaica, to which it is very closely allied. An example from Jamaica in my Cabinet agrees closely with Pfeiffer’s description and Reeve’s figure (Conch. Icon. N. 487, t. 90). Similar specimens in the Chitty Collection, British Museum, are labelled H. fusco-cincta, var. H. con- spersula was described by Pfeiffer in 1845, the habitat un- known. In 1871 Mr. Sowerby informed me that a specimen in the British Museum is ascribed to India. Hl. platystyla belongs, I believe, to Jamaica as well as Hf. conspersula and fusco-cincta. Cylindrella gracilicollis, Fer. I am indebted to Mrs. Wm. Klatte for several specimens of this species, found in the vicinity of Port au Prince, Haiti. It has been erroneously attributed to St. Thomas. Judging from a very young individual it appears that the number of whorls in a perfect shell must be from twenty to twenty-two. The four upper whorls are smooth. On the axis there are two revolving lamine. I have not had an opportunity of examining the internal structure of many species from the Island of Haiti, but find two lamelle * H. caracolla is found semi-fossil only in St. Croix, but Mr. Swift assured me that I erroneously referred to H. marginella as occurring there in a similar condition (Annals VII, 357). Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 83 on the axis of C. Salleana and Hjalmarsoni. It is curious that no species peculiar to Jamaica has a similar character of axis. Macroceramus Swifti, nov. sp. T. imperforata, cylindraceo-turrita, confertim striata, punctis numero- sis et strigis obliquis fusco-corneis variegata; spira ovato-conica, apice obtusula, pallide cornea; anf. 114 vix convexiusculi, ultimus rotundatus, infra medium obsolete filo-carinatus; apertura diagonalis, rotundato-luna- rio, perist. albido, expansiusculo, incrassato, margine dextro arcuato, columellari dilatato. Shell imperforate, cylindrically turreted, crowdedly striated, variegated with oblique dark horn colored stripes and numerous spots; spire ovate- conic, apex rather obtuse, pale horn-colored; whorls 114 scarcely convex, the last rounded, obsoletely carinated below the middle; aperture diag- onal, roundly lunate; peristome whitish, rather expanded, thickened, the right margin arcuate, columellar margin dilated. Long. 11, lat. 4 mill.; ap. 3 mill. long, 2 lat. Habitat. Turks Island, also Inagua, Bahamas. Remarks. This species is allied to WM. Hermanni, Pfr., of Haiti, but is less distinctly costulated, the suture not crenu- lated and has thicker peristome. I dedicate the species to the late Mr. Robert Swift, from whom I originally received specimens. Macroceramus Klatteanus, nov. sp. T. rimata, oblongo-turrita, solidula, oblique costulata, albida, strigis interruptis et maculis castaneis ornata; spira elongata, apice albido; sutura subcrenulata; anfr. 10 convexiusculi, ultimus rotundatus, basi ad aperturam compressus, infra peripheriam fascia 1 nigricante, interrupta, notatus; apertura diagonalis, subcircularis; perist. albo, obtuso, margin- ibus approximatis, dextro subarcuato, columellari subdilatato. Shell rimate, oblong-turreted, rather solid, obliquely ribbed, whitish with chestnut colored interrupted stripes and spots; spire elongate, apex whitish ; suture subcrenulated ; whorls ten, rather convex, the last rounded, compressed at the base near the aperture, one interrupted dark band below the periphery; aperture diagonal, subcircular; perist. white, ob- tuse, with approximating margins, right margin subarcuate, columellar margin scarcely dilated. Long. 11, lat. 4 mill.; ap. 3 mill. longa. 84 Notes on Cer‘ain Terrestrial Mollusks. Habitat. Near Port au Prince, ‘Haiti. Remarks. This is allied in form and ornamentation to M. tenuiplicatus, Pfr., but is much smaller, is costate, and differs from it in form of aperture. I received specimens of this and other interesting Haitian shells from Mrs. Wm. Klatte after whom I name this species. Bulimulus stramineus, Guilding (Drymaeus). Several years ago I sent to Dr. Pfeiffer a specimen from St. Vincent, which he described (Mon. VI, p. 44) under this name as an authentic example of Guilding’s species, of which however it is probably a variety. I have since received from Governor Rawson extremely fine specimens more closely agreeing with Guilding’s description. Pfeiffer (Mon. II, 203) gives the following description, “T. subdiaphana, straminea, transverse densissime striatula ; anfr. 6-7, apicalis ferrugineus (G.). On referring, however, to the Linn. Trans. XIV, p. 340, I find the description to be “Testa tenera, tota straminea, transverse obscuro-dense stri- ata; anfr. sex.” ~ The most common form is of uniform bright yellow, some specimens have a purple apex and others several narrow red- dish-brown bands. One of my specimens measures: long. 34, lat. 14; ap. 16 mill. long., 103 lata. B. stramineus oc- curs also in the Island of Mustique one of the Grenadines. Bulimus stramineus, Richard. In the Swift Cabinet there are shells under this name, re- ceived from M. Sallé and said to be from St. Domingo. I can find no mention of, or reference to, such a species in the. books. The largest specimen, which is scarcely adult, has 54 whorls; the two upper whorls have a pale yellowish tinge, the apex rather darker in color. It is very like and may be a variety of B. liliaceus, Fer. which occurs in Puerto Rico. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 85 Stenogyra Dominicensis, Pfr. (Pseudobalea). This was described in 1850 by Pfeiffer as a Balea, but in 1854 Shuttleworth (Diag. n. Moll. No. 6) referred it to Sten- ogyra. Pfeiffer described it as Bulimus hasta in Malak. Bl. 1856. From a Cuban specimen, in the Cabinet of R. Swift, I ob- tained the animal and found it to be viviparous. From one I took five embryonic shells, of from two to three whorls. The jaw and lingual membrane were examined by W. G. Binney, who informs me that they exhibit the characters pre- vailing in Stenogyra, the jaw striate, without median projec- tion; central lingual tooth small, laterals large, subquadrate, perfectly symmetrical in base of attachment and tricuspid. The jaw of S. decollata has the same fine strie. Strophia calcarea, Pfr. Several dead specimens of this rather rare shell were col- lected by Mr. D. Sargent on Little Inagua. The habitat of the species has not hitherto been known. Ina young shell (4 whorls), the umbilicus is 14 mill. in diameter. The parietal tooth is shown in the figure in Chem. ed. 2, t. 19, fig. 4, but not referred to in Pfeiffer’s descrip- tion. Strophia iostoma, Pfr. From Mr. Sargent I have remarkably fine specimens of this species, from Turtle Cove, Great Inagua. The following are measurements of extreme forms : 13 whorls, Long. 46 lat. in med. 14 mill. 114 66 66 35 Te 15 «6 11 66 66 31 66 10 «s Choanopoma occidentale, Pfr. Pfeiffer refers this species (Malak. Bl. 1860, p. 216) to Martinique, but as M. Mazé (1. c.) mentions, it does not, occur in that Island. 86 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. Dr. V. Rijgersma collected it several years since in the Island of St. Martin, and very kindly supplied me with specimens. Helix ammonoceras, Pfeiffer. (Ammonoceras, Pfr.) I discovered this species in 1851, in New Grenada, and it was described, from a specimen in the Cumingian Collec- tion, by Pfeiffer in 1854 (Zool. Proc.). During last year Governor Rawson sent to me, for deter- mination, a single shell from the Island of Grenada, W. I., which I found on comparison with a specimen of H. ammo- noceras, preserved in the Robt.. Swift Cabinet, to be identical with it. Helix Hubbardi, A. D. Brown. (Strobila.) This was first found near Indianola, Calhoun Co., Texas, by Mr. E. W. Hubbard, and described by Brown in the Phila Proc. (Oct., 1861). It was subsequently discovered at Bellevue, in the Parish of St. Andrew, Island of Jamaica, and described (Jour. de Conch., Oct., 1871) by Mr. C. P. Gloyne, as H. Vendryesiana. In November, 1872, Dr. W. Newcomb found a few speci- mens on the trees in Bonaventure Cemetery, near Savannah, Georgia, and kindly sent to me a couple. I have no doubt as to the identity of the Texas, Jamaica and Georgia shells. Gloyne mentions the parietal lamella only, but there are others as described by Brown. The species is in fact allied to H. labyrinthica, Say, and not to H. paludosa, to which group it is referred by Gloyne. The distribution of H. Hubbardi is certainly curious, but it may be observed that H. Strebeli, Pfr., which is extremely like, if not identical with, abyrinthica, belongs to the Mexi- can fauna. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 87 Helicina nemoralis, Guppy. This Trinidad species can scarcely be considered distinct from H. Columbiana, Philippi of Venezuela. Auricula pellucens, Menke. In 1871 I received several dead specimens of this species of Auricula from Mr. Henry Prime. He informed me that he “found about a dozen, none with the animal, on Punta Rasa, a small island on the west coast of Florida, at the mouth of Calvasahachee River ; they were in one place only, at the edge of a mangrove swamp, in company with Melam- pus bidentatus and M. coniformis; the latter were in great abundance.” ) Auricula pellucens is referred to Demerara and Ellobium Ceylanicum, H. & A. A., placed in its synonymy by Pfeif- fer, to Ceylon. I have one specimen from each of those localities, given to me by the late Mr. Swift, and they are certainly very like those from Florida. Pfeiffer gives the Antilles also, with doubt on the author- ity of Férussac, as one of the habitats. I never heard of the collection of the species on the Flor- ida Coast by any one excepting Mr. Prime. Stimpson (Am. Naturalist, IV, 587) refers to the present tropical character of the shells of the west coast of Florida as being plainly due to the influence of the Gulf Stream. A. pellucens, whether now living or not on that coast, doubtless originally owed its introduction there to the agency mentioned by Stimpson. 88 Four New Species of Birds from Costa Rica. IX.— Descriptions of Four New Species of Birds from Costa Rica. By GEO. N. LAWRENCE. Read December 21, 1874. A third instalment of about six hundred specimens of birds was received quite recently at the Smithsonian Insti- tution, from Prof. W. M. Gabb, in charge of the Talamanca Exploring Expedition, Costa Rica, and forwarded to me for examination. This collection was made by Mr. Juan Cooper, acting zoologist, Mr. Zeledon having retired from that posi- tion on account of failing health. The species described below I consider new to science ; they all seem to be rare, as the collection contains but a single example of each. 1. Cyanocitta argentigula. Female The feathers of the front, lores, with those above and below the eye and of the chin are rigid, and of an intense black; crown, hind neck, upper part of back, sides of the neck and the breast black, lower part of back and rump of a dull deep blackish-blue; the abdomen, sides and under tail coverts are also dull deep blue, but brighter than the back, especially on the sides and under tail coverts; on the front part of the crown is a crescentic mark of bluish-white, which becomes narrower along each side of the crown, and extends over the ear coverts as far as the occiput; the feathers of the crown are elongated forming a short crest; the throat is marked with a sharply defined patch of silvery gray- ish-white, with just a tinge of blue, and is in strong contrast with the black that surrounds it; this patch widens out a little at its lower extrem- ity, which is on the upper part of the breast; the wings and exposed por- tions of the quill feathers, are of a rich dark cobalt-blue, the inner webs. and under surface of the quill feathers are glossy black; the tail above is: colored like the wings, underneath it is glossy black; bill and feet black. Length 10% in.; wing 44%; tail 54; bill 1; tarsus 1 5-16. Habitat. Costa Rica, Talamanca. Type in National Museum. Remarks. This does not much resemble any other species ; in general coloring it is somewhat like C. ornata, but the Four New Species of Birds from Costa Rica. 89 black in the new species is more prevalent and the blue darker and brighter. C. nana and C. pumilo each have a narrow whitish band on the forepart of the crown, and ex- tending over the eyes, but uniformly narrow; the former is described as having the throat bluish-white; but in these species the black is confined to the front, sides of the head and throat, the blue color is much lighter and they are rather smaller. The new species is very handsome,.and the peculiar mark- ings on the head and throat will at once distinguish it from all others. 2. Stenopsis albicauda. Male. Crown and sides of the head. blackish-brown finely freckled with bright rufous and gray, a: grayish-white line extends from the bill over the eye; throat and sides.of the neck white, tinged with pale rufous; there is a narrow band of pale rufous on the hind neck; upper plumage dark brown, the feathers crossed with narrow markings of light rufous; two central tail feathers grayish-ash, marked with narrow waving lines of brown, and crossed with eight irregular blackish-brown bars; the outer lateral feather is white, its outer web tinged with dull rufous almost to the end of the feather, and about midway of the web is a narrow brown stripe along the shaft half an inch in extent, the remaining feathers are white on their inner webs, except at their ends, where with their outer webs they are blackish-brown; the smaller wing coverts, secondaries and tertiaries are handsomely freckled with gray and rufous, and blotched with black and lighter rufous, the larger wing coverts are blackish-brown ending with pale rufous; the feathers of the breast are fuliginous at base, and crossed on the exposed portions with narrow bars of black and light rufous, the ends of the feathers whitish; the abdomen is very pale rufous, sparingly barred on the sides with blackish, the marks on the middle of the abdomen are nearly obsolete;.the under tail coverts are clear light rufous and immaculate; the quills are dark brown, the outer four prima- ries have a conspicuous white bar at about one-third their length from the end, on the first primary is a white. spot on the inner web towards the base, the other quill feathers have their inner webs more or less marked with pale rufous spots; under wing coverts dark brown mottled with ru- fous; bill black; tarsi and toes pale brownish-yellow. Length 9 in.; wing 54; tail 4%; tarsus . Habitat. Costa Rica, Talamanca. Type in National Museum. FEBRUARY; 1875, {f Awn:. Lyc. Nat. Hist., VOL. . XI. 90 Four New Species of Birds from Costa Rica. femarks. In appearance this species resembles S. cayenn- ensis, but the tail is longer with narrower feathers; it wants the transverse black bar midway on the tail feathers as in S. cayennensis, and has the abdomen and under tail coverts more rufous than in that species. This appears to be the first occurrence of a’ member of this genus north of the Isthmus. 8. Geotrygon rufiventris. Front and a line under the eye extending as far as the occiput, light salmon color; crown, hind neck, upper part of back, throat and upper part of breast, of a rather dull violet-purple, on the lower part of the breast merging into brownish-ash; lower part of back, rump, and upper tail coverts of a dull bronzy olive-green; tail feathers brownish-black, the ends lighter or ashy-brown; abdomen, vent and sides dull brownish- rufous, on the middle of the abdomen is a patch of white feathers just tinged with rufous; under tail coverts dark brown largely ending with rufous; wing coverts, secondaries and tertiaries olive-brown, primaries brownish black, the shafts of a reddish or hazel-brown; under wing coverts and axillars deep cinnamon-red; inner webs of primaries at base dull pale cinnamon; bill black; feet in the dried specimen of yellowish- flesh color. The sex is not given. Length about 9 in.; wing 54; tail 34; bill from front %, from rictus 1; tarsus 1%. Habitat. Costa Rica, Talamanca. Type in National Museum. Remarks. The number of handsome species of this genus discovered in Central America within the last few years is quite remarkable, this making the sixth; it is however much more sombre looking than most of its allies, the colors being darker and more subdued. It is so unlike all others ot the genus that no comparisons are required. 4. Porzana cinereiceps. ‘Female. Upper part of head and cheeks bluish-cinereous, darker on the crown, but clearer and lighter on the cheeks; neck before and behind, upper part of back and breast bright reddish-chestnut, paler on the throat and grayish near the chin; back olivaceous-brown, on the rump and upper va Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 91 tail coverts dark brown; quill feathers brown; abdomen and under tail coverts crossed with alternate bars of black and white; upper mandible brown, brighter on the culmen, under mandible yellowish; tarsi and toes hazel brown. Length about 54 in.; wing 2; bill 3; tarsus 1}. Habitat. Costa Rica, Talamanca. Type in National Museum. Remarks. Compared with P. albigularis this species dif- fers in its ash colored head, more deeply colored chestnut breast and in not having a white throat; above it resembles P. rubra but the head in that species is darker, below they are quite unlike, as the entire under plumage of P. rubra is chestnut-red. X.—WNotes on North American Lepidoptera. By H. K. MORRISON. Read Jan. 7, 1875. Family BOMBYCID A. EDEMA, Walk. Ocelli absent. Eyes naked, unlashed. The antenne of the female sim- ple. The palpi stout, finely clothed, exceeding the front; the first joint of the usual form; the second long, flat, rectangular, and truncate at the extremity; the third, in the Texan species hidden in the villosity of the second, in albifrons short and slight, but perceptible. The front rounded, but the frontal hairs converge forming an obtuse projection; the villosity above the antenne elevated, forming a triangular projecting hood over the vertex. The collar circular, nearly flat, sur- rounded and limited above by the pterygodes, which are well defined, tri- angular, closely scaled and separated by the depressed dorsal portion of the thorax. The prothoracic tuft absent, the metathoracic tuft present although low and rounded. The abdomen smooth, heavy, cylindrical, truncate and -untufted. All the tibie unarmed and clothed with long thin hair. The anterior wings comparatively broad, with rectangular apices; the posteriors rounded. 92 Notes on North American Lepidoptera. M. Guenée notices in the first volume of the “Species Général” the great resemblance of #. albifrons to the higher generaof the Noctuide, and the discovery of the species de- scribed below gives fresh force to his remarks. We would not be surprised if the genus should be ulti- mately referred to the neighborhood of Demas and Diloba. Edema albifrons, Sm. Abb. As this species is not uncommon in the Northern States it is known to almost every collector, and a specific description is unnecessary. Edema Packardii, nov. sp. Expanse 31™™, Length of body 16™™. The ground color of the an- terior wings gray, sprinkled with black atoms and with white, and faint brownish and ochreous stains; the half-line and the interior line absent ; the orbicular spot present as a geminate blackish upright lunulate mark, preceded by a white stain; the reniform a similar, but simple and more distinct mark, surrounded by a faint ochreous annulus; the median shade passes between the spots, it is thickened below the reniform form- ing a black spot, but is afterward lost; the exterior line is only present in the central part of the wings, it is "“geminate, dentate and forms a particularly prominent indentation opposite the reniform spot; a con- trasting apical white shade, below which appears a diffuse blackish shade clearly cut above, and the black distinct subterminal line formed of ob- liqgue marks between the nervules; fringes long. Posterior wings uni- form dark fuscous, with lighter fringes. Beneath gray, with numerous black atoms; the lines and discal dots are obsolete. Habitat. Waco, Texas. March 9. (Belfrage.) We dedicate this interesting species to Dr. A. S. Packard, Jr.,.as an acknowledgment of the value of his exhaustive “Synopsis of the Bombycide” as well as of his kindness to a younger naturalist. Fanily NOCTUIDA. Acronycta brumosa, Guen. Acronycta Verrilli, G. & R. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., Vol. III, p. 178, Pl. 2, fig. 82. Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 93 We are satisfied that Grote and Robinson’s species is iden- tical with A. brumosa. The depth of the color on the hind wings has been men- tioned as a sufficient character in separating the species ; but it is variable, as a large series in our collection will show. We have specimens from Canada (Prof. F. X. Belanger and Mr. George Norman), from Wisconsin (Prof. S. H. Peabody), from New York (Messrs. Fred. Tepper and E. L. Graef), from the Adirondack Mts. (Mr. F. C. Bowditch), from Mt. Washington, N. H., near the Half Way House (H. K. Morrison) and many from various localities in Massachu- setts. The variation in marking and particularly in size is con- siderable. Acronycta pudorata, nov. sp. Expanse 34™™, Length of body 16™™. We have had a single speci- men of this species in our collection for a long time, but have hesitated to describe it, fearing that it was but a variety of A. tritona, Hubn. The discovery of other specimens of both sexes convinces us that it is distinct. Anterior wings above, bluish gray, with the lines and dashes as in A. tritona, the ordinary spots are distinct, concolorous and black encircled, in this respect differing from tritona. The posterior wings instead of yellow are pure white with a faint discal dot and median line, followed by a vague suffused terminal band. Beneath white, with conspic- uous discal dots and an angulate median line; in ¢ritona the ground color is yellowish with scarcely traces of the usual discal dots. Habitat. New York; Canada. Specimens received from Messrs. Fred. Tepper and F. X. Belanger. M. Guenée’s description of A. tritona does not agree alto- gether with Hibner’s figure, and perhaps another species is described by him. Agrotis acclivis, nov. sp. Expanse 35™™, Length of body 17™™. Eyes naked. All the tibiz spinose. The antennz of the male with fine short hairy clothing, black above, testaceous beneath. The thorax black above, having a low pro- thoracic tuft tipped with cinereous; the pterygodes light, and concolor- 94 Notes on North American Lepidoptera. ous with the costal shade. Abdomen gray, conspicuously banded with ochreous. The anterior wings with a broad costal carneous-gray shade extending over the middle and upper part of the basal space, filling the ordinary spots, narrowing and becoming extinct before the exterior line; the re- mainder of the wings blackish gray, becoming lighter in the neighbor- hood of the irregular, jagged and diffuse subterminal line, which is close to the external margin thus narrowing the terminal space; the interior line is lost above in the costal shade and below on the inner margin, it only appears in the middle of the wings and there has attached to it the small concolorous black edged claviform spot; the ordinary spots small, the space between them blackish, the orbicular elongate, nearly lost in the costal shade, the reniform followed by a distinct black streak which ex- tends to the exterior line; the latter is black, simple, denticulate and not very distinct; a series of black dots before the fringe, the latter is yel- lowish at the base, outwardly gray. Posterior wings whitish with a slight yellow tinge, having an indistinct discal dot and an indefinite subter- minal shade; the costa and inner margin are gray; the fringe ochreous, Beneath the anterior wings are blackish, the posteriors white with a gray costal border; the fringes of both wings more or less yellow. Habitat. New York. (From the collection of Mr. Fred. Tepper). The distinctive characters of this Agrotis are found in the carneous-gray costal shade, the small spots, the distinct black dash following the reniform and the ochreous fringes. It is allied to A. annexa, Treits, but differs by the non-serrate antenne, the absence of the basal black dash, and the whitish posterior wings with ochreous fringes; it also approaches more remotely A. venerabilis, Walk. and A. volubilis, Harvey. Agrotis montana, nov. sp. Expanse 30™™, Length of body,12™™. Eyes naked. | All the tibie spinose. The villosity of the palpi, front, collar and thorax coarse and thick; the collar black, edged broadly with white; the thorax and abdo- men blackish, the latter having the anal tufts yellowish. The ground color of the anterior wings dark gray, as in Anarta algida, Lef.; the whole insect closely simulates Anarta. The anterior wings elongate, with the inner angle rounded; the half-line thick, black and twice undu- late ; the basal space is more or less suffused with bluish gray, and contains a black orbicular basal dash; the interior line very distinct, black, thick and perpendicular, preceded by a conspicuous bluish gray shade line; to Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 95 it is attached the long blackish claviform; orbicular spot round, whit- ish and contrasting; the reniform whitish, upright, elliptical and closely approaching the exterior line; the latter is black, distinct, non-dentate and but slightly bent beneath the cell; beyond, the ground color becomes lighter; the subterminal line is irregular, preceded by cuneiform mark- ings and by a blackish costal shade; the fringe concolorous. The poste- rior wings are dark fuscous with white fringes and faint discal dots. Beneath whitish, without markings, except faint discal dots and suf- fused gray costal shades. Habitat. Mountains of Colorado, above 12,000 feet, July 22 to Aug. 12. One specimen in the possession of Dr. A. S. Packard, Jr., and another in our own collection. This abnormal species is extremely interesting on account of its resemblance to the boreal genus Anaria, three species of which are found in the same localities. Messrs. Bates and Wallace have discovered numerous cases of mimicry between the species of Heliconide and Pieride inhabiting the tropical regions of South America; and now we have in the alpine fauna of these mountains a parallel instance of close outward resemblance between species of two widely differing genera of moths. None of the northern Agrotids known to us, as scropulana, opipara, hyperborea, islandica, okakensis, approach in the least to Anarta. Adita chionanthi, Sm. Abb. We have received from our friend Mr. George Frazer, a female specimen of this rare and interesting species ; which has remained unknown since 1797. The antenne of the fe- male are simple with fine hairy clothing, and the ovipositor projects slightly beyond the abdomen. In his generic description Mr. Grote states that the tibie are spinose; this is apparently an error as the only spines present are the pair before the spurs on the middle tibiz: and a single spine (there possibly may have been two) be- 96 Notes on North American Lepidoptera. tween the two pair of spurs on the hind tibie; isolated spines sometimes occur in these positions in genera which do not have spinose tibie, as has been noticed by European entomologists. Mamestra adjuncta, Boisd. (Miselia). Hadena adjuncta, Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sc., Vol. I, p. 108 (1873). This species, considering its strong generic characters, has suffered many changes of position; described by Dr. Bois- duval under Miselia and thought by him to be a European species, it was shortly afterwards correctly referred by M. Guenée, in the “Species Général,” Vol. 5, p. 199, to the side of the well known Mamestra brassice, Linn. Mr. Grote places it in Hadena; why, we do not know, as the eyes are distinctly hairy. Mamestra curta, nov. sp. Expanse 30™™, Length of body 15™™. Eyes hairy. Anterior tibie unarmed. Collar, front and palpi as usual in this genus. A low protho- racic tuft. Abdomen smooth, yellowish and untufted, slightly exceeding the posterior wings. Anterior wings gray, with all the markings distinct and well defined; interior line simple, removed further than usual from the base, strongly lobed between the nervules; to the largest lobe the distinct, short and truncate claviform spot is attached; orbicular spot large, black-ringed and concolorous, reniform spot narrow and upright, crossed by the diffuse blackish median shade, below the spot the latter is lost in the ground color; exterior line of the normal form, black, distinct and dentate, followed by a narrow pale shade line; subterminal line very prominent, preceded by black shades which partially fill the subterminal space, becoming diffuse as they recede from the line, but near it are very intense and contrast with the light terminal space; a series of black dots at the base of the fringe. Posterior wings yellow, with a discal dot, a narrow median line, and a broad blackish terminal border; the fringe is yellow and contrasting. Beneath, both wings are yellow, with discal dots and traces of median and terminal lines. Habitat. Colorado, July 20 and 22. This species can at once be separated from the other Mamestre by the yellow posterior wings. It was collected by Mr. T. L. Mead. Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 97 Mamestra promulsa, nov. sp. Expanse 35™™, Length of body 15™™, Eyes hairy. Palpi ochreous. Villosity of the front, thorax and collar coarse and rough. Abdomen smooth and untufted, covered with mixed gray and yellow scales; in the female with a short, thick, projecting ovipositor. The wings are thinly scaled, nearly unicolorous, the ground color being olivaceous gray, overspread with numerous yellowish scales; the median lines are blackish, diffuse, irregular and dentate; the subterminal line forming a series of blackish blotches, interrupted, and some times barely perceptible; the orbicular spot obsolete, the reniform reduced to a blackish stain; thé median shade is seen at the costa and inner margin in diffuse spots; a yellow line at the base of the concolorous fringe. Posterior wings colored like the primaries, with a more or less distinct discal dot. Beneath, yellowish gray, with black discal dots and a diffuse, thick, but angulate median line. Habitat. Colorado (Mr. T. L. Mead), July 20. We refer this interesting species to MJamestra provision- ally ; the two specimens we have were placed in papers, so that the thoracic tufts are much defaced; we think that on the discovery of fresh specimens it will probably become the type of a new genus. Scopelosoma devia, Grote. Expanse 36™™, Length of body 17™™. The thorax is concolorous and provided with a sharp edged longitudinal crest behind the collar. The anterior wings have their apices rectangular; half-line present, whitish; the basal space brown, closely and evenly sprinkled with white atoms; the interior line white, even, oblique, and concave, contrasting strongly with the deep brown of the central and outer portion of the wings; the reniform spot is reduced to a fine white concave line, the or- bicular absent; the exterior line is very fine, whitish, and broadly undu- lating, subparallel with the subterminal line which is also fine and clear; between these two ordinary lines there is another very distinct white concave line, parallel with the interior line and most distinct at the apex; outwardly this line contrasts with the brown subterminal space, inwardly it is suffused, but finally lost in the brown ground color before the exte- rior line; there is a sprinkling of whitish atoms towards the end of the terminal space; at the base of the brown fringe there is a bicolorous un- dulate brown and white line, outwardly the fringe is narrowly edged with white. The posterior wings are uniform dark fuscous, the fringes light. Beneath, the anterior wings are gray, with an indistinct double exterior 98 Notes on North American Lepidoptera. line; the terminal space is brown having the apical portion suffused with whitish; the posterior wings are brown, thickly sprinkled with black atoms; the usual discal dot is present as well as a broad undulate median line. Habitat. Brookline, Mass., Oct. 10. From the collection of the late Dr. C. A. Shurtleff, now in the possession of the Boston Society of Natural History. The style of marking in this species is very unique; it can at once be distinguished by the brown ground color and the two distinct, concave, white parallel cross lines inwardly suffused, outwardly clear and contrasting. Plusia laticlavia, nov. sp. Expanse 32™™, Length of body 16™™, Habitus and markings of P. precationis, Guen., to which it is closely related. Ground color lighter than in the allied species, aurichalceous shaded with delicate pink as in P. purpurigera, Walk. The reniform spot, the usual metallic spots and the general pattern of the markings as in precationis; it differs in the course and distinctness of the median lines, the interior line being oblique, perfectly straight, broad, and golden from the inner margin to the median nervure, and the exterior line even, simple undulate and strongly contrasting; above pur- ple, near the inner margin becoming golden. Posterior wings dark gray. Beneath suffused with yellow, lighter than in precationis. Habitat. New York. July 10, 1872. Described from a single specimen in good condition re- ceived from Mr. Fred. Tepper. Plusia formosa, Grote. (Leptina formosa, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. Vol. IV, p. 323). The description of “Leptina formosa” has always been of great interest to us, for evidently the species intended was not a true Leptina; but its rarity has prevented us from de- ciding its proper place. A careful examination of the single specimen in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History convinces us that it is a Plusia, rather remotely al- lied to P. ampla, Walk. Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 99 It may seem a wide leap from Leptina to Plusia, but nev- ertheless it appears to be a necessary one; the naked lashed eyes, the form of the palpi, the unition at the base of the costal and subcostal nervures of the posterior wings, the con- spicuous saddle shaped metathoracic tuft, and particularly the style of ornamentation, admit of no doubt. The wings are rounded at the apices, thus differing from our American species, but we do not consider this character of more than specific value, particularly as the European concha and dlustris show an approach to this form. Plusia Hochenwarthi, Hoch. P. alticola, Walk. Cat. Brit. Mus. Noct., p. 912. P. ignea, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., Vol. II, p. 274. P. alticola, Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sc., Vol. II, p. 31. After comparing numerous specimens of the above species from Europe, Labrador, the White Mountains, N. H., and the mountains of Colorado (Dr. Carpenter), we agree with Mr. Strecker in uniting under one specific name the forms from these localities. The specimens from Colorado are larger and better marked than the others; we do not see any other differences. Mr. Herman Strecker has kindly sent us a specimen of Plusia parilis, Hiibn., so that we are able to verify Més- chler’s record of the species from Labrador. CaLOcamMpa, Steph. C. nupera, Lintn. C. curvimacula, Morr. C. cineritia, Grote. C. germana, Morr. In two recent papers Mr. Grote has made some remarks on this genus, which, as they do not seem to be founded on a careful study of its characters, require correction. 100 Notes on North American Lepidoptera. In the first of these papers from the Bulletin of the Buf- falo Society of Natural Sciences, Vol. II, pp. 193-200, soli- daginis and germana are separated under Hibner’s genus Lithomia; we prefer to follow Lederer and all succeeding European Lepidopterists, and place these species in Calo- campa; they resemble strongly in ornamentation the typical species, and their only material structural difference is in the less arched, more rounded collar. In the second paper from the Proceedings of the Philadel- phia Academy of Natural Sciences, p. 210, 1874, Mr. Grote takes exception to our statement that nupera is the repre- sentative of the European vetusta, and considers it rather to resemble the allied species exoleta. After a reéxamination of our material, consisting of six- teen specimens of exoleta and eight of vetusta from various parts of Europe, and five specimens of nupera and fifteen of curvimacula from different localities in the Eastern and Mid- dle states, we not only feel prepared to state again that nu- pera is our representative of vetusta, but further that it is still a matter of doubt whether the forms are specifically distinct. If aseries be examined it will be seen that every spot and line of vetusta is reproduced in nupera in exactly the same relative position; the black basal dashes, the strongest dis- tinctive character, are found in the same place in both spe- cies, in the former brownish and nearly concolorous, in the latter accentuated and marked by black scales ; we now know of no other constant distinguishing character than this; which is, as we have shown, merely a difference in intensity, not one of position. In regard to the statement that nupera is more closely al- lied to exoleta we remark in addition to what is said above, that the former differs mainly from the latter in the obsoles- cence of the orbicular spot, and the presence of a single in- tense black dash beyond the reniform, or in other words pre- Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 101 cisely the same characters in which vetusta differs from the same species. Anarta membrosa, nov. sp. Expanse 33 ™™, Length of body 15™™, Eyes hairy. The antenne of the female simple. The hairy clothing of the palpi and front coarse and uneven. The collar is gray with a black terminal border, tipped with white. The thorax is clothed with mixed black and gray hair. The ab- domen smooth, except a slight low tuft on the first segment. The ground color of the anterior wings is dark gray; all the markings are black, and the lines are followed and the spots filled with clear bluish gray; the half- line thick, black and uneven, followed by a bluish gray shade which ex- tends to the apex, only interrupted by the black diffuse starting points of the lines; interior line black and distinct, strongly outwardly lobed be- tween the nervules; at the usual place of the claviform spot a diffuse black- ish shade extends to the exterior line; the median shade is strongly marked on the costa, below much diffused, filling with black the space be- tween the ordinary spots, on the inferior portion of the wings it is nearly obsolete; the usual spots are of nearly equal size, enclosed within black- ish interrupted annuli; the exterior line is fine, distinctly dentate be- * tween the nervules and drawn in below the cell; on the submedian fold it is thickened forming a blackish spot; the subterminal space is more clearly bluish, but there is a blackish blotch in its upper portion with which the usual three bluish ante-apical dots contrast; the subterminal line light and undulate forming two blunted Hadena-like teeth on the sec- ond and third median branches, it is followed and set off by black shades the most prominent of which are above the teeth; the fringe distinctly chequered with black and white. Posterior wings dark gray with a faint discal dot and median line; the fringes are black and white, but the colors are more mixed and not so well defined as on the anterior wings. Beneath dark gray, with discal dots and a very conspicuous watennete median line; the fringe is also chequered. Habitat. White Mountains, N. H. From the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History. This species can be distinguished from others of the ge- nus by its large size and stout form, as well as the distinct spots filled with bluish gray, and the uniform dark gray pos- terior wings ; it is slightly larger than A. amissa from Green- land and quite different in appearance. 102 Notes on North American Lepidoptera. Anarta melanopa, Thunb., is also found on Mt. Washington, and appears to be of common occurrence ; it is interesting to observe its successive broods; it first emerges on the Ledge from June 15 to July 1, according to the season; as the summer gradually advances it comes out higher up, and from July 4 to 10 is found in perfect condition near the Summit, while below at this time none but worn and ragged females are to be seen. EUTRICOPIS, nov. genus. Eyes naked. Ocelli present. Palpi comparatively stout, the joints hidden by long, coarse, uneven hair. Front very full, rounded; without a projecting knob or horizontal plate. Antenne of the male simple; by the aid of an ordinary Jens the segments are seen to be well separated from each other, and each provided with a short tooth. Thorax rounded, moderately stout. Abdomen reaching to the anal angle of the posterior wings, untufted. All the tibie non-spinose, the anterior tibiz without the claws found in allied genera. The anterior wings short and trian- gular, with the angles well marked; the nervures are very strong at their commencement, particularly the median and submedian; the posterior wings short and broad, having all the angles rounded. The thorax and head are clothed above and beneath with long, coarse hair. This well-marked little genus differs from others of the group, by the non-spinose tibie; we consider it distantly allied to Omia and Heliolonche; to these genera it is related by the very hirsute head and body parts. Eutricopis nexilis, nov. sp. Expanse 18 ™™, Length of body 8™™. Ground color of the anterior wings dull olivaceous gray, with mingled pink scales, resembling that of H. modicella, Grote; the median space is occupied by three white spots, the largest is quadrate, situated between the median and submedian nery- ules, above and attached to this spot, another large spot occupying the place of the reniform; in the ordinary place of the orbicular spot appears another small, partially obscured spot; beyond, smooth and unspotted, overlaid with pink scales, through which passes a broad, even, olivaceous, subterminal band; fringe tipped with white. Posterior wings black, with white fringes, and two large, united, subquadrate discal white spots. Beneath, on the anterior wings, the white markings above are reproduced, Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 103 the ground color is black, but the entire costa is beautifully and broadly banded with pink; on the posterior wings the ground color is also black, but the white markings are larger than the above, the entire anterior half of the wings are pink, excepting the central white band. Habitat.. Colorado, June 18. This beautiful species will at once be recognized by its vivid colors beneath. From the numerous species of Heli- othis described by Mr. Grote from the same locality, it differs at once by the unarmed tibie. Telesilla vesca, nov. sp. Expanse 23™m, Length of body 10™™. Eyes naked. The palpi and frontas in 7. cinereola. Thorax untufted, concolorous. Abdomen smooth, dark gray. The middle and posterior tibie are terminated by a pencil like tuft in addition to the ordinary spurs. Different shades of brown prevail over the anterior wings, melting gradually into one another; the basal space is chestnut-brown deepening into black-brown on the first part of the median space, the outer and up- per portions of the median space are cinereous-brown, beyond, the ter- minal and subterminal spaces are dull gray-brown; the ordinary lines are cinereous and the spots are encircled by annuli of the same color; the half-line and the interior line indistinct; the exterior line distinct, even and preceded by a darker shade line; it is followed by a series of black spots on the nervules; subterminal line whitish, preceded by lighter brown shades; orbicular and reniform spots distinct, concolorous, the former rounded, the latter upright having the lower inner corner drawn in on the median nervure. The posterior wings are blackish gray. Beneath uniform dark gray; both wings flecked with white atoms; the posteriors with a discal dot and median line. Habitat. Texas; Wisconsin. Smaller than cinereola, with the markings much the same but on a deeper and more diversified ground color. EUCALYPTRA, nov. genus. Eyes naked. The antenne in the male are clothed with fine, isolated, comparatively long hair. The first joint of the palpus is normally formed, the second and third are united together to form a long (3™.), thin, distinctly triangular 104 Notes on North American Lepidoptera. piece, united to the first joint at its smallest angle, the side opposite this angle being about one millimetre in length. The front is rounded; above and beyond the vertex the frontal villosity projects as a triangular tuft, directed’ towards and almost reaching the obtuse angle of the palpal piece. The thorax is weak, rounded and untufted; its clothing entirely scaly. The abdomen is slight and closely scaled, exceeding the margin of the posterior wings. The legs are long, closely scaled, having the tibie non-spinose. The wings are elongate with all the angles rounded. This is a peculiar, slender-bodied genus allied to Amolita and Thauma- topsis, the characters drawn from the palpi, antenne and frontal villosity are very distinctive, and separate it at once from the genera mentioned above, as well as all others known to us. Eucalyptra bipuncta, nov. sp. Expanse 31™™, Length of body 14™™, Palpi black. The front and thorax whitish. The anterior wings are white, sprinkled with black at- oms, outwardly they are gray and the atoms are more numerous. The ornamentation is extremely simple, the two ordinary spots are reduced to black dots; the median nervure is shaded with dark gray to the exte- rior line; the latter is distinct, even, grayish-ochreous, regularly arcu- ate beyond the cell and then extending obliquely to the inner margin; all other markings are obsolete. The abdomen and posterior wings are uniform light grayish fuscous, with an ochreous tinge. Beneath, the anterior wings are dark gray, with a distinct ochreous costal border; the posteriors are lighter, grayish ochreous with a dark costal border. Habitat. Massachusetts. Taken at Belmont, Aug. 17, 1874. The slight form, the obsolete markings, and the triangular black palpi will serve to identify this species. | Asphaitic Coal. 105 XT.— On an Asphaltic Coal from the shale of the Huron River, Ohio, containing seams of Sulphate of Baryta. By PROF. ALBERT R. LEEDS. [With a Geological Note by Dr. J. S. Newberry. ] Read January 11, 1875. I HAVE received from Chas. N. Smith, Esq., of Norwalk, Ohio, a specimen of coal found on the Huron River, below the Lake Shore and Michigan Southern R. R. crossing. It oc- curs in a bank of shale, about seven feet below the surface of the ground, and a few feet above the bed of the river. The specimens forwarded to me for examination were three and a half centimetres in thickness. According to my informant, the thickness of the seam at its outcrop, and for a distance back of three feet, averages about two inches. It then divides into two seams, which are separated by a thin stra- tum of. shale. The remarkable and, as we believe, novel fact concerning these seams of coal, is that they are traversed by innumerable sheets of sulphate of baryta, which divide the coal into small irregular fragments. The coal itself has a brilliant lustre, resembling asphalt. The white mineral traversing it, consisted, in the specimen examined, of 88.61 per cent. of sulphate of baryta, the remainder consisting of silica, alumina, and oxide of iron. By weathering, the sur- fuce of the sheets of white spar becomes stained yellow with ferric oxide. The causes which have operated to produce this deposition of barytes in the coal, whether by infiltration of meteoric waters percolating through overlying strata, or by some other agency, must be determined by an examina- tion of the local stratigraphy. Note by Dr. J. S. Newberry. The mineral in question occurs in numerous localities in Ohio and Kentucky, filling narrow fissures in the Huron shale. This formation, which is the equivalent of the Por- May, 1875. 8 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. xi. 106 Asphaltic Coal. tage group of the New York geologists, contains throughout from 10 to 25 per cent. of carbonaceous matter, and is the source whence most of the oil is derived, both in Pennsyl- vania and Ohio. These rocks are lower than any in which true coal has ever been found; and this material, moreover, occurs not in beds like true coal, but in fissures and crevices intersecting the layers of the rock. The mineral examined by Prof. Leeds should therefore be regarded as an asphaltic coal, originally derived from the spontaneous distillation of petroleum, like the Albertite of New Brunswick and the Grahamite of West Virginia. The white scales which fill the cracks of this coal, as found in Huron and Lorain counties, in Ohio, have probably been derived from deep-seated sources, coming up, perhaps as chloride of barium, through the fissures which contain the asphaltic coal. The region where this mineral occurs is occupied exclu- sively by unchanged sedimentary rocks, Devonian and Upper Silurian. These contain, so far as known, no disseminated sulphate of baryta; butthe Water Lime group of the Upper Silurian, which lies some distance below the Huron shale, and comes to the surface a few miles west, on the Islands of Lake Erie, is much shattered, probably in connection with an uplift along the line of the Ohio anticlinal: and the cav- ities and crevices, once existing in this rock, are frequently filled with sulphate of strontia and sulphate of baryta, or with native sulphur. These minerals, occurring thus, should probably be regarded as deposits from thermal waters ; and it is quite possible that the fissures in the Huron shale, con- taining this asphaltic coal, have derived their sulphate of baryta from a similar source. On a New Species of Anarta, etc. 107 . XII.— On a New Species of Anarta and on an allied Genus, with a note on the Genus Adita. By AUG. R. GROTE, A. M. Read March 8, 1875. Amone acollection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. Theo. L. Mead in Colorado Territory, are specimens of an undescribed species of Anarta, which differs from all the American species known to me in its more lengthy villosity, in its colors and the greater proximity of the median lines on the primary wing. I describe it as follows: Anarta nivaria, n. s. &. The eyes are hairy. Fore wings, thorax and head purple gray. Median lines approximate, scalloped or dentate, blackish, obsoletely gem- inate, accompanied by light gray shades. The narrow median space is darkened by the passage of the broad diffuse blackish median shade. Ordinary spots inconspicuous, the orbicular pale ringed, a little oblique, ovate; the reniform upright, narrowed. somewhat Scroll-shaped, pale ringed with a darker centre. The sub-basal space more blackish than the basal and terminal spaces, the darker tint evenly spread and deepening to the subterminal line, which is continuously indicated by the contrast of color and of the usual irregular shape. Fringes not checkered, darker than the wing. Hind wings yellowish fuscous, with discal lunule and vague darker outer borders; an indistinct sub-continuous dark terminal line; fringes pale, not checkered. Abdomen of the Same hue, but a little darker’ than hind wings. Body short, villose. Beneath, both wings, light yellowish, with distinct lunules and traces of a common fuscous line. Expanse 28mm. Two specimens varying in the distinctness of the markings on the primaries and numbered 21 and 22. There is also in Mr. Mead’s collection an interesting spec- imen which I have considered as belonging to the Heliothide, and as constituting the type of a distinct genus allied to Anarta. The legs are spinose, and thus it has a strong fea- ture in common with Agrotis. The naked eyes are, however, encroached upon by the caputal tegument, somewhat sensi- bly narrowed, ovate, lashed. The shape and vestiture of 108 On a New Species of Anarta, etc. the abdomen are as in Anarta. Its spinose legs are its only analogy with Agrotis. But it must be remembered that the spinose tibize are a prevalent feature in the group of genera allied to Heliothis, and to which Anarta belongs. The spe- cies seems to have been recently described as a species of Agrotis, by Mr. Morrison, who has regarded its characters as mimetic with Anarta, and its true relationship to be de- cided by the single character of its spinose tibie. The majority of the characters, however, ally the moth to Anarta, in my opinion, and we must also consider that genera with spinose tibize are scattered throughout the family, and that hitherto no attempt has been made to associate them on this single character. Mr. Morrison himself fails to remark any resemblances to Anarta in other species of Agrotis inhabit- ing the same regions with Anarta.* Mr. Morrison com- pares the cases of mimicry between the Heliconide and Pieride discovered by Bates and Wallace, with the present instance. I think there is no parallel to be sustained. The cases of mimicry reported among the butterflies from South America affected their coloration. In the present case there are structural differences which make the parallel untenable. I think that Mr. Morrison has merely mistaken the essential characters of his Agrotis montana, and that in consequence his remarks will not well bear criticism. AGROTIPHILA, 0. &. All the tibiz are spinose. The shape of the abdomen and habitus is as in Anarta. The eyes are naked, encroached upon by the caputal tegu- ment, ovate, narrowed, fringed with lashes. The thorax is thickly and coarsely haired, without tufts. The maxille are stout. The antenne are simple, thickly ciliate beneath in the male. Agrotiphila montana. Agrotis montana Morr., Ann. Lyc. N. H., Vol. XI, 94. My specimen, numbered 28, agrees very well with Mr. *Mr. Morrison applies the term ‘‘northern” to the species of Agrotis hitherto only found in the White Mountains, such as scropulana, opipara, perhaps incorrectly. On a New Species of Anarta, etc. 109 Morrison’s description, except that the whitish orbicular is open superiorly, somewhat triangulate, and that the discal — marks beneath and on the hind wings above are illegible. The ornamentation is like Anarta, with coarse lines above on the primaries, while beneath, both wings are pale, and here the concolorousness of both wings as to their ground color is characteristic of the group to which I conceive the insect belongs. Adita Grote (1874). I founded this genus upon the Phalena Chionanthi of Abbot and Smith, having rediscovered the species in a col- lection of Noctuide sent me from Ithaca, N. Y., by Professor Comstock of Cornell University. It had not been men- tioned previously, and since its first description in 1797, by any other author, to my knowledge. In my generic diag- nosis, I gave as a character the spinose tibiz. Mr. Morrison recently speaks of my generic description in the present vol- ume of the Annals, p. 95, and says: “In his generic de- scription Mr. Grote states that the tibiz are spinose ; this is apparently an error, as the only spines present are the pair before the spines on the middle tibiz and a single spine (there possibly may have been two) between the two pairs of spurs on the hind tibie.” I have again examined my specimen of Adita chionanthi. 'The middle tibiz have ecght spines arranged in irregular pairs, besides several other finer spinules massed on the joint. The hind tibiz have three spines, and in perfectly fresh specimens will probably show at least four. It has been noticed by European entomolo- gists that the spines on the legs in the Woctuid@ are, on occa- sion, accidentally absent. The fore tibiz appear to me now to show merely the terminal claw which I have compared to that of Oncocnemis. I conclude, therefore, that my original statement, as applied to the middle and hind tibiz of Adzita, is correct. 110 Morgan Expeditions. * XIII.— Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71: On the Devonian Trilobites and Mollushs of Ereré, Province of Parad, Brazil. By CH. FRED. HARTT, Prof. of Geology in Cornell University, AND RICHARD RATHBUN, Assistant in the Museum of the Boston Society of Natural History. Read March 9, 1875. We have given in this paper descriptions of the trilobites and of all the species of mollusks, not including the brachio- pods, collected by the parties of the Morgan Expeditions, in 1870 and ’71, from the Devonian rocks of the plain around the little village of Ereré. In the Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Science, for January, 1874, Vol. I, No. 4, Prof. Hartt has described at length the geography and geology of the Ereré-Monte-Alegre district, in which occur the fossiliferous Devonian beds forming the plain of Ereré. These beds consist of thin horizontal layers of white and reddish sandstones, interstratified more or less with shales. Both the sandstones and the shales contain at a few points an abundance of fossils, closely related to, and in some cases identical with, forms characteristic of the middle Devonian rocks of North America. The brachiopods, the most abund- ant fossils in the Ereré Devonian, were described by Mr. Rathbun in the work above cited, in a paper immediately following that of Prof. Hartt. There then remained for de- scription the mollusks, including six forms of gasteropods and eight of lamellibranchs, with a single form of Tentacu- lites, two forms of trilobites of the genera Dalmania and Homalonotus, both probably new, and a number of obscure forms, many of which are entirely unrecognizable. The mollusks and trilobites in the Devonian at Ereré are confined entirely to the sandstone, no traces of either having Morgan Expeditions. nL been found in the shale, in which the only recognizable forms are the very abundant Discina and two species of Lingula, already described. By reference to the paper on the Brachiopoda of Ereré, mentioned above, it will be seen that many of the forms there described are identical with species of the Devonian age, more especially the Hamilton group, of New York state, and that most of the remaining forms have closely related ones in these same deposits of North America. The close relation in horizon of the middle Devonian of New York and the formations of the plain of Ereré was thus demonstrated. The study of the mollusks has greatly strengthened the proof of this relationship, for several of the forms of mollusks from Ereré have proved identical with forms recently described from the Hamilton group of New York by Prof. Hall, and possibly others, now apparently distinct, may also turn out identical with more extended col- lections. All the genera represented, with a single excep- tion, are common to the Devonian elsewhere. We are under very many obligations to Prof. James Hallof Albany, N. Y., for identifying for us many of the following genera, some of which have been recently proposed by him. He also made a comparison of the species with the New York forms contained in his collection, and it was with his aid that we were enabled to unite the three forms, as hereinafter indi- eated. To Mr. R. P. Whitfield, of Albany, we are also much indebted for assistance in our work. TRILOBITES. Genus DALMANIA, Emmrich. Dalmania Paituna, sp. nov. Animal of medium size, sometimes quite large: test very tumid, and with the different lobes and segments sharply defined. : Buckler crescent-shaped; greatest breadth about one and one-fourth the greatest length, and nearly twice the length of the glabella; in front sub-acuminate or bluntly sub-angular, the margins on either side diverg- 112 Morgan Expeditions. ing at first at an angle of about 120°, and curving moderately and regularly ; posterior lateral angle on either side produced backward in an acute Spine. On each side of the frontal lobe the margins sometimes form nearly straight lines. The entire margin forms a curve, nearly equal to half an ellipse, in which the relation between the two diameters is about as 2 to 8. A specimen rather below the medium size measures: greatest length, 14°5™™; greatest width, about 20™™, A larger specimen has a length of about 21™™, Glabella very prominent, slightly flattened on top, bounded by deep axal furrows, sub-pentagonal in outline, and rounded or sub-angular in front; widest just back of the middle of the frontal lobe, or at about one-third the length of the glabella from the front. Thence backward the glabella narrows regularly, the width at occipital furrow being a little more than half the length of the glabella. Frontal lobe rounded or sub-angular at front and sides and very convex, curving strongly downward toward the margins of the head, and sometimes obliquely flattened on either side in front. Its length equals about the united length of the four succeeding pairs of lobes, and a little more than two- thirds its own width. Frontal furrows wider than middle and basal furrows. Originating at a distance from the front equal to about one- third the length of the entire glabella, they run inward and backward at a strong angle, terminating near the middle of axis. They reach a little more than one-third across the glabella. Upper and middle lobes wider and more prominent than the basal lobe. Middle furrows situated at a distince from the front equal to about 3-5 the length of glabella, deep and rather narrow, perpendicular to axis, and extending inward quite as far as the frontal furrows. Basal furrows deep, curving a little forward, and reaching to about one-third the distance across glabella, or slightly farther than do the middle furrows. Basal lobes narrow and much less prominent than the other lobes. Occipital furrow deep, broad and rounded. Occipital ring broad, strongly arched vertically and sub-angular behind. The highest part of the glabella is situated at a point about between the middle furrows. On the median line, and slightly in advance of frontal furrows, is a minute, more or less distinct depression, usually more marked in the internal cast. Limb forming a blunt, rounded or sub-angular projection in front of glabella, but narrowing down to a mere line before reaching the axal furrows. Cheeks very convex, with a strong convex slope toward the margins; slope toward neck and axal furrows abrupt. The limb increases rather rapidly in size going backward from the axal furrows, being sep- arated from cheek lobe by a well defined, broad furrow. The occipital furrow is inclined slightly backward, and is deep and well defined, not being .extended into the nuchal spine, which last is short, acuminate and not differentiated from cheek. Length of spine, measuring from angle formed by lateral and occipital furrows, equal to about half the length of glabella. Spines directed slightly outward. Posterior mar- Morgan Expeditions. 113 ginal fold strongly convex and of moderate width. Eyes large and very prominent, situated exactly opposite outer extremities of anterior and median lobes. In none of the specimens in the collection are they sufficiently well preserved to allow of detailed description. A Hypostome, probably of this species, is sub-quadrate in form and strongly convex. The front margin is strongly arched and slightly sub- angular. On each side it is produced in a short acuminate spine, ex- tending directly outward. The sides are nearly straight and incline slightly toward one another in going backward. The body of the hy- postome is very convex and abruptly separated from a flattened margin. The outline of the convex portion forms a very regular curve as follows: beginning at the anterior lateral angles it runs obliquely backward and inward, the flattened margin widening gradually; posteriorly with a regular arch it extends apparently nearly to the margin. The whole hypostome is strongly arched, transversely and vertically. The abrupt margin of central portion increases in height going backward. This specimen measures 7™™ in length and about 10™™ in greatest width. A fragment of a larger specimen of hypostome, having a length of 21™™, was also obtained from the same bed as the above, and, although dif- fering from it somewhat in appearance, may belong to an older specimen of the same species. Pygidium triangular, with curved sides, and very convex. Axis nar- row, prominent, regularly rounded from side to side, and extending about 3-4 length of shield; width in front apparently equal to 1-3 width of shield. It decreases slightly in width and gradually in height posteriorly, where it ends abruptly, the extremity being rounded and convex; width in front about one and one-half to two times the width behind. In one large specimen the axis shows 14 rings, the anterior of which, in the internal mould, are prominent, rounded, and separated by furrows of rather greater width; but they become very small and indistinct pos- teriorly, the last three or four being crowded together. In none of the specimens collected is the articular ring preserved, but several of these show 11 to 13 rings. Lateral lobes convex, but generally of much less elevation than the axis; margin slightly flattened. Furrows deep and extending to the margin in all but the last four or five rings. The segments are rounded near. the axis, but are flattened and much broader toward the margin. The anterior one is nearly at right angles with the axis, but they become more strongly inclined posteriorly. On the first seg- ments the sutures are faint and on the posterior ones not observable. The margin is denticulate, the terminations of each segment being ap- parently blunt and obliquely rounded or angular. Posterior part of pygidium, behind axis, highly inclined, rounded and smooth; posterior margin concave, arched and slightly turned up along the edge. A spec- imen of medium size measures in length, about 15™™, in width, 14™™. A very large specimen has a length of 32™™. A few detached segments, that may belong to the thorax, were found, but they are unsatisfactory for determination. 114 Morgan Hzxpeditions. The first distinguishing feature of this species lies in the great prominence of the test, none of the forms, with which we have compared it, approaching it at all in convexity. This difference of character is supplemented by many others. From Dalmania Boothii, of the Hamilton group of New York, the only abundant form known in beds corresponding most nearly in age to the Ereré Devonian, it differs, among other features, in the greater proportionate length of the middle of the head, in the more gradual backward nar- rowing of the glabella, and in the greater length of the frontal lobe, which is generally more angular in front in the latter form. This beautiful species occurs somewhat abundantly in the Devonian sandstone at Ereré, associated with Spirifera Ped- roana, etc. The specific name is given in allusion to a mythical personage, after whom the Serra of Paittina in the vicinity received its name. Genus HOMALONOTUS, Keenig. Homalonotus Oiara, sp. nov. There was obtained from the Devonian sandstone at Ereré, a single fragment of the head of a large trilobite, which be- longs to this genus. It is very distinct from any other form yet known, but too imperfect to admit of proper descrip- tion. It differs from Homalonotus Dekayi, Van., appar- ently, in the fact that the margins of the glabella are more concave than in the latter form, and the eyes are placed farther forward. We have ventured to rank it as a new species, naming it after the Tupi water maiden. Associated with the last species above described, Dalmania Pattina. GASTEROPODA. Genus PLEUROTOMARIA, Defrance. Pleurotomaria Rochana, sp. nov. Shell quite small; outline, as seen in front and hind view, a rhomboid, of which two opposing sides are about twice the length of the other two Morgan Hxpeditions. 115 sides. Height less than the breadth; spire very depressed-conical; api- cal angle somewhat greater than a right angle. Volutions about three in number, the last angular and carinate along the middle, with the upper surface flattened, or curving very slightly from the suture to the median carina. The upper surfaces of all the volutions, from the apex to the carina of last volution, lie in nearly the same plane and are separated by a shallow suture; lower side of the body volution slightly more convex than the upper. Aperture and surface markings not preserved. This is a very small species of Pleurotomaria, one specimen measuring about 8.5 ™™ in length, and 11 ™™ in breadth. Only a few specimens of this species have been obtained, and none of these are in a very perfect condition. Asso- ciated with Nuculites Nyssa, Streptorhynchus Agassizii, etc., - in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil. Named in honor of Tenente Rocha, commandant of the Marine Arsenal at Para, to whom the expedition of 1870 was indebted for the fitting out of the steamer Jurupensem. Genus HOLOPEA, Hall. Holopea Furmaniana, sp. nov. Shell rather above the medium size, obliquely sub-conical in front view, with the length and breadth nearly equal. Volutions about three or four in number, very prominent and wellrounded. They increase quite rapidly in size from the very small apex, the last one being ventricose and some- times slightly flattened on the top near the suture, which is rather deep and acute-angular. Aperture slightly oblique, oval in outline and a little reflected on the lower side. Surface, as determined by external moulds, smooth. One specimen of average size measures: length and breadth each, about 17 ™™; but many specimens are larger than this. All the specimens of this form, so far obtained, are in the condition of moulds of the interior and exterior. In the in- ternal mould there is a small umbilicus, probably due entirely to the removal of the columella. This form is easily recog- nized by its regular and well rounded volutions and low spire, the volutions commencing of very small size and in- creasing rapidly and regularly to the aperture. So far as we are aware the genus Holopea has not been recognized from the Devonian before; but the smooth exterior of this form 116 Morgan Expeditions. precludes its being placed in the genus Pleurotomaria, to which it might seem to be related from the shape and appear- ance of the internal mould alone. Very abundant in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil; associated with Spirifera Pedroana, Nucu- lites Nyssa, ete. Dedicated to Mr. Furman of Para, a gentleman to whom both expeditions are deeply indebted. Genus PLATYCERAS, Conrad. Platyceras symmetricum. Platyceras symmetricum, Hall. 15th. Ann. Rep. St. Cab., N. Y., 1862, p. 34. Description of the Ereré form:— Shell small, argonautiform in side view, very slightly elongated and somewhat laterally compressed. From the apex, which is minute and twisted very slightly to the right of the median line, the shell increases very rapidly in size, the ventral side of the body volution passing tangentically for a short distance beyond the last preceding volution. Volutions about one and one-half in number, the outer one, small and much compressed where it commences, but be- coming gradually less compressed and more fully rounded toward the aperture, enlarging rapidly at the same time. The aperture is oval in out- line, with the sinistro-dextral diameter a little less than the dorso-ventral. The margin is apparently sinuous, but is defective in the specimen. Exte- rior surface of shell not preserved. Surface of internal mould of body volution not very irregular, somewhat rugose and traversed near the front by numerous, rather indistinct growth lines, which bear on each side a few deep, rounded flexures. To these ftexures a few short, irregular, longitu- dinal undulations near the aperture appear to correspond. ‘There is a slight prominence, probably the impression of the base of a spine, just on the left of the dorsal line, midway between the aperture and the beginning of the outer volution. Dimensions: greatest length from anterior mar- gin of aperture, 19™™; dorso-ventral diameter of aperture, 13.5 ™™; sinistro-dextral diameter of same, 12 ™™, Only one specimen of Platyceras, the one described above, was obtained from Ereré. It agrees with P. symmetricum of Hall, Hamilton group, N. Y., in being symmetrical and in having the same number and character of volutions; but it is much smaller than any specimen of P. symmetricum from the Hamilton group which we have seen, and more per- Morgan Expeditions. 117 fect specimens, preserving the shell, may show it to be dis- tinct from that species. From the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil; associated with Spzrifera Pedroana, ete. Genus BELLEROPHON, Montfort. Bellerophon Morganianus, sp. nov. Shell of small to medium size. subglobose, with the umbilical openings small but rather deep. Body volution generally somewhat broadly flat- tened along the back, sometimes moderately rounded and curving abruptly to the umbilicus. It increases rapidly in size toward the aperture, where it expands quite abruptly, making the aperture lirge and apparently transversely sub-elliptical in outline. Surface covered with minute, rounded. transverse, parallel, raised lines, which first curve slightly for- ward from an indistinct, median dorsal band, and then extend nearly directly to the edge of the umbilical openings. Of a nearly perfect speci- men of medium size, the greatest length from the outer edge of the aperture is about 17™™; sinistro-dextral diameter of aperture of same specimen, about 19 ™™, This Brazilian species of Gellerophon appears to be closely related to B. leda of Hall, Hamilton group, New York, and is of about the same size as that species. The body volu- tion of B. Morganianus is, however, generally larger where it commences than is the case in B. /eda, and the revolving raised lines are entirely wanting in the former species. Obtained in great abundance from the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil; associated with Spirifera Pedroana, ete. Dedicated respectfully to Mr. Edwin B. Morgan, of Aurora, N. Y. ‘Bellerophon Coutinhoanus, sp. nov. Shell rather small, subglobose, trilobed. The outer volution increases rapidly toward the aperture, and is divided into three longitudinal lobes, of which the middle or dorsal lobe is about two-thirds the width of the whorl itself, and is prominent, sharply defined at its margins and very regularly rounded. The lateral lobes curve regularly and quite abruptly from the dorsal lobe to the umbilical openings. Size of the most perfect specimen, which is not, however, the largest one obtained: greatest length from near the outer edge of the aperture, about 15™™; width of the outer volution near the aperture, nearly 15 ™™, 118 Morgan Expeditions. Although a number of specimens of this species of Bellero- phon were obtained from Ereré, the aperture is not preserved in any of them, and the umbilical openings, if such existed, are covered up by the rock in every case. The specimens are all of internal moulds and the surface markings are not retained. B. Coutinhoanus is very closely allied to B. trilobatus of Sow., Devonian of Europe, more especially to the variety ¢wmidus, from which, however, it differs in hav- ing the dorsal lobe broader, less prominent, and more flat- tened along the top, with its margins more distinctly defined. From the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Proy. of Para, Brazil; associated with Wuculites Nyssa, etc. Respectfully dedicated to Dr. Silva de Coutinho, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Bellerophon Gilletianus, sp. nov. Shell very small, laterally compressed, somewhat lenticular in form and sub-circular ih outline; umbilical openings of medium size, deep. The outer yolution commences very small, somewhat compressed and more or less angular on the median dorsal line, and increases rapidly in prominence but quite gradually in width, becoming more and more strongly angular toward the aperture, where it is but slightly expanded. The summit of the mesial prominence is often well rounded, but sometimes acute, while on each side is generally a very shallow accompanying groove, growing more pronounced toward the aperture, and which gives to the shell near the mouth a somewhat trilobed appearance. The surface of the shell is marked by numerous, very fine, rounded, thread-like, concentric raised lines, which arch very strongly backward from the umbilici to the median dorsal line, where the corresponding ones on each side unite in a curve. Of the largest specimen obtained, the greatest diameter, which is from the outer margin of the aperture to the opposite side of the shell, is about 10 ™"; width of the body volution near the aperture, about 5™™. Most of the specimens, however, are much smaller than this. B. rotiformis of De Kon., Europe, resembles the species just described in size and general appearance, but it is more lenticular in shape and the whorls increase more rapidly in size. The umbilical openings are also smaller and the slope toward them is much less abrupt. Morgan Expeditions. 119 Moderately abundant in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil; associated with Nuculites Nyssa, Spirifera Pedroana, ete. Named after M. Léon Gillet, Prof. Hartt’s able and oblig- ing agent at Para. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Genus NUCULITES, Conrad. Nuculites Nyssa. Nuculites Nyssa, Hall. Lamell. Shells of the U. Held., Ham. and Chem. Groups, etc., 1869. (Preparatory for the Paleontology of N. Y.) Description of Ereré specimens :— Shell of medium size, longitudinally sub-ovate or sub-triangular in outline, and of moderate convexity. Ante- rior margin well rounded and narrower than the posterior. The dorsal margin, curving slightly, extends obliquely backwards from the beak to the posterior extremity of the shell, a short distance above the termina- tion of the median antero-posterior diameter. The ventral margin is mod- erately rounded and, together with the anterior and posterior margins, forms an elliptical curve. Beaks about one-fourth the length from the anterior extremity, with the apices acute and strongly incurved to the hinge line. Valves most convex at a point just above and anterior to the middle. The surface arches rapidly and more or less regularly from the ventral margin to the beak, but is generally a little more strongly curved in the umbonal region, and is broadly flattened, rounding suddenly to the dorsal margin. The slope toward the posterior margin is convex and more abrupt than toward the ventral margin; toward the anterior margin it is still more abrupt, becoming gradually concave near the beaks. The septum, curving very slightly, and with its concave side forward, extends down nearly two-thirds the shell height, cutting the antero-poste- rior diameter at about one-fourth its length from the front. Surface smooth or marked with a few indistinct lines of growth. Length, 24 ™m™, height, 17™™; depth of single valve,5™™, Specimens of larger size are numerous. This species of Nuculites, which is the most common. lamellibranch at Ereré, proves to be identical with V. Nyssa of Hall, found in the Hamilton group, New York. We are indebted to Prof. Hall for the identification of the forms from the two places. 120 Morgan Expeditions. Abundant in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil, with Spirifera Pedroana, Streptorhynchus Agassizii, ete. Nuculites Ererensis, sp. nov. Shell small, elongate, nearly twice as long as high, sub-elliptical in outline, the margins forming quite a regular elliptical curve, broken by the slight upward extension of the beaks. Dorsal margin oblique and nearly straight. Beaks situated about one-third the length from the anterior margin, smali, only slightly incurved, and apparently not reach- ing to the hinge line. The convexity of the valves is moderate, being greatest just below the umbonal region. The septum extends downwards for about three-fifths the height of the valves, and intersects the antero- posterior diameter at a little less than one-third its length from the front. Length, 1387; height, 8™™; depth of single valve, nearly 3™™, This species of MNuculites is readily distinguished from the last one above described, WV. Nyssa of Hall, by its elongate form and nearly elliptical outline, and by the absence of any flattening along the middle. Only two specimens have yet been obtained. These are both inter- nal moulds of the left valve, and the surface markings are not preserved upon them. Found, with Spirifera Pedroana, etc., in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil. Genus GRAMMYSIA, De Verneuil. Grammysia (Pholadella?) parallela. Grammysia parallela, Hall. Lamell. Shells of the U. Held., Ham. and Chem. Groups, etc., 1869. (Preparatory for the Paleontology of N. Y.) Shell small, elongate, about two-thirds as high as long, with the greatest height at the beaks. Valves moderately convex, the surface arching strongly from the beaks to the ventral margin, but being rather more ab- ruptly curved in the upper portion. The beaks are situated at about one- fourth or one-fifth the length of the shell from the anterior extremity, and project but little above the hinge margin; they are small, rather strongly arcuate and turned somewhat abruptly forward, with the apices acute and contiguous. Dorsal margin straight and extending directly backward. The anterior margin extends obliquely forward in its upper half, forming at the beaks an angle of about 135° with the dorsal margin, and is slightly Morgan Expeditions. 121 concave; it rounds somewhat abruptly to the ventral margin below, which is moderately curved anteriorly, but becomes nearly straight and subpar- allel with the dorsal margin along the middle of the shell. Posteriorly the ventral margin appears to round up more or less strongly toward the dorsal margin, but in none of the specimens obtained, is the posterior ex- tremity of the shell perfectly preserved. From a line, extending obliquely across the valves, from just behind the beaks to the lower posterior ex- tremity of the shell, and forming an angle of about 30° with the dorsal margin, the surface curves moderately and quite regularly to the anterior margin, and is traversed by about 10 or 12 low, wide, rounded, concentric undulations, which decrease in size from the ventral margin toward the beaks, where they are quite small. The lower ones round up quite ab- ruptly in front, but are more gently curved along the middle. Posterior to the oblique line, above mentioned, the surface descends abruptly, and with a concave slope, to the hinge line and the posterior extremity, and is smooth in the moulds. Length, about 16™™ ; height, 10.6 ™™ ; depth of each valve, 3 ™™, Prof. Hall has identified this Brazilian form with his Gram- mysia parallela of the Hamilton group, New York, loc. cit. ; but he expresses a doubt as to whether the species is a true Grammysia, or belongs to his new genus Pholadella, pub- lished in 1869. Only a few specimens of this pretty form were obtained from the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Bra- zil, associated with Spirifera Pedroana, ete. Genus EDMONDIA, De Koninck. Edmondia Pondiana, sp. nov. Shell below the medium size, elongate, nearly two-thirds as high as long, sub-elliptical in outline and moderately ventricose, with the great- est convexity in the lower posterior part of the umbonal region. An- terior end much narrower than the posterior, well rounded and prominent, the margin uniting by a moderate curve with the ventral margin, which, along the middle one-half of the shell, is quite straight and nearly par- allel with the dorsal margin; posterior end strongly rounded, and appar- ently slightly truncate in its lower portion; dorsal margin straight and about one-half the length of the shell. Beaks situated at a little less than one-third the length from the front, broad, very prominent, and strongly incurved toward the hinge margin and the front, nearly or quite contiguous, and projecting a moderate distance above the hinge. The umbonal region is obliquely flattened, the flattened surface inclining anteriorly. This flattening, which commences on the beak, appears to May, 1875. 9 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1. 122 Morgan Hxpeditions. extend downward, and somewhat obliquely backward, across the valve; but it becomes less and less perceptible toward the ventral margin, toward which the slope, for nearly the whole height of the valve, near the middle, is only slightly curved; toward the front, the slope is much stronger and it becomes concave in front of, and beneath, the beaks. Commencing at the anterior margin, the surface rises at a moderately strong angle for one-fifth the shell length, more or less, when, the’ angle of ascent becoming gradually less, it continues to rise with very little curvature toward an oblique line, extending across the valve from the posterior side of the beak to the lower posterior extremity of the shell. Along this line the valve rounds over toward the dorsal and posterior margins, quite gradually in the lower part, but more and more abruptly near the beak, the curve, from the point of greatest convexity of the valve toward the posterior end of the hinge margin, being abrupt and slightly sigmoidal. Exterior surface unknown. Length, 22™™; height, 14™™; convexity of single valve, 5.5™™. This species is founded on a single specimen, a very per- fect internal mould of the left valve; but one or two much smaller specimens, probably referable to the same species, were also obtained from Ereré. From the Devonian sand- stone of Ereré, Prov. of Parad, Brazil; associated with Spirifera Pedroana, ete. (Named after my friends, Mr. Fred. Pond, American Consul at Parad, and his brother, Mr. Thos. Pond, to whom I am indebted for a thousand favors. C. F. H.) Edmondia Sylvana, sp. nov. Shell small; length a little more than one and one-half times the height; outline apparently sub-elliptical. Valves moderately convex and nearly symmetrical, most prominent in the umbonal region. Beaks small, sub- central and obtuse in the moulds, incurving very little and hardly pro- jecting above the plane of the hinge, between which and the apices of the beak is quite a space. The dorsal margin is regularly curved, and rounds down on each side of the beak to the anterior and posterior margins, of which the former seems to be the narrower, and is more regularly rounded than the latter; ventral margin nearly straight along the middle. The surface of the valves arches very strongly and quite regularly from the beaks to the ventral margin, while the curvature along the antero-posterior diameter is moderate and nearly regular. Length, 17™™;, height, 10™™; convexity of single valve, 4™™. Morgan Expeditions. 123 Although only a single specimen of this species, which has been referred with some doubt to Hdmondia, has been obtained, and that is not a very perfect one, it has been pos- sible from it to make out the principal characters of the species quite accurately. It is readily distinguished from all the other species of lamellibranchs yet found at Ereré, by the nearly symmetrical valves and sub-central beaks. From the Devonian sandstone, Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil, with Spzrifera Pedroana, ete. [Named in honor of my friend, Senhor José Gualdino da Silva, of Pard, to whom I am under many obligations. C. Genus MODIOMORPHA, Hall. Modiomorpha Pimentana, sp. nov. Shell of moderate size, elongate, sub-quadrilateral in outline. From the beaks, which are placed at less than one-fourth the length from the front, the height increases very gradually to the posterior end of the hinge margin, which last equals about three-fifths the length of the shell and is straight; height of shell at beak about five-sixths that at end of hinge margin. Anterior margin straight and oblique for about one-half its length, forming at the beak an angle of about 135° With the dorsal margin. It rounds abruptly to the ventral margin, which, in its posterior three-fourths, is nearly straight. The posterior margin is slightly con- vex, and extends obliquely backward from the dorsal margin, with which it forms an angle equal to about that at the beaks, and curves abruptly to the ventral margin. Beaks very small, obtuse and not produced above the hinge line. The valves are quite convex, the surface rising rapidly from the ventral and anterior margins on the one side, and from the dorsal and posterior margins on the other, toward a line running obliquely across the valves from the beaks to the lower posterior extremity. Along this line the valves are sometimes angular, at others they are regularly and strongly rounded; generally, however, they are angular near the beaks and become gradually rounded and flattened posteriorly. Above, the surface slopes to the dorsal margin very abruptly and is concave just behind the beaks, but the slope becomes more and more gradual toward the posterior extremity, and, from very slightly concave at first, it changes to very slightly convex posteriorly. The lower and anterior portion of the valves’ is sometimes broadly flattened. Surface marked with numer- ous concentric lines of growth. Length, 30™™; height, 16™™; depth of single valve, 5™". These dimensions are of the largest specimen found; most of the specimens are much smaller. 124 Morgan Expeditions. This form of Modiomorpha, which is quite abundant at Ereré, although very constant in its outline, varies consid- erably in its surface characters, as described above. The specimens obtained are all moulds of the interior and ex- terior. Associated with Muculites Nyssa, Spirifera Pedro- ana, etc., in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil. Named in honor of Senhor Pimenta Buend of Para, to whom the expeditions are under obligations. Genus PALHANEILA, Hall. Paleaneilo sulcata, sp. nov. Shell of moderate size, elongate, slightly gibbous, and apparently sub- elliptical in outline, with the height less than two-thirds the length. Dorsal margin inclining slightly downward in extending backward from the beaks. The anterior margin appears to be slightly concave, for about one- third its length from the beaks, and forms an angle of nearly 120° with the dorsal margin; in its lower two-thirds it is well and regularly rounded. Ventral margin nearly straight and suddenly indented toward the posterior extremity of the shell, which is imperfect in all the speci- mens of this species yet obtained. Beaks situated at a distance from the front, equal to a,little less than half the height of the shell, quite prom- inent and incurved to the hinge line. The valves are most convex just above and anterior to the middle, with the surface arching quite strongly and regularly, the curvature, however, increasing somewhat in strength, from the ventral margin to the beaks. A rather deep and well marked sinus commences in each valve on the posterior side of the beak, where it is very small, and extends obliquely across the valve to the ventral margin, near the posterior extremity of the shell, increasing gradually in size at the same time, the margin being deeply indented by it. The an- terior edge of the sinus is quite abrupt and forms a slight fold on the surface of the valve; it makes an angle of about 30° with the dorsal margin of the shell; the posterior edge rounds over gradually. From the anterior margin of the valve the surface rounds up gradually for a short distance, and then extends. with very little curvature to the sinus. Surface of mould smooth. Length, about 17™™; height, 11°5™™; depth of each valve, 3°5 ™™, This species of lamellibranch has the external characters of the genus Paleaneilo, but the specimens representing it are not in a condition to show the character of the hinge, eat Morgan Expeditions. 125 which is crenulated in that genus. Only a few specimens have been obtained. From the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Proy. of Para, Brazil; associated with Streptorhynchus Agassizii, etc. Paleaneilo? simplex, sp. nov. Shell of medium size, elongate, quite regularly sub-elliptical in outline and of moderate convexity; height about two-thirds the length. Anterior margin not quite as high as the posterior; both anterior and posterior margins regularly and quite strongly rounded, and passing gradually into the ventral margin, which is regularly and moderately rounded. The dorsal margin is nearly straight and extends directly backwards from the beak; its length is less than one-half that of the shell. Beaks situated at about one-third the length of the shell from the anterior end, quite small, rather strongly incurved to the plane of the hinge, and slightly elevated above the hinge margin, with the apices acute. The point of greatest convexity of the valves is just above the middle. The curvature of the surface from the ventral margin to the beaks is moderate and nearly regular, growing gradually stronger, however, toward the beaks. The curvature along the antero-posterior diameter is quite moderate and regular, the slopes toward the anterior and posterior margins from the middle being sub-equal. Toward the dorsal margin the slope is moderate posteriorly, but grows gradually stronger as the beaks are approached, just behind which it is very abrupt. Immediately in front of the beaks the surface is slightly concave. Surface markings unknown; the surface of the internal moulds is quite smooth. Length, 16™™; height, 12™™; depth of single valve, 3 ™™. The above description of this form was made from a single, very perfect specimen, an internal mould of the left valve, in which, however, the characters of the hinge are not preserved. The generic relations of the species are thus rendered doubtful; but it agrees externally with Prof. Hall’s genus Palwanetlo in which we place it pro- visionally. Besides the single specimen just mentioned, there are four or five other specimens of lamellibranchs from Ereré, which apparently belong to this same species. In them the beak is sometimes more acute, and the curva- ture of the surface varies slightly. In all the other char- acters they agree quite perfectly. This form of Paleaneilo 126 Morgan Expeditions. is readily distinguished from P. sulcata, by the regular curvature of the surface from the anterior to the posterior end, and by the absence of a sinus. From the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil; associated with Spirifera Pedroana, etc. Genus TENTACULITES, Schlotheim. Tentaculites Eldredgianus, sp. nov. Shell small, rather long, straight, circular in cross-section, at least 1™™ in diameter at the larger end, and tapering very gradually to an acute point. Length of the most perfect specimen, a fragment, about 16™™. Annulations narrow, quite prominent, and angular or slightly rounded on the summit; the interspaces are generally about twice as wide as the annulations, though they vary somewhat in width, and are flattened or a little rounded in the bottom; they are ornamented by fine annular raised lines, of which there are about four or five in each interspace, near the larger end of the specimen. The annulations decrease in size, but become more numerous toward the apex. There are about 5 to 7 in the space of 3™™ near the large end. The specimens of this species, so far obtained, are from the sandstone, in which they exist as moulds of the exterior surface, generally filled up with clay or sandy material. The moulds usually preserve the impression of the annu- lations very sharply; the annular raised lines, however, are seldom preserved. The casts formed by the filling up of the moulds are never exact copies, but in them the an- nulations are almost always low and rounded. The full length is not preserved in any of the specimens obtained, but it was probably not much greater than 16"". Although the distance between the annulations varies, the variation is never very great, and is generally regular through the same specimen, the interspaces becoming gradually narrower toward the apex. From the sandstone of the Devonian age, Ereré, Prov. of Pard, Brazil; associated with Spirifera Pedroana, ete. Morgan Hexpeditions. 127 Dedicated to Mr. Rolfe Eldredge, one of Prof. Hartt’s companions at Ereré, on his expedition of 1870. Among the more obscure remains obtained from the De- vonian sandstone beds at Ereré, and which it is impossible from their imperfect condition to properly identify, are frag- ments of crinoidal columns, the valves of a form which appears to be related to Beyrichia, M’Coy, fragments of wood, etc. They are all, however, in such a poor state of preservation, that it would be unwise to attempt anything beyond a mere notice of their appearance. The crinoidal remains occur as impressions of the detached disks of the columns, which are small and thin, and it is seldom that more than two or three of the disks are found together. The central canal is generally replaced by sandy material, but none of the surface markings are retained. Diameter of disks, about 2°5 to 8™"; thickness of each, about :5™". The test of Beyrichia (?) is small, sub-ovate in outline, with a slight depression near one end. The surface, though imper- fect in all the specimens obtained, seems to have been granu- lose. Diameter of a medium specimen, 2™. The remains that have been referred to with doubt as plants have no definite or describable shapes and are probably fucoidal. Many of the other fragments obtained will undoubtedly be explained with the aid of new collections from the same locality. 128 Note on a name in Entomology. XIV.—WNote on a name in Entomology proposed by the late Coleman Townsend Robinson. By AUG. R. GROTE, A. M. Read April 19, 1875. Ir was my good fortune to have known somewhat intimately the late Mr. Coleman T. Robinson, latterly of New York city, who contributed to the Annals of the Lyceum of Nat- ural History (vol. IX.) two short papers on North American Moths, and previously, in conjunction with myself, a longer communication, in the Eighth Volume of the Annals, on the same subject. I was personally associated with Mr. Robin- son from 1864 to 1868, and met him again for a few days in 1870. This was the last time that I had the pleasure before his premature death in 1872.* Although Mr. Robinson had pursued his studies in Nat- ural History somewhat fitfully, I know that he has performed some good work on the smaller moths, and especially on the Tortricide. The first part of his projected Revision of the North American species of that difficult group appeared in the Transactions of the American Entomological Society, Vol. II, 1869, and I have been anxious to discover his un- finished manuscripts for the second part, which I know were in existence. His and my own joint collections passed into the Central Park Museum after Mr. Robinson’s death. At this moment I can only find a brief record of his study of the following species, belonging to the Pyralides. Siparocerat nobilis, Robinson. @. The type of this new genus and species is in the Central Park Museum. It is allied in size to Fabatana oviplagalis, as well as in orna- * A list of the scientific papers published by my late esteemed friend, under his sole signature, was given by me in the fourth volume of the Canadian Entomologist, pp. 109-111, June, 1872. { This seems to have been the original writing of the generic term; in the collection at the Central Park the name is written ‘‘ Callocera.” On the Birds of Ritchie County. 129 mentation. The genus is characterized by a large hollow expansion on the fore wings opening outwardly at basal third. This extraordinary feature is not shared by the Brazilian Amblyura corusca Led., apparently its nearest ally. The basal and terminal fields of the primaries are rich purply brown, separated by paler median lines as in corusca. The me- dian space is paler. The abdomen is tufted at the anus. The hind wings are dark, with paler indications of transverse lines on internal margin. The specimen is from New York. I have searched the few papers left by Mr. C. T. Robinson which have come into my possession, without finding a de- tailed description of this species. Mr. Robinson’s MSS. which I have yet seen consist almost entirely of enlarged drawings of the venation of small species of moths with brief notes. In 1870 Mr. Robinson exhibited to me prepared specimens and a drawing of the abdominal appendage of the male Leucarctia acrea, recently described by Mr. H. K. Morrison, in the pages of “Psyche.” It had been acci- dentally observed by him during its voluntary extrusion. He had prepared a paper on the subject which I yet hope to discover. * XV.— Some Observations on the Birds of Ritchie County, West Virginia. By WILLIAM BREWSTER. Read March 22, 1875. In preparing the following paper, I have adopted the systematic arrangement of a faunal list, more for the sake of convenience than with any idea that it is deserving to take rank as such, for the time spent in the locality was by far too brief, for the acquirement of a very perfect knowl- edge of its avian inhabitants. However, the results, em- 130 On the Birds of Ritchie County. bracing as they do the joint labors of Messrs. R. Deane and Ernest Ingersoll, in addition to those of the author, be- tween the dates of April 25th and May 9, 1874, must, I think, give a large proportion of the birds which occur at that season, and as many little known species were found in abundance and under very favorable conditions for observa- tion, I have been induced to present a few notes on their habits, etc., trusting that they may prove acceptable contri- butions to science. The locality explored was the neighbor- hood of the little village of Petroleum, a rude hamlet of some hundred inhabitants, situated on Goose creek, a tribu- tary of the Huse River. The characteristics of the country are essentially like those of all the region lying in that lati- tude, within the foot hills of the great Alleghanian range of mountains ; wild rugged valleys walled in by steep ridges, of a nearly uniform elevation of perhaps 500 feet, which, in their turn, are here and there cleft by rocky ravines, the beds of the mountain torrents. With the exception of the creek bottoms, where are a few imperfectly cultivated clearings, the whole face of the country is covered with a dense and apparently for the most part primeval forest, abounding in deer, bears and other large game. Consequent upon the small extent of open cultivated country, is the scarcity, and in some cases total absence of many species of birds, which might otherwise be confidently expected to occur here, although a careful examination at other seasons would undoubtedly increase largely the present list. In this connection, a comparison with Mr. Scott’s “Partial list of the summer birds of Ka- nawha County” (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 15, p. 219) would prove interesting, for as the locality which he investigated lies but little more than fifty miles to the south, and possesses the same general features, his catalogue may be relied upon to furnish the data of several summer species not detected at the time of our visit in the region about to be considered. On the Birds of Ritchie County. 131 Several interesting notes made by Mr. Ingersoll, during a previous visit in Sept., 1873, have been generously placed at my disposal by that gentleman, and I would also express my thanks to my friends Messrs. Ruthven Deane and H. A. Purdie, to the former of whom 1 am indebted for many valuable field notes, and to the latter for much kind assist- ance in the preparation of the present paper. It may be well for me to state that all differences in voice or habits, which I shall describe, are such as compared with the normal voice or habits of the same bird in the New England States. I shall also, for the sake of uniformity, use the terms song and note in their restricted sense, that is, song, as descriptive of the vocal performances of the male during the breeding season; notes, the calls of recognition, alarm, pleasure, etc., which are used indifferently by both sexes at all seasons. At the same time I am fully aware that some few’ exceptions may be found which will mar the uniformity of this system, as in the case of the cardinal grosbeak, both sexes of which sing equally well. In classification and no- menclature I have followed Dr. Coues’ Key to North Ameri- can Birds. Family TURDIDZ. The Thrushes. 1. Turdus mustelinus Gm. Excessively abundant, and one of the most characteristic birds of these woods, affecting alike the hillsides and tangled thickets of the ravines. By May Ist all had arrived and were paired for the season. In the early morning and evening twilight, as many as six or eight males might fre- quently be heard singing at once. Their song, as compared with that of the Massachusetts bird, was hardly recognizable, being less loud, much abbreviated, and lacking all that variety and depth of intonation that makes our bird so preéminent among its companion songsters. They were also less shy than I have been accustomed to find them. 2. Turdus migratorius L. Rather common but restricted to the belt of cultivated country in the valley. Onthe 30th of April three nests were found, all containing eggs but slightly incubated. 3. Turdus fuscescens Steph. Apparently rare, a single pair noted by Mr. Deane, May 2d. 4. Turdus Swainsoniti Cab. Arrived May 5th and for three or four 132 On the Birds of Ritchie County. days were quite numerous. Found them in small companies in the deep- est recesses of the woods, where they flitted on ahead in their characteris- tically silent and phantom-like way. All the specimens taken were quite typical. 5. Turdus Pallasti Cab. Frequent in the elevated woods during the latter part of April and first three or four days of May, when they all dis- appeared. 6. Mimus Carolinensis (L.) Gr. Very common. Found everywhere in the open country, but especially in the briery thickets along the margin of the creeks. The only peculiarity of song noticed was the occasional interpolation of notes foreign to the ear of a New England collector, but common enough here; such as the call of the tufted titmouse, the chirrup of the Carolina wren, and the sharp tchip of the red bird. 7. Harporhynchus rufus (L.) Cab. Not common. A few were seen daily up to about the 1st of May, when they all disappeared. Family SAXICOLIDZ. The Saxicolas. 8. Sialia sialis (L.) Haldeman. Not abundant, but very generally distributed, breeding in the dead stubs along the wood edges and creek bottoms. \ Family SYLVIIDZ. The Sylvias. 9. Regulus calendula (L.) Licht. More abundant than I have ever seen them elsewhere. Found frequently in companies of a dozen or more. Associated as they often were, with many of the rarer warblers, they proved a great nuisance, for although the characteristic and almost con- stant tremulous motion of the wings, together with the small size, never failed to identify the little bunch of animated feathers upon a good view, yet when dim!y seen among the thick branches, they frequently fell un- wished-for victims, in place of some more desirable bird that we had been pursuing. None of the males were heard to sing, and by May 9th all had disappeared. 10. Polioptila cerulea (L.) Scl. Common from the time of our arrival, and very generally distributed throughout the woods, although showing a rather decided preference for the heavy timber, where they kept high up in the trees. When seen one hundred feet or more above the earth they remind one more of insects than birds, so active and so very frail and slender do they seem. In motions they bear perhaps a greater resem- blance to the redstart (Setophaga ruticilla) than to any other bird, like him launching out frequently after insects and alighting with spread tail and drooping wings, but they have withal an impertinent, quizzical air, savoring strongly of cat bird ways; the song is indeed quite that of the latter bird, but in miniature (if I may apply such an expression to sound) a quaint mocking little strain, continued half a minute or more at a time and full of mewings and harsh chatters, with an occasional full round note, but altogether so feeble as scarcely to be audible at twenty yards’ On the Birds of Ritchie County. 133 distance. The note used by both sexes is a harsh but rather faint lisp. A nest, upon which the parent birds were still at work, was discovered by Mr. Ingersoll, May 10th, on a horizontal oak branch fifty feet above the ground. Family PARIDA. The Titmice. 11. Lophophanes bicolor (L.) Pr. A very common bird here, seeming to prefer high oak woodlands, though we also sometimes found them in the scrub or second growth. By April 25 they were commencing to lay, as we dissected several females which contained eggs nearly ready for the shell; no nests were, however, found. In habits and general appear- ance they strongly suggest the jays, the only Paridine attributes being some of the notes, and the flight, which is undulating, heavy and accom- panied by a loud rustling sound. They spend much of their time on the ground, hopping about slowly among the leaves until a nut or acorn is discovered, when it is taken up to some low branch and then hammered vigorously with the bill until broken open. The crest is nearly always erect and looks much longer than it actually is. They are at all times very tame and unsuspicious. The song of the male is sure to be one of the first sounds that one hears upon entering the woods, for it is very loud, and repeated almost incessantly. It is a rolling whistle uttered six or seven times in succes- sion; something like qguee dle-t-or, quee dle-t-or, etc. Other notes used by both sexes are a faint lisping chirp, a chee de de (almost undistinguishable from that of Parus Carolinensis) and a tse-tsip, which latter is, however, but seldom heard. 12. Parus Carolinensis Aud. Common and generally distributed. In habits and appearance it much resembles P. atricapillus, though its smaller size is at once noticeable. The notes are, however, all quite different. The song of the male is quite a pretty one and consists of four measures, whistled rather slowly, audible at a considerable distance; the first syl- lable is rather high, the second several octaves higher, the third and fourth lower than the first. Altogether, it bears quite a resemblance to the song of Dendroica virens, though lacking its peculiar, albeit rather pleasing, harshness. The chirp used by both sexes is very faint and par- takes somewhat of a Fringilline character. They have also a scolding chee de de somewhat similar to that of our Northern species, but much feebler. Females of this species were dissected, which contained eggs nearly ready to be laid, as early as April 25. Family SITTIDA. The Nuthatches. 13. Sitta Carolinensis Gm. Found sparingly in the woods. Its hank sounded a trifle harsher and less loud than at the north. A nest discov- ered May 9th, in a natural cavity near the top of a tall beech, must have 134 On the Birds of Ritchie County. contained young, as the parent birds passed in at frequent intervals with food in their bills. Family TROGLODYTIDA. The Wrens. 14. Thryothorus Ludovicianus (Gm:.) Bp. Rather common. Most par- tial to the thickets along fences, brush piles on the edges of the woods, and dark rocky ravines. Found them very unsuspicious and easy of cap- ture, even when in the most tangled thicket. If shot at and missed they seemed at once to become very angry, hopping nimbly from twig to twig with tail erect and uttering almost incessantly a shrill chirr ree, chirrr, chir rv, chirr ree, and occasionally a harsh chatter precisely like that of T. edon, which bird, indeed, they closely resemble in every look and action. The song of the male is a beautifully clear and pure one, but it is so always and invariably the same that one soon tires of it. Heard in some deep, silent glen or ravine its loudness is positively startling, the rocks taking up and flinging back the sound till the air is fairly filled with the ringing melody. By May Ist several broods of young were seen fully fledged and on wing, and the females were laying again. 15. Troglodytes wdon V. Two specimens only taken: the first a male, April 80th; the second a female; both in deep woods, and silent. Family SYLVICOLIDZA. The American Warblers. 16. Mniotilla varia (L.) V. Perhaps the most abundant of the family here, being found everywhere throughout the woods. 17. Parula Americana (L.) Bp. Frequent from the time of our arri- val, but less abundant than the preceding. As their numbers showed no sensible diminution with the advance of the season, they probably breed here. 18. Helmitherus vermivorus (Gm.) Bp. First specimen taken April 30th. Soon became common. Most partial to the retired thickets in the woods along water courses, and seldom or never found in the high open groves. They keep much on the ground, where they walk about rather slowly, searching for their food among the dried leaves. In general ap- pearance they are quite unique, and I rarely failed to identify one with an instant’s glance, so very peculiar are all their attitudes and motions. The tail is habitually carried at an elevation considerably above the line of the back, which gives them quite a smart, jaunty air, and if the dorsal aspect be exposed, in a clear light, the peculiar marking of the crown is quite conspicuous. Seen as they usually are, however, dimly flitting ahead through the gloom and shadow of the thickets, the impression re- ceived is that of a dark little bird. which vanishes unaccountably before your very eyes, leaving you quite uncertain where to look for it next; indeed, I hardly know a more difficult bird to procure, for the slightest noise sends it darting off through the woods at once. Occasionally you will come upon one winding around the trunk of some small tree exactly On the Birds of Ritchie County. 135 in the manner of Mniotilta varia, moving out along the branches with nimble motion, peering alternately under the bark on either side, and anon returning to the main stem, perhaps in the next instant to hop back to the ground again. On such occasions they rarely ascend to the height of more than eight or ten feet. The males are very quarrelsome, chasing one another through the woods with loud, sharp chirpings, careering witb almost inconceivable velocity up among the tops of the highest oaks, or darting among the thickets with interminable doublings until the pursuer, growing tired of the chase, alights on some low twig or old mossy log, and in token of his victory, utters a warble so feeble that you must be very near to catch it at all, a sound like that produced by strik- ing two pebbles very quickly and gently together, or the song of Spizella socialis heard at a distance, and altogether a very indifferent performance. 19. Helminthophaga ruficapilla (Wils.) Bd. One or two specimens seen every day, but by no means common. For the most part silent, though I heard the song of the male on a few occasions. 20. Dendroica estiva (Gm.) Bd. Restricted entirely to the belt of willows, etc., along the margin of the creek, where it was not uncommon. First specimen noted April 29th. 21. Dendroica virens (Gm.) Bd. A general arrival May 2d, when the males were in full song; comparatively speaking however, they were not common. Found them mostly among the taller oak and beech growths. 22. Dendroica cerulescens (L.) Bd. Less common than the preced- ing, not more than half a dozen specimens being noted. The first (a fe- male) was shot May 5th. Apparently most partial to the thickly wooded ravines. 23. Dendroica cerulea (Wils.) Bd. Decidedly the most abundant of the genus here. The first specimen taken May 5th. They inhabit exclus- ively the tops of the highest forest trees, in this respect showing an affinity with D. Blackburnie. In actions they most resemble D. Pensyl- vanica, carrying the tail rather high and having the same ‘“‘ smart bantam- like appearance.” Were it not for these prominent characteristics, they would be very difficult to distinguish, in the tree tops, from Parula Ameri- cana, the songs are so precisely alike. That of the latter bird has how- ever at least two regular variations ; in one, beginning low down, he rolls his guttural little trill quickly and evenly up the scale, ending apparently, only when he can get no higher; in the other, the commencement of this trill is broken or divided into syllables, like zee, zee, zee, ze-ee-ee-eep. This latter variation is the one used by D. cerulea and I could detect little or no difference in the songs of dozens of individuals. At best, it is a modest little strain, and far from deserving the encomium bestowed upon it by Audubon, who describes it as ‘‘ extremely sweet and mellow;” de- cidedly it is neither of these, and he must have confounded with it some other species. In addition to the song, they utter the almost universal Dendroicine lisp, and also, the characteristic tchep of D. coronata, which I had previously supposed entirely peculiar to that bird. 136 On the Birds of Ritchie County. 24. Dendroica coronata (L.) Gr. Not very numerous, but saw more or less of them every day up to the date of our departure. Associated with the other warblers, in the woods. 25. Dendroica Blackburnie (Gm.) Bd. First specimen May Ist, after- wards quite abundant, frequenting the tops of the highest forest trees in company with D. cerulea and Parula Americana. The males were in full song. 26. Dendroica castanea (Wils.) Bd. Two specimens observed: and one taken, by Mr. Ingersoll, May 14th. 27. Dendroica maculosa (Gm.) Bd. A male was seen by Mr. Inger- soll, May 14th. 28. Dendroica pinus (Wils.) Bd. On the 7th of May I shot a pair ina high oak grove. They were evidently mated, the male warbling at inter- vals his simple strain, and the female following him closely through the branches. No other individuals were observed during our stay. The almost entire absence of coniferous trees, would perhaps explain the scarcity here of this and other pine loving species. 29. Seiurus aurocapillus (L.) Sw. These woods being well suited to their habits, they were abundant everywhere, and as usual a great nuis- ance, their songs continually repeated from all sides, frequently drowning every other sound. Arrived April 29th. 30. Seiurus Noveboracensis (Gm.) Nutt. Common during our stay. Found exclusively along the margin of Goose creek, where, in the early morning, I several times heard the beautiful song of the male. Three specimens taken vary quite appreciably from all of a large series collected in Massachusetts, Maine and New Hampshire. The superciliary line is, in each, dirty white, with a yellowish tinge where it intersects the eye, while in the northern specimens it is at its lightest, decidedly yellowish, inten- sifying at the anterior end to a brownish orange. The smallest bill among the West Virginia examples also shows an excess in length of -03 over that of any of the northern birds, and the largest fully °05. As Mr. Scott, in his ‘‘ Partial list of Kanawha County,” mentions an individual of this species taken there in August, it may very possibly breed here. 31. Seturus Ludovicianus (V.) Bp. Not common, only seven speci- mens were secured in all. While the Northern water thrush was confined to’ the muddy banks of the creek —and I will remark en passant, that I never saw one other than in a muddy locality —this species seemed to delight in the pebbly streams of the hills; just such streams as in the New England mountains would be called good trout brooks, overshadowed by mighty forest trees, frequently choked up by fallen logs, and abounding in beautiful cascades, still, deep pools, and wild rocky ravines. In the deepest, darkest retreats you were most likely to find him and here on several occasions I was fortunate enough to hear his song. It is somewhat like that of S. Noveboracensis, being quite as loud, almost as rapid, and commencing, in nearly the same way but lacking the beautiful crescendo termination, and altogether, a less fine performance. pe On the Birds of Ritchie County. 137 Represented by words it would be nearly as follows: pseu, pseur, per see ser. This is usually uttered several times in succession from some shelving rock, or fallen log overhanging the stream, the bird in the intervals be- tween each repetition tilting his body incessantly, and looking nervously about as if he didn’t half like your presence and hada good mind to be off, and this expression in the majority of cases soon finds vent in action, for he is a very shy little fellow the moment he begins to suspect that he is wanted to grace your cabinet. Come upon him suddenly however, as he is running nimbly along the margin of some quiet pool or rippling eddy, and at times he will seem to pay little regard to your presence and you may have a fine chance to observe his motions and sandpiper-like ways, as he wades knee deep into the water, or splashes through it in hot pur- suit of some aquatic insect. I could distinguish not the slightest difference in general appearance and actions at such times, between him and his Northern analogue, and the sharp chirp of alarm is precisely the same. The larger size and gen- eral lighter color of the under parts will, however, usually serve to dis- - tinguish the Southern bird if you get a good viewof him. The first speci- men was taken April 29th. 32. Oporonis formosus (Wils.) Bd. First specimen May 4th. Soon became rather common frequenting nearly the same localities as Helmi- therus vermivorus. Almost exclusively terrestrial in habits it reminded me much of O. agilis, though it was not so shy. You would find it most frequently in the vicinity of brush piles, fallen logs, etc., but if suddenly startled, instead of seeking refuge in them, it usually flew up to some low limb where it sat silent and thrush-like, awaiting further developments. On the ground it walked in somewhat the manner of Seiurus aurocapillus, though not quite so nimbly. The song of the male, usually delivered from some low limb or old stump, is a most beautiful one and very loud, but almost impossible of description. It most resembles that of Geo- thlypis Philadelphia with the first two notes omitted, is extremely rich and full, and altogether one of the best Sylvicolidine performances with which Tam acquainted. The only other note that I heard was a chuck so extremely like that of the ground squirrel ( 7amias striatus) that I often found it very difficult to separate them. f 33. Geothlypis trichas (L.) Cab. Rare. Only three specimens were observed. 34, Icteria virens (L.) Bd. Not very common and found only in cer- tain localities, usually thickets of blackberry bushes and bull briers in retired portions of the woods. Arrived May Ist, and for a few days were silent. but soon became very noisy, especially when their retreats were invaded. Their notes are so varied as almost to defy description. What I took to be the song of the male was a series of about eight very loud bell-like whistles, commencing quickly, and becoming slower and May, 1875. 10 ANN. vcr NA Hiss, VOL xn: 138 On the Birds of Ritchie County. more emphatic toward the end, then after an interval of a few seconds would follow a scolding chatter, to be immediately succeeded by a single very clear note, then the series of whistles again, but all these notes were varied to an almost infinite extent. All this time the bird would be dodg- ing through the bushes ahead, keeping always in the thickest places, and perhaps after a moment of silence would suddenly strike up directly be- hind you. In this way I have frequently pursued one for fifteen or twenty minutes without so much as getting a glimpse at him. Several times when I came upon him suddenly however, he would put on a very innocent and injured air and vociferate his notes directly a/ me as if to dispel any possible suspicion on my part that he had been running, or, to speak more literally, flying away. When alive they look much smaller than they really are, and in general markings, but especially those about the head, bear a resemblance to Oporornis formosus ; their peculiar actions however, readily serve to dis- ° tinguish them. The tail is usually carried rather high and frequently flirted in an odd independent sort of way. I did not witness their performance so often described of singing on wing with dangling legs, ete. 35. Myiodioctes mitratus (Gm.) Aud. Very common. First specimen tuken May Ist. Found generally throughout the woods, usually on the hillsides, where they sought their food low down among the undergrowth. As the day advanced the males would frequently ascend to the tops of the forest trees, and sing many times in succession sitting perfectly motion- less in one place, then with expanded wings and tail would sail to the next tree and sing again. The chirp of alarm is a sharp chuck not unlike that of M. Canadensis; the song more resembles that of Dendroica maculosa, being short, clear and quite loud, with a decided emphasis on the last syllable! like whee, whee, see sér. When among the low thickets they are restless and shy, keeping a con- siderable distance ahead however fast you may walk, and were it not for the loud song they would be most difficult to procure. At such times they have a habit, observable in others of the genus, of flirting up six or eight feet after an insect and dropping almost perpendicularly again with closed wings. I rarely observed one on the ground. Although during the last week of our stay the males were abundant and numbers shot, only one female was seen. } 36. Setophaga ruticilla (L.) In. Arrived April 29 and soon became common. Found both in the woods and along the banks of the creek. Family TANAGRIDZA. The Tanagers. 37. Pyranga rubra (L.) V. Quite common. Arrived May Ist. Found generally throughout the woods. 38. Pyranga estiva (L.) V. A male in fine plumage shot May Sth, On the Birds of Ritchie County. 139 was the only specimen noted. It closely resembled the preceding species in all its motions, occasionally launching out after an insect, and was silent and very shy. The uniformity of its coloring, together with its large size, served, however, to identify it at a glance. Family HIRUNDINIDA. The Swallows. 39. Hirundo horreorum Barton. Abundant everywhere in the clear- ings. 40. Tachycineta bicolor (V.) Cs. Rare. A single specimen observed April 29th, by Mr. Ingersoll, in a flock of Progne purpurea around a mar- tin box. 41. Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say.) Cab. Abundant, arriving May 8rd. Nested under the low eaves of a log hut in the village. 42. Stelyidopteryx serripennis (Aud.) Bd. Arrived May Ist, and sey- eral colonies of six or eight individuals each were soon established in the rocky ‘‘cuts” along the line of the railroad. Here they were evidently preparing to build, as each pair had already selected some little projec- tion of the rocky cliff, where they would sit together for many minutes at a time. Another small company also haunted the vicinage of a bridge over the creek. and had probably selected the stone abutments for a nest- ing place, as they frequently passed in and out underneath. This bird is readily distinguishable on wing from C. riparia, by its greater size and slower flight; indeed, in this latter attribute it much more closely resembles 7’. bicolor, like it sailing much of the time, and proceeding in a very leisurely manner; its note is, however, more nearly that of the former species, but rather louder and harsher. Like the other members of the family they were very fond of lighting along the telegraph wires to rest and plume themselves. 43. Progne purpurca (L.) Boie. Common, breeding in the martin boxes put up for their occupancy. No instances of the aboriginal habit of nesting in hollow trees came under our observation. Family AMPELID A. 44. Ampelis cedrorum (V.) Bd. Not common. A few specimens were noted by Mr. Ingersoll in September, 1873. Family VIREONIDZK. Vireos, or Greenlets. 45. Vireo olivaceus (L.) V. Rather common in the woods. Arrived May Ist. 46. Vireo gilvuus (V.) Bp. Not very common and apparently re- stricted to the belt of willows, etc., along the creek. Arrived May Ist. 47. Vireo flavifrons V. Decidedly the most abundant of the family here, being found everywhere throughout the woods. 140 On the Birds of Ritchie County. 48. Vireo solitarius (Wils. ) V. Rather uncommon. May possibly breed, as we saw them up to the date of our departure. 49. Vireo Noveboracensis (Gm.) Bp. Several individuals were pro- cured by Mr. Ingersoll in September, 1873. Singularly enough it was not detected by any of our party, this spring. Family FRINGILLID/ZE. Finches, etc. 50. Carpodacus purpureus (Gm.) Gr. Rare. A single male seen by Mr. Ingersoll, April 29. : 51. Chrysomitris tristis (L.) Bp. Common. On the 8th of May took a male in full summer plumage, which is I think rather earlier than the change is usually perfected at the north. 52. Melospiza palustris (Wils.) Bd. Not common. A few individuals were observed in the thickets along the creek. 53. Melospiza melodia (Wils.) Bd. Common. Specimens taken aver- age a little smaller than Massachusetts examples, and are very much darker, the entire under parts being a strong ashy color, instead of white. Although this peculiarity seemed constant in all the individuals observed, I suspect that it is due at least in part, to the stain received from the charred and blackened logs in the burnt clearings. Several other birds, especially the woodpeckers and nuthatches were unmistakably disfigured in this way, and I took a Thryothorus I.udovicia- nus that was almost entirely black, with the markings but faintly discern- ible beneath. 54. Junco hyemalis (L.) Scl. Three or four specimens were observed during the last days of April. 55. Spizella socialis (Wils.) Bp. Very common. Found everywhere, penetrating even quite deep into the woods. 56. Spizella pusilla (Wils.) Bp. Not uncommon on the clearings on the hillsides. 57. Zonotrichia albicollis (Gm.) Bp. Extremely abundant during our entire stay, in flocks, and evidently migrating. The males frequently sang, but not so finely as when on their breeding grounds at the north. 58. Zonotrichia leucophrys (Forst.) Sw. A single specimen was ob- served by Mr. Ingersoll, May 10th. 59. Goniaphea ludoviciana (L.) Bowditch. Arrived May lst, after which date a few individuals were observed daily. Frequented the woods. 60. Cyanospiza cyanea (L.) Bd. Not uncommon. Arrived May 8th. 61. Cardinalis Virginianus (Brisson.) Bp. Very abundant. ‘Their most characteristic haunts seemed the thickets along fences and on the edges of the woods and the more open ravines. The males usually sang from some tree top overlooking their bushy retreat, which they were always ready to dive into upon any alarm. The ordinary position of the bird is a very erect one, with the tail lowered and the crest nearly always On the Birds of Ritchie County. 141 raised. The flight is jerking and labored, and they rarely proceed far at a time on wing. The ordinary note of alarm and recognition, is a sharp tchip, kept up almost incessantly. The song, though loud, clear and full, strikes one as too bold and lacking of sentiment. The bird is nearly always in full view at the time, and seems to vaunt his powers to the utmost, and his performance, though pleasing at first, soon becomes tire- some, although varied to an almost infinite extent; it has two principal changes, of which some idea may be given by words, as follows: quoit ; queo, queo, queeo, quoit ; or whittu ; whittu; whittu ; tu, tu, tu, tu, tu. Occa- sionally he begins in a low undertone, then gradually raises his strain to its full volume, producing thereby quite a beautiful effect. The female sings nearly as much as the male and quite as well, going through all his vari- ations. Though not so shy as I have found them in the vicinity of Wash- ington, D. C., they were not at all easy to procure here. A whistled imitation of the song, would, however, usually bring up the male in full response, and I procured many in that way. Although we saw the females building as early as the lst of May, no nests were discovered. 62. Pipilo erythropthalmus (L.) V. Very abundant everywhere but especially so in the scrub on the hillsides. Thesong of the male was not unlike that of the Massachusetts bird, but the ordinary note, a harsh gut- tural tow geesh, was very different. A comparison with Northern examples reveals a slightly darker shade in the brown of the throat of the Virginia female. Family ICTERIDZ. American Starlings. 63. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (L.) Sw. A few individuals of this species were seen May 14th, by Mr. Ingersoll, in the grassy meadows along the creek. 64. Molothrus pecoris (Gm.) Sw. Abundant from the time of our arrival and generally distributed. Although all its habits were quite familiar, some of its notes differed very much from any that I have heard at thenorth. One in particular a hissing z-z-zeep was quite unique, though apparently universal here. 65. Ageleus pheniceus (L.) V. Common but restricted to the belt of swampy land along the creek. Notes very different from those of our Massachusetts bird and as a rule decidedly harsher. 66. Sturnella magna (L.) Sw. Apparently not common, owing prob- ably to the almost total absence of its favorite meadow land in this sec- tion. 67. Icterus spurius (L.) Bp. Arrived May 8th and on the succeeding day several individuals were observed in the trees along the banks of the creek. On the evening of our departure I heard a male in full song at Laurel Junction, a station some two miles from Petroleum, where we were awaiting the arrival of the eastward bound express train. The slanting rays of the setting sun streaming through the gaps in the Western divide, in places tinged the floating mists with a beautiful rosy hue, in others 142 On the Birds of Ritchie County. where the beams fell more directly, threw so strong a light that the small- est insect floating in the still clear air was discernible at hundreds of paces, and as the chorus of bird voices swelled to the utmost, we heard many of our newly acquired feathered friends to the best possible ad- vantage. The cardinals as usual were most prominent and their bold ringing notes quite drowned the efforts of some of the more modest per- formers though the lofty reverie of the wood thrush stole up occasionally from the valley below, and the bell like calls of the chat came almost in- cessantly from the thickets on the opposite mountain side. Above all, however, rose at intervals a clear loud warble resembling the spring song of Passerella iliaca, but possessing withal a wild abandon, that to my ear rendered it even more beautiful. Suspecting the author we approached the spot and soon caught a glimpse of his fine chestnut and black plum- age among the branches of atall sycamore. After singing for some time longer he dove down into a low thicket where we had a good chance to observe his motions. His relatively longer tail and more slender shape gave him quite a different aspect from his cousin the Baltimore, though his ways were very similar. When closely approached he glanced at us suspiciously, jerking his tail and uttering a note closely resembling that usually given by Ageleus phe- niceus When on wing. Mr. Ingersoll informs me that their numbers did not materially increase after our departure, and the species must be con- sidered rather a rare one in this section. 68. Icterus Baltimore (L.) Daudin. Arrived April 29th and soon be- came common. Noticed many old nests in the cottonwoods along the creek. The song differed slightly from that of Northern individuals. 69. Quiscalus purpureus (Bartr.) Licht., var. eneus Ridg. Common, nesting in small colonies in the holes of the decayed cottonwood trees. All the specimens taken were quite typical of this variety. Family CORVIDZA. Crows, Jays, etc. 70. Corvus Americanus Aud. Quite common everywhere. 71. Cyanurus cristatus (L.) Sw. Common everywhere in the woods. A nest found by Mr. Deane contained four fresh eggs. Family TYRANNIDA. Flycatchers. 72. Tyrannus Carolinensis (L.) Bd. Arrived April 28th and soon became rathercommon. Frequented for the most part, the belt of timber along the creek. 73. Myiarchus crinitus (L.) Cab. Abundant, affecting alike the open oak woods and the heavy undergrowth of the ravines. Their ordinary note is a single whistle, extremely loud, and possessed of something of a weird character, making it peculiarly noticeable in the gloomy depths of the forest where it is usually heard. In addition to this they utter a loud On the Birds of [Ritchie County. 143 and rather harsh rattle. Their habitual attitude is an erect one, and they have a peculiar habit of sailing from tree to tree with spread wings and tail, somewhat in the manner of Perisoreus Canadensis. 74. Sayornis fuscus (Gm.) Bd. Extremely common. A few were breeding under the railroad bridges along the creek, but by far the greater number clung to their aboriginal proclivities, and nested in the rocky ra- vines of the mountain brooks. A nest found by Mr. Ingersoll, April 26th, contained six eggs, every one of which was spotted, and some of them as much so as average specimens of Contopus virens. This nest was attached to the stone abutments of a bridge and differed not appreciably from northern examples in either ma- terial or architecture. 75. Contopus virens (L.) Cab. The first specimen, taken May 9th, afterwards became rather numerous. Found exclusively in the woods. 76. Empidonax minimus Bd. A single individual taken May 7th was the only specimen noted. (#. Acadicus undoubtedly occurs as Mr. Inger- soll who is well acquainted with the species observed several old nests in the woods). Family CAPRIMULGIDZE. Goatsuckers. 77. Antrostomus vociferus (Wils.) Bp. Very common, as many as five or six individuals being frequently within hearing at one time. A male, which I heard ou the evening of May 9th, after commencing in the usual way, regularly finished his song by omitting the first syllable on the last eight or ten repetitions thus: poor-will, poor-will, poor-will, etc. 78. Chordeiles Virginianus (Briss.) Bp. Rare. A single specimen noted at Laurel Junction, May 9th. Family CYPSELIDA. Swifts. 79. Chetura pelasgia (L.) Steph. Arrived April 29th and soon became abundant. Whether or not they resorted to hollow trees in this section, for breeding, I was unable to ascertain, but if they breed here at all, I think such must be the case, as the small, narrow chimneys of the log houses in the village, are but ill adapted to their wants. Family TROCHILIDA. Humming birds. 80. Trochilus colubris L. Rather numerous in the woods. Arrived May 2d. Family ALCEDINIDZ. Kingfishers. 81. Ceryle alcyon (L.) Boie. Very common. Several nests were dis- covered in the banks along the creek, but none of them explored. 144 On the Birds of Ritchie County. Fanily CUCULIDA. Cuckoos. 82. Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wils.) Bd. Rare. One specimen seen by Mr. Deane, May 5th. Family PICIDAS. Woodpeckers. 88. Hylotomus pileatus (L.) Bd. Only a few individuals noted, most of which were observed well up on the mountain sides, though I shot a fine male on one occasion, in the very outskirts of the village, coming upon him suddenly as he was hammering away at an old pros- trate log. 84. Picus villosus L. Not rare. Found usually in the woods. Spec- imens average considerably smaller than those taken in New England but differ not appreciably in other respects. 85. Picus pubescens L. Rather more common than the preceding but still hardly abundant. Confined principally to the woods. 86. Centurus Carolinus (L.) Bp. Not common, about half a dozen individuals noted in all. In habits, it seemed to me to resemble most closely Melanerpus erythrocephalus, like that bird showing great skill in winding about the tree trunks and keeping always on the side farthest from the observer. The only note heard was a raucous cr-ruk very like the croak of a frog. Its tapping roll was also peculiar and rather more feeble than in most of the family. This tapping is so far as I have observed, a regular spring note or call and never (in its restricted sense) heard at any other season. It is likewise specifically characteristic, and in Maine where the Picidz are very largely represented, I have always been accustomed to rely quite as much upon the tapping as a means of identification as upon any of the vocal notes. Thus, P. pubescens has-a long unbroken roll, P. villosus a shorter and louder one with a greater interval between each stroke: while S. vartws commencing with a short roll ends very emphatically with five or six distinct disconnected taps. In this latter species I am convinced it is literally a call of recognition, as I have repeatedly seen the bird after producing it, listen a moment when it would be answered from a distance and its mate would shortly appear and join it. 87. Melanerpes erythrocephalus (L.) Sw. Rather common, but appar- ently restricted almost altogether to the forest. 88. Colaptus auratus (L.) Sw. Very common. Found everywhere. Family STRIGIDZ. Owls. 89. Scops asio (L.) Bp. A single specimen in the red plumage was noted by Mr. Deane, April 27th. It was surrounded by a mob of small birds and was too shy to admit of its capture. & —— : On the Birds of Ritchie County. 145 Family FALCONIDA. Diurnal Birds of Prey. 90. Accipiter Coopert Bp. Saw a female of this species May 2d. This (with one of the larger Buteos which could not be satisfactorily identi- fied) was the only member of the family observed here. Family CATHARTIDZ. American Vultures. 91. Cathartes aura (L.) Iliger. Was informed by the inhabitants that in former years it was very abundant, but for some unknown reason had almost totally disappeared. A single specimen which I saw sailing high over the valley was the only one noted during our stay. Family COLUMBIDZ. Pigeons. 92. Zenaidura Carolinensis (L.) Bp. Very abundant and one of the characteristic birds of this region. Though never molested by the in- habitants who regard them very much as the English do the robin red- breast, they were very shy and difficult to obtain. Although females containing eggs ready to be laid were dissected as early as May Ist, they almost invariably flew and fed in flocks, but on the latter occasion I noticed that the paired birds usually kept together. Early in the morning and again at sunset the deep resonant cooing of the males might be heard from all sides. Ata distance this sound resembles the syllables whoo, whoo, whoo; or sometimes with only two repetitions whoo, whoo, but ashort preliminary note with a rising inflection which always precedes this cooing is lost, unless the listener is very near. The bird when thus employed usually sits on the top of some lofty tree in the forest and, with his superlatively graceful attitudes and fine plumage glistening in the sunlight, presents a very beautiful appearance. In common with other members of the family they have the peculiar habit of oscillating the head and neck when approached and upon the slightest, suspicious movement on your part they are off giving three or four pow- erful raps of the tips of the wings under the body, as they start, which warning is usually acted upon immediately by all the others within hearing. Family TETRAONIDA. Grouse, etc. 93. Bortasa umbellus (L.) Steph. Abundant everywhere in the woods where we started more or less of them every day and frequently heard the drumming of the males. 94. Oriyx Virginianus (L.) Bp. Apparently not very numerous. The males were first heard whistling bob-white on the 8th of May. 146 Felix Jamaicensis, etc. Family SCOLOPACID. Snipe, ete. 95. Philohela minor (Gm.) Gr. Probably not very common, an indi- vidual flushed by Mr. Deane, being the only specimen noted. 96. Totanus flavipes Gm. Noted a single bird of this species April 29th, in a wet meadow near the creek. 97. Totanus solitarius Wils. Quite numerous along the creek during our stay, but undoubtedly was on its way north. 98, Tringoides macularius (L.) Gr. Common along the creek. Family ARDEIDZE. Herons. 99. Ardea cerulea L. On the 30th of April I saw a fine adult bird of this species on the banks of the creek and identified it to my complete satisfaction, but owing to an unfortunate accident failed to obtain it. 100. Ardea virescens L. Not common; a few specimens only, observed. XVI.—Wotes on the Sub-generie Character of Helix Jamai- censis, Chemn., and on certain Terrestrial Mcllusks Jrom Haiti; with Description of a New Species of Helix from Colorado. BY THOMAS BLAND. Read March 8, 1875. Helix Jamaicensis, Chemn. (Thelidomus). Tuis well known Jamaica species is given by v. Martens (Albers, 2nd. ed., 147) as the type of the subgenus Liochila, in which he also places 7. picta, Born. and H. sulphurosa, Morelet, of Cuba. y W. G. Binney and myself have shown (Annals, X, 341, pl. xvi, figs. 1, 2, 1873) that H. picta has the same form of jaw and dentition as the Cuban H. muscarum, Lea (Amer. Jour. of Conch., VI, 204, pl. 9, figs. 4 and 16), which v. Helix Jamaicensis, etc. 147 Martens (1. c., 146) has as the type of Polymita. We as- signed both muscarum and picta to Polymita, proposing that other species, the dentition of which we had examined, em- braced in that subgenus by v. Martens, should form a dis- tinct group under the name of Hemitrochus, Swainson. We expressed the opinion that the curious lingual denti- tion of H. picta might be found in H. sulphurosa, but not in H. Jamaicensis, adding “the latter, which is the type of Liochila, will therefore remain undisturbed in its systematic position, unless indeed, it belongs to Thelidomus, in which ease the name Liochila will be placed in the synonymy of the last named subgenus.” Through the kindness of Mr. V. P. Parkhurst, who lately visited Jamaica, I am enabled to solve the doubt as to the subgeneric position of H. Jamaicensis. He brought from that Island, and placed at my disposal, one living and two dead specimens (in alcohol) of the species in question. I am indebted to W. G. Binney for the following description of the jaw and dentition :— H. Jamaicensis has a jaw high, slightly arcuate, ends attenuated; no median projection to cutting edge; anterior surface with 13 decided ribs, varying in size and irregularly disposed, but denticulating either margin. Lingual nlembrane long and narrow; teeth about 41-1-41, of the usual Helicine type. Centrals with the base of attachment longer than wide, and lower lateral angles greatly developed; side cusps subobsolete, side cutting points absent, median cusp stout, reaching only half way to the lower edge of the base of attachment, beyond which projects slightly the cutting point, whose outer lower sides are somewhat bulging. Laterals same as centrals, but unsymmetrical as usual, and very gradually changing into the marginals. The latter are a simple modification of the laterals, with a very short, blunt, broad, bluntly bifid cutting point. Comparing the forms of jaw and lingual teeth with those, especially of H. aspera (Amer. Jour. of Conch., VI, 204, 1870) and H. discolor (Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., 51, pl. x, fig. 1, 1874), belonging to Thelidomus, there can be no doubt as to the correctness of placing H. Jamaicensis in that subgenus. 148 Flelix Jamaicensis, etc. There is a variety of H/. Jamaicensis, notice of which I have not:seen mentioned. The aperture is remarkably pro- duced laterally, the columellar margin is oblique, having a very broad callus, with denticles across its edge; in one of my specimens there are two, and in another three, denticles. In this respect the species shows an alliance with HZ. aspera. This variety has moreover, usually, a small tooth on the parietal wall. Férussac’s figure (Hist., t. 9 B, fig. 10) shows the form of aperture above mentioned. The other form of the species, which is generally smaller, has a much less oblique columella, without the broad callus, and the aperture is more oval than lunate. Helix obliterata, Fér. (Hurycratera). In the description of this species (Fér. Hist., 342, N. 406, pl. 61, figs. 8-4) the habitat quoted is Porto Rico, on the authority of Maugé. In Chemn., ed. 2, and by Pfeiffer (Mon. Hel.), the same habitat is given. The late Mr. R. J. Shuttleworth (Diag. n. Moll., 45), referring to the species, says, “ex affinitate maxima cum /7. angulata, Fér. verisimiliter Portoricensis, sed nuperrime non inventa.” Shuttleworth, in his correspondence with me in 1854-5, expressed surprise that Blauner had not found ZH. oblit- erata, and some doubt as to its specific distinctness from H. angulata. v. Martens (Die Heliceen, ed. 2d, 147) assigns, but I do not know on what authority, H. angustata to Haiti and Ja- maica, 7. obliterata to Haiti, and H. angulata to Porto Rico and Jamaica, but most certainly neither the first nor the last occurs in Jamaica. Mr. V. P. Parkhurst lately spent a few days in Haiti, at Port au Prince and its immediate northern vicinity, where he found not only specimens (dead) of HH. bizonalis (see ante p. 81), but one dead specimen of /Z. obliterata, which Felix Jamaicensis, ete. 149 he has kindly presented to me. The shell is destitute of epidermis, and white, without any trace of browh bands. Deshayes (in Fér. Hist., 1. c.) mentions that the bands are on the epidermis only, on removal of which the shell is white. The dimensions of my specimen are as follows: Diam. maj., 49; min. 35 mill. ; Alt. 20 mill. The surface of H. obliterata is described as covered with course granulations, of H. angulata, with numerous strie, but the nuclear whorls of the latter and the striz are finely granulated; this character, at least of the three upper whorls, is distinctly seen in young specimens. I am disposed, from Mr. Parkhurst’s discovery, to con- sider that Haiti may be the true habitat of ZZ. obliterata, presenting another illustration of the remarkable connection of the land shell fauna of Haiti with that of Porto Rico (see ante-p. 81-2). With respect to the doubt of Shuttleworth as to the specific difference of obliterata and angulata, | would remark that the latter may be fairly treated as a geo- graphical variety of the former, as may 7. Luquillensis of H. Audebard?. Helicina intusplicata, Pfr. SYNONYMY. Flelicina intusplicata, Pfr., Zool. Proc., p. 98, 1850. Flelicina intusplicata, Sow., Thes., ILI, N. 37, figs. 60-61, 1866. Helicina intusplicata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. N. 25, pl. iv, fig. 25, 1873. Hlelicina Smithiana, Pfr., Malak. Blat., p. 90, 1866. Ihave no doubt of the identity of H. Smithiana and in- tusplicata; of the latter the habitat is not given by the authors who refer to it. H. Smithiana was discovered by Mr. Smith (brother of my friend Mr. Sanderson Smith) on Mount Platon, about 150 Flelix Jamaicensis, etc. thirty miles northeast from Aux Cayes, and I sent specimens to Dr. Pfeiffer, who described it in 1866. Mr. V. P. Parkhurst, during his late visit to Haiti, collected a considerable number of specimens near Port au Prince. The aperture of JZ. intusplicata is described as “parum obliqua, semiovali-subtriangularis, altior quam lata, ad colu- mellam angulata et plica intus fere ad marginem decurrente munita,” of AZ. Smithiana as “obliqua, late semiovalis, juxta columellam plica approximata, parallela canaliculata.” Specimens received from Messrs. Smith and Parkhurst agree with each other, slightly varying in size only, and with the figures of Sowerby and Reeve. Helicina Cumingiana, Pfr. SYNONYMY. Helicina Cumingiana, Pfr., Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 121, 1848. Helicina Cumingiana, Chemn., ed. II, No. 35, taf. 6, figs. 13-14. Helicina Cumingiana, Pfr., Mon. Pneu., I, 359, 1852. Helicina Cumingti, Sow., Thes., III, N. 165, figs. 282-3, 1866. Helicina Cumingii, Reeve, Conch. Icon., N. 62, pl. viii, 1873. Iam indebted to Mr. Parkhurst for one dead specimen, found near Port au Prince, Haiti. Pfeiffer was ignorant of the habitat, but by Sowerby and Reeve this species is assigned’ to St. Domingo under the name of Cumingii, the latter erroneously referring to the Zool. Proc. of 1845. The species is readily identified by its well developed strie, subangular periphery, etc. Among other species, also collected by Mr. Parkhurst near Port au Prince and in its vicinity, were Cyclotus flucco- Helix Jamaicensis, etc. Lod sus, Shuttl., Cyclostomus Aminensis, Pfr., Chondropoma serraticosta, Wein., Helicina rugosa, Pfr., and Paivana, Pfr., Helic pubescens? Pfr., crispata and indistincta, Feér., cepa, Muall., Cylindrella gracilicollis, Feér., and sacroceramus Allatteanus, Bland. Species not yet determined, among them an Oleacina, believed to be new, will be described on another occasion. Helix Ingersollii, nov. sp. ( Microphysa). T. umbilicata, discoidea, tenuis, translucida, sublevis, alba; spira plana, vertice, subimmersa; sutura impressa; anfr. 54 convexiusculi, lente ac- rescentes, ultimus non descendens, infra peripheriam convexior; umbili- cus fere 1 mill. latus; apertura subverticalis, altior quam lata, lunavis; perist. simplex, acutum, marginibus remotis, columellari brevissime pa- tente, basali subsinuato. Shell umbilicated, discoidal, thin, translucid, nearly smooth, white; spire flat, summit subimmersed; suture impressed; whorls 5 rather con- vex, slowly increasing, the last not descending, more convex below the periphery; breadth of umbilicus nearly 1 mill.; aperture subvertical, higher than broad, lunate; perist. simple, acute, margins remote, columel- lar margin slightly reflexed, basal margin subsinuate. Diam. maj. 4; min. 33; alt. 24 mill. Station and Habitat. Howardsville, Baker’s Park, 9300 ft. above the sea, abundant in wet places on the mountains ; not uncommon at Cunningham Gulch, near the former local- ity, clinging to the almost vertical face of a trachyte cliff, at an elevation of about 11,000 feet; the finest specimens came from this spot; found also on the southern slope of the Sa- guache Mountains, in the Las Animas and La Plata valleys, in the same stations as affected by Succinea. 152 Felix Jumaicensis, etc. All the localities mentioned are in the southwestern corner of Colorado (Ingersoll !). Remarks. This species was discovered by Mr. Ernest Ingersoll, Naturalist of the United States Geological Survey of the Territories, under Professor Hayden. It can searcely be compared with any known North American species. The magnitied figures herewith given, from drawings made by my triend Mr. A. Ten Eyck Lansing, faithfully represent the shell. At first sight I was disposed to consider the species a Zonites, but examination of the animal by Mr. W. G. Binney proved it to belong to the fHelcine; Iam indebted to him for the following particulars : — Jaw low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends slightly attenuated; whole anter- ior surface with about 22, broad, flat, slightly separated ribs, whose ends denticulate either margin. This form of jaw is unusual amoung the Heli- cine. It is of same type as in H. Lansingi (Aun. Lyc. N. H. of N.Y. XI, 74, fig. 2.) Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth about 16-1-16. Centrals as usual in the Helicinw: the side cusps and cutting points are well de- veloped, the base of attachment longer than wide. Laterals of same type, but unsymmetrical and consequently only bicuspid. The change from laterals to marginals is very gradual, there being no splitting of the inner cutting point. Marginals low, wide, with one inner, long, blunt cutting point, and one outer small blunt cutting point. Geostilbia Gundlachi, Pfeiffer. Through the kindness of Dr. H. E. van Rygersma, I have lately received specimens of this species, with the ani- mal (in alcohol), collected by him in the Island of St. Mar- tin. The species was described as Achatina Gundlachi by Pfeiffer in 1850. In 1867, M. Crosse established the genus Greostilbia (Jour. de Conch., p. 184), for a species from New Cale- donia, and referred Achatina Gundlachi to the same genus in 1874 (1. ¢. p.*66): Flelix Jamaicensis, etc. 153 Dr. van Rygersma informs me that he had an opportu- nity of examining the animal and could discover no eyes. He says it has “four tentacles, of which the lower ones are very small, scarcely perceptible, the upper thick, cone elon- gated, without any black spot, indicating eyes. The animal citron yellow in color; the foot long and narrow.” v. Martens (Die Heliceen, ed. 2) has A. Gundlachi, Pfr. in Acicula, subgenus of Otonella; he mentions that Acicula is without eyes, but gives no other particulars of the animal. Arango (Repertorio, I, 128) assigns the species under con- sideration to the genus Coeciliunella, Bourguignat. While for the purposes of the present note, I have adopted Geosti- bia, I have much doubt as the necessity for its establishment. Mr. W. G. Binney, to whom I sent the specimens received from St. Martins, has obliged me with the following particu- lars : Jaw low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends attenuated ; whole surface covered with about 22 crowded, broad, flat ribs, denticulating either margin. Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth 18-1-18, with 4 perfect laterals. Centrals with their base of attachment long, narrow, their re- flected portion about one-half the length of the base of attachment, tricus- pid; the middle cusp stout, with a short blunt cutting point, side cusps subobsolete, but with small, distinct cutting points. Lateral teeth with their base of attachment subquadrate, much longer, and very much broader than that of the centrals, the reflected portion short, stout, tri- cuspid, the middle cusp very stout and long, reaching the lower edge of the base of attachment, beyond which projects the short, stout cutting point; side cusps subobsolete, but bearing distinct, though small cutting points. There are four perfect laterals, the fifth tooth being a transition to the marginals, by the base of attachment being lower, wider, not ex- ceeding the reflected portion, with one inner large cusp bearing one outer large cutting point representing the outer cutting point of the first four lateral teeth and one inner, still larger, cutting point, representing the middle cutting point of the first four laterals, and one smaller, outer cusp bearing one small, sharp, bifid, cutting point, representing the outer side cutting point of the first four laterals. The sixth tooth has the largest cutting point bifid. The balance of the teeth are true marginals. They are very low, wide, with two low, wide cusps, bearing each several irreg- ular, blunt cutting points. May, 1875. ilar ar Ann: Live) Nit: Hist; (VOL. xr. 154 Helix Jamaicensis, ete. The dentition of this species is, as would be anticipated, of the same type as the allied Cecilianella acicula as figured by Lehmann (Lebenden Schnecken Stettins, p. 128, pl. xiii, fig. 48, and Sordelli, 1. c., fig. 26). The jaw, however, has no appearance of the ‘‘brace” like ribs described in that species by Sordelli (Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat., xiii, 1870, 49, pl. i, fig. 25). The ribs are quite like those figured of Helix Lansingi (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., XI, p. 75, fig. 2 A) although they are narrower. For a figure of a similar type of dentition, see that of Stenogyra hasta, Pfr., in Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, pl. xx, fig. 3. G. Gundlachi is widely distributed; it oceurs in Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti, St. Thomas, St. Martin and Barbados. A closely allied, if not identical, species, has recently been collected by M. Marie in Guadeloupe. Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. 155 XVI.— Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, Green.* By C. D. WALCOTT. Read June 7th, 1875. THE writer has had the opportunity, by his residence at the type-locality of the Trenton Limestone, to make some investigations upon the structure and habits of the trilobites of that interesting horizon. The results of these observa- tions and studies, he hopes to present from time to time, as they shall become sufficiently definite to call for permanent record. In the present article, it is proposed to consider certain facts of occurrence, which seem to bear upon the habits and mode of life of one of the principal species of the Trenton rocks, Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. -Asaphus and other gen- era are referred to here, only as giving additional evidence on the points involved. Ceraurus pleurecanthemus is one of the most character- istic trilobites of the Trenton Limestone, in numbers and distribution exceeded only by Asaphus gigas, A. megistos, and Calymene senaria. It has a wide geographical, as well as vertical, range. Entire specimens, however, are rare in most localities, the head and the hypostoma being the parts usually found. At Trenton Falls, N. Y., in the upper third of the limestone, the separated heads are found in immense numbers; in many places, the surface of the rock is nearly covered with them, while only an occasional pygidium or portion of the thorax is seen. About twenty-seven feet below the coarse crystalline lime- * The genus Ceraurus (Green, 1832, Monograph, p. 84) was founded upon specimens not clearly showimg all the characteristics of the genus, as subsequently known. The description, however, was sufficiently accurate for, the ready identification of the genus, and of the species, C. plewrexanthemus. The name should therefore stand; and Chetrurus of Beyrich (1845), must be regarded as a synonym; since the objection raised to Green’s figure, on the ground of its indistinctness, is not tenable. The use of Chei- rurus by authors is not allowable, under the rule as to priority of date adopted by the British Association for the Advancement of Science, twelfth meeting, 1812. NOVEMBER, 1875. 12 ANN; love; Nar. HistT:,) Viol, Xi: 156 Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. stone that caps the upper portion of the ravine at Trenton Falls, there is a thick layer of uneven gray limestone; upon this rests a thin layer of shale and clay, varying from a quarter of an inch ta an inch in thickness. This was the sea-bed where the remains of trilobites, crinoids, and other forms of animal life lay when buried by the overlying de- posit, which now is a thin layer of bluish-gray limestone, one to two inches thick. Attached to the under surface of this layer, the following species of fossils have been found : Stenopora fibrosa, S. lycoperdon, Ptilodictya acuta, P. recta, Aulopora arachnoidea, Stellipora antheloidea, Stictopora elegantula, Alecto inflata, Intricaria reticulata, three species of Heterocrinus, two of Gilyptocrinus, one each of Anomalo- cystites and Gilyptocystites, one of Stenaster, Lingula quad- rata, Trematis filosa, Trematis n. s., Leptoena sericea, Stro- phomena alternata, Orthis testudinaria, O. lynx, Rhynchonella recurvirostra, Crania Trentonensis, Conularia Trentonensis, Asaphus gigas, Calymene senaria, Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, Acidaspis Trentonensis, Acidaspis n. s., Proetus parvius- culus, Phacops callicephalus, Dalmanites. These fossils are generally found in groups of associated species, but often commingled, so that trilobites, crinoids, cystids, brachiopods, and bryozoans occur on the same slab of stone. The prevailing and characteristic fossil is Ceraurus pleurecanthemus. Individuals from three-sixteenths of an inch to two inches in length, are scattered over the surface, often to the exclusion of all other fossils. Ina space thirty by forty feet, 326 entire specimens were seen. Of this number, and of many seen before, a record was kept; eight lay with the dorsal surface up; the remainder were on their backs, attached by the ventral surface of the dorsal shell to the under side of the layer. The view that this was the natural position of the trilobite is sustained by the following considerations:—_ - : 1. Individuals of all stages of growth are preserved en- tire; which would not have been the case, had they been Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. 157 subjected to the action of the water in drifting them into the position found. The thorax is easily dismembered and broken, and could not have withstood such transportation. 2. Very few fragments are found, and when consisting of the head or pygidium, they have the dorsal surface down. 3. Upon all uneven layers, and those showing the action of strong currents, and holding coarser fossils, the trilobites are distorted and broken up. 4. When found upon smooth layers above the Ceraurus layer, they are invariably back-down. Fine specimens show- ing the interior of the shell, are obtained from the upper surface of several layers. 5. The drifting of the shell into the position found, would not probably have taken place, as the shell is nearly flat. Asaphus might, from its boat-like shape, assume such a posi- tion; but a force sufficient to place a trilobite like Ceraurus upon its back, if the natural position when living was the reverse, would not have left the bryozoans and crinoids as they grew, without breaking the more delicate portions, which are often like fine hairs of stone, lying loosely in the imbedding clay, and breaking at the slightest touch. 6. The trilobites never have shells or corals drifted into them, or lying on them, when upon the upper surface of the layers. Occasionally a coral encrusts the upper surface, and frequently a coral (Stenopora lycoperdon) has taken the interior or ventral surface as a base for its growth, showing clearly that the shell had assumed the inverted position prior to the growth of the coral. Forty specimens of Acidaspis Trentonensis were associ- ated with the Ceraurus,— every individual upon its back. Calymene senaria, when not coiled (numerous), Proetus par- viusculus, Asaphus gigas (one only), and Dalmanites, were uniformly back down. Upon the upper surface of the Ceraurus layer, a layer of clayey shale was deposited, giving the same conditions as below the Ceraurus layer. Attached to the under surface of 158 Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. the succeeding layer, or imbedded in the clayey shale, were bryozoans, cystids, crinoids, brachiopods, and trilobites of the following genera:— Ceraurus, Acidaspis, Calymene, Phacops, and Spherocoryphe. The trilobites, without excep- tion, were back-down. In the succeeding layer, which is six inches thick, many of Asaphus gigas and A. megistos have been found, scattered through the lower three inches of its thickness. Of seventy-five noted, thirty were back-down, twenty-nine presented the dorsal surface up, sixteen were in various positions, coiled, perpendicular to the layer, and edgeways. The succeeding five feet of the stratum is of the same nature as that below. Fossils are rare, especially trilobites. Above this, the coarse earthy limestone extends to the thick crystalline strata. Prof. Burmeister, in his “Organization of Trilobites,”* gives the following among other conclusions, as the result © of comparison of the trilobites with the recent crustacea. 1. That these animals moved only by swimming; that they remained close beneath the surface of the water; and that they certainly did not creep about at the bottom. 2. That they swam in an inverted position, the belly up- wards, the back downwards, and that they made use of their power of rolling themselves into a ball, as a defence against attacks from above. 4, That they most probably did not inhabit the open seas, but the vicinities of coasts, in shallow water; and that they here lived gregariously in vast numbers, chiefly of one spe- cies. If the first and second conclusions are correct, we should look in a quiet, undisturbed deposit for evidence as to the position of the trilobites while living, by their position when buried in the sediment after death. As before stated, the conditions are such in the species mentioned, as to preclude the idea of their. arrangement by other causes than the nat- * Page 52, conclusions 1, 2, 4. Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. 159 ural position of the living animal, which must, therefore, have been with the back downward. The Asaphus is more frequently broken; but the finest and most perfectly preserved specimens, with but few exceptions, are found on their backs. That portion of the fourth conclusion in reference to trilo- bites living gregariously in vast numbers, is true of Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, Asaphus gigas, and A. megistos, as found in the stratum mentioned. Note. To October 16th, 1875, 1160 specimens of Ceraurus pleurexanthemus have been noted on the under surface of the thin layer (“Ceraurus layer”). Of these 1110 lay on their backs; while but fifty presented the dorsal surface up. Forty-five of these fifty were very small, the remaining five of medium size. XVIII.— Description of the Interior Surface of the Dorsal Shell of Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, Green. By C. D. WALCOTT. Read June 7, 1875. Tuis interesting species, which has been referred to in the preceding pages, has already been described by earlier writ- ers,* as regards the general features of its structure and the outer surface of its shell. In this article, therefore, I shall — omit all detailed reference to any of these points, and con- fine the description, as closely as may be, to the inner, or ventral, surface of the dorsal shell. This description is de- *Green, Monograph of Trilobites, 1832, page 84, fig. X. Hall, Paleontology N. Y., vol. I, page 242. 160 Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. signed to be compared with the several figures in Plate XI, which have been drawn from the combined evidence obtained by the examination of numerous specimens. It should be borne in mind, that as the shell, in the fol- lowing description, is supposed to be placed back-downward, as shown in figure B, Plate XI, the words upper and under, etc., when used in this article, are to be taken in their strict sense, as compared with figure B, and not in the sense that they usually have, when a trilobite is placed with its back uppermost. Heap. Anterior, lateral, and free posterior margins bordered by a ‘¢doublure.” Glabellar depression, concave, longer than broad, narrowed posteriorly ; anterior margin a semi-lunate curve, to which the hypostoma is attached by a suture (hypostomatic suture); from the extremities of this suture, lateral ridges extend to the posterior lateral margins of the central neck depression. Four short processes project obliquely back- ward from each ridge into the glabellar depression. The four anterior processes are rudimentary and concealed by the hypostoma. The four posterior processes have rounded knob-like tubercles upon their upper extremities; the posterior pair attached opposite the inner posterior angles of the occipital depressions. A low arching ridge separates the glabellar and neck depressions. The occipital depressions include the spaces within the ‘ doublure,” glabellar ridges, and neck depression. Occipital cavity in the anterior lateral third: Glabellar and occipital depressions finely punctate. The neck depression extends laterally as shallow grooves under the ‘¢ doublure,” deepest towards the central depression. Central depression a concave groove, the posterior margin reflected upward and forward, terminating in a thin edge, which articulates with the articular fold of the first thoracic segment. The facial sutures arise a little on each side of the centre of the posterior margin of the frontal ‘‘doublure, pass forward crossing the ‘‘ doublure,” and curve under its anterior margin, thence obliquely backward to the anterior margin of the occipital cavities, then into those, describing a curve around their anterior lateral bases, and passing out at their pos- terior lateral margins; thence they extend obliquely outward and back- ward to the lateral margins of the cephalic shield at their posterior third, obliquely cut the ‘‘doublure,” and terminate at its inner margin, at the posterior lateral angles of the occipital depressions. Hypostoma subovate, with wing-like extensions of the anterior lateral margins; central convex portion surrounded by a sinus, and an elevated margin; this margin, at the anterior half, widens, and forms a slightly ele- Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. 161 vated projecting surface; outer surface granulated. Interior concave, the margin a reflected edge or “‘doublure.” Anterior margin a semi-lunate curve, attached to the anterior margin of the glabellar depression by the hypostomatic suture. Tuorax. Each segment may be divided into three parts, viz.: 1, Axial groove; 2, Thoracic pleure; 8, Free pleure. The axial groove consists of the axial ring, anterior ‘‘ articular fold,” and a reflexed pos- terior articular margin. ‘The “articular fold” rests upon the thin edge of the reflected posterior articular margin of the next anterior segment. The anterior margin of the “articular fold” describes a curve from the anterior lateral extremities of the axial ring, forward into the axial groove, nearly concealing the preceding axial ring. The anterior margin of the axial ring is thickened, as a base for the articular fold, and also as the base of a pair of processes extending from the lateral extremities obliquely backward one-fourth the distance across the axial groove. Each process is a plate-like projection, surmounted at its upper extremity by a small knob-like elevation. Thoracic pleure of each segment divided by diagonal ridges into two triangular depressions upon each pleura, separated from the axial groove and circular cavities, by short transverse ridges. Circular cavities situ- ated between the triangular depressions and the free pleure; they are deeper than the triangular depressions. Anterior and posterior margins of the pleure parallel. The free pleurze curve outward and backward, terminating in falcate extremities. The hollow interior of each opens into the thoracic cavity at the inner extremity. which has upon its upper margin a crescent- shaped surface or slight sulcus. The whole thorax narrows posteriorly. PyGIDIUM semicircular, concave, and surrounded by a strong ‘‘ doub- lure,” which has a smooth subcrescentiform surface upon each anterior lateral margin. Anterior lateral margins parallel to those of the posterior segment of the thorax. The articular fold rests upon the axial ring of the posterior segment. The pygidium is composed of four anchylosed segments; the anterior one, penetrating the,‘‘ doublure” and lateral mar- gins, is produced into long curved spines. Four pair of axial processes project into the axial depression; the anterior pair well developed, the posterior pair as rudimentary tubercles under the ‘‘ doublure.” Upon the posterior surface of the anterior anchylosed segment, there are two minute oval openings, one on each side of the median line, the longer axis extending obliquely upward and backward. Formation and locality, upper third of the Trenton Lime- stone, Trenton Falls, Oneida Co., N. Y. 162 Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. Figure A. Section of thorax at fourth segment; enlarged to two diame- ers: . Axial groove. . Axial processes. . Thoracic pleure and triangular depressions. . Circular cavities. . Free pleure. gg. Inner extremities of thoracic pleure. Fane B. Interior of the dorsal shell; enlarged to two diameters. il. Beh Se Om IN Hypostomatic suture. Hypostoma. ‘* Doublure.” Occipital depression. Occipital cavity. Facial sutures cutting ‘‘ doublure.” . Glabellar depressions and processes. . Neck depression. 10. Spines of the head. Axial groove. . Axial processes. . Triangular depressions. dd. Circular cavities. . Free pleure. Crescent shaped surface on free pleure. . Elevated margin of the hypostoma. yr. Axial processes. s. Smooth crescent-shaped Suriage on ‘‘ doublure.” Pygidium. Oval openings. ‘* Doublure.” a Figure C. Longitudinal section at median line; enlarged to two diame- m oo tS ot ters. Hypostomatic suture. Hypostoma. ** Doublure.” Head. Thorax. 6. Pygidium. Figure D. Section of segment at median line; enlarged to five diameters. ]. Posterior reflected articular margin. 2. Outer surface of segment. 3. Union of articular fold and axial ring. 4, Articular fold. A New Species of Jay, ete. 163 XIX.— Description of a New Species of Jay of the Genus Cyanocitta; also of a supposed New Species of the Genus Cyanocorax. By GEORGE N. LAWRENCE. Read October 11, 1875. Cyanocitta pulchra. A narrow band on the front next the bill, the lores, the sides of the head and the chin are deep black; entire crown and occiput silvery bluish- white; a band of bright ultramine blue crosses the hind neck, becoming deeper in color and gradually merging into the smoky black of the upper part of the back, where it inclines to brownish, the lower part of the back and upper tail coverts are deep cobalt blue; wings and tail of a rich co- balt blue, brighter than the color of the body; the under surface of the wings and tail glossy black; throat cobalt blue, breast and sides of the neck smoky black, abdomen and sides dark cobalt blue like the back, under tail coverts smoky black ending with cobalt blue, thighs smoky brown washed with blue; bill and feet black. Length, 11 in.; wing, 54; tail, 54; bill, 1}; tarsus, 14. Habitat. Ecuador, Quito. Type in my collection. Remarks. Compared with QO. armillata it is shorter and proportionally stouter, the bill very much stronger and the tail not so long; it cannot be mistaken for that species as they differ throughout in color and markings. In C. armil- lata the vertex, occiput and nucha are of a light blue, which merges into the fine dark ultramarine blue of the back ; whereas in the new species, the silvery bluish-white of the liead, is separated from the smoky black back, by a rather narrow band of blue; the throat patch in C. armillata is of a clear ultramarine blue, strongly defined and separated from the darker blue of the under parts by a black collar; in the new species the throat mark is rather dull in color and without any collar below it. It is unlike any species which I can find described, and I compare it with C. armillata that its characteristics may be more clearly elucidated. 164 A New Species of Jay, ete. ? Mater. Fore part of the head as far as upon a line with the middle of the eye, sides of the head and of the neck, throat and upper part of the breast, deep black; moustache, a spot over the hind part of the eye, the central portion of the upper and lower eye lids, and a mark from the lower eye lid to the moustache, white; occiput, nucha and under plumage, pure white; back, wings and two central tail feathers dark cobalt blue, all the other tail feathers and the ends of the two middle ones are pure white, the under surface of the two middle tail feathers is deep black; the outer webs of the primaries are of a dull rather light blue for about half their length, the color of the terminal portion of the webs still paler and of a greenish shade; inner webs of the quills black, op their under surface the quill feathers are of a dark silvery-gray: the concealed parts of the feathers of the back are largely pure white, on the rump the ends of the feathers only are blue; ‘‘eyes yellow;” bill, tarsi and toes, black. Length, 124 in.; wing, 53; tail, 6; bill, 14; tarsus, 1%. Cyanocorax Habitat. North Peru, Pacasmayo and Ticapa, Oct., 1874. Remarks. This species belongs to the group represented by C. cayanus, but differs in being smaller, with the back very differently colored, and in having all the tail feathers pure white except the two central ones, whereas in C. cay- anus all the tail feathers are more or less blue on their basal portions, the ends only white. I find but two species of this genus described as having the tail feathers white, with the exception of the two middle ones; these are, Oyanocorax mystacalis, Geoff. Mag. de Zool., 1835; and C. uroleucus, Heine Jour. fur Orn., 1860, p. 115. OC. mystacalis is admitted as a valid species by G. R. Gray, Hand List 11, p. 5, and Sclater and Salvin, Nomenclator, p- 39. It is referred to C. cayanus by Bonaparte, Cons. Av..1, p. 8379; Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. 1, p. 224; Heine, Jour. fur Orn. 1860, p. 116, and Schlegel Mus. des Pays Bas, Liv. 9, p. 51. According to its description, the tail is white with the exception of the two middle feathers; this seems to debar it from being considered identical with C. CaYANUs. A New Species of Jay, etc. 165 From C. mystacalis the bird under examination appears to differ, as follows: in having no tendency to bluish reflec- tions on the top of the head, and the feathers of the back, rump, smaller wing coverts and scapularies, being uniform in color, and without grayish margins, as is stated to be the case in C’. mystacalis. The upper plumage of C. mystacalis is given as “bleu clair.” The shades of blue being so va- rious it is sometimes difficult to understand satisfactorily the color intended by the description, and among the Jays one of the most distinguishing characters, is that of the different shades of this color, especially in the group now under dis- cussion, in which the pattern of coloration is much the same. In my bird the back, wings and middle tail feathers are of a uniform dark cobalt blue. The tail of C. mystacalis is stated to be 44 inches long, and the two middle feathers to have one-quarter their length at the end white, and at the extreme end a small spot of bluish-black; in the present bird the tail is 6 inches long, with the white ends of the central feathers rather less than one-sixth their length in extent, and immaculate. The inner webs of the quills are given as brown in C. mystacalis, in the bird before me they are black. These differences seem sufficient, I think, to show the two to be possibly distinct species. C. uroleucus Heine, I have not seen recognized by any writer as a good species, it is noticed by Gray (Hand List, 11, p. 5) and referred to C. mystacalis, Geoff. ; to which species he also refers C’. bellus Schlegel, Mus. des Pays Bas Liv. 9, p. 50. This last Schlegel describes as having the basal portions of all the tail feathers more or less blue, and therefore it is unlike C. mystacalis. Judging from the description of C. bellus, it seems to me to be entitled to a distinct position, for with the cobalt blue back in connection with the markings of the tail, it appears to differ from all other species. C’. uroleucus is described as having the quills and wing coverts “fuscis” broadly margined with blue—this does not 166 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. apply well to the specimen before me, as the wing coverts are blue, uniform in color with the back, the quills are black on the inner webs and blue on the outer; the under surface of the middle tail feathers is also given as “fuscis,” in my. bird the color is deep black. The color given of the upper plumage is “ceruleus.” In size it is stated to be larger than C’. cayanus, my bird is smaller than that species. In neither C. mystacalis nor C. uroleucus is there any allusion to the feathers of the back having pure white bases as in my bird. Mr. Gray may be correct in considering C. wroleucus the same as C’. mystacalis, and the bird I have described may be the same also, but the differences pointed out seem suflicient for its separation, and should it prove to be distinct, I pro- pose to name it after my friend Prof. James Orton, it would then stand as Cyanocorax Ortoni. There are two specimens of this handsome species, in a small collection from Northern Peru; these were lately re- ceived by Prof. Orton of Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, and sent to me for determination. It is much to be desired that the types of C. mystacalis, C. uroleucus and C. bellus, may be carefully examined, and their status more satisfactorily determined. XX. On the Genitalia, Jaw and Lingual Dentition of cer- tain species of Pulmonata. By W. G. BINNEY. [With a Note on the Classification of the Achatinelle, by Thomas Bland. ] Read October 11, 1875. In the following pages I have not considered it necessary to offer a full description of the dentition in cases where a figure is given. In the Proceedings of the Academy of Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 167 Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1875, p. 145, full expla- nation will be found of the terms I use. In the plates, I have endeavored to give a perfect idea of the several forms of teeth on each lingual membrane by figuring the central with the first lateral tooth, the transition from lateral to mar- ginal teeth, and a decided marginal, usually the last. The position of each tooth from the median line is indicated on the plates by numerals. The plates must, however, be studied with the text. It will be seen that the cutting points of the teeth are shaded. I have not, also, considered it necessary fully to describe the genitalia in cases where I have given a figure of the system. I have rather confined myself to pointing out the characteristic feature of each. In the lettering of the plates, I have not deemed it important to indicate the testicle, epididymis, accessory gland, prostate, vas deferens, ovary or oviduct, as those organs cannot fail to be recognized. I have, however, indicated the penis sac, retractor of same, genital bladder with its duct, and any accessory organs that may occur. As in my former publica- tions, I apply the terms ovary and testicle as does Dr. Leidy in the first volume of “Terrestrial Mollusks of the United States.” Glandina truncata, Say. On plate xiv, fig. F, I have given a figure of the central tooth of this species which is more accurate than that given in Proc. Phila. A. N. S., 1875, pl. i, fig. 1. It will be seen to agree with the figure of Morse (Ib. p. 156, fig. 2) as regards the presence of a distinct cusp. The figure was drawn from the lingual membrane of a large Florida specimen. It will be of interest to note here that the largest speci- mens of Glandina found by me near St. Augustine, were in the centre of the clumps of large, coarse grass covering the marshes at the edge of Matansas Rien Mr. Say also speaks of finding the largest specimens in the marshes imme- diately behind the sand hills of the coast. 168 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Wanina radians, Pfr. (Microcystis). Rarotonga Isl., Mr. A. Garrett. Plate xvi, fig. 1, represents one central, lateral and marginal tooth. There are 40-1-40 teeth, 8 being perfectly formed laterals. The mar- ginals are sometimes trifid. For the identification of this and of the following Society Island species Iam indebted to Mr. Garrett. They form a part of an extremely interesting collection of Society Island land shells, preserved in spirits, just received from him, through Dr. W. D. Hartman of West Chester, Pa. Nanina conula, Pease. Island of Huahine, Mr. A. Garrett. Central and lateral teeth as in N. radians, Pfr. (see above). Lateral teeth seven in number. Marginals aculeate, multifid, very numerous. The species is viviparous. Nanina calculosa, Gould. Island of Huabine, Mr. A. Garrett. Jaw as usual in the genus. Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth 38-1-38. Centrals and (7) laterals as in NV. radians (see above), the latter, however, have slightly developed, inner, side cutting points. First 15 marginals bifid, the balance multifid. The species is viviparous. Trochomorpha Cressida, Gould. Island of Huahine, Mr. A. Garrett. Jaw arched, high; ends blunt; cutting margin with a median beak-like projection. Lingual membrane (pl. xvi, fig. H.) with 55-1-55 teeth. The bifur- cation of the cutting point of the marginals commences in the 11th tooth. There are no side cusps to centrals and laterals, which have a long, narrow base of attachment. I figure one central, one lateral and one marginal tooth. Von Martens puts the species in Discus, a subgenus of Nanina. Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 169 Zonites cerinoideus, Anthony. Charleston, S. C., Mr. W. G. Mazyck. The animal has the distinct locomotive disk and the parallel furrows above the margin of the foot, meeting above a distinct, caudal mucus pore, characteristic of the genus. It has also a dart and sac, as in Z. li- gerus. Jaw as usual in the genus. Lingual membrane (pl. xiii, fig. B), as usual in the genus. (See Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, 161). Teeth 34-1-34 with 9 perfect laterals. Limax montanus, Ingersoll. (Report on Nat Hist. of U. S. Geolog. and Geogr. Survey of the Territories, 1874, p. 130.) This species was found by Mr. Ernest Ingersoll, in the mountains of Colorado, at “camps 9-11, Blue River Val- ley,” while attached to the Survey of the Territories, in 1874. The animal is about 18-25 mill. long. It presents no peculiar external characters. Its color is brown, with mantle, head, tentacles and eye- peduncles black: bottom of foot white. On opening the animal I found it does not agree in dentition with Z. campestris, the only native species whose presence could be expected there. The jaw is as usual in the genus. The lingual membrane is long and narrow. Teeth 50-1-50 (pl. xviii, fig. D), arranged as usual in the genus Limax. The central teeth have decided side cusps and cutting points. The lateral teeth are like the centrals, but unsymmetrical and consequently bicuspid; there are about 16 perfect laterals. The marginals are purely aculeate in form, are arranged as usual in the genus (see Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1875, 172), and all have a slightly developed side spur, making the tooth bicuspid. L. campestris has no side spur to its inner marginals, though it has such on the outer ones. Otherwise the dentition is about the same. In its genitalia also, this species is nearly allied to Z. campestris, as will be seen in comparing my figure (pl. xii, fig. 4), with that of Dr. Leidy (Terr. Moll. U. S. pl. ii, fig. 6). Limax Ingersolli, however, differs in the shape of its genital bladder-and the shortness of the duct. With Limax montanus were specimens whose dentition (pl. xviii, fig. F), differs only in having a less number of teeth, 34-1-84, with 12 perfect laterals. The teeth are of the same type as in Z. montanus. The animal is shorter, by about one-half. This form has been noticed as Z. castaneus by Mr. Ingersoll, 1. c. p. 181. In dentition and genitalia Z. montanus differs from all the other species, native and introduced, thus far known to exist in North America, 170 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Patula Cumberlandiana, Lea. Sewance, Tenn. Dr. Jno. B. Elliott. Jaw of the same type as in P. a’ternata (see Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila., 1875, 177, fig. 21). There are coarse vertical striz. Lingual membrane (pl. xv, fig. E) long and narrow. Teeth of same type as in P. solitaria, alternata, etc. (see same reference, 178). The centrals and laterals have, however, a much shorter median cusp. Side cusps subobsolete, and side cutting points wanting on the centrals and first two laterals, the third lateral beginning to show them; the outer laterals, as the seventh lateral ete. (see plate), have them well developed. The transition to marginals is very gradual and is not formed by the bifur- cation of the inner cutting point, which remains simple to the extreme outer edge. The smaller, outer cutting point is sometimes bifid in the outer marginals. These last are usually but a simple modification of the laterals, as shown (see plate) in the 20th and 30th teeth. There are 80-1-30 teeth, with hardly 18 laterals, and certainly not so many absolutely perfect ones. In P. alternata (see as above, p. 180, pl. vii, fig. 5) there are decided prominent side cusps and cutting points to centrals and first laterals. The shape of the centrals and first laterals also in alternata, is quite different from those of this species. The genitalia agree with those of P. alternata figured by Dr. Leidy, in Terr. Moll. U. S., I. pl. vii, fig. 2, excepting, perhaps, that in Cumberland- tana, the genital bladder is smaller, and its duct longer and narrower. For the specimens examined I am indebted to Dr. Elliott, a son of the late Bishop Elliott, who so generously contrib- uted specimens from southern localities a number of years ago, most materially assisting Mr. Bland and myself in our studies. This species was described by Dr. Lea, from Jasper, Mar- ion Co., Tenn. Sewanee, the University Place of Bishop Elliott, is in Franklin, the adjoining county. These are the only localities of the species thus far known. Patula mordax, Shuttl. East Tennessee. I have lately had an opportunity of examining its genitalia, and find them to agree with those of the typical aléernata. The dentition is also the same (see Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, pl. VII, fig. 7). Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 171 Patula alternata, Say. I have also examined and here figure (pl. xvii, fig. 15), the genitalia of the heavily ribbed form of P. alcernata, from Eastern Tennessee (Mr. A. G. Wetherby). It agrees with the typical P. alternata, and also in dentition. In both forms I found the duct of the genital bladder much longer than is figured by Leidy, in the Terrestrial Mollusks U. S. In P. Cumberlandiana also it is long, thus agreeing with alternata. Patula Huahinensis, Pfr. Huahine Isl., Mr. A. Garrett. Lingual membrane, with 18-1 -18 teeth, of which about six are later- als. The type of dentition is about the same as in Endodonta incerta, herewith described. The marginals are, however, different, the two cut- ting points being bifid, the base of attachment low and wide. (Plate XVii, fig. 17). Endodonta incerta, Mousson. Huahine Island, Mr. A. Garrett. I am indebted to Mr. Garrett, for the identification of this and all the Huahine species herewith described. I regret not succeeding in obtaining the jaw of any species of this group, the more because some doubt about its existence has been ex- pressed. It is, however, probable that it will be found, as no agnathous genus has yet been noticed with the quadrate marginal teeth, which charac- terize E. incerta, and also £. tumulotides, Garrett (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, p. 248, -pl. xxi, fig. 6). Lingual membrane (pl. xvii, fig. 16) with 11-1-11 teeth, of which 4 are perfect laterals. The marginals (of which the last is shown in the figure) are but a simple modification of the laterals. They differ from those of tumuloides, unless, indeed, I have, from their exceeding minuteness, failed rightly to interpret them. Helix Ingersolli, Bland (Microphysa). Mr. Ernest Ingersoll: U. S. Survey of Territories, 1874. Jaw low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends slightly attenuated: whole an- terior surface with about 22 broad, flat, slightly separated ribs, whose ends denticulate either margin. This form of jaw is unusual among the Helicinw. It is somewhat like that of H. Lansingi (see Phila. Pr., 1875, p. 169). NOVEMBER, 1875. 13 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1. 172 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth about 16-1-16. Centrals as usual in the Helicine (pl. xviii, fig. C). The side cusps and cutting points are well developed, the base of attachment longer than wide. Laterals of same type, but unsymmetrical, and consequently only bicus- pid. The change from laterals to marginals (8th and 9th teeth of figure) is very gradual, there being no splitting of the inner cutting points,at least not as in most species (see pl. xii, fig. E). Marginals (16th tooth of figure) very low, wide, with one inner, long, blunt cutting point, and one outer, small, blunt. The low, wide marginal teeth of this species are peculiar. Helix rufescens, Pennant (fruticicola). Extracted from a dry English shell furnished by Mr. A. G. Wetherby. I include it here because the species has been introduced at Quebec. I was not able to illustrate it when treating of the Lingual Dentition of North American Land Shells, in Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, 214. There are 26-1-26 teeth. The characters of all are shown in my fig- ures. It will be seen that the transition from laterals to marginals (16 to 19), see also Lehmann, in Malak. Blatt. xvi, is gradual. The inner cut- ting point is not bifid. Helix pubescens, Pfr. (Fruticicola). Haiti. Mr. V. P. Parkhurst to Mr. T. Bland. Jaw (pl. xv, fig. C) thin, semitransparent, low, slightly arcuate, ends scarcely attenuated, blunt; upper margin with a strong muscular attachment: no median projection to cutting edge; anterior surface with about 20 ribs denticulating either margin; these ribs appear in most cases to be broad, flat, with narrow interstices, but in others there are appear- ances such as I have described in Bulimulus limneoides (see below). Lingual membrane long and narrow (pl. xv, fig. D). Teeth as usual in the Helicine. The change from laterals to marginals is very gradual, not formed by the splitting of the inner cutting point. The 12th tooth (figured) shows the commencement of the transition. The 22d (figured) is a marginal tooth. The inner cutting point of the marginals is rarely bifid. Teeth about 24-1-24. Helix Studeriana, Fér. (Stylodon). Seychelles, Consul Pike to Mr. T. Bland. Jaw stout, strongly arched, ends but little attenuated, blunt; anterior surface without ribs; there are, however, afew, coarse, broad, vertical r Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 173 wrinkles. One jaw had a slightly developed median projection to its cut- ting edge, another has no approach to a projection. Plate xiv, fig. C, shows the lingual dentition. Teeth 69-1 -69, with about 22 laterals. There is considerable resemblance to the denti- tion of HZ. fringilla herewith described. The cutting points on centrals and laterals are, however, more pointed. This species is viviparous. Helix dentiens, Fér. (Dentellaria). See Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1874, p. 57. I now offer fig. G of pl. xvi, to give more full details of the changes of the teeth from centrals to marginals, especially the side cusp and cutting point of the outer laterals, and the transition from laterals to marginals. Tooth 38 is the last. Helix aspera, Fér. ( Thelidomus). Jamaica. Mr. V. P. Parkhurst to Mr. T. Bland. For jaw and lingual membrane see Amer. Journ. Conch. VI, 204. Pl. xii, fig. 2, represents the genital system. The genital bladder (g. b.) is elongated oval, on a short, stout duct. The penis-sac (p. s.) is stout, long, tapering bluntly'to its apex, someway below which is the entrance of the vas deferens. The retractor muscle is inserted at about the middle of the length of the penis-sac. Helix Jamaicensis, Chemn. (Thelidomus). Jamaica. Mr. V. P. Parkhurst to Mr. T. Bland. Mr. Bland has already called attention (Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y. XI, 146, 1875) to the true subgeneric position of this species. I propose here only to give a figure of the dentition and genitalia. There are 41-1-41 teeth on the long and narrow lingual membrane (pl. xiv, fig. B). Jaw thick, arcuate, ends attenuated: anterior surface with 14 decided but unequal, irregularly disposed ribs, denticulating either margin. Genitalia figured on pl. xiii, fig. F. The peculiarity of it is the ex- tremely long epididymis (e), convoluted at either end. The penis-sac has a contraction at its middle, below which it is black, above it, white. 174. = Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Helix crispata, Fér. (Zurycratera). Port au Prince. Mr. V. P. Parkhurst to Mr. T. Bland. Lingual membrane and jaw already described (see Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc., 1874, 57, pl. x, fig. 9*). Plate xii, fig. 8, represents the lower portions of the genital system. The genital bladder (g. b.) is very small, globular, on a long duct, which is very narrow in its upper half and gradually enlarges below until it be- comes very stout. On the penis-sac (p. s.), above the junction of the re- tractor muscle, is a small globular mass, of character unknown to me. Helix spinosa, Lea (Stenotrema). Tennessee. Mr. A. G. Wetherby. Plate xii, fig. 8, represents the genital system of this species. The penis-sac (p. s.) is very long, attenuated at either end, greatly swollen at the median third of its length. The genital bladder is oval, on a short duct. Helix stenotrema, Fér. (Stenotrema). Tennessee. Mr. A. G. Wetherby. The genitalia are as figured for hirsuta by Dr. Leidy, in Terr. Moll. U. S. There is, however, in this species, a much greater development of pros- tate, testicle and epididymis. The last named organ is scarcely convo- luted. The margins of the first named are scalloped. Helix barbigera, Redf. (Stenotrema). Genitalia as in the last species. Helix tridentata, Say ( Triodopsis). On pl. xvii, fig. 19, I have given the genitalia of this species. They may be compared with those of the other species of Triodopsis given be- low. ‘The genital bladder with its duct offer slight variations in all these species; whether constant or not must be decided by future study. My figures will draw attention to this point. Helix fallax, Say (Triodopsis). Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 11). See last species. * There are decided side cutting points to centrals and laterals, though I failed to see them in the lingual figured. Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 175 Helix Hopetonensis, Shuttl. ( Triodopsis). City of Charleston, S. C. Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 14). See above, H. tridentata. Helix Van Nostrandi, Bland, MS. (Triodopsis). Aiken, S. C. Miss Emma Van Nostrand. Jaw as usual in Triodopsis: ribs 17. Lingual membrane (pl. xvii, fig. 8) long and narrow. Teeth 24- 1-24, with 10 laterals. ‘The centrals have no distinct side cusps or cut- ting points, but the latter are replaced by decided bulgings on the median cutting point. The figure gives the central with the first, tenth, eleventh, nineteenth and twenty-fourth teeth; the last two are marginals. Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 12). See above under H. tridentata. Helix Rugeli, Shuttl. ( Triodopsis). East Tennessee. Mr. A. G. Wetherby. Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 18). See above under H. tridentata. Helix Harfordiana, J. G. Cooper (Triodopsis). California. Mr. Henry Hemphill to Mr. T. Bland. Lingual membrane (pl. xviii, fig. A) as usual in the subgenus (see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, 206). Teeth 26-1-26, with 12 laterals. The side cutting points to central and lateral teeth are well developed. Jaw as usual in the subgenus (see same references as above), with over 12 ribs. Helix fringilla, Pfr. (Merope). Admiralty Island. Mr. A. G. Wetherby. The dried remains of the animal in the shell of a cabinet specimen furnished the lingual membrane and jaw here de- scribed. The shell is the variety with the pink peristome. Jaw with numerous, crowded, stout ribs, denticulating either margin. Lingual membrane (pl. xiv, fig. A, pl. xv, fig. A) long and narrow. Teeth 28 - 1-28, with about 11 laterals. Centrals with base of attachment longer than wide; side cusps obsolete, side cutting points wanting; middle cusp broad, blunt, with a very short, broad, blunt cutting point. 176 —- Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Laterals like the centrals, but unsymmetrical: the cutting point becomes longer as they pass off laterally, and at the 12th tooth it commences to be bluntly trifid. The marginals are peculiar; their base of attachment is subquadrate with a single broad cusp, bearing a very broad, oblique, ex- panding, trifid cutting point; the outer division very small, pointed; the median longer, very broad, squarely truncated; the inner one about half the size of the median, recurved and sharply pointed. In pl. xiv, fig. A, I have represented the dentition of that portion of the lingual membrane where the cutting points are least developed. PI. xv, fig. A, represents that portion where they are most so. It must always be borne in mind that such differences of development exist in all membranes. The dentition of this species is peculiar, resembling that common in Orthalicus rather than the type usual in Helix. Helix leporina, Gould (Polygyra). Texas. Mr. A. G. Wetherby. Jaw as usual in the subgenus (see Phila. Proc. 1875, 201), with 12 ribs. Lingual membrane as usual in the subgenus (see id.). Teeth 18-1-18, with 8 laterals (pl. xviii, fig. B). The 15th tooth figured is from another portion of the membrane from that furnishing the 13th. The extreme right hand figure of my plate represents a deformed first lateral tooth. Helix auriculata, Say (Polygyra). St. Augustine, Florida, under the ruins of the sugar house chimneys at Hanson’s deserted plantation. Having collected specimens of undoubted identity at Mr. Say’s original locality, I have compared the genitalia with those figured by Leidy (Terr. Moll. U. S., I. pl. ix) and find them to agree. This is important, as the name ‘ auriculata” was used in that work to cover several species. I have also given (pl. xviii, fig. E) a better figure of the dentition than in Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, pl. viii, fig. 12. There are 26-1-26 teeth. The inner cutting point of the 13th tooth is bifid, so that there are 12 laterals. Jaw with 10 ribs. Helix uvulifera, Shuttl. (Polygyra). Genitalia as in H. auriculata. Helix septemvolva, Say (Polygyra). St. Augustine, Florida. Plate xii, fig. 6, represents the genital system of the large form of this Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 177 species. It is characterized by its extreme length, as would be expected from the form of the shell. The vagina (v.) is extremely long and narrow. The genital bladder (g. b.) is elongated oval, on a short, slender duct. The penis-sac (p. s.) is very long, attenuated to a point above, where the retractor muscle is inserted. The digestive system is also very much elongated. The csophagus especially is excessively long, as are also the ducts to the salivary glands. This species is extremely common all over St. Augustine and its vicinity. The large form I found almost restricted to the moat of the old fort, especially at the foot of the main western wall: Helix Febigeri, Bland (Folygyra). Near Mobile, Alabama. Dr. E. R. Showalter. Genitalia as in HZ. septemvolva (see pl. xii, fig. 6). Helix cereolus, Mublf. (Polygyra). For this and many species of Key West I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. W. W. Calkins. Jaw as usual in the subgenus (1. c.), with over I4 ribs. Lingual membrane as usual (pl. xvi, fig. C). Teeth 22-1-22, with 9 laterals, the inner cutting point of the 10th tooth being bifid. Marginals with base of attachment low, wide, with one inner, long, oblique, bifid cutting point, and one short, bluntly bifid, small, outer cutting point. Genitalia as in last species. Helix Carpenteriana, Bland (Polygyra). Key West. Mr. W. W. Calkins. Jaw as usual in the subgenus: (1. c.): ribs over 12. Lingual membrane as usual (pl. xiii, fig. K). Teeth 22-1-22. The character of the various teeth is shown in the figures. There are 9 laterals, the 10th tooth having a bifid inner cutting point. I can now state that H. cereolus, Carpenteriana, septenvolva, volvoxis, and Febigeri have the same dentition. In all, the splitting of the inner cutting point commences at the tenth tooth. Genitalia as in H. septenivolva described herewith. 178 = Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Helix exoleta, Binn. (Mesodon). I have already referred to the peculiarity of this species in sometimes having, and sometimes wanting, side cutting points to outer lateral teeth, and a bifurcation to the inner cutting point of the marginals (see Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, 243). I here figure teeth from a lingual mem- brane differing in this respect from that figured by me before (I. c. pl. xi, fig. 7). The cutting point of the central and first lateral teeth have a lat- ~ eral bulging which represents the side point.* This point appears about the 11th tooth. Plate xvi, fig. D. EK. The 60th tooth is the last. Fig. E represents an inner marginal tooth from another membrane, agreeing with my former figure in having a simple, not bifid, inner cutting point. I am sure of the identity of each individual examined, having verified it by the peculiar genital bladder and penis-sac, figured by Leidy, 1. c. Helix ruficincta, Newc. (Arionta). Catalina Isl., California. Mr. Henry Hemphill. Plate xiii, fig. A, shows the genitalia. There are no peculiar acces- sory organs, as in ramentosa, Nickliniana, Kelletti, etc. (see Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sc., 1874, pl. iii, iv). A dart sac ? (d. s.) is, however, pres- ent. Helix Carpenteri, Newe. (Arionta).: Coronado Islands, coast of Lower California. Mr. Henry Hemphill. Genitalia as in H.,Nickliniana (see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1874, pl. iv, fig. 3). The flagellate ends of the vaginal prostate are shorter in this species. Jaw as usual in the subgenus (see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, 216), with over seven ribs. Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth 48-1 -48, with 20 laterals. See pl. xv, fig. B. It will be seen that the central and first lateral teeth have no side cusps or cutting points; it appears first on the 8th tooth. The change from laterals to marginals is formed as usual, the inner cut- ting point of the 21st tooth being bifid. A marginal is shown in the 34th tooth. * I fear that in my figure of the dentition of MZ. albolabris (1. c.) I have mistaken this bulging for a distinct cutting point. The membranes of all our species should be carefully restudied with the view of learning whether there is any difference other than of degree between this bulging and a distinct cutting point. The figures of Semper (Phil. Archip.) should be carefully studied, as they show best the two planes of the cusp and cutting point. Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 179 Helix Ayresiana, Newe. (Arionta). San Miguel Isl., California. Mr. H. Harford. Genitalia as in H. Traski (see Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., XI, 30, pl. . vi, fig. 4). The flagellate extensions of the vaginal prostate beyond the bulbs in this species are, however, much shorter and stouter. Helix exarata, Pfr. (Arionta). Alameda Co., Calfornia. Dr. L. G. Yates. Genitalia as in H. Nickliniana, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1874, pl. iv, fig. 3. Helix Diabloensis, J. G. Cooper. (Arionia). Alameda Co., California. Mr. L. G. Yates. Jaw as usual in the genus, (see Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, 216), with 5 ribs. Lingual membrane (pl. xv, fig. G), as usual in the subgenus. The central and first lateral teeth have no side cusps or cutting points; these appear on the 13th tooth.. The 18th tooth has its inner cusp bifid; there may, therefore, be said to be 17 laterals. The marginals (see figure for the last one), are low, wide, with one inner, long, oblique, bifid cutting point, and one outer small cutting point. There are 37-1-87 teeth. Genitalia as in H. exarata. Helix arrosa, Gould (Arionta). Plate xii, fig. 5, gives the genital system. The penis-sac is extremely long and gradually tapers into a flagellum. It receives the retractor muscle beyond the middle of its length, and the vas deferens at three-quarters of its length from the vagina. The genital bladder (g. b.) is very small, oval, on a very long duct, which has a very long, stouter, accessory duct (a. d.). From H. Nickliniana, H. arrosa differs greatly in the total want of the peculiar accessory organ, probably a vaginal prostate, which characterizes that species (see Phila. Proc. 1874, 41, pl. iii, fig. 4). From H. Town- sendiana, it still more widely differs (see same, 1873, 254, pl. i, fig. 4), in the character of the penis-sac and genital bladder. Helix facta, Newc. (Arionia). Sta. Barbara Island, California. Mr. H. Hemphill. In my account of the dentition of North American Land Shells in Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, I was unable to include this species. 180) = Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Jaw already described. Lingual membrane long and narrow (pl. xvii, fig. 13). Teeth 26-1- 26, as usualin Arionta. The fourth has decided side cusp and cutting point, which on the central and first three laterals are replaced by a prominent bulging of the large cutting point. The thirteenth tooth has its inner cutting point bifid. My figures give the central with the first, fourth, twelfth, thirteenth, seventeenth and twenty-sixth teeth, the last two being marginals. Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 9) without the accessory duct of the genital bladder, and with a dart sac (?). They resemble nearly those of H. ruji- cincta (see above), differing chiefly in the length of the duct of the genital bladder. At the base of the dart sac there appear two simple, thread-like organs, reminding me of those of H. Stearnsiana, but without their ter- minal complications. I have not figured them, being uncertain whether they should be considered as a part of the genital system. Helix Tryoni, Newc. (Zuparypha). Sta. Barbara Island, California. Mr. H. Hemphill. Jaw already described by me (L. & Fr. W. Shells, I. 179). Lingual membrane (pl. xvii, fig. 5) long and narrow, quite as in Arionta. Teeth 42-1-42. The eleventh lateral has a decided side cusp and cutting point. The 14th has its inner cutting point bifid. The char- acters of the individual teeth are shown in the figure, which gives the central, the first, eleventh, fourteenth, thirty-seventh and forty-second teeth. : Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 10) as usual in Arionta, especially in H. Stearns- tana, but with this important difference, that from the base of the dart sac one thread-like organ alone proceeds, the other being replaced by a sponge-like process, evidently a form of vaginal prostate. Anadenus P Himalaya Mts. Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-— bridge, through Mr. Anthony. On pl. xviii, fig. 1, I have figured the dentition of this slug, whose specific name is unknown to me. There are 58-1-58 teeth. The jaw is thick, low, wide, slightly arcuate; ends but little attenuated : anterior surface with 14 stout, unequal, separated ribs, denticulating either margin. The dentition is of the same type as described in the genus by Heyne- mann, Malak. Blatt. X, 18638, p. 138. Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 181 Orthalicus undatus, Brug. Var. Key West. W. W. Calkins. This is the form figured as O. zebra, Miill., in Terr. MothkicWes-, LV; pl. Ixxvili, tg: 12, and T+) Br. W. Sh. N. A., I. p. 216, fig. 370 (not fig. 371). It has also been found on Indian Key, Sandy Key, Cape Sable and Key Biscayne. Mr. Calkins kindly sent me specimens preserved in spirits. The gen- italia are like those of the typical O. undatus, from Jamaica (see Ann. N. Y. Lyc., N. H., XI, 41). So also is the jaw. The lingual dentition I have figured on pl. xiii, fig. E. giving one cen- tral with its adjacent lateral, and one marginal tooth. There are 126-1 -126 teeth. The cutting points are somewhat more developed than in the typical wndatus (see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, pl. vi, fig. D). Ariolimax Hemphilli (n. sp). From Mr. Henry Hemphill I have received specimens of an undescribed species of Avriolimax, collected by him at Niles Station, Alameda Co., California. It is from 25-381 mill. long, of a transparent flesh color, much more slender than the other known species, with a much more pointed tail. The mantle is also longer. These characters, even in specimens pre- served in alcohol, readily distinguish the species. On dissecting the specimens, I also found distinguishing specific characters in the genitalia (pl. xii, fig. 7). The testicle (t.) embedded in the liver, is brown, com- posed of thickly packed fasciculi of long, blunt cceca, the mass formed by them is cuneiform. The ovary (ov.) is narrow and pointed. The gen- ital bladder (g. b.) is small, oval, with a short, narrow duct, which be- comes much more swollen at its junction with the vagina. The penis sac (p. s.) is extremely short, globular, receiving the vas deferens at its upper posterior portion, and the retractor muscle at its fartherend. Oppo- site the mouth of the penis sac the vagina is greatly swollen. A comparison with my figures of the genitalia of A. Andersoni ? (pl. xii, fig. 9), and A. Columbianus, Californicus and niger (Phila. Proc., 1874, pl. ii and xi), will show how widely they differ from those of the present species. The jaw is thick, low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends scarcely attenuated ; anterior surface with 8-12 decided ribs, denticulating either margin. Lingual membrane (pl. xviii, fig. H) as usual in the genus (see Phila. Proc., 1875, 193). Teeth 81-1-31. 182 = Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Ariolimax Andersoni, J. G. Coop.? From Mr. L. G. Yates I have received specimens of an Ariolimax found in the mountains of Alameda Co., Cali- fornia. From the fact of the reticulations of the surface of the animal having the foliated appearance noticed in Arion Soliolatus, Gld., Prophysaon Hemphilli, Bl. & Binn., and Arion Andersoni, J. G. C., Iam inclined to refer the spec- imens to one of those species. I am entirely unacquainted with the first (see Ann. N. Y. Lyc. N. H., X, 297), the second is generically distinct, the latter may be identical.* The specimens have all the characters of Ariolimax (see Proc. Ac. Nat: Sc. of Phila., 1874, 33). They are about 35 mill. long. The jaw is as usual in the genus, wide, low, with about 13 broad, sep- arated ribs, denticulating either margin. The lingual membrane is as usual. Teeth 48-1-48. The characters of the teeth are sufficiently shown in my fig. G, of plate xii. The change from laterals to marginals is very gradual (43), the latter being but a simple modification of the former. The genitalia (pl. xii, fig. 9) are very much like those of A. niger (see Phila. Proc. 1. ¢., pl. xi, fig. C), especially in the shape of the penis-sac, and the peculiar accessory organ (v. p.), probably a vaginal prostate: The genital bladder differs somewhat in shape, and also the testicle. The rudimentary: shell has decided concentric layers. The caudal mucus pore is as in A. Columbianus (Phila. Proc. 1. ¢., pl. ii, fig. B). Should this not prove the species described as Arion Andersoni by Dr. J. G. Cooper, it must receive a new name, It isa true Ariolimax, most nearly related to A. niger. . The latter species wants the foliated reticulations, and has its posterior termination more blunt, with a decided lateral cleft at the mucus pore. *I have lately received from Dr. Cooper, under the name of Arion Andersoni, spec- imens agreeing perfectly with the form of Prophysaon referred to as probably unde- scribed on p. 296, and pl. xiii, fig. 5, of Ann. of Lyc. of N. H. of N. Y., vol. X. Should Dr. Cooper’s Arion Andersoni prove, therefore, to be a Prophysaon, it will retain its specific name, while the slug before us may also retain the specific name Andersoni. | Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 183 Binneya notabilis, J. G. Coop. Sta. Barbara Island, California. Mr. Henry Hemphill. Mr. Hemphill, who has contributed so largely to our knowledge of the land shells of the Pacific coast, has lately visited the Island of Sta. Barbara. Among the species found by him is Binneya notabilis, which was originally described from thence by Dr. J. G. Cooper. Mr. Hemphill has kindly sent me living specimens, as well as others preserved in spirits. Iam, therefore, able to give a full generic descrip- tion, with a figure (pl. xvii, fig. 4) of the animal as it appears when half extended. I did not succeed in inducing it to protrude itself fully. The descriptions will supersede those formerly given by Mr. Bland and myself in L. & Fr. Piosns NAA. 1. GT. When received, the living examples were furnished with the peculiar epiphragm described by Dr. Cooper. On becoming again active, this epiphragm was left entire, still adhering to the surface on which the animal had formed it. In one indi- vidual I observed a second, inner epiphragm, simple, without the perpendicular walls. The Mexican genus Xanthonyz, is no doubt nearly allied to Binneya, but it does not appear from the figures of alcoholic specimens given by Messrs. Fischer and Crosse (Moll. Mex. et Guat.) that the mantle of Xanthonyx is ex- tended anteriorly, and the position given by them of the respiratory office is different. Should future study of the living animal prove Xanthonyx identical with Binneya, the former will be considered as a synonyme of the latter. Dr. Pfeiffer (Mon. Hel. Viv. VII) suggests the identity of Binneya with Daudebardia, ignoring entirely the distinc- tion of the first divisions now recognized among the Geophila of presence or absence of a jaw, or of aculeate or quadrate teeth. By the modern arrangement these two genera are most widely separated. 184 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. The surface of the animal is dirty white, with about seventeen vertical rows, on each side, of dark blue or slate blotches, interrupted by the longitudinal reticulations running parallel to the foot, but again com- mencing and extending to the edge of the foot. These blotches diverge in all directions from under the shell and mantle, running almost perpen- dicularly on the side of the animal, but very obliquely in front and behind. The tail is quite keeled with oblique blotches. These blotches also run obliquely from a median line on the fore part of the extended animal. Tentacles, eyepeduncles and front of head slate color. Lips developed and kept constantly in motion as tentacles. The reticulations of the sur- face are large and few. In specimens preserved in alcohol there appears a locomotive disk. There is no caudal pore. The respiratory and anal orifices are far behind the centre of the mantle edge on the right of the animal. The genital orifice appears somewhat behind the right eyepeduncle. The mantle is scarcely reflected upon the shell, even in front. When the animal is fully extended, Dr. Cooper says the mantle equals one-fourth of its length. The mantle exudes mucus freely. It seems fixed to the shell, not chang- ing its position with the movements of the animal. One of the shells collected by Mr. Hemphill is twice as large as that whose measurements are given by Mr. Bland and myself. The jaw is thick, slightly arcuate, ends blunt: anterior surface with Six well developed ribs denticulating either margin, situated on the central third of the jaw, and as many subobsolete ribs on each outer third: no median projection. Pl. xvii, fig. 2. Lingual membrane (pl. xvii, fig. 3) long and narrow. Teeth 31-1-81, with about fifteen laterals, but the change into marginals is very gradual, the latter being a simple modification of the former. My figures give a central with the first, sixteenth and thirty-first teeth. The genitalia I did not succeed in extracting, they being but imperfectly developed in the individuals received. The nervous ganglia and the di- gestive system present no peculiar features. The generic description will be as follows : — Animal heliciforme, antice obtusum, postice rapide acuminatum. Palli- um subcentrale, extra testam antrorsum prolongatum. Discus gressorius distinctus. Porus mucosus caudalis nullus. Apertura respiratoria et analis ad dextram sita, in parte posteriore marginis pallii. Apertura genitalis post tentaculam dextram oculigeram. Testa externa, paucispira, haliotoidea, animal non includens. Pars exclusa in hibernis epiphragmate albido, duro, membraneo protecta.. Maxilla arcuata, costis validis exarata. Dentes linguales quadrate centrales tricuspidate, laterales et marginales. bicuspidate. — ; Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 185 Coecilianella Gundlachi, Pfr. St. Martin. Dr. H. E. Rygersma to Mr. T. Bland. Mr. Bland has already noticed this species, in Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. of N. Y., XI, 152, 1875, where a detailed description of the jaw and lingual membrane will be found. I add a figure of the jaw (pl. xiii, fig. D), with a still more enlarged view of a portion of it (fig. G), to show the character of the ribs. As stated in the article referred to, these ribs are quite different from those described by Sordelli for C. acicula. Pl. xiii, fig. H gives a camera lucida drawing of a central, lateral and marginal tooth. Fig. 1 gives a still more magnified view of the transition and marginal teeth, not drawn, however, by camera lucida. Jaw low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends attenuated; whole surface coy- ered with about 22 crowded, broad, flat ribs, denticulating either margin. Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth 18-1-18, with 4 perfect laterals. Centrals with their base of attachment long, narrow, their re- flected portion about one-half the length of the base of attachment, tri- cuspid; the middle cusp stout, with a short blunt cutting point, side cusps subobsolete, but with small, distinct cutting points. Lateral teeth with their base of attachment subqnadrate, much longer, and very much broader than that of the centrals, the reflected portion short, stout, tri- cuspid, the middle cusp very stout and long, reaching the lower edge of the base of attachment, beyond which projects the short, stout cutting point; side cusps subobsolete, but bearing distinct, though small cutting points. There are four perfect laterals, the fifth tooth being a transition to the marginals, by the base of attachment being lower, wider, not ex- ceeding the reflected portion, with one inner large cusp bearing one outer large cutting point representing the outer cutting point of the first four lateral. teeth and one inner, still larger, cutting point, representing the middle cutting point of the first four laterals, and one smaller, outer cusp, bearing one small, sharp, bifid cutting point, representing the outer side cutting point of the first four laterals. The sixth tooth has the largest cutting point bifid., The balance of the teeth are true marginals. ‘They are very low, wide, with two low, wide cusps, hearing each several irreg- ular, blunt cutting points. 7 The dentition of this species is, as would be anticipated, of the same type as the allied Cecilianella acicula as figured by Lehmann (Lebenden Schnecken Stettins, p. 128, pl. xiii, fig. 43, and Sordelli, 1. ¢., fig. 26). The jaw, however, has no appearance of the ‘‘ brace” like ribs described in that species by Sordelli (Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat., XIII, 1870, 49, pl. i, fig. 25). The ribs are quite like those. figured of Helix Lansingi (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., XI, p. 75, fig 2 A) although they are narrower. 186 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Stenogyra juncea, Gld. Island of Huahine. Mr. A. Garrett. The species was described originally as a Bulimus, in which genus it is retained by Pfeiffer. I do not find it in die Heliceen, ed. 2. Lingual membrane with 28-1-28 teeth, eight of which are laterals. Teeth as in S. hasta as figured by me, Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila., 1875, pl. xx, fig. 2. Strophia incana, Binney. Key West. Mr. W. W. Calkins. Jaw already described (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, p. 190, fig. 37). Lingual membrane (see above reference) with 27-1-27 teeth. The change from laterals to marginals is as shown in the ninth and tenth tooth. There is the usual splitting of the inner cutting point beyond the ninth tooth. The extreme marginals are low, wide, with one inner, long, bluntly bifid cutting point and one outer, short. All the changes from centrals to extreme marginals are shown in the figures. Pl. xiii, fig. J. The splitting of the inner cutting point of the marginals’ was not detected by me before in S. iostoma and mumia. I have, however, lately found it in those species. Bulimulus pallidior, Sowb. Lower California. Mr. A. G. Wetherby. Plate xii, fig. 1, represents the genital system. The penis sac is long, tapering at its end, where the retractor muscle is inserted. The genital bladder (g. b.) is globular, on a long, stout duct. Bulimulus limneoides, Fér, St. Kitts. Dr. Branch to Mr. T. Bland. Jaw (pl. xvi, fig. A.) low, wide, semitransparent, slightly arcuate, ends scarcely attenuated, blunt: anterior surface with about sixteen ribs, denticulating either margin. It is extremely difficult to decide upon the character of these ribs. Some appear to be a simple thickening of the jaw formed by the overlapping of distinct separate plates. Others remind me of the distant narrow ribs of most of the Bulimuli, of the character of the ribs in Cylindrella, etc. At other points upon the jaw there seem to be broad, flat ribs with narrow interstices. Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 187 Lingual membrane long and narrow (pl. xvi, fig. B.). Teeth as usual in the Helicine. The change from laterals to marginals is very gradual, the latter being but a modification of the former, with two cut- tine points, the inner the longer. Thus it appears that this species in its dentition agrees with B. cinnamomeo-lineatus, pallidior, chrysalis, deal- batus, Guadalupensis, alternatus, sporadicus, solutus, sepulcralis, durus, Peruvianus, rhodolarynx, and not with laticinctus, Bahamensis, auris-leporis, papyraceus, Jonasi, membranaceus, trigonostomus, flavidus, virginalis, con- vexus, Vincentinus, Lobbi, alternans, multifasciatus, primularis (see Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., XI, 34 et seqq.). Teeth 30-1-30 with about ten laterals. The outer cutting point of the marginals is sometimes bifid. Cylindrella Poeyana, Orb. Key West. Mr. W. W. Calkins. Jaw as usual in the genus, with about 40 delicate ribs. Lingual membrane long and narrow (pl. xv, fig. F). Teeth 14-1-I4 of the same type as J have already shown to exist in this subgenus Gon- gylostoma (see C. elegans, Pfr. Proc. Phil. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, pl. xx, fig. 6). Cylindrella ornata, Gundl. (Gongylostoma). Cuba. Cabinet of Mr. Bland. Jaw not observed. Lingual membrane with 18-1-18 teeth, of which three only are well formed laterals, the change to marginals being very gradual. The type of dentition is the same as I have described in C. Poeyana (see above). It will be noticed in my figure F of plate xv, that there is a slender, simple, upper prolongation or pedicle above the inner, palmate cutting edge, as well as the pedicle on which the outer cutting edge rests. This is the case also in C. elegans and C. Poeyana, and may, therefore, be con- sidered characteristic of the section Gongylostoma. Amphibulima Rawsonis,, Bland in litt. Governor Rawson to Mr. T. Bland. Island of Montserrat, between Nevis and Guadeloupe. Plate xiii, fig. C, represents the genital system. There are no acces- sory organs. The jaw is as usual in the genus (see Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Se., 1874, pl. viii, fig. 2, for that of A. rubescens). About 33 ribs, those at the upper centre of the jaw running obliquely and meeting or ending before reaching the lower margin. NoOvEMBER, 1875. 14 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1. 188 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Lingual membrane (pl. xiv, fig. E) as usual in the genus. Centrals with the base of attachment very much larger than that of the laterals, and with an enormous, single, broad, long, rapidly and obtusely pointed cutting point. Noside cusps or side cutting points. Laterals of the form usual in the Helicine, with a stout, inner cusp, bearing a broadly truncated, short cutting point, and a small side cusp bearing a short cutting point. The change from laterals to marginals is shown in the 10th, 15th and 27th teeth in the plate. . The marginals (28th and 68th teeth in the plate) have a long, narrow base of attachment, which near its lower margin bears a short, slightly expanding, bluntly trifid cusp: from this cusp springs a short, expanding, bluntly denticulated, broad, cutting edge, the inner denticle the largest. This cutting edge is shown in the 67th and 68th teeth on a more enlarged scale. There is great variation in the denticulation of the cutting edge. There are 68-1-68 teeth. The peculiarity of this membrane is the enormous development of the central tooth. I have (1. c.) given figures of the dentition of A. patula, Brug., of St. Kitts and of Dominica, of A. appendiculata, Pfr. of Guadeloupe, and of A. rubescens, Fér. of Martin- ique.* Dr. Fischer (Journ. de‘Conch. XXII, 1874, pl. v), figures that of A. depressa of Guadeloupe, and A. patula of Guadeloupe. Dr. Fischer also (1. ¢.) figures the dentition of A. rubes- cens. He gives inner side cutting points to the lateral teeth which I did not find in my specimens. His figure of the dentition of the Guadeloupe A. patula is certainly specifi- cally distinct from the St. Kitts and Dominica form. It seems as if there were the following distinct species of Amphibulima: depressa, uppendiculata, rubescens, patula of Guadeloupe, pacula of St. Kitts and Dominica‘and Lawsonis. It is with extreme regret that I find the Amphbulime still treated as species of Succinea by Dr. Pfeiffer in vol. VII of his Monographia, even as late as the present year. Messrs. Fischer and Crosse, as well as Mr. Bland and myself, have * My friend Mr. Bland and myself.were indebted to Goy. Rawson of Barbados, tor specimens of this last, as well as for many other valuable West Indian species. The sense of our great obligation to him is increased at-this moment by hearing that he has lett Barbados to settle permanently in England. ; Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 189 shown the genus to be widely distinct from Succtnea, in its jaw, its lingual membrane, and its genital system. Succinea campestris, Say. St. Augustine, Fla. Genitalia as in S. obliqua, Say, figured under the name of S. ovalis, by Leidy, Terr. Moll. U. S., I. pl. xiii. fig. 1-8. Succinea pallida, Pfr. Raiatea Isl Mr. A. Garrett. Lingual membrane (pl. xvii, fig. 7) with 30-1-30 teeth, with about eleven laterals, but the change into marginals is very gradual. The figure shows a central, first lateral and a marginal in the fifteenth tooth. Jaw as usual in the genus: no anterior ribs. Sucecinea papillata, Pfr. Huahine Isl.. Mr. A. Garrett. Jaw as usual: no anterior ribs. Lingual membrane (pl xvii, fig. 6) with 25-1-25 teeth; nine laterals, the tenth tooth having its inner cutting point bifid. Some of the outer laterals have their outer cutting point bifid. Tornatellina aperta, Pease. Huahine Isl. Mr. A. Garrett. Among the species received from Mr. Garrett were two of this genus, 7’. aperta, Pse. and J’. oblonga, Pse. I did not succeed in extracting the jaw of either. With the lingual membrane I was more fortunate, which is the more satisfactory from the fact of the dentition being quite similar to that which Mr. Bland and myself have described for Achatinella, s. s., Partulina, etc., sub-genera of Achatinella (Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 331). From the exceeding minuteness of the individual teeth I find great difficulty in counting the cutting points. They seem to be about eight, in the form of regular denticles, not of unequal size as in Achatinella. 190 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Tornatellina is recognized as a genus by Pfeiffer (Mon. VI), but by von Martens (Die Heliceen) is considered as a subgenus of Cionella. It now remains to be seen whether this peculiar dentition is shared by other species. I am indebted to my friend, Mr. A. T. E. Lansing, for the drawing of the vers teeth here given. It represents the central, with the first and second side Corre) teeth. There are an exceedingly rs large number of teeth beyond this, : of the same type quite to the exterior a margin of the membrane. ‘The teeth are arranged obliquely in waving rows, as is also the case in Achatinella. Tornatellina oblonga, Pease. Island of Huahine. Mr. A. Garrett. Dentition same as in the preceding species. Achatinella. Already in connection with my friend, Mr. T. Bland (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. of N. Y.;:X, 331; pl. xv), I have described and figured the jaw and lingual dentition of sev- eral groups or subgenera of Achatinella. Recently, I have received from Mr. J..G. Anthony, some more specimens in alcohol. I am indebted to Mr. J. H. Redfield for their identification. I find A. marmorata, Gould, of which A. plwmbea, Gul., already exam- ined, is a synonyme, of the subgenus Partulina.* to have the same denti- tion as we have shown to characterize that subgenus as well as Achatinella 8. S. Of Leptachatina there was the following: textilis, Fér. The dentition is as in the other species of the subgenus examined by me. There are 26-1 -26 teeth, with 8 laterals. On pl. xiv, fig. G, I figure the transition from lateral to marginal teeth, and two decided marginals. These last * I use the subgeneric names of Von Martens. Jaw and Lingual Dentition. of Pulmonata. 191 show the two cutting points which characterize the section b (see my paper referred to above, p. 334). On the same membrane, however, are some marginals having three cutting points and some which are quite pectinate, being, therefore, like my section « to which I formerly referred the subgenus. This variation shows that my distinction between b and ¢ was not well founded. Of Laminella there was one species: A. obesa, Newce. The jaw is like my fig. 7 (1. c.). Teeth 27-1-27, of same type as other species of the subgenus (see my paper, |. c.). I have, however, figured the 19th tooth (pl. xiv, fig. H), to show that here, again, I do not find the character of only two cutting points to be constant in the marginals, the outer cutting point being trifid in the tooth figured. Of Newcombia there was A. venusta, Mighels. There are 24-1-24 teeth, with about 8 laterals (pl. xiv, fig. D). Here, again, the marginals figured are pectinate, though others are simply with two cutting points as I formerly (1. c.) supposed the case in all species of this subgenus. Jaw slightly arcuate, with blunt ends; a few vertical wrinkles. From my finding the variation I have noted above in the marginal teeth of Leptachatina and Newcombia, I am forced to doubt.the accuracy of the distinction in my sections b and ¢ (see 1. c). There were also specimens of Achatinella auricula, Fér., which is in- cluded in Achatinella by Pfeiffer (Mon. VI), but referred by von Martens to Partula. The dentition proves it to be an Achatinella, being of the same type as Achatinella s. s., and Partulina. Note on the Classification of the Achatelline. By THOMAS BLAND. In the paper by my friend Mr. W. G. Binney and myself, *©On the Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of Achatinella and other Pulmonata” (Annals X, 1873), we adopted and gave particulars of the classification of v. Martens (Die Heliceen, ed. 2) and came to the following conclusion, viz., that three groups are indicated by the forms of lingual dentition in the genus Achatinella. a. Partulina, Achatinella s. str. b. Newcombia, Laminella. c. Leptachatina. As regards the subgenera (of v. Martens) not represented among shells received from Mr. Gulick, we concluded, judg- ing from the shell alone, that Bulimella and Apex belong to the group a, and Labdiella rather to 6 or c than to a. 192 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. Considering the intimate acquaintance of my friend, Mr. Gulick, with the genus, and his publication of a classification of the Achatelline (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1873), it seems to me very desirable that his views should be compared with those of v. Martens, with especial reference to the results obtained from examination of the dentition. In the foregoing paper by Binney, he expresses doubt as to the validity of our group c, and for my present purposes I therefore adopt two groups only, a and 8, as indicated by the dentition of the species. Gulick’s classification is as follows :— ACHATELLINZ. A. Arboreal Genera. 1. Achatinella, Swainson. Type A. vulpina, Fér. This is equivalent to the s. g. Achatinella s. str. of v. Martens. 2. Bulimelia, Pfeiffer. Type B. rosea, Sw. This agrees with the s. g. Bulimella of v. Martens. 3. Apex, v. Martens. Type A. decora, Fér. This also agrees with the s. g. Apex, v. Mart. 4. Laminella, Pfeiffer. Type L. gravida, Fér. Laminella, Guiick, includes section b of Newcombia, v. Mart., but otherwise agrees with Laminella of that author. : 5. Partulina, Pfeiffer. Type P. virgulata, Mighels. Gulick embraces in this s. gen. two sections, Perdicella and Ebur- nella, proposed by Pease, the type of the former placed in Lept- achatina by v. Martens, of the latter in Partulina. Partulina, Gulick, otherwise agrees with the same s. gen. of vy. Martens. 6. Newcombia, Pfeiffer. Type N. Cumingi, Newc. , Gulick, in a measure, agreeing with Pfeiffer, confines this s. gen. to the plicated species of section a. Newcombia, v. Mart. A. picta of that section is in Laminella, Gulick. 7. Auriculella, Pfeiffer. Type A. auricula, Fér. Gulick and Pfeiffer correctly treat A. auricula. That and other species of the s. gen. (Bland & Binney, 1. c.) have the same denti- Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 193 tion as species of Partulina and Achatinella, by no means of Par- tula in which A. auricula is placed by v. Martens. Gulick adopts Frickelia, Pfeiffer, as a section of this s. gen. B. Terrestrial Genera. 8. Carelia, H. & A. Adams. Type C. adusta, Gould. V. Martens places C adusta (as syn. of bicolor, Jay) in Carelia, s. gen. of Achatina. Pfeiffer includes species of Carelia in Spiraxis, CyB Ad. 9. Amastra, H. & A. Adams. Type A. magna, C. B. Ad. This embraces species placed both in Laminella and Leptachatina by v. Martens. His type, A. turritella, Fér., of Leptachatina, is in Amastra of Gulick. 10. Leptachatina, Gould. Type ZL. acuminata, Gould. Gulick includes section Zabiella, Pfr., treated by v. Mart. and Pfeiffer, as a separate s. genus. In explanation of Gulick’s views I add the following ex- tract from a letter addressed to me by him, dated China, April 11, 1874. “Tt appears from the teeth, that Pfeiffer was right in putting Awriculella with the Achatelline. Iam sorry that when last in the Sandwich Islands, I did not succeed in getting any specimens of Carelia or Newcoimbia for examination. The latter is undoubtedly allied to Partulina, the former is more nearly allied to Amastra, but the form is so different, it would be very interesting to know about the tecth.* Achatinella, Bulimella and Apex are evidently closely allied, but any classification which, like Pfeiffer’s, recognizes the difference between the first two should also recognize the last, which is quite as distinct. Achatinella and Bulimella are completely graded together by the varie- ties of A. casta and A. oviformis, Newe. and of B. Sowerbyana, Pfr. Under the name Laminella I group only a few species, viz., L. gravida, straminea and sanguinea on Oahu, citrina and venusta on Molokai, tetrao on Lanai, bulbosa on E. Maui, and picta on W. Maui; these are all arboreal in their habits and sinistral in form, while the numerous species of Amas- tra are, with but rare exceptions, confined to the ground and dextral in form. A. soror and A. acuta are the only sinistral specics that I now re- member. Of most of the species, sinistral specimens have never been seen.” *T am disinclined to adopt the views of Pfeiffer and y. Martens, that Carelia be- longs either to Achatina or Spirawis. 194 =Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. The result of Binney’s examination of the dentition of - species of the genus Achatinella, as classified by Gulick, is as follows; group a, Achatinella s. str., Bulimella, Apex, Partulina, Auriculella, group 6, Laminella, Amastra, Lept- achatina. The subgenera of Gulick, of which the dentition is unknown, are Newcombia and Carelia. It will be seen that the dentition of Gulick’s arboreal s. genus Laminella, the species of which are said to be sinis- tral, is the same as of his terrestrial s. genera Amastra (the species with rare exceptions dextral) and Leplachatina. V. Martens and Gulick place various species in different subgenera; this surely shows that the distinctions derived from consideration of shell alone are arbitrary, and the limits of the subgenera ill defined. Pfeiffer, from form of shell alone (Mon. VI, 161), adopts the following names for the sections in which he arranges the species of Achatinella; the letters @ and 6 indicate the group to which each section belongs from consideration of dentition. ail. Partulina. b 6.. Laminella. a 2. Bulimella. ? 7. Newcombia, a. 6 3. Labiella. Dt) ASI Me b. a 4. Achatinellastrum. b 9. Leptachatina. (= Achatinella s. str.). a? 10. Frickella. b 5. Amastra. a 11. Auriculella. Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 195 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XII, Genitalia of :~ FIG. Fig. 1. Bulimulus pallidior, Sowb. 6. Helix septemvolva, Say. 2. Helix aspera, Fér. 7. Ariolimax Hemphilli. 3. Helix spinosa, Lea. 8. Helix crispata, Fér. 4, Limax montanus, Ing. 9. Ariolimax Andersoni, J. G. Coop. 5. Helix arrosa, Gld. p. 8. penis sac. v.d. vas deferens. y.p. vaginal prostate. f. flagellum. r. retractor muscle, = e. epididymis. g.b. genital bladder. ov. ‘oviduct. d.g.b. duct of same. v. vagina. a.d. accessory duct of same. or. external orifice. Ov. Ovary. pr. prostate. t. testicle. PLATE XIII. Fig. A. Genitalia of Helix ruficincta, New. d.s. Dart sac? B. Zonites cerinoideus, Anth. Central, lateral and marginal teeth of the lingual mem- brane. C. Genitalia of Amphibulima Rawsouis, Bl. r. The retractor muscle of the penis sac. D. Cecilianella Gundlachi, Pfr. Jaw. E. Orthalicus undatus, Brug. var. Central, lateral and marginal teeth. F. Genitalia of H. Jamaicensis, Chemn. e. The long epididymis. G. Same as D; enlarged still more to show the nature of the ribs. H. Central, lateral and marginal teeth of same. I. Same. Transition and marginal teeth. J. Strophia incana, Binn. Central, lateral, transition and marginal teeth. K. Same of Helix Carpenteriana, Bl. PLATE XIV. Me 1G. Lingual Dentition of :— Helix fringiila, Pfr. See also pl. xv, fig. A. Helix Jamaicensis, Ch. Helix Studeriana, Fér. Achatinella venusta, Mighels. Amphibulima Rawsonis, Bl. Glandina truncata, Say. Central and first-lateral tooth and part of the latter still more enlarged, Transition and marginal teeth of Achatinella textilis, Fér. . An inner marginal tooth of Achatinella obesa, Newc. e mO seoo 196 Fig. A. B. FIG. I II-IV. Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. PLATE XV. Lingual dentition of: - Helix fringilla, Pfr. See also pl. xiv, fig. A. Helix Carpenteri, Newe. Helix pubescens, Pfr. Jaw and teeth. Patula Cumberlandiana, Lea. Cylindrella Poeyana, Orb. Helix Diabloensis, J. G. Coop. ? PLATE XVI. Jaw and lingual dentition of :— Bulimulus limnzoides, Fér. Helix cereolus, Muhlf. Helix exoleta, Binney (see p. 178). Helix rufescens, Penn. Helix dentiens, Fér. Trochomorpha Cressida, Gld. Nanina radians, Pfr. PLATE XVII. Cylindrella ornata, G. The central, first and last teeth. Binneya notabilis. Jaw, animal in half repose, and the central, first, sixteenth and last teeth. Helix Tryoni, Newe. The central, first, eleventh, thirteenth, fourteenth, thirty-seventh and last teeth. Succinea papillata, Pfr. Central, lateral and marginal. Succinea pallida, Pfr. Central and first and fifteenth teeth. Helix Van Nostrandi, Bl. Central, first, tenth, eleventh, nineteenth and twenty-fourth teeth. Tielix facta, Newe. Genitalia. Helix Tryoni, Newe. Genitalia. Helix fallax, Say. Genitalia. Helix Van Nostrandi, Bl. Genitalia. Helix facta, Newe. Central, first, fourth, twelfth, thirteenth, seventeenth and twenty-sixth teeth. Helix Hopetonensis, Shuttl. Genitalia. Helix alternata, Say, var. Genitalia. Endodonta incerta, Mouss. Central, first and last teeth. Patula Huahinensis, Pse. Central, lateral and marginal. Helix Rugeli, Shuttl. Genitalia. Helix tridentata, Say. Genitalia. PLATE XVIII. Lingual dentition of :— A. Helix Harfordiana, J. G. Coop. B. Helix leporina, Gld. The right hand figure shows av abnormal first litera.. C. Helix Ingersolli, Bland. D. Limax montanus, Ing. E. Helix auriculata, Say. F. Var. castaneus of D. G. Ariolimax Andersoni, J. G. C.? H. Ariolimax Hemphilli. I. Anadenus. =: Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 197 XXI.— Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusks, with descrip- tion of a New Species of the Genus Amphibulima. By THOMAS BLAND. Read October 11th, 1875 Helix Sagemon, Beck. (Caracolus). In former papers (Annals XI, 81 and 148) I mentioned the receipt from Haiti of dead specimens of Hi. bizonalis, Desh., and referring to H. Gaskoini, Pfr., of Santo Domingo, remarked as follows: ‘* looking at the variability of HZ. Sag- emon of Cuba, I am much inclined to consider that HZ. Gas- koint is a variety of bizonalis.” I am now indebted to Professor Linden of Buffalo, for several living specimens, collected by himself on Gonave Island, of a species not only very closely allied in every respect to, but I believe identical with the variety of 7Z. Sagemon, described as H. Arangiana by Poey.* ‘ The Gonave shells differ only from a Cuban specimen of Arangiana, received from my friend Don Rafael Arango, in having a white instead of a.reddish brown peristome. Seeing that this Cuban form belongs also to the Haitian fauna, and comparing ZZ. Gaskoini with varieties of H. Sag- emon, I am led to the conclusion that the former belongs to the latter group, and is not a variety of bizonalis. Indeed Hi. Gaskoini is strikingly similar to H. marginelloides, Orb., as figured by Pfeiffer (Nov. Conch. taf., XCI, figs. 9 and 10): I submitted the animal of the Gonave shell to my friend W. G. Binney, who examined that of the Cuban Arangiana received from Arango. Binney reported that in jaw and dentition they agree, but the former has an outer small cut- * Poey, in his Introduction to the Catalogue of Land and Fresh Water Mollusks of Cuba, by Arango (Repertorio I, 71), acquiesces in placing Arangiana and other allied species in the synonymy of Sagemon. 4 198 Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks. ting point to the outer laterals and marginals, appearing first on the ninth tooth. In correspondence on the subject of this difference, Binney remarked as follows : ‘¢ T have reéxamined the linguals of the Gonave and Cuban shells, with a view of verifying the existence of the side cut- ting point. In the Cuban Arangiana (Notes, Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., pl. XXI, fig. 1) you will see in the 8th and 11th teeth, an approach to a side cutting point by the bulging on the side of the main cutting point. This sometimes occurs on the extreme marginals also, both of Arangiana and Sag- emon (1. c. fig. 4), while in the Gonave species it is very much more pronounced on the outer laterals. The difference is quite worth noting ; whether it be specific may well be doubted, especially as we have never examined many linguals of any one species to ascertain the limits of variation.” - The occurrence in Haiti of the Cuban Sagemon affords additional. evidence of the. faunal connection of the two Islands. Identical species are, however, rare. The following may be mentioned as the most important: Helicina rugosa, Pfr., Succinea ochracina, Gund., Zonites Gundlachi, Ptr., Helix Boothiane, Pfr., Montetaurina, Pfr., vortex, Pfr., Oleacina oleacea, Fér., Strophia striatella, Fér., mierostoma, Pfr., Macroceramus Gundlachi, Pfr., Coectlianella Gund- lachi, Pfr., Stenogyra hasta, Pfr. Helix cepa, Mull. (Cepolis). Prof. Linden found in the vicinity of Port au Prince, living specimens of HZ. cepa, var. minor. The color is an uniform, very dark (blackish) chestnut,—rather more rufous at the apex; the pale band scarcely perceptible. 1 had not previously seen fresh specimens of this curious. species. Liguus virgineus, L. This species doubtless lives on Gonave Island. Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 199 Prof. Linden found specimens inhabited by living Pagurus, - “moving about. briskly in an old pasture, at a distance of two miles from the nearest sea beach.” Bulimulus Bahamensis, Pfr. One specimen was found by Prof. Linden near Port au Prince (at Fort Jacques), of the var. of Bb. Bahamensis collected by my friend Mr. D. Sargent, at Durham Creek, Great Inagua. In a former paper (Annals X, 318) I remarked on the faunal connection of that Island with Haiti. Amphibulima Rawsonis, nov. sp. T. ovato-oblonga, tenuis, subruguloso-striata, lineis impres- sis sutura parallelis subdecussata, nitens, vix pellucida, fusco-cornea, maculis rufis raris ornata; spira brevis, obtusi- uscula, rubescens ; linea rufa infra suturam impressam posita ; aufr. 3, ultimus convexus, antice perdeflexus, columella callosa, recedens ; apertura obliqua, peroblongo-ovalis, intus nitido-czrulescens ; perist. simplex, leviter incrassatum, margine dextro sinuato, columellari arcuato. Shell ovate-oblong, thin, with rather rib-like strie irregularly decus- sated by impressed lines parallel with the suture; shining, scarcely pel- lucid, rather dark horn-colored, ornamented with a very few reddish spots; spire short, rather obtuse, rufous; with a reddish line beneath the im- pressed suture; whorls 3, the last convex, much deflexed at the aperture; columella callous, receding; aperture oblique, oblong-oval, ccerulescent within; perist. simple, slightly thickened, right margin sinuous, colu- mellar margin arcuate, Long. 18; Diam. 10 mill.; Ap. longit. max. 14; Diam. max. (infra medium) 9 mill. Habitat. -Island of Montserrat, West Indies. Remarks. This species is most nearly allied in form to A. pardalina, Guppy, of Dominica, but very distinct from A. patula and rubescens. The single specimen found was 200 Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks. sent to me for determination by Sir Rawson W. Rawson, to whom I dedicate the species. W. G. Binney, in the preceding paper, has described the jaw and dentition of the animal, pointing out the peculiarities of the latter as compared with other species of the genus. As might be expected from the geographical position of Montserrat, the land shells inhabiting it, belong to the same faunaas that of the neighboring islands. With A. Rawsonis, were found ZZ. Josephine, B. exilis, Helicina Guadelupensis and picta. Helix Van Nostrandi, nov. sp. (Triodopsis). This species is in form and character of the aperture very nearly allied to H. introferens, but is more decidedly costate, more convex at the base, with smaller umbilicus, and without the internal tubercle. It connects introferens and vultwosa with, but is quite distinct from fallax. The measurements of a specimen with 64 whorls, are, diam. max. 123: min. 11, mill. Alt. 7 mill. Of a specimen with 6 whorls; diam. max. 10; min. 8 mill.; alt. 5 mill.- _ Several specimens were collected at Aiken, S. Carolina, in the winter of 1874—5 by Miss Emma Van Nostrand, daughter of my esteemed friend Mr. Henry D. Van Nostrand. Mr. W. G. Binney has, in the preceding paper, described the dentition of this species. On the so-called Sterna Portlandica. 201 XXII.—Some Additional Light on the so-called Sterna Portlandica, Ridgway. By WM. BREWSTER. Read Nov. 1, 1875. SHortiy after Mr. Ridgway’s article on this supposed species appeared in the ‘* American Naturalist,” I published a few additional notes on the same subject in the “American Sportsman” (Jan. 16, 1875). Having since been enabled by the acquisition of a fine series of terns to make some further investigations into the matter, I am now not a little disposed to question the specific validity of S. Portlandica, and trust in the course of the present paper to show clearly its true posi- tion. Among the terns before me are eight specimens collected on Muskegat Island, Mass., between the respective dates of July Ist and August 9th; of these I will briefly describe the most extreme example. In size and proportion of parts, similar to S. hirundo. Forehead, sides of head, neck all around, throat and entire under parts, clear, pure white. Mantle, rump, aud upper surface of tail, pale pearly blue. Occiput, crown, and space around eye, sooty black. A dark, slaty, cubital bar on the wings. Bill deep glossy black, tipped with pale yellow, and with but the faintest possible suspicion of a reddish tinge at the base of the lower mandible. ‘Tarsi and feet black, also with a slight shade of reddishness, perceptible however, only when the parts are exposed to the strongest light. Of the remaining seven specimens five are precisely simi- lar in every respect but one, namely, in the slightly increased reddishness of the feet and tarsi. The seventh bird has the tarsi dark red with a blackish cast, while at the base of the otherwise perfectly black bill is a small but distinctly out- lined area of brick red, confined almost entirely to the lower mandible and encroaching but slightly upon the upper. In 202 On the so-called Sterna Portlandica. the eighth bird we find the tarsi and feet clear, bright coral, the bill black, with the lower mandible dull red as far out as the gonys. Through this series of eight specimens there runs but little variation of plumage, excepting that the in- creasing reddishness of the tarsi and bill is regularly corre- lated with a whiter shade in the color of the rump and upper surface of tail, and a gradual decadence of the dark bar on the wing, which mark, well known to indicate immaturity, is altogether wanting in the last specimen. We now pick up a tern of a still more advanced stage. The white of the forehead is encroached upon,and narrowed down by the black of the crown, the tarsi and feet are coral without any tinge of duskiness, the bill is bright, clear, red as far out as the angle of the gonys on both mandibles, and the rump is now for the first time entirely white. From this specimen we find an easy and complete transition through birds with redder and still redder bills and white foreheads spotted and blotched with black, up to the typical, adult Sterna hirundo, with its black cap and red bill simply tipped with black. A more complete and perfect series could not be desired than that we have before us connecting the bird first described with the typical Sterna hirundo. Let us compare this same black billed, black legged hirundo with our specimen of Slerna Portlandica, taken at Muskegat Island, July 1st, 1870. r The two birds placed side by side, a careless observer would say at once they are the same, and indeed the general effect is surprisingly similar. The pattern of the head is precisely identical, the under parts in both are pure white, the mantle dark pearly ash, and the cubital bar nearly equal in color and extent. But the rump of Jortlandica is emphatically white in decided contrast with the ashy one of the other bird, and upon comparing the shape and propor- tions of the tarsi, feet, bill, etc., the two in this respect, are found to differ irreconcilably. Evidently S. Portlandica is not to be confounded with the bird we have been studying. On the so-called Sterna Portlandica. 203 What then are its true affinities? Let us take up a specimen of Sterna macrura, and ignoring for the moment all discrep- ancies of color, compare it carefully with Portlandica. Part for part it agrees perfectly ; not a measurement of bill, feet, tarsi, wings or tail, but can be exactly matched in the series of -macrura before us. Undeniably then the difference is purely one of color. But it may be urged the Arctic tern never in any plumage possesses a black bill and feet. True it has never been known to have these parts so colored, neither has S. hirundo; and yet we have just traced a bird of the size and proportions of hirundo, but with the bill and feet black, or nearly so, directly and unmistakably up throtgh closely connecting forms, into the ordinary typical plumage of that bird. Now why should not S. macrura be subject to the same variations of color? It is a bird very closely allied to hirundo and with—so far as is known—nearly the same seasonal changes of plumage. What can be more likely than that S. Port- landica bears the same relation to macrura that our black billed bird does to the adult Airundo. With as good a series of skins of Sterna macrura as that now at our command of S. hirundo, there can be but little doubt that this point could be directly established. At present we have only analogy to reason by, but the indirect evidence is most strong. The fact that Portlandica has the rump white is very pertinent, inasmuch as Slerna macrura is the only species among those we have named, whose nestlings have not that part more or less washed with slate or pearly blue. Two specimens of undoubted young macrura before us, though not sufticiently feathered to fly at the time of their capture, still have the rump of most immaculate whiteness. Our specimen of Portlandica has the bill, tarsi and feet, absolutely black; but in this respect it probably represents an extreme and perhaps accidental limit of variation. ; The Smithsonian specimen we have never seen, but in the past connection, mark the following clause taken from Dr. NOVEMBER, 1875. 15 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1. 204 On the so-called Sterna Portlandica. Coues’ description of that example (Birds of the Northwest, p. 691). He says, ‘bill and feet black, bué the latter with a perceptible reddishness.”* Now here we have an approach, however slight, to the red bill and feet of S. macrura, the first link in fact of a chain or series of specimens which is required to connect the two stages of plumage. Dr. -Coues in the article above quoted, compares Portland- tca with Dougalli; but if our specimen be identical with the type (and it has been unqualifiedly declared to be so, by the best judges, Dr. Coues himself included), he is surely at fault, for in almost every respect does our bird differ. The wings are much longer, the tarsi shorter and ‘the size of the white areas on the inner webs of the primaries” is decid- edly not ‘‘exactly as in Dougalli.” In Dougalli these white areas run along the entire length of the feather on its inner edge, narrowing as they approach the tip, where they again broaden out and including the extreme point of the feather, extend a little way back on the margin of the outer web. In Portlandica they come entirely to an end a full inch from the tip of the feather, and in this and every respect the pattern of coloration of the primaries is precisely the same as in S. macrura. Neither is the bill of our specimen at all_ “identical” either in “shape or size” with that of any example of S. Dougalli, young or old, in the series of some forty specimens of that bird before us, but as previously stated it is precisely similar to the average bill of Sterna macrura. Another point of resemblance to macrura exists in the presence of a few feathers on the under parts, which are tipped with plumbeous, faintly but yet distinctly. These feathers are somewhat isolated and give the plumage a soiled appearance. Again the Massachusetts specimen of Portlandica was taken on a portion of Muskegat Island, where the Arctic * The italics are our own. On the so-called Sterna Portlandica. 205 terns breed apart from the other species, and at Portland, Me., whence the type specimen was obtained, Sterna macrura is one of the most abundant terns. Now supposing the relationship of Portlandica to macrura to be granted, as we consider that of our other black billed tern to hirundo, to be proven, the question at once arises, what is this peculiar condition of plumage, and how accounted for? The young of dirundo and macrura are not described as with black bill, tarsi and feet, in their first fall and winter plumage, and assuredly these members cannot become darker as the bird advances in age. Now strange as it may appear, this is precisely the fact. With the special purpose of obtaining information on this point, another expedition was made to the breeding ground of the terns after the capture of the black-billed birds in July and August, and a large series of young and fall specimens of Sterna hirundo col- lected, careful notes being taken on the color of the bill, feet, etc., while the birds were freshly killed. The facts elicited by a careful comparison of specimens are briefly as follows. ‘The color of the bill and feet in chicks a few days old varies individually to a considerable extent, but in the average the tarsi and feet are light, while on the bill, reddish or orange-colored areas predominate over the dusky or black. In birds nearly or just able to fly the bill averages much darker, in most instances the whole of the upper mandible being black or dark brown with the exception of the maxil- lary tomium, which is light, like the lower mandible. After this period, as the bird advances in age the black area of the bill spreads, the forehead whitens and the brown and gray tipping of the feathers of the back wears off.* To this rule - there are, however, a few exceptions, some birds with a nearly pure mantle and snow white forehead, having the * All the specimens of which we are now speaking are birds of the year, collected in Sept. and Oct., but owing to the persistency with which their nests are broken up by the eggers, their ages are various, sevecal taken at the latter date being scarcely able to fly. ' 206 On the so-called Sterna Portlandica. lower mandible red as far out as the gonys, but in by far the greater number of cases, where the mantle has nearly lost its rusty spotting, and the forehead becomes pure white, the bill is nearly and in some examples, entirely black, with but a slight reddishness at the base. With the greater or less amount of black on the bill is usually correlated a darker or lighter color of the feet and tarsi, but this rule also has one or two exceptions in the series. Now to return. The black-billed birds taken in July and August cannot be birds hatched this season. That is manifestly impossible, for they are all in perfectly devel- oped plumage, and the mantle is as clear and immaculate as in mature specimens. What then are they? They are birds that have completed the first year only of their existence ; birds that in the fall of the previous year had the mantle slightly obscured by brownish blotchings, the bill nearly black and the tarsi and feet dark: in short, birds like the ones we have just been examining. The dark color of the bill and legs has since spread and intensified. . Indeed one of the October specimens is so nearly like these summer birds, that had not its age been carefully determined by dis- section, we should hesitate before calling it a bird of this season. Its bill and feet are quite as dark as the average of the summer specimens, and the mantle has become nearly immaculate. Now in this same category we would place Sterna Portlandica, referring its parentage of course, as before stated, to macrura instead of hirundo. Only one more question remains to be answered, namely; why are these black-billed birds so rare, if they represent a regular stage or plumage of species so common as S. macrura and iS. hirundo? Here weare obliged to confess ourselves nearly at fault and can offer little more than conjecture. It is, however, nearly certain that neither species while in this plumage breeds, and this is decidedly the opinion of the gentlemen to whom we are indebted for the most interesting and important specimens, an opinion founded moreover on On the so-called Sterna Porilandica. 207 dissection and observation of the habits while in life. Now such being the case, the natural tendency to wander, in individuals which are burdened by no family cares and have nothing to do but enjoy themselves, will scatter them away from the breeding grounds and thus render their capture much less likely. We do not, however, at the present time, feel at all sure that all the young of either macrura or hirundo, assume this plumage, and do not breed the first season ; this is a point which future investigation can alone decide. In conclusion, we desire to express our great indebtedness to Mr. E. B. Towne, Jr., of No. Raynham, and Mr. Jesse Warren of Newton, Mass. A large portion of the material investigated during the preparation of the present paper was collected by these gentlemen, and many of the conclu- sions herein arrived at were the result of their careful study while in the field, and were first suggested by them. We have-also to express our thanks to Messrs. G. N. Lawrence, J. A. Allen and C. J. Maynard, for the use of valuable specimens. 208 Literature of Manganese. XXII.—Jndex to the Literature of Manganese, 1596-1874. By H. CARRINGTON BOLTON. Read December 14, 1874. * General Literature, 1740-1874; for Minerals see next Section. 1740 | Pott Examen chymicum magnesiae vitriari- orum, Germanis: Braunstein. Miscell. Berolinensia, VI. 40. 1765 | Rinmann Braunsteinkoénig Versuch einer Geschichte des WHisens. Abh. Schw. Akad. Wiss., 1765. 251. Vetensk. Acad. Handl., 1765. 241. 1767 | Westfield Researches Mineral. Abhandl., 1767. See: Scheele’s Chem. Essays. London. 1786. 1770 | Kaim and Winterl De metallis dubiis. Viennae, 1770. 4to. 1774 | Scheele Researches Opuscula, I. 227. Abhandl. Schw. Akad. Wiss., XXXVI. 95. Vetensk. Acad. Handl., 1774. 89. Crell’s N. Entd., I. 112 & 146, Scheele’s Chem. Essays.- London, 1786. 1774 | Engestrom Vetensk. Acad. Handl., 1774. 196. Abhandl. Schw. Akad. Wiss., 1774. 201 Scheele’s Chem. Essays. London, 1786. 1774 | Bergmann Researches Vetensk. Acad. Handl., 1774. 194. Abhandl. Schw. Akad. Wiss., 1774. 199. Bergmann’s Opuscula, II. 201. Crell’s Ann., 1784. II. 397. Crell’s N. Entd. I, 156, 1781. 1775 | Margraff Researches Abh. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1775. 3. Journ. de Phys., XV. 223. 1776 | Hagen Nova. Acta. Acad. Nat. Curios. VI Ap- pend. 329. 1778 | Hjclm Vet. Acad. Handk, 1778. 82. Abhandl. Schw. Akad, 1778. 78. Crell’s N. Entd., VI. 164. 1779 | de Morveau Journ. de Phys., XIII. 470. 1780 | de Morveau Chameleon (? ) Journ. de Phys., XVI. 348. 1780 | Anonymous | Researches Vet. Acad. Handl. 1780, I, 282. Crell’s N. Entd. VIII, 191. 1781 | seman Crell’s N. Entd. IV, 24. 1782 | Bindheim Chameleon mineral | Crell’s N. Entd. V, 70. Schw. Berl. Ges. Naturf. Fr. IX, 101. Beob. Berl. Ges. Naturf. Fr. V, 451. 1785 | Volta Use of MnO? in prep- | Crel?s Ann. 1785, II, 433. aration of chlorine 1785 | Hjelm Vet. Acad. Nya. Handl. 1785, 141. 1785 ' Gerhard Dendritic figures Crell’s Ann. 1785, I, 56. wa ES ee — * For explanation of abbreviations, see the end of this paper. 1786 1786 1787 1787 1788 1788 1788 1789 1789 1789 1789 1789 1790 1790 1790 1791 1792 1792 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1797 1799 1799 1799 1800 1801 1801 1804 1804 1805 Hermbstiidt Rinmann Hermbstidt Hjelm Gmelin Porcel Achard Hjelm Anonymous Klaproth Bindheim Gadolin de Morveau Fuchs Hermbstidt Pelletier Fuchs Gmelin Vauquelin and Bouvier Bucholz Richter Kirwan Kirwan Proust Vauquelin Phillips Ritter Gazeran Bordier Proust Thomson Ritter Literature of Preparation of O from MnO2 Alloy with copper Separation from iron Preparation of O from MnOz Preparation of metal by wet process Preparation of metal by wet process, Occurrence in Spathic iron Researches Chameleon mineral Separation from iron by tartaric acid Phosphide Preparation of metal from sulphate Alloys Sulphate, ete. Separation from iron Tech. estim. Magnetic properties Occurrence in vege- table kingdom Separation from iron Magnetic properties Mn. in steel Oxides Occur. in meteorites Purification of Au, Ag by MnOsz (?) Occurrence in mete- ovic ‘iron Manganese. Crell’s Ann. Crell’s Ann. Crell’s Ann. Crell’s Ann. Crell’s Ann. 1788, II, 3. PAG 195 (U0 Hd ars Journ. de Phys. XXXIII, 436. 1786, I, 316. 1786, I, 357. 1787, I, 152 and 296. 1787, I, 158 and 446. 209 Abh. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1788-89, 32. Vet. Akad. Nya. Handl. Neue Abh. Schw. Akad. Aes ps (ly Vijsl. Crell’s Ann. 1789. Ac. ps (i) seViIEG. Schrift. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin. A Cope aL) sn Wilanlo's Crell’s Ann. 1789, If, 31 and 117. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1789. 790, I, 129. Crell’s Ann. ZAC CO smn GL) Seer ie Gren’s. J. d. Physik. I, 264. J.d.m. XVIH, 215. J.de. Phys. XXXVII, 28. Crell’s Ann. 1790, IT, 441. J. de. Phys. XXXVII, 386. Geschichte des Mn. Jena. 1791. Crell’s Ann. 1792, II, 315. Keep: (picxrne 13%: Crell’s Ann. 1792, I, 225. IASC. ps (Gi); RXS 359% Crell’s Ann. 1793, I, 99. A. cop: (1); XX, 367. A.c.p. (1)VII, 287. Crell’s Ann. 1794, I, 407. Beitriige. I, 29. Crell’s Ann. 1796, II, 300. Crell’s Ann. 1797, II, 436. Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. VI, 177. Gilb. Ann. VI, 405. J.de Phys. XLVIII, 469. Jee Ms Wi 1D. Phil. Mag. (1), V, 214. Gilb. Ann. IV, 20. A.c.p. (1), XXXVI, 61. Crell’s Ann. 1801, II, 326. A.c.p. (1), XLI, 150. Gehlen’s J. III, 429. Gilb. Ann. XXIV, 284, 296, 380. Gehlen’s, J. II, 692. Gehlen’s, J. V, 397. Schweigg. IV, (1), 23. IX, 101. 210 Literature of Manganese. 1805 1805 1806 1806 1807 1807 1807 1808 1808 1811 1811 1811 1812 1813 1813 1813 1813 1814 Tel4 1815 1815 1815 1815 1815 1817 1817 —-1817 1817 1817 1818 1818 1818 1818 Bucholz Fourcroy Brugnatelli de la Méthérie Thénard Proust J.¥F. John Reynolds Vauquelin and Fourcroy Berzelius and Hedenburg Vauquelin Bucholz Pfaff Davy Vogel Berzelius Roloff J.Davy Prechtl Fischer Schweigger Hatchett Brandenburg Vauquelin Chevreul Grotthuss Clarke Chevillot and Edwards Berzelius Berzelius Berzelius Mushet Arfvyedson Monograph Catalogue of analyses Occurrence in an aérolite Sulphide Researches Use in mnf. of steel Occurrence in bones Sulphide Sulphide Separation from Fe, Separation from Fe. Hydrated protoxide Oxides Oxides Chameleon Sol. a test for AssO3 Chloride Occurrence in steel vide Roloft Sulphate Sep. from Fe. Sulphate Occurrence in hair Chameleon Sep. from Fe. MnOz conducts elec- tricity Examination of ‘ cha- meleon mineral” Oxides At. Wt. Seleniate Occurrence in steel Oxides A.c. p. (1). LVI, 86. Encyclopédie Méthodique. IV, 672. Gilb. Ann. XXIII, 214. J.de Phys. LXII, 337. Gilb. Ann. XXIV, 198; 207. Gilb. Ann. Gehlen’s, J. III, 452; IV, 436. Ann. Phil. II, 172 and 263; IIT, 413. J.d.M. XXII, 130, 245 et seq.; XXIII, 195. Repert. Arts and Mnftrs. XII, 151. Ann. Mus. @’ Hist. Nat. XII, 136. Brugnatelli, G. I, 497. Schweigg. II, 160. XXV, 204. Gilb. Ann. XXXIX, 432. Ann. Musée. d. Hist. Nat. XVII, 16. J.d. Mines. XXX, 301. A.c.p. (1), LXXIX, 310. Ann. Phil. II, 287. Schweigg. IV, 368. Schweigg. VII, 514. Schweigg. VII, 191. Trommsd. J. d. Pharm. Schweigg. VII, 76. A.¢.p. (2), V. 149. Schweigg. VII, 420. (2), II, 359. Schweigg. Schweigg. Schweigg. Schweigg. Ann. phil. Schweigg. Schweigg. XIV, 336. Schweigg. XII. 194. A.c¢.p. (2), III, 42. Phil. Mag. 1, 291. Schweigg. XX, 324. Trommsd. J.d. Pharm. (2), I, 188. Schweigg. XX. 272. Schweigg. XXI, 391. X, 329. X, 96, XII, 194. XIV, 377. IT, 343. XIV, 352. Trommsd.J.d. Pharm. (2). IT, 199; III, 183. A.¢.p. (2), 1V, 287; VIII, 237. Schweigg. XX, 332. ASCP -0) Wily 202: Schweigg. XXIT, 336. Schweigg. XXIII, 456. Gilb. Ann, LVIII, 156. Afhandl, Fysik. K. och. M. 1818, 222. Journ. de Phys. LXXXVI, 464. Schweigg. XLII. 202. Ann. Phil. VII, 267. Trommsd.N.J. Pharm. X, 170. Literature of Manganese. 211 Turner Faraday Pfaff Clarke Pfaff Van Mons Doebereiner Forchhammer Gahn Forchhammer Braconnot Pfaff Herschell Ure Berthier Gmelin Fromherz Fromherz Fromherz Geiger Berzelius Berzelius Berzelius Gmelin Berzelius Bouis Unverdorben Nasse Dumas Berzelius Doebereiner Berzelius Heeren Phillips Hiinefeld Oxides Separation from Fe. Sep. from Fe. Reduction of oxides Oxides Prep. of O by Mn Oz and He SOx Two acids Blowpipe reactions Oxides Mn in waters Action HeS on Mn SO, Sep. from Fe. Researches on oxides Cyanide Mn and K. Permanganic Acid Colored salts Sulphides Fluoride Fluosilicate Sulphocarbonate Physiological action of. Mn Sulpharsenate Analysis Use in coloring porce- lain | Acichloride Sulphomolybdate At. Wt. Hyposulphate Sulphate Edinb. J. Sci. IV. Phil. Mag. (2), IV, 22 and 96. Karsten’s Archiv. XIV, 359. Schweigg. XXVI, 166. Quart. J. Sci. WI, 357. Schweigg. XXVI, 91. Gilb. Ann. LXII, 353. Ann. Gen. des Sci. Phys. Ann. Gen. des Sci. Phys. Schweigg. XXVIII, 247. A.c. p. (2), XVI, 109, 267. Trommsd. J. d. Pharm. Ann. Gen. Sci. Phys. Ann. Phil. (1) XVI, 180. Quart. J. Sci. X, 175. Schweigg. XXIX, 308. Ann. Phil. (2), I, 50. A.c.p. (2), XVIII, 223. Schweigg. X XXIII, 487. Schweigg. XXXIII, 475. Ann. Phil., N.S. III, 95. A.c.p. (2), XX, 304. Schweigg. XXXII, 452. Dingler pol. J. © VIII, 451. A.c.p. (2), XX, 186. Dingl. pol. J. IX, 248. Schweigg. XXXVI, 303. Schweigg. XXXVI, 223. Schweigg. XLI, 257. Pogg. XXXI, 677. Schweigg. XLIV, 327. Pogg. I, 50. Geiger. Mag. Pharm. Pogg. I, 24. Pogg. I, 197. Abh. Schw. Akad., Wiss. Pogg. VI, 454. A.c.p. (2), XXXII, 87. Schweigg. J. XLIII, 110. Edinb. Med. Surg. J. XXVI, 137. Pogg. VII, 24 and 1438. Dingler, pol. J. XXI, 331. Trommsd. J. Pharm. (1), IX, 36. Pogg. VII, 322. Schweigg. XLVI, 79. XI, 27. 1825. A.c.p. (2), XXXII, 390. Berz, Jahresb, VII, 112. Pogg. VII, 274. Doeb. Lehrb.'d. Chem. 1826, Pogg. VIII, 185; XIV, 211. Pogg. VII, 55 and 180. Ann. Phil. 1827, 341. Dingler pol. J. XXIV, 371. Schweigg. L, 346. VI, (1), 277. VI, 1820, 368. V, 1820, 284. 212 1827 | Stromeyer 1827 1827 Dumenil W ohier 1827 1827 1827 H. Rose Unverdorben MeMullen 1827 | Dumas H. Rose Pfaff Turner Erdmann Sprengel Morin Lassaigne 1829 | Fischer 1829 1829 1829 Bonsdorfft Berzelius Graham 1829 1829 1829 Martini Gay Lussac Phillips and Turner Henry and Plisson Dingler Wright Bachmann 1829 1829 1829 1829 1830 | Wurzer 1830 | Hiinefeld 1830 1830 Berzelius Brandes Quesnevilledr. Literature of Manganese. Sep. fron: CaO and Als Oz Sep. from Fe. Fluoride Phosphite Sylvate Prep. of Cl Acichloride Separation from Fe. Hypophosphite Sulphate Researches Alloy with Cu Occurrence in soils Estimation of Ca Cl, O. by Mn Cle Purification of oxide Reduction Hg Cl, with Mn Cle Vanadate Mn Cl and alcohol Sep. from¥Fe. Estimation “Warwick oxyd” Quinate Recovery Metal and oxides Mn. in blood Preparation of man- ganates At. Wt. Researches Pogg. XI, 169. Schweigg. LI, 222. Geiger’s Mag. Pharm. XXII, 339. Schweigg. LI, 225. Pogg. IX, 619. ASC. Dene) kee av EL, LOL, Pogg. IX, 33 and 224. Pogg. XI, 400. Ann. Phil. 1827, 142. J. of Roy. Inst. XXII, 231. Phil. Mag. I, 313. Pogg. XI,165; Quart. J. Sci., II, 475. A.c.p. (2), XXXVI, 82. Berz. Jahresb. VIII, 177. Geiger’s Mag. Pharm. XXI, 122. Journ, de Pharm. A.c.p. (2), XXXIV, 198. Pogg. XII, 87. Schweigg. LITT, 121. Phil. Mag. 1828. Pogg. XIV, 211. Geiger’s Mag. Pharm. XXVI, 111. Dingler. J. XXX, 74. J. techn. Chem. I, 33. J.techn. Chem. III, 68. Bibl. Univers. 1828, 140. J.techn. Chem. III, 104. A.¢.p. (2), XL, 329. Schweigg. LVI, 163. Dingler. J. XXXII, 126. Pogg. XVI, 128. Kastn. Archiv. C.C. 1831, 689. Pogg. XVII, 247 and 263. Pogg. XXII, 58. Phil. Mag. IV, 265, Pogg. XV, 151. Schweigg. LVI, 162. J.techn. Chem. IV, 274. Schweigg. LVI, 186. XVI, 219. Journ. Pharm. 1829, 389. Geiger’s Mag. Pharm. XXX, 91. Kastner’s Archiv. XVIII, 252. Pat. Specif. Abr. Acids and Salts. A.c.p. (2), XXXIX, 244. Poge. XV, 284. Schweigg. LX, 481. Geiger. Mag. Pharm. XXXII, 379. Am. J. Sci. XXI, 370. , Schweigg. LX, 133. Geiger. Mag. Pharm. XXXII, 293. Pogg. XX, 556; XXII, 225. Ann. d. Mines. (3), II, 320. C.C. 1831, 267. * 101. 1830 1830 1830 1830 1831 1831 1831 1831 1831 1831 1831 1831 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 Berthemot Fuss Bachmann H. Rose Liebig and Wohler Becquerel Hiinefeld and Wibmer, Liebig ( ?) Turner Sefstrom Fuchs Serullas MeMullen Burkhardt Lassaigne Ohlmann Dufios Mitscherlich Pearsall Berthier Zenneck Gobel Trommsdorff Gay Lussac and Pelouze Literature of Manganese. Bromide Preparation pure MnO. Monograph Ammonio-sulphate Protoxide Detection by galy- anism Physiological action Separation from Fe. Estimation of Ores Coloring glass Separation from Fe. Perchlorate Bleaching power of Mn O2 Estimation Todide Estimation in ores Acids Color of solutions Analyses ores Estimation Prep. Mn 02 Valerianate Lactate A.c.p. (2), XLIV, 392. Schweigg. LX, 345. C.C. 1831, 107. See Schweigg. Pogg. XX, 148. Pogg. XXI; 584. LVIII, 388. Geiger Mag. Pharm. XXXIV, 140. Mém. del Inst. X, 256. A.c.p. (2), XLII, 380. C.C. 1831, 809. C. C. 1831, 96. Geiger’s Mag. C.C. 1831, 747. A.c.p. (2), XLVIII, 280. J. of Roy. Inst. I, 293. Rep. Pat. Inv. XI, 224. Phil. Mag. IX, 235. J.techn. Chem. X, 485. Ann. d. Mines. (3), II, 321. Dingler. XL, 212. C.C. 1831, 304. Am. J. Sci. XXI, 364. J.techn. Chem. X, 183. Schweigg, J. LXII, 192. C.C. 1831, 461. A.c.p. (2), XLVI, 305. Pogg. XXII, 298. C.C. 1831, 529. Quart. J. Sci. XXII, 232. Quart. J. Sci. (2), II, 261. Pogg. XXV, 623, note. J.techn. Chem. XIII, 278. XXXV, 1H. J. Chem. Med. V, 330. Ann. d. M. I, 114. Schweigg. LXVI, 239. Schweigg. LXIII. 346, LXIV, 81. Abh. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1832. PRIOR IES “DUG by MGs 0a (EC) LID: bby Schweigg. LXV, 62. Pogg, XXYV, 287. J.of Roy. Inst. IV, 49. Ann. d. Mines. (3), II, 319. Pogg. XXYV, 622. Dingler pol. J. XLVII, 104. A.c.p. (2), LI, 79. J. techn. Chem. XVIII, 75. Am. J.Sci. XXIX, 374. Schweigg. LXVII, 77. Trommsd. J. Pharm, XXVI. PAYS Cie Pen WZ. Pogg. XXV, 154. A.c.p. (2), LI, 410 PAR Cee) Vel Gs . Pogg. XXIX, 117. 213 (3), 214 Literature of Manganese. 1833 | WOhler Permanganates Pogg. XXVII, 626. Ann. d. Mines. (3), V, 457. 1834 | Demargay Quantitative Separa- | A.C.P. XI, 241. tion 1834 | Berzelius Tellurate Pogg. XXXII, 595 & 607. 1834 | Joss Preparation of J.p.C. I, 125. He Mnz Og 1834 | Vogel Prep. of Cl. J.p.C. I, 446. 1834 | Fromherz Permanganates Pogg Ann. XXXI, 677. 1834 | Otto Arsenate of Mnand |J.p.C. II, 414. NHg 1834 | Bottger Action Hg Na on sul-|J.p.C. III, 284. phate 1834 | Doebereiner | Action alcohol on J.p.C. I, 452. Mn0O2z 1835 | Zeller Separation from Fe J$p.C.1- Vs 33. C. C. 1835. 1835 | Thomson Estimation ores Records Gen’! Sci. 1836, 412. Pol. Centr. 1836, 788. J.p.C. IX, 433. Ann. d. Mines. (3), XI, 249. Dingl. LXI, 55. 1835 | Balard Bromide J. p. Ce LV, 178: 1835 | Bonnet Reduction by As203 | Pogg. XXXVII, 303. 1835 | Everitt Prep. of salts for Phil. Mag. (38), VI, 193. technical uses J.p.C. V, 33. Dingler pol. J. LVI, 129. Pol. Centr. 1835, 360. 1835 | Berzelius Pyrotartrate Pogg. XXXVI, 18. 1835 | Gay Lussac Volumetric estima: A.c.p. Nov., 1835. tion Pol. Centr. 1836, 286. A.c.p. XVIII, 47. 1835 | Gregory Permanganic acid J. pharm. XXI, 312. AVC. P. XV, 237. 1835 | Winkelblech | Oxalate A.C.P. XIII, 280. J.p.C. VI, 67. 1836 | Graham _ Sulphate Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. VIII. Pogg. XXXVIII, 123. A.C. P. XX, 147. 1836 | Baup Pyrocitrate A.C. PR. XTX, 34. 1836 | Regnault A.c.p. (2), LXII, 349 and 381. 1836 | Anthon Tungstate J.p.C. IX, 340. 1836 | Wittstein Buchn. Repert. LYVII, 30. 1836 | Zeller Recovery of Clresi- | J.p.C. VII, 137. dues PNG Od oD. O. Gy ps 1836 | Osborn Mn Cl: for nose bleed-| Allg. med Ztg Juli. 1836. ing AS GPs xeXx 86; 1836 | Bottger Carbonate Beitr. zur Phys. u. Ch. II, 12. 1837 | Ebelmen Analytical Annd. M. (3), XII, 607. J.p.C. XIV, 312. 1837 | Gay Lussac Use of MnOz in sep. | A.c.p. (2), LXIII, 333. COz from SO2 IA. GaP CONE 79; 1837 | Richter Sep. from ZnO J.p.C. IX, 159. Ann. d. Mines. (3), XIII, 460. A.C. P. XXIV, 309. 1837 | Marchand Sulphethylate J.p.C. XII, 263. Literature of Manganese. 215 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1840 1840 1840 1840 1840 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1842 Berthier Gay Lussac Heller Heller Brett Bottger Rammelsberg Cooper Anthon Jahn Rammelsberg Wackenroder Simon Wackenroder W ohler Brown Fikentscher Binks Graham Bottger Fellenberg Erdmann Ebelmen Miinzing Rammelsberg Uligren W Ohler Bensch Warrington Levol Decomp. of sulphate by carbon Rhodizonate Croconate Amalgam Cyanide of Mn. and K. Physiological action Solubility of sulphate in alcohol Sulphide Todate Sep.from Fe.NiandCo. Sep. from Co. Carburet Techn. estimation Recovery of Mn Oz Chloride Elect. depos. Action of Cl on sul- phide Mineral waters Techn. recovery of Mn O2 Sulphantimoniate Sep. from Co. Action of Cl on oxide Chromate Chromate Estimation Ann. d. Mines. (3), XI, 489. Jepees vEx, Gt. J.p.C. XII, 228. J.p.C. XII, 238. Phil. Mag. (3), X. 98 and 335. Beitr. zur. Phys.u.Ch. I, 302, and ILI, 278. J.p.C. XII, 350. Pogg. XLII, 117. J. de chim. Medicale. 1838. Pol. Centr. 1838, 29. Dingl. J. LXVII, 236. Buchner’s Repert. II, 13. J.p.C. XIV, 125. A.C. P. XXVIII, 101. A.C. P. XXVIII, 213. Pogg. XLIV, 588. C.C. IX, 678. Buchn. Repert. LXV, 208. Archiv. d. Pharm. (2), XVI, 114. A.C.P. XXIX, 217. Ann. d. Mines. (3), XV, 492. J.p.C. XVII. 492. Bullet. Scient. V, 203. Jap. Can SVL, 13: Ding]. J. LXXIII, 204. Pol. Centr. 1839, 665. Pat. Specif. Abridge. Acids. Alkalies, etc. 149. ASC. P., XUXExe ol: Pogg. L, 49. Pogg. L, 76. J.p.C. XXI, 399. Ann. d. Mines. (3), XVII, 517. Dingl. LXXVI, 364. Pol. Centr. 1840, 538. Pogg. LI, 193. AW Ce ula 2866 Chem. Gaz. I, 13. Berz. Jahresb. XXI, 147. Ann. d. Mines. (4), II, 206. INGOs Leg DS PATE PAG evan SXENONDNG 253. Pogg. LV, 97. A.C.P. XLIV, 272. Phil. Mag. X-XI, 380. Chem. Soc. Trans. 1842. AOE) SXGTVe 202. Dingl. J. LXXXYV, 299. Ann. d. Mines. (4), II, 205. J.p.C. XXVI, 151. Pol. Centr. 1842, 874. 216 Literature of Manganese. 1842 | Millon Nitrate A.c.p. Sept., 1842, 73. TapaCseROwNa sol) C.R. XIV, 905. 1842 | Haidlen and | Action of KCy on A. C. Po XLII, 133. Fresenius solutions 1842 | Rammelsberg | Hyposulphite Pogg. LVI, 305. 1842 | Lea Estimation ores. Am. J.Sci. (1), XLII, 81. 1842 | Fresenius Racemate ANG: 2.9 Pel 20: 1842 | Rammelsberg | Anal. Ps. Leonh. Jahrb. 1842, 599. 1842 | Otto Test for Mn. Chem, Gaz. I, 180. AA CHP | EXON SLT Am. J. Sci. XLVII, 194. Ann. d. Mines. (4), III, 569. 1812 | Otto Estimation Dingl. J. LXXXV, 296. Pol. Centr. 1842, 876. 1842 | Meitzendorff ‘| Sulphocyanide Pogg. LVI, 73. 1842 | Rammelsberg | Bromate Pogg. LY, 66. 1843 | Wachter Chlorate J.p.C. XXX, 326. i 1845 | Heldt Citrates A.C. P. XLVII, 180. 1843 | Doepping Succinate A.C. P. XLVII, 275. 1843 | Ebelmen Estimation as MnO A.'c.p. (3); VALE, 503: Ann. d. Mines. (4), IV, 409. A.C. P. XLVIII, 369. Chem. Gaz. I843, 685. 1843 | Fresenius and | Estimation Dingl. J. XC, 219. Will Pol. Centr. 1843, 394. Pamphlet, Heidelberg. 1843. Chem. Gaz. 1844, 52. 1843 | Walters Recovery Pat. Specit. Abr. 197. 1844 ; Rieckher Fumerate ACC ee OGG AG. 1844 | Muspratt Sulphite A.C. P. LL, 280. 1844 | Schaffner Hydrated oxide INE Che, Ebi Gay) 1844 | Arrot Recovery Chem. Gaz. 1845, 73. Pat. Specif. Abr. 211. 1844 | Arrot Double sulphate Phil. Mag. (3), XXIV, 502. Rep. Pat. Inv. 1845, 323. A.C. P. LII, 243. Pol. Centr. 1845, II, 430. Ding]. XCVI, 301. 1844 | Béttinger Sulphite A.C. P. LI, 405. Apjohn Ores from Cork Trans. Irish Acad. II, 598. 1844 | Rammelsberg | Anal. Kali-Ps. Leon. Jahrb. 1844, 205. 1844 | Elsner Purification of Sul- Hoffmann’s Mitth. 1843, 20. phate Pol. Centr. 1844, IT, 48. Barnes and Mordant Chem. Gaz. 1844, N. 46. Mercer Pol. Centr. 1845, I, 384. 1845 | Cloez Sep. Co. from Mn. Journ. Pharm. Feb., 1845. Chem. Gaz. 1845, 102. 1845 | Crum Test for Mn. NGI CEILS WIEN 0-1) Chem. Gaz. 1845, 502. Am. J. Sci. (2), I, 262. Ann. d. Mines. (4), XI, 496. 1845 | Schlieper Alloxanate AC ue Vin 2ees 1845 | Buchner Tannate WAPOA 6G! TRYUG PAU 1845 | Delanoue Ores of Orsay Bull. Géol. Soc. Paris. III, 47. 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1848 1848 1848 1848 Phillips Pierre Ebelmen Boéttger and Will Volker Volker Levol DeVry Bobierre Maddrell Engelhardt and Maddrell Rose, H. Sch6nbein Barreswil Strecker Lefort Herrmann Schodnbein Rose Millon Literature of Manganese. Test for Mn. Sulphate of Mn and K-+aq Silicate Styphnate On red color of salts Sulphides Estimation Analysis Estimation Metaphosphate Lactate Separation Reagent Chemist, Apr. 1846. Am. J. Sci. (2), IT, 259. A.c.p. (3), XVI, 239. J.p.C. XXXVII, 488. J.p.C. XXXVII, 257. A. CG. Ba LVI, 258; PNAC 1, LID Of. Chem. Gaz. 1846, 396. J.-p.C. XXXIX, 233. PN OR IER VADS Bay. J.p.C. XXXIX, 247. J.p.C. XXXVIITI, 341. A.C. P. LXI, 249. Pharm. Centr. 1847, 479. din outs 17h), Moniteur Industriel. 1847, No. 1190. Dingler, Pol. J. CVII, 448. Chem. Soc. Mem. III, 273. A.C.P. LXI, 58. A.C. P. LXIII, 107, A.C. P. LXIV, 417. Pogg. LXXII, 450 and 466. | Jahresb. 1847, 952. Separation from Co. Criticism on Barreswil Carbonate. Sesqui salts Reactions of Mne O; Action of NH, Cl on MnQ: Occurrence in blood A ¢.p. (3), XVII, 53. Am. J. Sci. (2), II, 260. J.p.C, XXXVIII, 171. Pol. Centr. 1847, 642. Berz. Jahresb. XXVII, 214. Chem. Gaz. 1846, 159. J. de. Pharm. 1846, 189. Ann. d. Mines. (4), XI, 499. Dingler, J. C, 157. Jahresb. 1847, 974, ACE Lx 219" Chem. Gaz. 1847, 205. Am. J. Sci. (2), IV, 271. Pol. Centr. 1848, 1296. C.R. XXVII, 268. J. pharm. (3), XV, 18, Jahresb. 1847, 420. Pogg. LXXIV, 303. J.p.C. XLVI, 413. Chem. Gaz. 1848, 325, C.C. 1848, 508. Jahresb. 1848, 421. eps Can XOnI028: Pol. Centr. 1848, 1291. C.C. 1847, 776. Jahresb. 1848, 421. J.p.C. XLV, 116, ORI iy op. Ord eZ at Pogg. LXXIV, 284. Pol. Centr. 1848, 606. 217 218 Literature of Manganese. 1848 | Schwarzen- Pyro-phosphate A Ce baseve 160; berg Dingler, J. CIV, 467. Hautz Mn Clze-++- NH; Cl AY Cn. (IG XiViI, 285; Jahresb. 1848, 393. 1848 | Heintz Phosphate Pogg. LXXIV, 449. A.C. P. LXVIII, 257. Am. J. Sci. (2), VIII, 111. Chem. Gaz. 1848, 488, 1848 | Ebelmen Chromate A.c.p. (8), XXII, 213, A.C. P. LXVIII, 269. 1848 | Parkes Metal Pol Centr. 1848, 1338. 1849 | Schr6tter Phosphide Jahresb. 1849, 247. 1849 | Millon C.R. XXVIII, 42. Instit. 1849, 29, C.C. 1849, 203. Jahresb. 1849, 254. 1849 | Cottereau Occurrence in blood | J. chim. méd. (3), Wielige Jahresb. 1849, 530. 1849 | Fleitmann Dimetaphosphate Pogg. LXXVIII, 233 and 338. INMOE 25 1LNO-40 0, BE. 1849 | BOdeker Phosphate A.C. P. LXIX, 208. Chem. Gaz. 1849, 138. 1849 | Muspratt Selenite A.C. P. LXX, 275. 1849 | Ebelmen Separation by means | A.c. p. (3), XXV, 92. of Hes J.pharm. (3), XV, 266. J.p.C. XLVI, 305. A.C. P. LXXII, 329. C.C. 1849, 169. Chem. Gaz. 1849, 82. Jahresb. 1849, 592. 1849 | Senarmont Carbonate C.R. XXVIII, 693. Instit. 1849, 177. C.C. 1849, 535. Jahresb. 1849, 225. 1849 | Elsner Berl. Gewerbe Handelsbl. 1849, No. 6. Dingl. J. CXII, 461. 1849 | Sch6nbein Action of Ozone Pogg. LXXVIII, 162. Jahresb. 1849, 222. 1849 | Rammelsberg | Anal. Ps. Leon. Jahrb. 1849, 574. 1850 | Ed. Davy Test for Mn. Trish Acad. Proc. IV, 345. 1850 | Sobreroand | Actionof Clon chlor-| A.C. P. (3), XX XIX, 161. Selmi ide J.p.C. L, 305. C.C. 1850, 615. A. CSP. LXXVIE 234. Jahresb. 1850, 314. 1850 | Bibra Occurrence in sea A.C. P. LXXVII, 90. water ~ C.C. 1851, 362. Jahresb. 1850, 621. 1850 | Horsford Occurrence in urine | Am.J.Sci. (2), XI, 259. Jahresb. 1851, 602. 1850 | Stein Arsenite A.C. P. LXXIV, 222. 1850 | Dubost Technical Br. d. Inv. OLXXII, 140. 1850 | Senarmont Artificial minerals A.c.p. (38), XXX, 137. 1850 | Kekulé Sulphethy late ASCP. LXV; 289. 1851 | Personne et Acids J.pharm. (3), XIX, 115 and 161. L’ Hermite 1851 1851 ww Ww 1853 1853 1853 Literature of Manganese. 219 J. Davy Fairrie Lefort Reynoso H. Rose Burin de Buisson Murdoch Gibbs Miiller Scheerer Schabus Chapman Schwerdtfeger Malaguti Schiel Flajolot Price Kerl NOVEMBER, 1875. Incrustation of MnOz2 Chromate Purification Permanganate Carbonate Occurence in blood Benzoate as pigment Separation Technical estimation Hydrated Carbonate Testing Detection Color of MnO solu- tions Separation from Ni Separation from Co and Zn Technical valuation Ilefeld ore 16 Edinb. Phil. J. (2), LI, 87. Quart. J. Sci. IV, 300. J.p.C. LY, 255. J.pharm. (3), XX, 243. J.p.C. LIV, 307. A.G.p. (3), XXXIII, 324. C.R. XXXII, 644. Instit. 1851, 138. J.pharm. (3), XX, 263. J.p.C. LIII, 126. A.C. P. LXXX, 272. CG. C. 1851, 525. Jahresb. 1851, 352. Pogg. LXXXIII, 147, and LXXXIV, 52. Berl. Acad. Ber. 1851, 597. J.p.C. LIV, 23. C.C. 1851, 778. AC ab LPXEXeXG 235% Chem. Gaz. 1851, 457. Instit. 1852, 69. Jahresb. 1851, 304. Sur exist. de Mn. dans le sang, etc. Lyons, 1852. J. chim. méd. (2), VIII, 392. Jahresb. 1852, 702. Pat. Specif. Abr., 346. Am.J.Sci. (2) XIV, 204. Chem. Gaz. 1852, 368. ING ORI Es UR OFO.0 5Y-F J.p.C. LVIII, 241. Jahresb. 1852, 728. A.C. P. LXXX, 98. Pol. Centr. 1852, 312. ©. GC. 1852) 312: Chem. Gaz. 1852, 75. Dingl. J. CXXIV, 50. Pogg. LXXXVII, 87. Pol. Centr. 1852, 571. Phil. Mag. (4) III, 144. Chem. Gaz. 1852, 60. C.C. 1853, 16. N. Jahrb. Pharm. II, 18, 30. A.c.p. (8) XXXVII, 203. J.p.C. LIX, 184. Am.J. Sci. [2] XV, 275. Pol. Centr. 1853, 1512. Chem. Gaz. 1853, 413. Ann. d. Mines. (5) III, 641. J.p. UC. LXI, 508, 105. A.c.p. (3) XXXIX, 460. C.R. XXXVI, 1090. Chem. Gaz. 1853, 380. Chem. Gaz. 1853, 416. C.C. 1853, 362. Pol. Centr. 1853, 547. ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. xr. 220 1853 1853 1853 1854 1854 1855 Rivot and others Bunsen Krieger W ohler Merkle and Gorgeu Rammelsberg Wohler and Merkle Slater Burin de Buisson Streng Ed. Davy Von Hauer Zwenger Trommsdorfft Liebig Mohr Vohl Reithner Marignac Literature of Manganese. Estimation Estimation Volumetric estima- tion Phosphide Color of MnO solu- tions Crystallographic Permanganic acid Action of P on KeMn203 Color of MnO salts Volumetric estima- mation Detection Chloride Potassic manganate Phospho-perman- ganic acid Protoxide Estimation of MnOz Double salts Color (?) Crystallographic Pol. Centr. 1853, 821. AO es LENORE RI VIL, 285. A.C. P. LXXXVII, 257. Chem. Gaz. 1853. 450. Am. J.Sci. (2) XVII, 126. J.p.C. LXI, 472. A.C.P. LXXXVI, 371. C.C. 1854, 32. Jahresb. 1854, 358. C.R. XXXVI, 861. Instit. 1853, 162. Am. J. Sci. (2) XVI, 416. J.D. Cy RX 2325: C.C. 1853, 383. J.de Pharm. (3) XXVII, 253. Chem. Gaz. 1853, 248. Jahresb. 1854, 358. A.c.p. (3) XLII, 70. Pogg. XCI, 340. A.C.P. LXXXVI, 373. J.p.C. LX, 18£. C.'C. 1853, 943. Chem. Gaz. 1854, 89. Jahresb. 1854. 359. Chem. Gaz. 1853, 329. Jp Ce ALC oe7e J. pharm. (3) XXVIII, 345. Pogg. Ann. XCII, 57. A.C. P. XCII, 411. Chem. Gaz. 1854, 271. Ch Dam 20s Proc. Roy. Soc. VI, 385. Chem. Gaz. 1854, 117. Wien. Akad. Ber. XIII, 453. J.p.C. LXIII, 436. Jahresb. 1852, 353. A.C. P. XCI, 46. J.p.C. LXIII, 251. ©. C. 1854, 784. Arch. Pharm. (2) LXXX, 262. N. Jahrb. Pharm. III, 219. AY CUP. XC Va 16: Chem. Gaz. 1855, 330. Jahresb. 1855 379. Lehrb. d. Titrirmethode. Ding]. J. CXXXYV, 289. Ay Geen e NCR ST ite een even te J. paces GueseVa ties Vierteljabresschr. Pharm. IV, 377. Recher. des formes cryst. Geneve. Annie Mz (5): C.K. XGETT; 288: 1855, I, 170. 1855. 1855 1855 1855 1856 1856 Rammelsberg Deville Otto Lotz Bonnewyn Fresenius Balmain Dunlop Playfair Condy Gorup- Besanez Barrow Cook Von Hauer Béchamp Carius Thénard Literature of Manganese. Crystallographic Pure fused metal Hydrated three- fourths oxide Tungstate Occurrence in blood Analytical Technical; recovery of Mn0Oz Technical; recovery of MnO2 Cyanide Patent disinfectant Occurrence in “Trapa][natans ” Technical recovery Treatment of ores Chloro-bicadmiate Transformation of albumen into Urea by means of KeMnz2 Og Mn203 3803 Permanganic acid Pogs. Ann. J.p.C. LXV, 181. C.C. 1855, 344. JG (5195 Dingl. CXL, 428. A.C. PRP. CI, 326: ASC. PRP. XCMI, 372: Chem. Gaz. 1855, 171. Joop Goy LPR VE ole Jahresb. 1855, 379. J.p.C. LXIII, 214. J.de Pharm. Pol. Centr. Oe Comic eels Lond. J. Arts. Hessisch. Gewerbebl. Chem. Gaz. 1856, 79. Pat. Specif. Abr. 446. J.e. 2, DU, 72: (3) XLVI, 182. 1856, 36. XCIV, 507. (3) XXVII, 284. Dingl. J. CXXXV, 277. 1855, 693 and 745, 1856, 176. Ding]. J. CXXXIX, 238. Technologiste. Pol. Centr. Jahresb. 1856, 700. 1856, 792. 1856, Apr. 341. Pat. Specif. Abr. , 453 and 471. Chem. Gaz. 1856, 200. Rep. Pat. Inv. Ding]. CXL, 104. Jahresb. 1856, 792. Pol. Centr. 1856, 832. Mateuke aie yale d.p.C. LXIX, 287. Pat. Specif. Abr. 496. Hofmann’s Rep. Exhib. of 1862. A.C0.P. G,.106. Pat. Specif. Abr. Pat. Specif. Abr. 477. 505. 1856, 236. 221 Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien. XVII, 331. Chem. Gaz. A.c. p. J. pharm. Cimento. IV, 155. A.C. P. ©, 247. C.C. 1857, 127. Jahresb. 1856, 696. A.C. P. XCVIIi, 53. J. p. C. LXVILII, 377. C.C. 1856, 465. Arch. ph. nat. Chem. Gaz. 1856, 292. Jahresb. 1856, 382. C.R. 382. Instit. 1856, 88. Arch. ph. nat. dahresb. 1856, 384. 1856, 6. (3), XLVI, 348. (3) XXXI, 32. XXXII, 235. XXXI, 351. 222 Literature of Manganese. 1856 | Thénard 1856 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 Gossmann Spiller Muspratt Gatty Richardson Frémy Brunner Brunner Deville Brunner Von Hauer J. Hoffman Permanganic acid KeMnzO3 as a decolor- izer Recovery of MnOz Nitrate Ores Metal Preparation of metal Properties of metal Metal Metal containing Si Atomic weight Borate J.p.C. LXIX, 58. C.C. 1856, 289. AN Ce. EXCL, 37s. Pol. Centr. 1856, 1275. J.p.C. LXIX, 469. Oaeae hy 7 100 i yy Dingl.J. CXLII, 316. Jahresb. 1856, 496. Quart. J. Chem. Soe. Pat. Specif. Abr. 536. Pol. Centr. 1858, 700. Pat. Specif. Abr. 545. Pat. Specif. Abr. 554. C.R. XLIV, 632. Inst. 1857, 102. J.pharm. (3) XXXI, 321. J.p.C. LXXI, 79. AV Cake. ‘CL, oat. C.C. 1857, 463. Jahresb. 1857, 201. Dingler J. CXLIV, 44. Chem. Gaz. 1858, 5. Pogg. CI, 264. Dingl. J. CXLIV, 184. Pol. Centr. 1857, 1825 and 1636. C.C. 1857, 408. dig (@ouls ANNE aby, C.R. XLIV, 630. Chem. Gaz. 1857, 163. Instit. 1857, 101. Am.J.Sci. (2) XXIV, 140. J. pac. EXIT. A.€.P. CII, 330. Bern. Mitth, 1857, 72. Jahresb. 1857, 201. C.R. XLIV, 673. Chem. Gaz. 1857, 201. J.p.C. LXXI, 289. UNG Op sey CONIA RB YA, Jahresb. 1857, 203. Bern. Mitth, 1857, 128. Pogg. CIII, 139. Chem. Gaz. 1858, 178. C.C. 1858, 161. Jahresb. 1857, 204. Wien. Acad. Ber. XXYV, 124. J.p.C. LXXII, 352. C.C. 1857, 881. Chem. Gaz. 1858, 41. Am.J.Sci. (2) XXVIII, 437. Mitth. d. Nassauer Gewerbvereins. XIV. Dingl. J. CXLYV, 450. Pol. Centr. 1857, 1514. J.c.T. II, 482. IX. 1857, Literature of Manganese. 223 1857 | Reissig Technical recovery ANOLE OUD IRL, of MnO, Dingl. pol. J. CXLV, 439. Pol. Centr. 1857, 1508. J.p.C. LXXII, 383. (ON OFuam (35) Meo he Jahresb. 1857, 206. 1857 | Marignac Cryst. form of chlo- |C.R. XLV, 650. ride ) | Instit. 1857, 364. Arch. ph. nat. XXXVI, 207. Phil. Mag. (4) XV, 157. Jahresb. 1857, 207. 1857 | Bottger Delicate test for Mn | J.desphys. Verzu Frankf. 1856, 27. J.p.C. BXX, 433. Pol. Centr. 1857, 886. N. Repert. Pharm. VI, 247. Pol. Notizbl. 1857, No. 1X. C. C. 1857, 635. Jahresb. 1857, 136. 1857 | Elliot Recovery of Mn from | Rep. Pat. Iny. 1857. Cl residues Polyt. Centr. 1857, 1033. Dingl. Pol. J. CXLYV, 238. Jahresb. 1857, 623. Pat. Specif. Abr. 503. 1857 | Field Separation from FeO | Chem. Gaz. 1857, 374. Dingl. CXLVI, 315. Jahresb. 1857, 592. 1857 | Barreswil Test for MnO C.R. LXIV, 677. Instit. 1857, 114. Chem. Gaz. 1857, 291. J.pharm. (3) XXXI, 342. C.C. 1857, 449. De r@.) LX 317. Jahresb. 1857, 592. 1857 | Terreil Separation from Zn, |C.R. XLV, 652. Co, and Ni Instit. 1857, 366. J.pharm. (3) XXXII, 383. Chem. Gaz. 1857, 452. J.p.C. LXXIII, 481. Jahresb. 1857, 593. 1857 | Souchay and | Oxalates A.C. P. CII, 35; CIII, 308. Lenssen J.p.C. LXXI, 295. J.p.C, LXXIII, 42. C.C. 1857, 519. Jahresb. 1857, 291. 1857 | Croft Oxalate Canad. J. II, 30. Chem. Gaz. 1857, 62. J. pr. Chem. LXXIII, 59. C.C. 1857, 233. Jahresb. 1857, 292. 1857 | Stadeler Action of K,Mn20, J.p.C. LXXII, 251. on albumen C.C. 1858, 90. J.pharm. (3) XXXIII, 156. Chem. Gaz. 1858, 101. Jabresb. 1857, 537. 1858 | Henry Separation from Co Phil. Mag. (4), XVI, 197. and Ni C.C. 1859, 94. 224 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1859 1859 1859 1859 Literature of Manganese. Henry Abich Schoénbein Von Hauer Haeffely Kestner Schabus H. Rose Cloez and Guignet Souchay and Lenssen Wohler Gorgew Hempel Tennant Béchamp Schneider Beketoff Béchamp Ordway Fordos and Gélis Separation from Co and Ni Geological Acetate of MnO, Sulphate of Mn and K Technical recovery Dunlop’s process Cryst. form of MnS0O,+K,S0,42H,0 Sesquioxide solu- tions Action of KeMn,0, on organic matter Oxalates Silicide Oxalate Action of KI on K,Mn,O; Technical Occurrence in blood Atomic Weight Experiments with K,Mn,0, Preparation of K,Mn,O, Analysis of sulphur compounds J.p:C. “DXXVI, 252. Jahresb. 1858, 619. Am.J. Sci. 1869 (4) XVI, 197. Petersb. Akad. Bull. XVI, 305. Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, 1858. J.p.C. LXXIV, 325. C.C. 1858, 778. Jahresb. 1858, 188. J.p.C. LXXIV, 431. Pat. Specif. Abr. 1000. Bull. Soc. Ind. Mulh. No. 142, 332. Pol. Centr. 1858, 800. Wien. Akad. Ber. XXIX, 441. Pogg. CV, 289. CyGry s5o S12: Jp. CO. LaxXooval, 115. Chem. Gaz. 1859, 101. Berl. Acad. Ber. 1858, 519. Jahresb. 1858, 171. COR) XLVI, 710: INe( GRIPS HOMWANUIS Sits Dingl. CL, 419. . Jahresb. 1858, 171. AS CUPS (CVr 215: J.p.C. LXXIV, 167. C.C. 1858, 289. Chem. Gaz. 1858, 264. F Jahresb. 1858, 244. Nachr. Gd6ttingen, 1858, 59. AC..Ps (CVI; 54; Chem. Gaz. 1858, 233. C.R. XLVII, 929. Chem. Gaz. 1859, 71. Instit. 1858, 419. Jahresb. 1858, 245. A.C. P. CVII, 100. J.p.C. LXXV, 383. Dingl, CXLVII, 440. C. R. XLIX, 895. Pogg. CVII, 605. C.C. 1859, 768. Phil. Mag. (4) XVIII, 268. Chem. Gaz. 1859, 474. PRE OH 245 ODOM 77h Jahresb. 1859, 178. Bull. soc. chim. May, 1859, 43. Jahresb. 1859, 179. A.¢.p- (3) LVIE, 293. gOS. Wal bates Jahresb. 1859, 180. Rép. chim. appl. II. 65. Am.J.Sci. (2) XXVII, 16. J.de pharm. (3) XXXVI, 113. 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860 Krieg Phipson Nolter Béchamp Lenssen Luboldt Bottger Heintz Von Kobell Dumas Matthiesson Rose Lenssen Struve Wohler and Michel Rose Dellfs Reinige Literature of Manganese. Technical Non][{existence of H,Mn,O, Technical Action of K,Mn.Og3 on albumen Action of As,O, on K,Mn,O, Decomposition of K,Mn,0, Action of Ca Cl,0, on MnCl, Ethyl succinate Estimation Atomic Weight Organic compounds Estimation Volumetric estima- tion of protoxide Pyrophosphate Alloy of Mn and Al Separation from Co and Ni Separation from FeO K.Mn,0, Pol. Centr. Cc. R. Instit. L, 694. 1860, 124. 1859, 815. J.p.C. LXXX, 122. Ding]. J. CLVI, 239. WA OL 1B C.C. 1860, 460. JiG. Le ViL, 208. Rep. chim. pure. Jahresb. Berg. u. Hiittenm Dingl. J. Chem. Gaz. C.C. 1859, 414. Pol. Centr. 1859, J.c.T. V, 65. A. ¢. Pp: Jahresb. 1860, 392. II, 161. 1860, 166. Be Area CLII, 136. 1859, 288. 1859, XVII. 1079. (3), LVI, 291. 1859, 181. J. p. Cy, XX VINE, 197: J.p.C. LXXVII, 315. Jahresb. 1859, 181, 2 5 Jahresb. phy. Verein Frankfurt, 1858, 47. Hp. C,) UXXVI, Dingl. CLI, 428. 235. N. Jahrb. Pharm. XI, 265. Vierteljahrschr. Jahresb. Pogg. CVIII, 94. J.p.C. LXXVI, A.c.p. Pharm. VIII, 450. 185, 202, note. 415. (3) LV, 129. A.C.P. CXIII, 25. Chem. Gaz. 1859, 78. J.p. Cx XXV IN, 227. Pogg. CX, 120. Vip Oo) C.C. 1860, 583. 1860, 557 Rep. chim. pure IT, 391. Jahresb. C.C. Jahresb. di. pC. TAX, 1861, 78. 1860, 644. dic Ps ©s CEIXEXEX, 408. 1860, 655. o46, A.C.P. CXV, 102. Pogg. Phe (OG) tek CX, 411. 1860, 625 Rep. chim. pure III, 91. Jahresb. Z.C.P. 1860, 81. Pol. Notizbl. Jahresb. Archiy. Pharm, 1860, 655. 1860, 109. J.c.T. VI, 259. 1860, 166. (2) CI, M5 226 Literature of Manganese. 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 Debray Machuca Aschoff Gorgeu Von Hauer Rose Lange Kraut Bottger Rose Ordway Schiff Mohr Quadrat Schénbein Nordenskisld Elliot and Storer TINO, in ores of Mn x Analysis of K,Mn,O, K,Mn,O, Double salt of man- ganate and per- manganate Sulphate Estimation as sul- phide Acetate Mn and Ce Hyposulphate Spectrum of chloride Analytical Solubility of Mn SO, in alcohol Estimation Estimation Manganese Amal- gam Artificial minerals MnO, C.R. L, 868. J.p.C. LXXXVI, 412. Cc. C. Pol. Centr. 1860, 1340. Pol. Centr. 1861, 1386. C.R. LI, 140 and 214. Rep. chim. pure. II, 316. Z.C.P. 1860, 656. J.p.C. LXXXI, 40.] C.C. 1860, 864. Dingl. J. CLVII, 239. Da gti WLS Utes?) Jahresb. 1860, 167. Berl. Acad. Ber. 1860, 474. J.p.c. LXXXI, 29. Arch, pharm. (2) CIV, 141. Pogg. CXI, 217. C.R. L, 610. AMIGa pr) (3) plas ioooe J.p.(. LXXX, 123. Chem. News. IV, 103. C.C. 1860, 838 and 460. Rep. chim. pure. 178. Inst. 1860, 140. Rep. chem. pure. II, 161. J.c.T. VI, 259. Jahresb. 1860, 169. Wien. Acad. Ber. XXXIX, 447. J.p-C. LXXX, 230. C.C. 1860, 423. Jahresb. 1860, 170. Pogg. CX, 122 and 301. Jes COT Be, J.p.C. LXXXIV, 125. J. plC!” LRXEV; 393. Am. J. Sci. (2) XXXI, 113. Am. J. Sci. (2), XXXII, 338. WhC, Pi CXVIMG 30! A.C. P. CXVII, 382. Rep. chim. appl. III, 254. Jahresb. 1861, 850. Schweitzer. pol. Zeitschr. VI, 103. Pol. Centr. 1861, 683. Z.C. P. 1861, 605. Poge. CXII, 445. Jahresb. 1861, 95. Pogg. Ann. CXIV, 619. J.p.C. LXXXV, 431. Jahresb. 1861, 260. Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. Chem. News. VI, 121. J. pe C.) eXiC) 288; Jahresb. 1861, 261. V, 192. 1861 | Gentele 1861 1861 1861 Lea Morin Moller 1861 | Weltzien 1861 | Deville 1861 | Wohler 1862 | Giles 1862 | Pean de St. Gilles 1862 | Brodie 1862 | Gorgeu 1862 | Terreil Binks and Macqueen 1862 1862 | Simmler 1863 | Wiederhold Caron Fresenius 1863 1863 NOVEMBER, 1875. Literature of Manganese. Crystallized Na,MnO, Ammonio-picrate Pigments Separation from FeO Action of K,Mn,0O, on iodine Action of HCl on oxides at high tem- peratures Action of NaNO, on MnO, Preparation of metal from its amalgam Oxychloride Catalytic phenomena Manganous acid Hyper-manganic acid Recovery of MnO, from chlorine resi- dues Spectrum Technical Fluxes Analytical 17 227 J.p.C. LXXXIlI, 58. Rep. Chim. pure. IIT, 370. J.pharm. (3) XXXIX, 473. Jahresb. 1861, 261. Am. J. Sci. (2) XXXI, 85. Pat. Specif. Abr. 749. A.C. P. CXX, 243. Z. anal. Chem. I, 217. A.C. P. CXX, 349. Jahresb. 1861, 262. C.R. LIT, 1264, LILI, 199. Instit. 1861, 205 and 257. Rep.chim. pure. II, 324 and 373. Jahrb. Min. 1861, 703; 1862, 80. A.C. P. CXX, 180. Jahresb. 1861, 7. A.C. P. CXIX, 375. J.p.C. LXXXvV, 311. Phil. Mag. (4), XXIV, 328. Pogg. CXVII, 528. Jahresb. 1862, 154. C.R. LV, 329. Instit. 1862, 286. Z.C.P. 1862, 569. C.C. 1863, 208. J.p.C. LXXXVIII, 123, JiiGr Le) NG S60: Rep. chim. pure. IV, 379. Pol. Centr. 1863, 622. Jahresb. 1862, 155. Proc. Roy. Soc. XII, 209. J.p.C. LXXXVIII, 342. A.c.p: (3); XVI, 153: Rep. chim. pure. IV, 415. C.C. 1863. 145. Jahresb. 1862, 155. Bull. soc. chim. 1862, 40, Z.C.P. 1868, 437. Tgp is VAIS ByAE 5 C.C. 1863, 78. Chem. News. VI. 57. Jahresb. 1862, 156. Technologiste. 1862, 627. Polyt. Centr. 1862, 1659, Pat. Specif. Abr. 672, C.C. 1868, 254. Jahresb. 1862, 659. Pogg. CXV, 242 and 425, Z. anal. Ch. 1, 356. Dingl. J. CLXIX, 316, Pol. Centr. 1863, 1310. Dis Mts VDeet tls Deutsche Gewerbe Ztg. C.R. LVII, 786. Z.anal. Ch. II, 346. Pol. Centr. 1864. 826. ANN. Juyc. Nat. Hist: Von. xm 1863, 196. 228 1863 1863 1863 1863 1863 1863 1863 1863 1863 1864 1864 1864 Oudemans Guyard Hoppe-Seyler Bottger Demarquai Richter Kessler Lang Pope Mittenzwey Fresenius Rosenstiehl Literature of Manganese. Laurate Volumetric estima- tion Optical properties of solutions of higher oxides Preparation of K,Mn,Og Disinfectant Amount Mn iniron Action of K,Mn,Og on protosalts Non-existence of nitrite Specific heat of sul- phate Volumetric estima- tion Volumetric estima- tion Barium manganate J.p.C. CC. LXXXIX, 213 1863,-737. Bull. soc. chim. V, 568. Jahresb. 1863, 333. Bull. soc. chim. VI, 89. Chem. News. J. pharm. C.C. 1864, 339. Jahresb. 1863, 679. J.p.C. XC, 303. Z.C.P. 1864, 91. C.C. 1864, 479. J. pharm. VIII, 292, IX, 13. (3) XLV, 409. (3) XLV, 355. Bull. soc. chim. VI, 269. Am. J. Sci. Jahresb. 1863, 228. (2) XX XVII, 408. Begliickw. J. Frankf. V, 1863, 6. J. paC. MC w56; Pol. Centr. 1864, 53. Dingl. J. CLXX, 286. Pol. Notizbl. J.c.T. IX, 356. C.C. 1864, 430. J.pharm. Jahresb. 1863, 228. Polyt. Centr. 1863, 321. Vierteljahreschritt Pharm. XIII, 221. (3) XLV, 356. 1863, 1311. B.u. H. Jahrbuch. XI, 295. Am. J. Sci. Pogg. CXVIII, 17. Z. anal. Chem. Pogg. CXVIII, 280. J.p.C. LXXXVI. Pogg. CXX, 368. J.p.C. XCI, 81. Ding]. CLXXIII, 294. C.C.. 1864, 550. Z. anal. Ch. III, 371. Chem. News. IX, 253. Bull. soc. chim. Jahresb. 1864, 680. TI, 383. (2) XXXV, 120. (2) III, 131. Z. anal Chem. III, 209. Rapport sur le concours pour le prix Bonfils par J. Nickles 1865, 6 and 18. J. pharm. (3) XLVI, 344. Ding]. J. CLXXVI, 409. J.p.C. XLV, 233; XLVI, 344. Arch. Pharm. CXXIII, 146. Pol. Notizbl. Deutsche Ind. Ztg. Kurhess. Gewerbebl. J.c. TL. XI, 365. Jahresb. 1864, 822. Pol. Centr. 1865, 1374. 1865, 264. 1865, 368. 1865, 769. 1864 1864 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1866 Rosenstiehl Gerland - Dittmar Luckow Rube Habich Schwartz Gibbs Nickles Geuther Graeger How Roussin Literature of Manganese. Barium manganate Co and Ni in Pyro- lusite Calcination of oxides in oxygen gas Estimation by elec- trolyt. precipitation as MnO, Separation Volumetric estima- tion Separation from Co, Ni and Zn. Superchloride and iodides Protoxide Preparation of K,Mn,0, Technical Action of sodium amalgam on solu- tions Deutsche Gewrbe Ztg. 1865, 372. Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg. 1864, 176. Pol. Centr. 1864, 1387. Jt Cr ls 124, Chem. Soc. J. (2) II, 294. Z.C.P. 1864, 449. J.p.C. XCTIYV, 345. C.C. 1865, 364. Jahresb. 1864, 234, Dingl. CLXXVII, 231 and 296. Ding]. CLXXVIII, 42. Jahresb. 1845, 686. J.p.C. XCIV, 246. Z.C. 1865, 347. Z.anal. Ch. IV, 421. C.C. 1865, 830. Bull. soc. chim. (2) IV, 119. Jahresb. 1865, 711. Z. anal. Ch. III, 474. Z. Chem. 1865, 473. Jahresb. 1865, 713. Bresl. Gewerbebl. 1865, No. 27. Pol. Centr. 1865, 1023. J. c. LT. XT, 364. Am. J.Sci. (2) XXXIX, 58. Z. anal. Ch. III, 331. J.p.C. XCV, 356. Z.C. 1865, 307. C.C. 1865, 405. Dingl. CLXXVITI, 133. Chem. News. XI, 101 and 174. Jahresb. 1865, 712. A.c.p. (4))'V; 161. Caney Gixe 479: Instit. 1865, 73. Bull. soc. chim. (2) IV, 108. J. pharm. (4) I, 328. Z. CG. 1865, 425. C.C. 1865, 316. Chem. News. XI, 129, 254. Jahresb. 1865, 224. Jena. Zeit. Med. u. Nat. Z.C. 1865, 347. J.p.C. XCVI, 169. Z.C. 1866, 60. C.C. 1866, 47. Z. anal. Ch. IV, 410. Jahresb. 1865, 226. Pol. Centr. 1866, 137. J.c.T. XI, 363. Transactions N.S. Inst. Nat. Sci. Chem. News. XII, 232. J.pharm. (4) III, 413. Bull. soc. chim. (2) VI, 93. Z.C. 1866, 576. Z. anal. Ch. VI, 100. II, 127. 229 230 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1867 1867 1867 Literature of Manganese. Roussin ? Wagner Clark Reichardt Baudrimont, Schad P. W. Hof- mann Miiller Miiller Gibbs Sticht Tessié du Motay Action of sodium amalgam on solu- tions Disinfecting solutions Techn. recovery Separation from earths “Casseler green” Technical recovery of MnO, Action of CS, on K,Mn0O, Optical properties of K,Mn,O, Estimation as pyro- phosphate A Mn,O, H.Mn,0, for bleach- ing Chem. News. XIV, 27 and 42. Jahresb. 1866, 170. Dingl. CLXVI, 197. J.c.T. XII, 263. Pat. Specif. Abr. 1000. Z.anal. Ch. V, 60. Arch. Pharm. (2) CXXIX, 234. Z.C. 1866, 592. Vierteljahrs. Pharm. XVI, 394. Bull. soc. chim. (2) VII, 495. Jahresb. 1866, 800. C.R. LXII, 829. Instit. 1866, 134. J. pharm. (4) III, 347. Chem. News. XIII, 193. J.p.C. XCVIII, 283. Z.C. 1866, 247. C.C. 1866, 848. Jahresb. 1866, 160. Bull. soc. chim. (2) V, 477. Pat. Specif. Abr. 873. |J.c.T. XI, 365. Ding]. CLXXXI, 364. Z.C. 1866, 608. Chem. News. XVI, 163. Jahresb. 1866, 857. Pogg. CXXVII, 404. C.C. 1866, 561. Z.C. 1866, 267. Bull. soc. chim. (2) VI, 447. Pogg. CXXVIII, 335. Z.C. 1866, 578. Am. J.Sci. (2) XLIV, 216. Chem. News. XVII, 195. Z.C. 1867, 721. J.p.C. CIII, 395. Jahresb. 1867, 845. Z. anal. Ch. VII, 101. Bull. soc. chim. (2) IX, 201. Vierteljahres. Pharm. XV, 259. Pol. Centr. 1867, 614. Deutsch. Indust. Ztft. 1867, 198. J.c.T. XIII, 275. Les Mondes. XIV, 95. Chem. News. No. 38, 222. Schweitz. pol. Ztschft. 1867, 98. Muster Ztg. 1867, XVI, 146. Buchner’s Repert. XVI, 583. Dingler. J. CLXXXIV, 524. Pol. Centr. 1867, 540 and 1130. Deutsche. Ind. Ztg. Kurhess. Gewerbebl. Hannover Mittheil. J.C. TE. SLU G52. 1866, 962. 1866, 100. 1867, 158 and 317. Literature of Manganese. 231 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 Weldon Tessié du Motay Esquiron et Gouin Swiontowski Skey Nickles Landauer Letheby Braun Eaton and Fittig Wheeler Eggertz Descamps Sidot Nickles Tuchschmidt Terreil Groth Braun Technical recovery of MnO, Technical prepara- tion of K,Mn,O; Recovery of MnO, Action of K,Mn,0, on H,0O, Separation Fluorides Blowpipe test K,Mn,0, as disinfec- tant Delicate reactions Cyanides Action on uric acid Estimation in iron ores Cyanides Crystallized sulphide Fluorides Ba in Pyrolusite Separation Permanganates Detection C.C. Laboratory. I, 445. Chem. News. XVI, 125. Dingl. CLXXXVI, 129. J.p.C. CII, 478. Bull. soc. chim. (2) VIII, 449. Bull. soc. chim. (2) IX, 166. Bull. Soc. d’Encourage. 1867, 472. Bull. soc. chim. (2) VIII, 455. Dingl. CLXXXVI, 231. Jahresb. 1867, 911. Ann. Génie Civil. 1867, 270. Bull. soc. chim. (2) VIII, 187. A.C. P. CXLI, 205. Bull. soc. chim. (2) VIII, 404. Chem. News. 201. Z.C. (2) IV, 1238. C.R. LXV, 107. Chem. News. XVII, 10. Chem. News. XVI, 105. Dingl. CLXXXIII, 227. Z. anal. Ch. VI, 73. Z.C. 1867, 541. 1867, 396. Jahresb. 1867, 845. AG CaP ORV; LOT Z.C. 1867, 107. N. arch. ph. nat. XXVIII, 361. Inst. 1868, 224. Jahresb. 1867, 373. Am. J. Sci. (2) XLIV, 110 and 218. Berg. Huttenm. Ztg. Schweitz. pol. Zts. 1867, 154. Z.C. (2) 1V, 507. . Z. anal. Ch. VII, 495. Jahresb. 1868, 872. C.R. LXVI, 628. Bull. soc. chim. (2) IX, 443. Z.C. (2) 1V, 415 and 592. Jahresb. 1868, 306. CR exeval zo ye Z.C. (2) IV, 544. Jahresb. 1868, 229. C.R. LXVII, 448. Z.C. (2) 1V, 701. Instit. 1868, 265. Bull. soc. chim. J.p.C. CVI. Jahresb. 1868, 229, J.p.C. Cill, 47s. Ain (tale S-OMYA Spek C.R. LXVI, 668. Z.C. (2) IV, 337. Pogg. CXXXIII, 203. Z.anal.C. VII, 340. Z.C. 1869, 306. (2) XT, 411. 232 Literature of Manganese. 1868 | Braun Detection Jahresb. 1868, 227. 1868 | Leykauf ‘“‘ Niirnberger Violet ” | Deutsch. Indust. 1868, 376 and 428. Pol. Notizbl. 1868, 272 and 335. Dingl. J. CXC, 70. Hessische Gewerbebl. 1868, 304. ; Pol. Centr. 1868, 1339. Monit. scientif. 1868, 713. Bull. soc. chim. (2), X, 76. Js Cs Bs, SND, B26. 1868 | Stideler K,Mn,0; J.p.C. CII, 107. N.R. Pharm. XVIII, 178. Z. anal. Ch. VII, 467. Dingl. J. CLXXXIX, 84. J.C. LD. SVG 327. Pol. Centr. 1869, 696. Pol. Notizbl. 1868, 179. Jahresb. 1868, 228. 1869 | Prior Estimation Z. anal. Ch. VIII, 428. Z.C. 1870, 274. Jahresb. 1869, 886. Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIV, 194. 1869 | Damour Separation from C.R. LXIX, 168. magnesia Instit. 1869, 243. Jahresb. 1869, 891. 1869 | Renard Removal from zine Bull. soc. chim. (2) XI, 473. solution Z. anal. Ch. VIII, 460. Chem. News. XX, 35. Z.C. 1869, 662. C. C. 1870, 224. Jahresb. 1869, 896. 1869 | Sidot Crystallographic CG. R. LXIX, 201. Z.C. 1869, 606. Jahresb. 1869, 251. 1869 | Lindner Manganate of baryta | Z.C. 1869, 442. Jahresb. 1869, 217. 1869 | How Estimation Jahresb. 1869, 887. Bull.soc. chim. (2) XIII, 48. Z.C. 1869, 414. Z. anal. Ch. IX, 382. Chem. News. XIX, 137. 1869 | How Oxalate Chem. News. XIX, 41. Z.C. 1869, 246. Jahresb. 1869, 537. 1869 | Delaurier K,Mn.0g Chem. News. XX, 240. Les Mondes, 4. November, 1869. Jahresb. 1869, 1052. 1869 | Luck Spectroscopic; super-| 7, anal. C. VIII, 405. chloride. Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIII, 499. Z. C. 1870, 288. Jahresb. 1869, 184. 1869 | Richters. Regeneration of Bull. soc. chim. (2), XII, 335. peroxide Dingl. J. CXCIL, 60, 133 and 234. Pol. Centr. 1869, 670 and 1230. J.c.T. XV, 209. 1869 | Weldon Regeneration of Bull. soc. chim. (2), XII, 497. peroxide Literature of Manganese. 233 1869 1869 1869 1869 1870 1870 1870 1870 Weldon Classen Muck Flagey Muck Vogel Gruner F, F. Allen Kohn Ladenburg Valenciennes 1870 | Schwarz Regeneration of peroxide Estimation Formation of green sulphide MnO for coloring glass Sep. of Co. from Mn. In ash of plants Effect of iron and steel Alloys Alloys with iron Aceto-formiute Alloy with Cu and Co ** Manganiliister” Chem. News. 1869, XX, 109. Jahresb. 1869, 1031. Rep. Br. Assoc. 1869, trans. 79. Pol. Centr. 1869, 1325. Dingl. J. CXCIV, 51. C.C. 1870, 76. Monit. scientif. XII, 113. J.pharm. (4) XII, 45. J.c.T. XV, 196. Z. anal. Ch. VIII, 370. Z.C. 1870, 285. C.C. 1870, 350. Bull. soc. chim. 1870, (2) XIV, 44. Jahresb. 1869, 887. Z.C. 1869, 580 and 640. Chem. News. XX, 226. Jabresb. 1859, 261. Annal. du Génie civil. 1869, Oct., 732. Pol. Centr. 1870, 608. VCs La) ROVE ios Z.C. V, 626. Bull. soc. chim. XIII, 334. N.R. Pharm. XIX, 423. Jabresb. 1870, 994. Ding]. J. CXCV, 336. Pol. Centr. 1870, 556. Berg- u. hiittenm. Z. 1870, 46. Jahresb. 1870, 1091. Chem. News. XXII, 194. C.C. 1870, 772. Jahresb. 1870, 1103 and 351. Dingl. J. CXCVIUII, 517. Engineering. Sept., 1870. Dingl.7J. CXCVIII, 205. Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg. 1870, 419. Pol. Centr. 1871, 110 and 1080. J.c.T. XVII, 27. Jahresb. 1870, 1103. Jahresb. 1870, 334. C.R. LXX, 607. Pol. Centr. 1870, 936. Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIV, 193. D. C. Ges. III, 326. Instit. 1870, 90. Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg. 1870, 304. Dingl. J. CXCVI, 516. Deutsche Indust. Ztg. 1870, 155, Z.C. 1870, 318. C.C. 1870, 243. Jahresb. 1870, 350. Dingl. J. CXCVII, 251. Turrschmiedt’sgNotizbl. 1870, 220. Deutsche. Ind. Ztg. 1870, 358. Pol. Notizbl. 1870, 290. C.C. 1870, 557. J.c. 7. XVI, 307., 234 Literature of Manganese. 1870 | Tissandier Analysis pyrolusite Monit. Scient. 1870, 279. J.c.T. XVI, 183. 1870 | Reimann “ Mangan braun” Deutsche ill. Gewerbe Ztg. 1869, 313. Dingl. J. CXCV, 283. Jahresb. 1870, 1264. 1870 | Muck Sulphide Z.C. 1870, 6. C.C. 1870, 22. Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIII, 423. Jahresb. 1870, 331. 1870 | Wagner Analytical Dingl. J. CXCV, 532. C.C. 1870, 229. Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIV, 96. Je Ck Vil 40. Pol. Centr. 1870, 829. Chem. News. 1870, No. 543, 192. Jahresb. 1870, 331. 1870 | Rowan Estimation in Spie- Engineering. June, 1870, 455. geleisen Dingl. J. CXCVII, 328. C.C. 1870, 592. Ceol exe Ito. Jahresb. 1870, 993. 1870 | Schulz- Nitrate Z.C. 1870, 646. Sellack Jahresb. 1870, 334. 1870 | Mohr Permanganate Z.anal. Ch. IX, 43. potash Z.C. 1870, 446. Jahresb. 1870, 333. 1870 | Kolbe Perman. potash J.p.C. (2) I, 423. Jahresb. 1870, 333. 1870 | Spiess Perman. potash J.p.C. (2) 1, 421. C.C. 1870, 391. Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIV, 194. Jahresb. 1870, 332. 1870 | Wernicke Refraction of Pogg. Ann. CXXXIX, 132. hydrated peroxide | Phil. Mag. (4) XL, 105. Jahresb. 1870, 164. 1870 | Wernicke Hydr. peroxide Pogg. Ann. CXLI, 109. formation and Sp. J.p.C. (2) Il, 419. Gr. C.C. 1870, 689. : : Jahresb. 1870, 299. 1870 | Pattinson Estimation of per- Chem. News. XXI, 267 (1870). oxide in ores Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIV, 347. Pol. Centr. 1871, I, 117 and 1568. Am. Chem. 1870, 141. C.C. 1870, 636. Dingl. J. CXCVII, 422. Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg. 1870, 347. Z.C. 1870, 442. Z.anal. Ch. IX, 509. Cw Le eV, SS. Jahresb. 1870, 991. 1870 | Sherer Estimation of per- | Ghem. News. XXI, 284. oxide in ores Z. anal. Ch. 1X, 513. re, Jahresb. 1870, 992. 1870 | Paul Estimation of per- | Chem. News. XXI. 16. oxide in ores Z. anal. Ch. IX, 410. Jahresb. 1870, 993. Literature of Manganese. 235 1870 | Deschamps 1870 | Parker .870 | Weldon 1870 | Desclabissac § 1870 | Pollaci 1870 | Bohling 1870 | Béttger 1870 | Krebs 1870 1870 Thomson Mason and Parkes 1871 | Kimmerer 1871 | Talbut 1871 | Luck 1871 | Chatard 1871 | A. H. Allen NOVEMBER, 1875. Tartrate of potassium} C. R. LXX, 813. and manganese Estimation of Mn in spiegeleisen Oxidation of MnClz Directions for manu- facturing manga- nates and perman- ganates Presence in milk and blood Permanganate Permanganate Action of Mn,O, on KCIO, Treatment of ores Preparation Precipitation by bromine Estimation Estimation of peroxide Estimation Detection by ferro- cyanide of potash. 18 Bull. soc. chim. Z.C. 1870, 317. C.C. 1870, 292. Jahresh. 1870, 662. D.C. Ges. III, 428. Chem. News. 1870, No. 568, 186. Dingl. J. CXCIX, 48. Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg. C.C. 1870. 725. JeCo. Vill, 13% Brit. Assoc. Rep. Liverpool meeting. Di CGes) IW Sis: Chem. News. 1870, No. 570, 145. Chem. News. 1871, No. 606, 12. Pol. Centr. 1871, 50, 576, 965. Ding]. J. CCI, 354. CORK OF ESV A raat inion V5 99.0.14 Ari). Verh. d. Vereins z. beford. des Gerverbefl. in Preussen. 1870, 142. Pol. Centr. 1871, 639. Dingl. J. CCI, 58. JeiCr iD. SOV ose Jahresb. 1871, 1023. Am. Chem, 1871, 233. C.C. 1871, 508. J.p.C. May, 1870. Am.Chem. I, 69 and 121. Z.anal.C. FX, 277. Jahresb. 1870, 333. J.p.C. (2) Il, 135. C. C: 1870, 164. Jahresb. 1870, 333. Z.C. 1870, 243. Dingl. J. CXCVII, 293, C.C. 1870, 305. Jahresb. 1870, 208. Bull. soe. chim. (2) XIV, 190. Am. Chem. 1870, 76. D.C. Ges. IV, 134. D. C. Ges. IV, 534. (2) XIV, 250. 1871, 55. D. C. Ges.. IV, 218. Z.C. 1871, 444. Z.anal. C. 1871, 444. Jahresb. 1871, 866. D.C. Ges. IV, 279. Jahresb. 1871, 928. Z. anal. C. 1871, 310 to 322. Jahresb. 1871, 929. Chem. News. XXIV, 196, Jahresb. 1871, 928. Chem. News. XXIII, 290, Z.C. 1871, 413. Bull, soc. chim. (2) XVI, 93. ANN, Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1. 236 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1872 A. H. Allen Hugo Tamm Thomson Skey Bell Thomsen Schrotter Koosen Michaelis Swan Baudrimont Loughlin Rowan Valentine Krecke Leclere Literature of Manganese. Detection by ferro- cyanide of potash Estimation as MnNH,P0O,+H20 Alloys with ivon Position of MnS in the series of elec- trical tension Effect of oxide of carbon upon oxides Thermo-chemical examinations Alloys Use of K,Mn,0O; in battery Rejoinder Employment of KkeMnzO, in photo- graphy Generation of oxygen Preparation of metal Technical Regeneration Color of chloride Estimation in soil and plants Jahresb. 1871, 930. Chem. News. XXIV, 148. Z.C. 1871, 467. Bull. soc. chim. (2) XVI, 261. Jahresb. 1871, 932. Mechanic’s Magazine. Dingl. J. CXCIX, 394. J.c.) 0. XVII, i832. Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg. Po]. Centr. 1871. 531. C. C. -1871, 345. Jahresb. 1871, 996. Chem. News. XXIII, 255. Jahresb. 1871, 122. Feb. 1871, 78 1871, 232. Chem. News. XXIII, 258 & 267. Jahresb. 1871, 265. , Pogg.Ann. CXLIII, 344 to 396; 497 to 534. D.C. Ges. IV, 586 to 590, 308 to 314. Bull. soc. chim. (2) XVI, 63. Jahresb. 1871, 101, 104. Wien Acad. Ber. (2 Abth.) LXIII, 453. Jahresb. 1871, 1004. Pogg. CXLIV, 627. Jenaische Zeitschr. VII, 110. J.p.C. (2) IV, 449. Jahresb. 1871, 250. Photographic News. Dingl. J. CCI, 388. Bull soc. chim. (2) XVI, 360. C. R.. UXXIII, 264. Z.C. 1871, 415. Monit. Scientif. (3) I, 783, Bull soc. chim. XVI, 2388. Jahresb. 1871, 206. Am. Chem. 1871, 454. Chem. News. XXV, 139. Bull soc. chim. XVII, 556. D.C. Ges. IV, 856. Pol. Centr. 1871, 1569. J.¢c. 2. XVIII, 350. D.C. Ges. V, 228. Bull. soc. chim. XVII, 192, Doe {ha SAVIO Ero D.C. Ges. V, 582. J.c.T. XVIII, 348. J.p.C. (2) V, 105. Pol. Centr. 1872, 1159. Ding]. J. CCIV, 337. C.C. 1872, 289. C.R. LXXV, 1209. DOC. (Ges. \V;,/983. Bull. soc. chim. XIX, 177, f. med. u. Naturw. 1873 187, 1873 1873 1873 1873 Leclere Kessler Schwartz Bayer . Horner Thomsen Tamm Pahl Kessler Tamm Pichard Fresenius vy. Gerichten Hergh Joulin — KuhIman Joulin Briinner Briinner. Fleischer Percy Parry Kuhlman . Literature of Manganese. Estimation in soil and plants Estimation in steel and iron Manufacture of glass Preparation Spectra in blowpipe beads Formation of oxide Improvements in estimation Pyrophosphate Quantity in steel Metallurgical Estimation by color- imetric process Estimation Selenosulphates Diconate Exchange of MnOSO, with NaOCO2z Recovery Dissociation of MnOCOz Volumetric estima- tion Utilization of Mn residues in glass mnft. Barium manganate Mn as a substitute for Ni in German silver Estimation in Spie- geleisen Use of residues Dingl. J. CCVI, 366. D.C. Ges. Chem. News. V, 605. Bull. soe. chim. XVIII, 224. XXVII, 14. Dingl. J. CCV, 439 and 332. Le Technologiste. 1873, 76. 1872, 1608. Am. Chem. Pol. Centr. Dingl. J. CCV, 422. Pol. Centr. J.p.C. Cac. 1872, 1624. 1872, V, 443. 1872, 499. Uatcsits a QiadtistlyZ Chem. News. D.C. Ges. V, Chem. News. Bull soc. chim. D. C. Ges. XXV, 139. 175. XVI, 37. XIX, 121. VI, 1465. Dingl. J. Sept., 1872. Chem. News. Chem. News. Bull soe. chim. Pol. Centr. XXVI, 194. MMVISLI: XVIIL, 552. 1872, 1348. Ding]. J. CCVI, 136. Ch Ry Taxseyiiteals Chem. News. Bull soc. chim. XXVIL, 85. XIX, 253. 237 Dec., 1872. Z.anal.C. XII,308. Dingl. J. CCVII, 136. Z. anal. C. Am. Chem. 1872, No. 3. III, 472. A.C. P. CLXVIII, 214. D.C. Ges. VI, 162. Jahresb. reinen Chemie. Jenaische Ztschrft. VII, 493. J.p.C. VIII, 372. D.C. Ges. Pol. Centr. D.C. Ges. VI, 266. Jahres. reinen Chemie. I, 67. 1873, 1369. VI, 969. Oesterr. Z. Berg. u. Hiitten. Pol. Centr. 1875, 1367. Dingl. J. CCVIII, 396. Bull. soe. chim. XX, 424. Arch Pharm. Jahres. reinen Chemie. Chem. News. III, 300. XXVIT, 249, Am. Chem. IV, Ill. Pol. Centr. 1873, 786. Chem. News. No. 743. Am. Chem. fV, 434. Bay. Ind. Gewerbebl. 1873, 986. Pol. Centr. I, 68. I, 20. 1873, No. 43. May, 837. 238 Literature of Manganese. Minerals. 1596-1873.* ABBREVIATIONS. H =Hausmannite. Ps = Psilomelane. W =Wad A = Alabandite. Bn= Braunstein. Br = Braunite. Py = Pyrolusite. M = Manganite. R =Rhodonite. T =Tephroite. Rh = Rhodochrosite. Tr =Triplite. 1596 | Czesalpin “Tapis manganensis” | Cesalp. de metallicis. 1596. 1730 | Bromell Brom. Mineralogia. 1744 | Cramer Cram. Docimasie. 239. 1747 | Wallerius “Brunsten” Wall. Min. 268 and 345. 1758 | Gellert Elements de chym. metallurgique. 1758 | Cronstedt “Magnesia indurata” | Cronst. Min. 106, 1767 | Westfield Mineralog. Abhandlungen. 1771 | Cartheuser “Magnesia fibris” Mineralog. Abhandl. 1786 | Rinmann Carbonate (?) Scheele’s Chem. Essays. London, 1786. 1787 | Chaptal Ores Journ. d. Phys. XXXTI, 100. 1787 | Dietrich Ores Journ. d. Phys. XXX, 351. 1789 | Werner Schwarz braun- Bergm. J. 1789, 386. steinerz 1791 | Napione “Oxyde rouge” A.c.p. (1) X, 148. : Mém de Turin. 4, 303. 1793 | Emmerling Psilomelane Emmerl. Min. IV, 532. 1794 | Lenz ‘“Luftsaures Braun- Lenz. Min. II, 1794. stein” (Rh) 1795 | Vauquelin Analyses J.d. Mines. III. *For many of the references the author Journ. d. M. VI, 599. Journ. d. Phys. Crells Ann. 1772 | de Lisle Mn cryst de Lisle Crist. 1774 | Crell “Brunsten” Crell’s N. Entd. I, 156. 1774 | Hjelm “Brunsten” Tillagnin om Brunsten. Vet. Acad. Handl. XXXV, 194. 1774 | Rinmenn “Braunstein ” Vet. Acad. Handl. 1774, 201. Schw. Akad. Abh. 1774, 206. 1780 | dela Peyrouse} Ores - J.de Phys. XV, 67, XVI, 156. Mém de Toulouse. I, 256. 1782 | Bergmann “Mn acido aéreo min-| Sciagr Berg. 1782. eralisatum ’ (Rh) 1782 | Rupricht “Rother braun- Phys. Arb. Wein. I, 55. stein” (R) Crell’s Ann. 1790, I, 297. 1783 | Wedgewood |} ‘‘black wadd” Phil. Trans. 1783, 284. 1784 | Miiller von “Schwer blende” Phys. Arb. Fr. Wein. II, 86. Reichenstein 1784 | Kirwan Kirw. Mineralogy. 390. 1784 | Bindheim Schrift Ges Nat. Fr. Berlin. V, 452. 1785 | Sage Mém. Acad. Sci. Paris. 1785, 235. 1786 | dela Peyrouse| Native metal Mém. de Toulouse. III, 256. XXVIII, 68. 1786, IT, 302. is indebted to Dana’s Mineralogy, 1868. Literature of Manganese. 239 1796 1797 1798 1800 1800 1800 1801 1801 1801 1802 1802 1802 1802 1805 1806 1806 1807 1807 1807 1808 1809 1813 1813 1813 1815 1815 1816 1817 1817 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1820 1821 1821 Kirwan Klaproth Dolomieu Lampadius Lampadius Karsten Cordier Vauquelin Hatiy Klaproth Klaproth Cordier Vauquelin Vauquelin Leonhard Luecus Berzelius Blumenbach Klaproth G. Karsten Haiiy Hausmann Hausmann Hausmann Ullmann Berzelius Pusch Jasche Doebereiner Du Ménil Du Ménil Jasche Brandes Berzelius Berzelius Germar Berzelius Hitchcock Doebereiner Berthier Black Wad “Granat formiges Braunsteinerz ” Romaneéche Ore Silicate Rhodochrosite ‘Rother Braunstein” (R) Useful Ores Analyses Mag. oxide “ Grau-manganerz” Analysis W ‘*violet oxide” Phosphate Sulphide Braunsteinkies Mn. phosphate Rother Braunsteinerz “Schwarz Braun- stein” Grau Braunstein Manganese Carbonateé (Rh) d Grau braunstein Schwarz braunstein Triplite “Faseriges grau Braunsteinerz Silicate Manganspath Dialogite (Rh) “Knebelite” Minerals Silicate Rhodonit Ores Oxides Analysis Tr. “Hydropit” (R) Phosphate Pyrolusite Analysis W Ores Kirwan. Min. Klapr. Beitr. II, 239. J.d. Mines. IV, 27. J.d. Mines. XVII 313. Samml. pr. Chem. Abh. Sammi. pr. Chem. Abh. Karst. Tab, 54 and 78. IIT, 238. III, 239. J.d.M. X, 763. J.d.M. IX, 481. Haiiy Traité. IV, 1801. Klapr. Beitr. III. 304. Klapr. Beitr. III, 311. . Jd. Me Ch, 135: J.d.M. XI, 295. A.c.p. XLI, 242. Ann. Mus. d. Hist. Nat. VI, 401. Gehlen’s J. II, 41. Leonh. Taschenb. II, 266. Leonh. Tab, 7. Lucus Tabell. TIT, 169. Gehlen’s, J. VWI, 307. Leonh. Taschenb. I, 261 and 295. Blumenb. Handb. I, 707. Klapr. Beitr. IV, 137. Leonh. Taschenb. II, 220 and 266. Karst. Tab. 1808, 72, 100. Leonh. Taschenb. IV, 172. H. Tabl. III. Hausm. Handb. Hausm. Handb. 293. Hausm. Handb. 1079. Leonh. Tabell Uebers. 402. Leonh. Taschenb. IX, 482 and 434. Afh. Fysik. IV, 382. Anne Phils Viltin 232: Schweigg, J. XXI, 254. Leonh. Taschenb. V, 174. Leonh. Taschenb, X, 180. Kl. Min. Schrift. 1817, 4. Gilb. Ann. LX, 84. Schweigg, J. XXI, 49. Gilb. Ann. LX, 87. Gilb. Ann, LXI, 190. Schweigg, J. XXVI, 110, Note. Schweigg, J. XXVI, 103 and 121. Schweigg, J. XXVI, 262. Schweigg, J. XXVII, 70. Schweigg, J. XXVI, 108. A. c.p,. (2) S10; 34: Am. J.Se1. (1) Il, 374. Gilb. Ann. LXVII, 333. Ann. d. Mines. VI, 291 and 593. A.C. p. (2) XX, 344. Ann. Phil. III, 578. 288. Literature of Manganese. Berthier Ficinus 2 | del Rio 2 | Cist 2| Haiiy 2 | Arfvedson 2| Dewey 3 | Breithaupt 4 | Mohs + | Meade Haidinger £| Arfyvedson Vauquelin Hitchcock £| Arfyedson Fowler 25 | Brogniart Leonhard Haidinger Haidinger Haidinger Haidinger 3 OD = a ~1 = io 9] Wow we Ww as = 2) co | Berthier Thomson Wackenroder Turner Rammelsberg Hartwall Phillips Kane Dufrenoy Damour Berthier Cantu Kane Ores “Braunstein Bodenmais” “Blende” von “Oxyde Hydraté” Analysis A Pyrolusite “Tephroite” “Prismatisches Man- gaierz”, “Pyramidal Mangan- erz” “Manganglanz” Huraulite Rhodonite Analyses “Fowlerite” “Bustamite” (R) Hy peroxide Braunite Crystallographic Pseudomorph M. H. Py. &e. ‘““Ferrosilicate ” Anal. W. Analyses Ryo HBr. Analysis H. Mangan-Epidot Warwick mineral H uraulite and Hete- pozit Analysis T Analysis Rh Carbonate “Kaneite” Schweigg, J. XXXYV, 81. Am.J.Sci. VII, 366. Schweigg, J. XXX, 201. Gilb. Ann. LXXI, 7. Am. J. Sci. IV, 38, 54, and 189. Haiiy Traité. 1822. Vetens. Acad. Handl. Am. J. Sci. V, 249. Breith. Char. 18238, 278. Mohs. Grundriss. 488. 1822. Am. J. Sci. Mohs. Min. VI, 54. Il, 416. Pogg. I, 58. Ann. Sci. Nat. VIII, 349. A.c.p. 'XXX, 302. Am.J.Sei. IX, 22. Afh. Fysik. VI, 222. , Schweigs, J. XLII, 202. Am. J.Sci. IX, 345. Ann. Sci. Nat. VIII, 411. Leonh. Handb. 240. Ed.J.Sci. IV, 48. Pogg. VII, 225. Pogg XI. 374. Pogg. XIV, 197. Ann. J.M. I, 409. Phil. Mag. IV, 22. Trans. Roy. Soc. Ed. Leonh. Ztschr. Min. 1829, 628. Ann. d. M. (3) XI, 489. Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. III, 28. Kastn. Archiv. XIII, 302 and XIV, 257. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. XI. Leonh. Ztschr. 1829, 628. Pogg. Ann. XIV, 222. K. Vet. Acad. Handl. J: Cha LY. as. Geiger Mag. Pharm. XXX, 114. Phil. Mag. (2) V, 209. Dingler. J. XXXII, 431. Quart. J. Sci. 1829. Oct. to Dec., 381. Leonh. Jahrb. 1830, 495. A. ¢. p. (2). XLI, 337. Ann. d.M. (2) VIL, 137. Schweigg, J. LVII, 454. Dingl. J. XXXIV, 444. Leonh, Jahrb. II, 189. Ann. d. M. (2) VI, 339. Ann. d. M. (2), VI, 595, Mem. Acad. Torino. XXXIII, 167. Leonh. Jahrb. 1835, 84. Quart. J. Sci. (2). VI, 386. Pogg. Ann. XIX, 145. 1827. 1828, 171. 1830 1831 1832 1832 1832 1852 1832 1835 1834 1835 1836 1837 1858 1838 1858 1839 1840 1841 1841 1841 1841 1842 1842 1842 1843 1843 1844 1844 1844 1844 1st 1844 Literature of Manganese. Turner Fuchs Berthier Shepard Beudant Hitchcock Kersten Stromeyer Stromeyer Cordier Thomson Taylor Ed. Davy Apjohn Ebelmen Fuchs Breithaupt Ebelmen Huot Bottger Breithaupt Damour Rammelsberg Rammelsberg Scheffler Clausbruch Rammelsberg Noéggerath Ettling Plattner Senez Breithaupt Wad, &e Analysis Ps “Groroilite” “Marceline” “Fowlerite” **Acerdese” Analysis W Analysis Rh Mangan alaun Mangan epidote “Narkirkite” Peroxide containing silver Peroxide containing copper Manganese alum Analysis “Hisenapatit” (Tr) “Heterokline” Analysis Ps Kapnikite Ouatite Analysis W “Zwiselite” (Tr) “Rosenspath” (Rh) Analysis Br Analysis Ps Analysis H Genesis of ores Analysis Ps Analyses Chemical origin ot ores Geological Analysis Py Analysis “Polianite” & Edinb. J. Sci. (2) II, 213. Schweigg. LXII, 253. AN Gaps, (2); Lil. 79: J.t.C. XVI, 379. Dingler. J. XLVII, 104. , Shep. Min. 1832, 186. Beud Traité. II, 399 and 678. Am. J. Sci. XXII, 61. Schweigg J. LXVI, 1. Gott. Gel. Anz. stiick. 109,.1081. 241 Leonh. Juhrb. , 1834, 224; also, 1835, 85. Am On be exerzpoe Pogg. Ann. XXI, 337. JPL VS: Thoms. Min. I, 509. Phil. Mag. 279. Leonh. Jahrb. 1837, 571. Dubl. Geol. Soc. J. I, 241. Phil. Mag. XII, 103. ARCO be PxeNile 2725 J.pr.€. XI, 502. Leonh. Jahrb. 1840, 231. Ann. d. Mines. (3), XIV, 283. Leonh. Jahrb. 1839, 712. J.pr.C. XVIII. 499, Pogs. Ann. XLIX, 204. Breit. Handb. 1847, 801. Anne ds Me (3) sewXe 155. Leonh. Jahrb. 1842, 337. Huot. Manuel. 241. Pogg. Ann. LIV, 545. Breit. Handb. IT, 299. Breit. Handb. II, 228. Ann. d.M. (4), I, 400. Leonh. Jahrb. 1842, 559. Leonh. Jahrb. 1842, 602. Ber. uw. ‘d: Thiiringen. Juni. Leonh. Jahrb. 1844, 362. Arch. Pharm. Rammelsberg. Leonh. Jahrb. 1844, 205. Pogg. LXIT, 145, and 157. Pogg. LXIV, 551. Leonh. Jahrb. 1843, 206. Karst. Arch. Min. XVIII, 537. Leonh. Jahrb. 1845, 105. A.C. P. XLIIE, 185. Leonh. Jahrb. 1844, 70. Pogg. XLI, 192. Ann.d.M. XX, 570. Leonh, Jahrb. 1844, 69. Leonh. Jahrb. 1843, 345. Pogg. LXI, 187. Leonh. Jahrb. 1844, 598 (2) XXXYV, 260. Ist Supplement. II Versamlung Naturv. f, 1843, 8 and 9. 242 1845 1845 1845 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1848 1848 1848 1848 1849 1849 1849 1850 1850 1850 1850 1851 1852 1852 1852 1853 1853 1854 1854 Ebelmen Kersten Haidinger Missondakis Ebelmen Breithaupt Kersten Igelstr6m Rammelsberg Rammelsberg Kersten Hausmann Schwarzen- berg Haidinger Glocker Kane Monheim Rammelsberg Credner Del Rio Hermann Hermann Websey Bahr Delanoue Gruner Tgelstro6m Rammelsberg Wells Bechi Kenngott Sandberger Miiller J, L. Smith . Literature of Manganese. Analysis R Genesis of ores “Wiserite” Analyses Analysis silicate Manganocalcite Analysis Rh Analysis W Analysis Ps. Analysis Mangano- calcite Analysis “Glanz Braunstein” Analysis Py ““Hauerite” “Zwiselite” Carbonate Analysis Manganese copper ores Occurrence Mn Zn & Cu alloy Hydrated oxide from North America “Mangan-amphibole” “Mangan-idokras” Analysis W Geological Geological “Paisbergite” Analysis Distribution Analysis Br Hermannite (R) Mangan-spath Minerals of Jura Alum Ann.d.M. (4) VII, 8. Karst. Archiv. Min. Leonh. Jahrb. Haid. Handb. Leonh. Jahrb. J. pr. Ch. 1846, 229. 1845, 493. 1846, 614. XXXVI, 127. Poggs. LXIX, 429. Instit. No. 726. Am. J.Sci. (2), V, 268. J.pr.C. XXXVII, 163. Berz. Jahresb. XXV, 342. Pogg. LXVIII, 72. Pogg. Ann. LXVIII, 511. Leonh. Jahrb. 1847, 344. Ann. d.M. (4), XI, 641. Hausm. Handb. A.C. P. LXI, 262. Nat. Abh. Wien. I, 107. Glock. Syn. 244. Phil. Mag. (3), XXXII, 37. C.C. 1848, 272. Jahresb. 1848, 1024. Leonh. Jahrb. 1849, 470. Verhandl. Rheinland. Vereins. Leonh. Jahrb. 1852, 69. Pogg. Ann. LXXIV, 559. Leonh Jahrb. 1849, 559. Pogg. Ann. LXXIV, 546. Leonh. Jahrb. 1849, 310. Bull. géol. Soc. Leonh, Jahrb, 1849, 96. J.p.C. XLVII. Leonh. Jahrb. 1850, 447. J. pr. Ch. XLVITI, 7. Am. J. Sei. (2), IX, 410. Pogg. Ann. LXXIX, 166. Leonh. Jahrb. 1851, 89. J.pr.Ch. LIITI, 308. Ann. d.M. (4) XVIII, 455. Ann. d.M. (4), XVIII, 61. Jahresb. 1850, 761 and 771. Afh. Ak. Stockh. 1851, 143. J. pr. Ch. LIV, 192. Pogg. Ann. LXXXV, 297. Leonh. Jahrb. 1853, 176. Am. J: Sci. (2), XIII. 9. Am.J.Sci. (2), XIV, 62. Kenng. Min. 71. Pogg. Ann. LXXXVIII, 491. Verh. Nat. Ges. Basel. Leonh Jahrb. 1857, 168. Am. J. Sci. (2), XVIII, 379. J.pr.Ch. LXIII, 460. C. C.. 1855, 7. Jahresb. 1854, 863, XIX, 754. 222 and 405. III, 24 and 25. 1854, 95. Schultz Huene 1854 1854 1854 | Miiller 1856 | Birnbacher 1856 1856 1857 Haidinger Burkhart Bergemann 1857 | Glocker 1857 1858 1858 1859 1859 Hornig Field Abich Kenngott T. S. Hunt 1860 | Hildebrand 1860 1860 1860 Rammelsberg Bergemann Breuilhs and Sevoz Hahn K. List 1861 1861 1861 | Zerrenner 1861 | How 1864 | Igelstrém 1864 1864 1864 1865 1865 1865 von Kobell Brush Rose Breithaupt Igelstré6m NOVEMBER, 1875. Literature of Manganese. Analysis Ps - Ps in trachyte Pseudomorphs Carbonate “Reissacherit” Mangan-blende “Blende” Ps Analysis W Cupreous oxide Ores of the Caucasus Alum Carbonate Carbonate “Cummingtonite” (R) Analysis Tr Ores of Huelva Analysis R Analysis Ps Geological Analyses “Pyrochroit” Analysis Tr Analysis T Br & H Fauserite “‘Chondrarsenite” Rammelsberg |} Analyses and Sp. Gr. 19 Rammelsb. M ineralchemie, 1006. Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. IV, 576. Leonh. Jahrb, 1854, 593. Berg- Hiitten-mann. Zeit. 1854, 289. Leonh. Jahrb. 1855, 69. A.C. P. XCVIII, 144. J.p.C. LXVIII, 64. C.C. 1856, 495. Jahresb. 1856, 883. Jahrb. geol. Reichs. VII, 209. Verh. Niederrhein. Ges. 1856, Jan. Leonh. Jabrb. 1857, 394. Jahresb. 1857, 659. Verh. Nat. Ver. Bonn. III. Jahrb. geol. Reichs. VI, 97. Leonh. Jahrb. 1859, 433. Jahrb. geol. Reichs. VII, 312. Chem. Gaz. 1858, 104. Bull. Sci. St. Petersb. XVI, 305. Uebers. d. Min. Forsch. 1859, 12. Am. J. Sci. (2), XXVII, 134. Jahresb. 1859, 813. A.C. P. CXV, 348. Rep. chim. pure. IIT, 90. Verh. Nat. Nassau, XIV, 434. Rammelsb. Mineralchemie. 1860, 473. J.p,C. LXXIX, 414. Bull. Soc. Ind. Min. VI, 29. Allg. Berg. Ztg. III, 213, 245. B. H. Ztg. XX, 267. J.p.C. LXXXIV, 60. : Pogg. Ann. CX, 321. Leonh. Jahrb. 1861, 186. Die Braunstein Bergbaue in Deutsch- land, Freiberg. I861. Je Cow WiLL. Phil. Mag. (4), XXI, 165. Leonh. Jahrb. 1866, 724. Oefv. Ak. Stockh. 1864, 205. Pogg. CXXII, 181. Leonh. Jahrb. 1865, 83. J.p.C. XCII, 390. Am.J.Sci. (2), XXXVI, 66, Pogg. CXXI, 318. B. H. Ztg. XXIV, 301. Oefy. Ak. Stockh. XXII, 3, 606. Berl. Acad. Ber. 1865, 112. Pogg. CXXIV, 513. J.p.C. XCIV, 401, Z. C. 1865, 346. C.C. 1865, 347. Arch. Pharm, (2), CXXVI, 39. Bull. soc. chim, (2), VI, 30. Jahresb. 1865, 877. : ANN. Lc. Nat. Hist., VOL. xr. 243 244 Literature of Manganese. 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1867 1867 1867 1867 1869 1870 1870 1870 1870 1871 1871 1872 schmid * Schrauf How Breithaupt Rammelsberg Pisani Kenngott Cleve & Nor- denskiéld Igelstrom Braun Blake Heymann Ludwig Kayser Roepper Enders Raab Mills Pisani Psilomelan Twin crystals of al- abandite Analysis M “Blumenbachite” Analysis R Pyrochroite Analysis of silicates .Piemontit Analysis M Tungstate Carbonate Analyses Manganite Analysis of car bonate Anal. of carb. Occurrence Analyses and geo- logical occurrence Anal. Mangano-sili- co-aluminate con- taining vanadium. Pogg. CXXVI, 151. Jahresb. 1865, 878. Pogg. CXXVII, 348. Phil. Mag. (4), XXXI, 166. B.H. Ztg. XXIII, 193. ; Z.S.G. XVIII, 34. C.R. LXII, 109. Leonh. Jahrb. 1866, 440. dai b! Oy its) Bull. soc. chim. (2), VIII, 43. Oefy. Akad. Stockh. 1867, 1. J.p.C. CI, 482. Leonh. Jahrb. 1868, 203. C.C. 1868, 624. Bull. soc. chim. (2), IX, 57. Z.anal. Ch. VI, 67. Am.J.Sci. (2), XLIII, 125. Sitzungsb. d. niederrhein. Ges. in Bonn, 1869, 95. Leonh. Jahrb. 1870, 625. Arch. Pharm. (2), CXLIITI, 194. C.C. 1870, 627. Jahresb. 1870, 1124. Zeitschr. geol. Ges. XXII, 182. Jahresb. 1870, 1281. Am. J. Sci. (2), L, 37. Leon. Jahrb. 1870, 892. C.C. 1870, 708. Jahresb. 1870, 1325. Arch. Pharm. (2), CXLIII, 198. C. C. 1870, 627. N.R. Pharm. XX, 1 (prize essay). Leonh.Jahrb. 1871, 517. Jahresb. 1871, 1129. Am. Chem. (2), IV, 49. Jahresb. 1871, 1143. D.C. Ges. V, 1057. Am, Chem. III, 466. - Literature of Manganese. 245 EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. Abh. Acad. Wiss. Berlin. Abh. Schw. Acad. Wiss. A... p. INGORE ee Afhandl. Fysik K. och Min. Allg. Berg, Ztg. Am. Chem, Am. J. Sci. Ann. Phil. Ann, Ch. Pharm, Ann, d. Mines or Ann. d. M. Ann, Gen’! des Sci. Phys. Ann, Génie civil. Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Ann.N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. Arch. Pharm. Arch. ph. nat. Bay. Ind. Gewerbebl. Beitr. zur Phys. u. Ch. Beob. Berl. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. Acad. Ber. Berl. Gewerb. Handelsbl. Berg. Hiittenm. Ztg. Beud. Traité B. H. Ztg. Bern Mitth. Berz. Jahresb. Bibl. Univers. Br. d. Inv. Brugnatelli. Brugnatelli G. Buchner’s Repert. Bull. Geol. Soc. Paris. Bull. Sci. St. Petersb. Brom. Min. Breith. Char, Abhandlungen der Kéniglichen Academie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Abhandlungen der kéniglichen Schwedischen Acad- emie der Wissenschaften. Stockholm. Annales de chimie et de physique, Paris. Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie, Heidelberg. Afhandlingar Fysik, Kemi, och Mineralogi, Berze- lius, Stockholm. Allgemeine Berg- und Hiittenminnische Zeitung, Hartmann, Quedlinburg. American Chemist, C. F. and W. H. Chandler, New York. American Journal of Science and Arts, Silliman and Dana, New Haven, Ct. Annals of Philosophy, Thomson, London. Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie, Heidelberg. Annales des Mines, Paris. Annales générales des sciences physiques, Von Mons, Bruxelles. Annales du Génie civil, Paris. Annales du Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York. Archiv der Pharmacie, Halle, etc. Archives des sciences physiques et naturelles, Gen- eve. Bayerisches Industrie und Gewerbeblatt, Miinchen. See Schweigg. Beobachtungen der Gesellschaft der Naturfor- schende Freunde zu Berlin. Bericht iiber die . . . . Verhandlungen der K. Preus- siche Academie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Gewerbe, Industrie und Handelsblatt, Berlin. Berg- und Hiittenmannische Zeitung, Leipzig. Traité élémentaire de minéralogie, Beudant. See Berg. Hiittenm. Ztg. Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern. Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der Chemie, etc., Berzelius, Tiibingen. Bibliotheque Universelle des Sciences, etc., Genéve. Descriptions des Machines et Procédés spécifiés dans les Brevets d’ Inventions, Paris. Annali di Chimica, Brugnatelli, Pavia. Giornale di fisica, chimica e storia naturale, L. Brug- natelli, Pavia. Repertorium fiir die Pharmacie, Buchner, Niirnberg. Bulletin de la Société Geologique de France, Paris. Bulletin Scientifique publié par l Académie Imp. des Sciences de St. Petersbourg. Von Bromell’s Mineralogia, Stockholm. Vollstandige Charakteristik des Mineralsystems, Breithaupt. 246 Literature of Manganese. Bull soc. chim. Bull, soc. d’Encourage. Bull. soc. Ind. Mulh. Bresl. Gewerbebl. Caesalp. de Metallicis. Canad. J. C.C. Chem. Gaz. Chem. News. Chem. Soc. Trans. Chem. Soc. Mem. Cimento. C. R. Crell’s N. Entd. Crell’s Ann. Cronst. Min. : Ding]. J. or Dingl. pol. J. D.C. Ges. Deutsche Indust. Ztg. Deutsche Gewerbe Ztg. Doeb. Lehrb. d. Chem. Dubl. Geol. Soc. J. Edinb. J. Sci. Edinb. Med. Surg. J. Edinb. Phil. J. Emmerl. Min. Engineering. Gehlen’s J. Geiger’s Mag. Gilb. Ann. Gott. Gel. Anz. Gren’s J. d. Physik. Hannover Mitth. Hausm. Handb. Haiiy Traité. Hessische Gewerbebl. Hofman’s Report. 1862. Huot Manuel. H. Tabl. Irish Acad. Proc. Tnstit. Jahrb. geol. Reichs. Jahrb. Min. Jahresb. Jahresb. reinen. Chemie. Jahres. des phys. Ver. zu Frank- furt. Bulletin de la Société chimique de Paris. Bulletin de la Société a? Encouragement pour l In- dustrie National, Paris. Bulletin de la Société Industrielle de Mulhouse. Breslauer Gewerbeblatt, Schwartz, Breslau. De Metallicis, Caesalpinus, Romae, 1596. Canadian Journal of Industry, &c., Toronto. Chemisches Centralblatt, Leipzig. Chemical Gazette, Francis & Croft, London. Chemical News, Crookes, London. Transactions of the Chemical Society of London. Memoirs of the Chemical Society of London. I] Cimento, Giornale di fisicaecc. Pisa. Compte rendu des Séances de Académie des Sci- ences, Paris. Die neueste Entdeckungen in der Chemie, Crell, Leipzig. Chemische Annalen, Crell, Leipzig. Mineralogie, Cronstedt, Stockholm. Polytechnisches Journal, Dingler, Stuttgart. Berichte der deutschen chemischen Gesellschaft zu Berlin. Deutsche Industrie Zeitung. Binder, Chemnitz. Deutsche Gewerbe Zeitung, Wieck, Berlin. Lehrbuch der Chemie, Doebereiner. Journal of the Dublin Geological Society. Edinburgh Journal of Science, Brewster. Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal. Edinburgh Philosophical Journal. Lehrbuch der Mineralogie, Emmerling. Engineering, London. Allgemeines Journal der Chemie, Gehlen, Berlin. Magazin fiir Pharmacie, Geiger, Carlsruhe. Annalen der Physik, Gilbert, Halle. Géttingische Anzeigen von gelehrten Sachen. Journal der Physik, Gren, Halle. Mittheilungen des Gewerbe-Vereins fiir das KO6nig- reich Hannover. Handbuch der Mineralogie, Hausmann. Traité de Minéralogie par C. Haiiy, Paris. Gewerbeblatt fiir das Grossherzogthum Hessen, Darmstadt. i Hofmann’s Report of the Exhibition of 1862. Manuel de Minéralogie par Huot. Tableau comparatif..... Minéraux. Haiiy. — Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. L’Institut, Paris. Jahrbuch der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt, Wien. See: Leonh. Jahrb. Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der Chemie, Giessen. Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte ..... der rei- nen Chemie, Tiibingen. Jahresbericht des physikalischen Vereins zu Frank- furt am Rhein. ; Interature of Manganese. 247 Jena. Zeit. Med. u. Nat. ACER Le J.d. M. J.p.C.or J. pr. Ch. J. techn. Ch. J. Chim. Méd. J. Roy. Inst. Journ. de Phys. J. Pharm. Karsten’s Archiv. Karst. Tab. Kastn. Archiv. Kenng. Min. Klapr. Beitr. Kurhess. Gewerbebl. Les Mondes. Le Technologiste. Leonh. Taschenb. Leonh. Jahrb. Leonh. Tab. Leonh. Zeitschr. London J. of Arts. Lucas Tab. Mem. Acad. Sci., Paris Mem. de Toulouse. Mem. de ’] Inst. Mitth. Naturf. Ges. Bern. Mohs’ Min. Monit. Scientif. Muster Ztg. N. Arch. ph. nat. Nachr. Gottingen. Neue Abh. Schw. Acad. Wiss. N. Jahrb. Pharm. N. R. Pharm. Oefy. Ak. Stockh. Oesterr. Z. Berg. u. Hiitten, Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Medicin und Naturwissen- schaft. Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der chemischen Technologie, Wagner, Leipzig. Journal des Mines, Paris. Journal fiir praktische Chemie, Erdmann. Journal fiir technische Chemie, Erdmann. Journal de chimie médicale. Journal of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. Journal de Physique, Rozier, Paris. Journal de Pharmacie et de Chimie, Paris. Archiy fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, etc., Karsten, Berlin. Tabellarische Uebersicht der Mineralien, Karsten. Archiv fiir die gesammte Naturlehre, Kastner, Niirn- berg. Das Mohsiche Mineralsystem, Kenngott. Beitrage ziir chemischen Kenntnisse der Mineral- korpers, M. H. Klaproth. Gewerbeblatt fiir das Grossherzogthum Hessen, Darmstadt. Les Mondes, Moigno, Paris. Le Technologiste, Paris. Taschenbuch fiir die gesammte Mineralogie, Leon- hard, Frankfurt am Main. Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, etc. Leon- hard, Heidelberg. Systemmatisch-tabellarische Uebersicht der Mineral- ien, Leonhard, Frankfurt am Main. Zeitschrift fiir Mineralogie, Leonhard, Frankfurt am Main. London Journal of Arts and Sciences, Newton, Lon- don. Tableau méthodique des éspéces Minéraux, Lucas, Paris. Mémoires d l’Académie des Sciences, Paris. Mémoires de l’Académie des Sciences de Toulouse. Mémoires de l’Institut National des Sciences et des Arts, Paris. Mittheillungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern. Grundriss der Mineralogie, Mohs. Moniteur Scientifique, de Quesneville, Paris, Deutsche Muster Zeitung fiir Farberei, Berlin. Nouvelles archives des sciences physiques et natur- elles, Genéve. Nachrichten von der G.-A.-Universitat und der k. Gesellschaft der Wissenschalten zu GOttingen. See: Abh. Schw. Acad. Wiss. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Pharmacie, Speyer. Neues Repertorium fiir Pharmacie, Buchner, Niirn- berg. Oefversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens For- handlingar; Stockholm. Oesterreichische Zeitschrift fiir Berg und Hiitten- wesen. 248 Pat. Specif. Abr. Acids and salts. Petersb. Acad. Bull. Pharm. Centr. Phil. Mag. Phil. Trans. Phys. Arb. Fr. Wien. Pogg. or Pogg. Ann. Pol. Notizbl. Pol. Centr. Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. Proc. Roy. Soc. Quart. J. Sci. Rammelsb. Min. Records Gen’! Sci. Rep. Arts and Manuf. Rep. Pat. Inv. Rep. Br. Assoc. Rep. chim. appl. Rep. chim. pure. Reuss Repertor. Samml, pr. chem. Abh. Schw. Berl. Ges. Naturf. o7, Schrift. Ges. Naturf, Fr. Berlin Schweigg. Schweizer pol. Zts. Sciagr, Berg. Shep. Min. Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien Sitzungsb. d. niederrhein. Ges. in Bonn ‘ Thoms, Min. Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. Trans. Nova Scotia Inst. Nat. Sci. Trommsd. J. d. Pharm. Uebersicht d. min. Forsch. Verh. Nat. Nassau. Verh. Nat. Ver. Bonn, Literature of Manganese. Abridgements of Specifications relating to Acids . and Salts, A. D., 1622—1866. London, 1869. Bulletin de l’ Académie des Sciences de St. Peters- burg. Pharmaceutisches Centralblatt. Leipzig. London, Edinburg and Dublin Philosophical Maga- zine, London. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Physikalische Arbeiten der eintraichtigen Freunde in Wien. Annalen der Physik und Chemie, Poggendorff, Ber- lin. Polytechnisches Notizblatt. Polytechnisches Centralblatt. . Proceedings of the American Academy of Sciences, Boston. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Quarterly Journal of Science (Brandes), London. Handbuch der Mineralchemie, Rammelsberg, 1860. Records of General Science, Thomson, London. Repertory of Arts and Manufactures. First Series of Rep. Pat. Inv. Repertory of Patent Inventions, London. Reports of the British Association for the Advance- ment of Science. Répertoire de chimie appliquée, Paris. Répertoire de chimie pure et appliqueé, Paris. Repertorium commentationum, J. D. Reuss, G6ttin- gen. Sammlung praktisch-chemischer Abhandlungen, Lampadius, Dresden. Schriften der Gesellschaft der Naturforschende Freunde zu Berlin. Journal fiir Chemie und Physik, Schweigger, Niirn- berg. Schweizerische polytechnische Zeitschrift, Winter- thur. Bergmann’s Sciagraphia, 1782. Treatise on Mineralogy, by C. U. Shepard. Sitzungsberichte der k. k. Akademie der Wissen- schaften zu Wien. Sitzungsberichte der niederrheinlindische Gesell- schaft in Bonn. Outlines of Mineralogy by T. Thomson. See Irish Acad. Proc. Transactions of the Nova Scotia Institute of Natural Science, Halifax. Journal der Pharmacie, Trommsdorff, Leipzig. Uebersicht der mineralogische Forschungen in der Schweiz, Kenngott. Verhandlungen der Naturhistorische Gesellschaft in Nassau. Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens, Bonn. see Literature of Manganese. 249 Verh. Niederrhein. Ges. Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel. Verhandlungen der niederrheinlandische Gesells- chaft zu Bonn. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. Vet.Acad. Nya. Handl. orVetensk.| Kongl.Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Handlingar, Acad. Handl. Vierteljahres. Pharm. Wall. Min. Wien Akad. Ber. Fac. ZaG. Ee: Z. anal. C. Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. Zeitschr. Phys. Math. Stockholm. (Old and New Series). Vierteljahresschrift fiir praktische Pharmacie, Witt- stein, Miinchen. Mineralogia, Wallerius, Stockholm. Sitzungsberichte der naturwissenschaftliche classe der kaiserliche Academie der Wissenschaften zu Wien. Zeitschrift fiir Chemie, G6ttingen. Zeitschrift fiir Chemie und Pharmacie, Erlangen. Zeitschrift fiir analytische Chemie, Fresenius, Wies- baden. Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft, Berlin. Zeitschrift fiir Physik, Mathematik und yerwandte Facher, Baumgarten, Page 208, line 30 from top, “ « “c 209, 210, 213, 213, 217, 221, 225, 226, 230, 231, “cc 6“ 23 5 21 34 oc ERRATA. remove the period after ‘“‘ Nova.” . for “J. dem.” read: J. de M. bottom, remove the period after “och.” top, after ‘‘ Dingler” insert J. ec for “Chem” read: Chim. se remove period after “ de.” ae strike out J[ a strike out ][ bottom, for ‘‘ Schweitz” read: Schweiz. af for “ Schweitz” read: Schweiz. top, for “‘ Schweitz” read: Schweiz. Ae ; Biosiliy dealatlstol Pa EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Position of Queenstown :— Lat. 45° 2'S. Long. 114° 16’ W. from Washington. Scale, 10 miles to the inch. Heights in feet. Only a few out of numerous lofty peaks, are here represented. Present lake area in blue. Ancient extensions in yellow. T. Outcrop of Tertiary limestone. M. Old terminal moraine. | , Pycenny, of Natural Aistory. VOL. XI. ANNALS. PLATE XIX. Nie \AAVe Zarnslaw ZEA N65 —S> —S VW => yy ae f WI) | NS LAKES WAKATION, NEW ZEALAND: Ys Ce Ag it Rass I. C. Russet, del, : B. B. CHAMBERLIN, sc. Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 2 ee X XIV.—WNotes on the Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. [With map, Plate 19.] By ISRAEL C. RUSSELL. Read May 15th, 1876. Axsout twelve hundred miles east of Australia, are situated the islands of New Zealand, the most promising of the English colonies in the southern hemisphere. The name of New Zealand was given to these islands by the Dutch navigator Tasman, who discovered them in 1642, but consid- ered that they were a portion of the Terra Australis Incog- nita. This land was shown by Captain Cook, however, to be composed of two main portions, known as the North and the South Islands, around which are grouped a few smaller and far less important islands. The North Island is largely composed of igneous rocks,,. and is chiefly remarkable to the geologist for the regularity and beauty of its numerous volcanic mountains, and also for the extent of its hot-lakes and geysers. The mountains are mostly isolated trachytic cones, that have been formed by the overflow of lava during ancient volcanic eruptions. The grandest of these old volcanoes are Mt. Egmont and Rua- pehu; the latter, situated near the center of the island, at- tains an elevation of 9,195 feet. Nearly all the volcanoes are extinct ; two, however, Tongario and White Island, still give evidence that their ancient fires are smouldering in their depths. The indications of the expiring volcanic energy, as shown by boiling-springs and geysers, are best seen in the neighborhood of Lake Topo and Lake Roto-rura, situated on a line joining the smoking volcanoes just mentioned. Hochstetter describes this wonderful region of hot-lakes, fumaroles, mud-voleanoes, and boiling geysers, as “far ex- ceeding all others in the world in variety and extent.” The South Island is traversed from N. E. to S. W. by the NOVEMBER, 1876. 20 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. xi. 252 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. Southern Alps,—a great chain of snow-clad mountains, that well deserve their name, as they are not inferior in the wild- ness and grandeur of their scenery to the Alps of Switzer- land. This range of mountains seems formerly to have been a sloping table-land, the highest remaining point being the sharp and serrated summit of Mt. Cook, which reaches an elevation of 13,200 feet above the sea, and is by far the grandest object in New Zealand. This lofty peak is sur- rounded by a host of sister mountains, many of which attain an elevation of from 10,000 to 12,000 feet. Among the best known of these are Mt. Tasman, Mt. Arrowsmith, Mt. Aspiring, ete. As the snow-line is situated at a height of from 7,500 to 8,000 feet above the sea, all the central por- tion of this mountain-range is wrapped in perpetual snow. The prevailing winds of New Zealand are from the west- ward. These winds, laden with the moisture gathered dur- ing their long journey over the South Indian Ocean, on *“.coming in contact with these high mountains, are forced up- wards to an elevation of 10,000 feet or more ; and becoming rarified and chilled by their contact with the cold summits, part with the greater portion of their moisture in the form .of snow and ice. In this manner, on all the higher portions of the mountains, immense ice-fields accumulate, that receive new additions from nearly every breath of air that passes over them. The result of this process of condensation, if earried on unchecked, it would be difficult to conceive. A compensation is found, however, in the fact that the ice flows down from the mountains in the great ice-rivers that are known as glaciers; the character and laws of which have ‘been well studied in Switzerland. The effect produced on the climate of the South Island, by the lofty mountains along the West Coast, is shown by the great contrast in the amounts of rain that fall on their eastern and western slopes. From May to the end of De- cember, in 1856, the rain-fall at Hokitika, on the West Coast, amounted to 96-082 inches; while at Christchurch, Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 253 east of the mountains, during the same period, it reached only 17-395 inches. The glaciers that for long ages have descended from these constantly accumulating snow-fields, have cut the high table- land from which the Southern Alps were formed, into many deep valleys and cafons; through these the traveller obtains an easy access to the very heart of the mountains. It is only in the extreme upper portion of these valleys that the glaciers are now found; but the great valleys that extend beyond them, and that now are dotted with villages and farms, have been excavated by the ancient glaciers, which form the subject of our sketch. Many of these old valleys have been worn into rock-basins by the action of the ice; and these, having become filled with water, now form some of the most charming features in the wonderful scenery of the South Island. The existing glaciers of New Zealand are all confined to the Southern Alps, and occupy the higher portions of nearly all the principal valleys. Many of these ice-fields are of great size, and by their slow melting afford a never-failing supply to numerous rapid rivers. While glaciers of consid- erable extent are found in many places throughout the moun- tains, they have their greatest extension, as we should natur- ally expect, around the highest peaks. At Mt. Cook, five glaciers have been discovered, flowing in a southerly direc- tion, and supplying the lakes that form the source of the Waitaki river. The largest of these is the Great Tasman Glacier, which has a length of eighteen miles, and a breadth at its terminal face, of nearly two miles; it is the largest glacier yet discovered in New Zealand. Dr. Haast describes it as being so completely covered with an immense bed of débris, as to conceal the ice beneath, which could only be seen in the deep transverse crevasses. About nine miles up the valley this great glacier receives a tributary stream of ice one mile in breadth, descending in two arms from Mt. Cook, Mt. Tasman, and the neighboring peaks. 254 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. ° Another glacier well worthy of notice, is the Great Clyde glacier, which flows from the snow-fields of Mt. Tyndall. The extremity of this glacier is about 4,000 feet above the sea, and forms a wall of ice across the valley 1,300 feet long and 120 feet high. The river Clyde, which has here its source, springs from the glacial cave at the foot of the ice- wall. Perhaps the most remarkable of the glaciers that flow in various directions from the Southern Alps, is the Francis Joseph glacier, which affords an escape for the snow and ice that accumulate around Mt. Tasman. Situated in latitude 43° §$, it corresponds in position, as Hochstetter remarks, in the northern hemisphere, with Marseilles in the south of France, and Leghorn in Italy, where the vine, the orange, and the fig tree flourish. This glacier, descending westward, reaches to within 705 feet of the sea-level, where it ends abruptly amid a dense growth of arborescent ferns, fuschias, and beeches. At some points in the course of the ice-streams that de- scend towards the West Coast, ice-cascades are formed— like the falls of the Glacier du Géant— where, owing to the steepness of the mountains, the ice is carried over the per- pendicular cliffs, and “falling with a tremendous crash, is again cemented together and forms a new glacier below.” These are but a few examples of the many glaciers that have been discovered by the intrepid explorers of New Zea- land. Others probably exist, which have never been seen; as there are large areas amid the mountains that have not yet been penetrated by the white man, and were totally unin- habited by the aborigines. But interesting as the existing glaciers are, and vast and wonderful as they may seem to us, they yet sink into insig- nificance when compared with the mighty rivers of ice that in past time flowed from the same mountains, and carved out those grand valleys of the Southern Alps to a depth of many thousand feet in the solid rock. Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 255 The evidences of a great extension of the glaciers of New Zealand in past time, are furnished by the following consid- erations :— (1.) Immense moraines surround the mountains on every side, and are found far below the terminus of the existing glaciers,—in many cases reaching the level of the sea. Some- times the narrow valleys are crossed by a huge bank of con- fused glacier-worn material, brought down and deposited as a terminal moraine by a glacier that has long since passed away. These old moraines, by forming dams across the valleys, sometimes give rise to extensive lakes. On the East Coast of the South Island, the Plains of Canterbury, which extend along the foot of the mountains for a distance of a hundred miles, and are fifty miles wide at the center, are regarded by Dr. Haast as composed of the material that has been brought out of the mountain valleys by the ancient glaciers.’ On the West Coast, the country is described by the same writer, and by other intelligent travellers, as being entirely covered with huge moraines, that extend from the sea coast —where they have frequently been cut away by the waves, so as to form steep walls and precipices — far up the valleys, to the foot of the existing glaciers. Through this immense layer of glacier-worn débris, the present streams have excavated their channels. (2.) Scattered throughout the valleys are found huge boulders, which usually differ in the nature of their material from the rocks of the surrounding cliffs, and are frequently eighty or a hundred miles lower down the valleys than the present glaciers extend. These transported boulders are sometimes of great size, often measuring thirty to forty feet in diameter. (3.) Another indication of the magnitude of these ancient streams of ice, is to be found in the extent of the great val- leys that they have worn out in the sides of the mountains. These are far too large for the streams that now flow through them, and they frequently bear on their rocky walls the well 256 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. known markings due to glacial action. The sides of these narrow valleys are frequently towering mountain-peaks, two or three thousand feet high, descending in.some places per- pendicularly into the débris at their base, which fills the bot- tom of the valley to a great depth. (4.) The numerous lakes of the South Island, filling rock- basins that have been excavated by ice-action, sometimes lower than the level of the sea, bear similar testimony, as well as the fiords along the West Coast, like Milford Sound and Martin’s Bay. These are deep, narrow sounds, that penetrate far into the mountains, “but universally become shallower at their entrance into the sea;” and are in fact glacier-worn basins, of the same character as the lake-basins, excepting that they are at a lower level, and open to the ocean. They afford, perhaps, one of the strongest indica- tions of the great extent and duration of the ancient glaciers. During our connection with the U. S. Transit of Venus Expedition, we were stationed at Queenstown, N. Z., on the shore of Lake Wakatipu. As the great glaciers to which the valley of this lake owes its origin, may be taken as an example of the hundreds of ice-streams that in past time flowed from the Southern Alps, we may obtain from the rec- ords that they here left behind them some idea of the phe- nomena of what may prove to be the “glacial epoch” in New ‘Zealand. Lake Wakatipu is situated about 100 miles from the south- ern end of the South Island, and extends into the very heart of the mountains. We will not attempt a description of its scenery which, as has been said, equals, or even exceeds in grandeur, the lake scenery of Switzerland, but will endeavor merely to tell as briefly as possible, the story of its form- ation. The lake is of a sigmoidal shape, about seventy miles long, and from one to three miles broad. Its waters are very clear and cold, and have been sounded to the extraordinary depth of 1,400 feet. The surface of the lake is about 1,000 feet Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 257 above the level of the sea; and its bottom, therefore, is 400 feet lower than the surface of the ocean. On either side of the lake, throughout its whole extent, the mountains rise in a continuous series of very rugged peaks, to a height of from 5,000 to 7,500 feet; while Mt. Earnslaw, which forms the head of the valley, attains an elevation of 9,165 feet, its top white with perpetual snow, and its sides scored by de- scending glaciers. The valley of Lake Wakatipu extends southward beyond the foot of the lake for a distance of fifty or sixty miles, and opens out into the level country that forms the province of Southland. As the physical features of the lower portion of the valley are not essentially different from those of the im- mediate shores of the lake, we are forced to consider them as having a common origin, and being but portions of the same valley; the upper part of which is filled with 1,400 feet of water, and the lower portion by an unknown depth of worn and rounded shingle. The rocks that inclose the valley are for the most part, clay-slates and gold-bearing mica-schist, which are very much curved and twisted, and in many places green with chlorite. We will not attempt to trace the geological history of the mountains themselves, but will confine our attention to the last chapter in their history —the formation of the valleys. Valleys may be considered as owing their origin, pri- marily, to one of three causes. (1.) They are formed by a folding of the rocks. These produce depressions, the sides of which slope inwards towards the axis—synclinal valleys. Examples of valleys formed in this way are to be met with wherever stratified rocks have been upheaved, as in the Sierra Nevada, Rocky, and Alleghany Mountains. (2.) Valleys are sometimes formed by the fracturing of the earth’s crust by volcanic forces. Valleys of this kind are seldom seen, being confined to regions of great igneous disturbance. (3.) The kinds of valleys above noticed are usually greatly modified by denudation, which is another great agent in their 258 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. formation. By denudation we understand not only the wear- ing away of rocks by wind, frost, and rain, but also by the more powerful action of ice and running water; the opera- tion of which we can see everywhere about us. As the evidence of a synclinal axis is nowhere apparent in the valley of Lake Wakatipu, we are unable to account for its existence by the upheaval of the mountains on either side of it. Weare likewise at a loss to find any indication of the rocks having been rent asunder by voleanic forces. The formation of the valley can only be referred to the third cause, that of denudation, or the slow removal, by ice and water, of the rock that once filled it to a height greater than that of the mountains which now tower above it. It may seem strange at first sight that such an immense amount of rock — measured by hundreds of cubic miles in the valley of Lake Wakatipu alone — could have been worn down and transported to distant places, by the slow action of ice and water. This difficulty would be removed could our readers examine the region about Mt. Earnslaw, whose sum- mit can be seen from the lake, rising clear and brilliant above the surrounding mountains. On its sides are blue regions of ice; these are the descending glaciers,— the keys that unlock the secrets of the valley’s history. In those streams of ice, although they are of great extent and of irresistible power, we see but the puny remains of the mighty river of ice that at one time flowed through the whole valley of Lake Waka- tipu. The extent of this glacier was probably only limited by the ocean, whose waters undermined its terminal face, and floated away the fragments in the form of ice-bergs, in the same manner that ice-bergs are formed at the present day on the coast of Greenland. It takes but a glance to convince the pilgrim to the shores of Lake Wakatipu, that this great ice-river was the engraving tool which, aided by storm and frost, excavated in the living rock the scene of wonderful grandeur and beauty that is now spread out before him. Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 259 The glaciers around Mt. Earnslaw are still at work, as they have been for ages, in extending the valley. The streams that are formed by the melting of the ice —the riv- ers Dart and Rees — are all the year turbid with silt, which is the rock that has been ground fine by the glacier—the flour from the mill—which they deposit in the upper end of the lake. In this manner some six or eight miles of the val- ley have been filled up to a height of a few feet above the present level of the lake. We have but to extend the forces now in operation on Mt. Earnslaw to the whole valley of Lake Wakatipu, to have an accurate and satisfactory explan- ation of its formation. There is another feature of great interest in the history of this valley. On the shore of the lake, about twelve miles above Queenstown,* is a limited deposit of Tertiary lime- stone ; containing as fossils, Ostrea Wullerstorfii, Cucullea alta, C'. Worthingtoni, Panopea plicata, and many others. The junction of the limestone with the crystalline rocks be- neath, can be seen but a few feet below the surface of the lake. The limestone being at the present level of the water, the valley must have been eroded to that depth before the limestone was formed. As its deposition took place beneath the waters of the ocean, the valley was at one time an arm of the sea, and was afterwards upheaved to its present eleva- tion or higher, and the wearing-down of the valley contin- ued. We have, therefore, in the sequence of events that resulted in the formation of Lake Wakatipu, the follow- ing series of stages. (1.) The Southern Alps existed as a sloping table-land, the ‘highest remaining point of which is Mt. Cook. On this high table-land were deposited immense amounts of ice and snow, brought by the warm, moist winds from the ocean, and form- ing the glaciers that flowed off in various directions towards the sea. One of these ancient rivers of ice had its source * At T on the accompanying map. 260 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. in the region of Mt. Earnslaw— then, however, greatly dif- ferent from its present form—and flowed over what is now the valley of Lake Wakatipu. This old-time glacier contin- ued its slow motion towards the sea for unknown ages, until it had ground out the solid rock to a depth of 5,000 or 6,000 feet in vertical thickness and for over 100 miles’in length. (2.) The work of this mighty glacier was finally termin- ated by a sinking of the land, which caused the valley to become an arm of the sea, similar in every respect to the deep narrow fiords that form such a characteristic feature of the wild West Coast of New Zealand at the present day. What was before an Alpine valley, filled with hundreds of feet of ice, then became the home of huge oysters and many other forms of marine life, whose remains we now find in the limestone. We know that the sea filled the valley for a long time, since the compact gray limestone that it left behind was not formed rapidly, as sandstone and conglomerate may be, but the material had to be first gathered from the waters to form the shells of mollusks and foraminifera, or the hard parts of corals, crinoids, ete., and these worn down to a fine detritus by the waves, and spread out as a calcareous sedi- ment, before the hardening process of rock-making could commence. Together with the limestone are beds of fine shale, and masses of conglomerate composed of both angular and rounded pebbles, and containing fossil shells ( Crassatella ampla); these deposits speak of other, although minor changes, during the time that the sea occupied the valley. (3.) In the third stage the land was again upheaved to the dignity of a mountain chain, whose lofty summits became covered with fields of snow and ice, which, seeking an equi- librium, again flowed as a glacier down the valley of Lake Wakatipu. This second extension of the ice-stream down the old valley resulted in the removal not only of most of the limestone that had been deposited, but also of 1,400 feet of the crystalline rocks beneath. The limestone on the shore of the lake is thus shown to be an inter-glacial deposit, Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 261 not by being interstratified with beds of till, but by the ex- istence, both above and below it,.of distinct glacier-worn valleys. It is similar in position to the inter-glacial ‘lignite beds of Switzerland, and to the inter-glacial forest beds of Scotland and America. Like these northern formations, it indicates a period of warm and genial climate, in the very midst of the time of great cold. Geologists will notice, however, the far greater age of the limestone of Lake Waka- tipu, which, as indicated by its fossils, is Upper Eocene. The second glacier that flowed down the valley of Lake Wakatipu, like the first, had its time of great extension and then slowly passed away. As its terminus retreated up the valley, it left behind it the material it had gathered from the overhanging cliffs along its course, or had torn from the sides of the valley, together with the finer products ground by the bottom of the glacier from the rocks over which it passed. This material now forms the filling of the valley below the lake, and has been worked over, perhaps many times, by the action of water, which has left it in many regular lines of terraces along the sides of the valley ; these giant stair-ways often form a striking contrast with the angular crags and rocks that tower above them. At Kingston, situated at the southern extremity of the lake, a huge terminal moraine,* composed of cyclopean masses of angular rock, has been thrown by the glacier directly across the valley, and now forms the shore of the lake. In this confused mass of rocks we have indisputable evidence that here, for a long time, stood the terminal face of the glac- ier, which ended abruptly—as is common with glaciers at the present day, and as is notably the case with the Great Clyde glacier, that ends, as we have seen, in a wall of ice 120 feet high. The rocks now forming the terminal moraine at Kingston, were once lateral moraines on the surface of the glacier ; and as the stream moved on and melted away, they * At M on the accompanying map. 262 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. were carried over its terminal face—just as trees and blocks of ice are carried over Niagara—and were left as the con- fused mass that we now find. Some idea of the time required for this truly herculean task of valley-making, may be gathered, perhaps, from the fact that the average motion of the Swiss glaciers can -be taken at about twelve inches a day, or one mile in fourteen and one-half years. At this rate, a block of stone falling upon the glacier of Lake Wakatipu near its source at Mt. Earnslaw, would require more than a thousand years to reach its final resting place in the terminal moraine at Kingston, which is only midway down the valley. As the warmth increased, the glaciers retreated to their present position around the summit of Mt. Earnslaw, leay- ing the valley dammed-up by the moraine at Kingston, and filled by the water formed by the melting of the ice. On the sides of the valley, in many places, huge blocks of stone were scattered, similar to those in the Kingston moraine. The rounded form of roches moutonnées was also given to the low hills and knolls along the shores of the lake. Lake Wakatipu thus furnishes a striking example of a lake filling a glacier-worn rock-basin, the lower lip of which has been raised by the formation of the moraine at Kingston. Taking Lake Wakatipu and the ancient lake-basin that con- tinues below it, as one valley, we have an instance of a rock- basin that has been worn out by glacial action to a known depth of 1,400 feet. That this is a true rock-basin is shown by the fact that in the Dome Pass, at the southern end of the old lake, the country rock again comes to the surface in the bottom of the valley. Although the glaciers probably at one time passed beyond this point, yet they left a barrier of rock across the valley, which formed the southern end of the an- cient lake, and compelled the waters to cut a new channel to the S. E., that resulted in the complete drainage of the val- ley. Such we conceive to be a simple, although very im- perfect, reading of the grand history of Lake Wakatipu. a fe Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 263 Other great changes probably took place, the records of which have been erased. Not only, however, may we trace the past history of this interesting lake, but we can also look beyond the veil that obscures its future. As the combined actions of ice and water have been the instruments for its formation, so are they also working its destruction. After the formation of the moraine at Kingston, the waters sought a new outlet from the valley over the falls of the Kawarau, which are constantly wearing av ray by the action of the water, and thus tending to drain the lake to a lower level: we see, indeed, by the terraces along its shores, that it has been already low- ered. While the outlet is every moment becoming deeper, the water that flows from the foot of the glaciers, together with every rill and rivulet born among the mountains, is continually bringing down its burden of sediment, however small, which it deposits in the lake, and does its part towards filling the valley. While at the upper end of the lake the water is of a light-blue tint, caused by the foreign material held in suspension, thus indicating its glacial origin, a few miles down it becomes beautifully clear, and of almost as deep a blue as the open ocean itself. The present conditions continuing, Lake Wakatipu will at no very distant day, geologically speaking, have reached the end that awaits all lakes, and be drained dry—the fate that has already overtaken the lake which once existed to the southward. Some of the able geologists of New Zealand are inclined to attribute the former extension of the glaciers of the South Island, solely to a greater elevation of the land. Such an elevation may account very well for all the known facts re- lating to the glaciation of that island. When we take into consideration, however, the records left by ancient glaciers on other lands in the southern hemisphere,—as in South Africa,* where well-characterized moraines and transported *G, W. Stow, Quart. Jour. of the Geol. Society. xxvii, 550. 264 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. boulders, indicate the former existence in that country, of glaciers that have long since passed away ,—and also the evi- dences of former ice-action at the southern extremity of South America and on the Falkland Islands, so well known through the writings of Darwin and Agassiz,—we cannot well escape the conclusion that they are all due to a common cause. If we look for the reasons of the great variations of cli- mate in the northern hemisphere, in astronomical changes, as seems to be the increasing tendency among scientists,— either in a change in the eccentricity of the earth’s orbit, as advocated by Prof. Croll, or in a variation of the angle of the earth’s axis with the plane of the ecliptic—we are obliged to admit that the southern hemisphere has been subjected to the same influences, and that the climates of the two hem- ispheres must have undergone similar changes. It seems to us that the great extension of the glaciers in these southern lands could not have been due altogether to changes of elevation in the several countries, but, rather, that the advance and retreat of these glaciers have been con- trolled by the same—to us mysterious—laws, that in the Tertiary period clothed Greenland with a varied and beautiful - vegetation, and replaced it in our times with immense gla- ciers and fields of snow and ice. If the evidences of a glacial epoch in the southern hemi- sphere seem too meagre for comparison with the corres- ponding formations in our own country—where they cover many thousand square miles—it is to be remembered that the land itself is wanting in the former, on which to find the inscriptions left by the old glaciers. In North America the records of an ice-age reach as far southward as the fortieth parallel. In the southern hemisphere nearly all the area in corresponding latitudes, is occupied by the waters of the ocean; the only lands on which similar formations could reasonably be expected, are the southern extremities of South America and Africa, together with New Zealand and. Aus- Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 265 tralia; and on all of these, excepting the last, positive, and in many places, astonishing, evidences of ancient glaciation can be seen. As far as can be at present judged from the limited explo- rations in those distant lands, the combined facts seem to point to a time of extreme cold in the southern hemisphere, answering to the similar period at the North, that has re- ceived the long contested title of the Glacial epoch. Another parallel between the changes of climate in the two hemispheres is indicated by the Tertiary deposits. These at the South, like the Tertiary formations in Europe and America, show by their fossils that a mild climate pre- ceded the ancient glaciers, during which, as these formations on the eastern coast of Africa prove, the forms of life now indicative of tropical or sub-tropical conditions extended farther towards the pole. 266 ftecent Progress in Sanitary Science. AX V.—Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. By ALBERT R. LEEDS. Read October 9th, 1876. THE recent progress in Sanitary Science is the history of our knowledge of what constitutes clean air, clean water, clean food, and clean environments; of our knowledge of what is filth in air, filth in water, filth in food, and filth in our environments, whether it be filth mineral, vegetable, or animal; and finally, of the means of preserving cleanliness on the one hand, and of repressing filthiness on the other. The great factors in this progress therefore are, in the first place, knowledge, a knowledge both comprehensive and ex- haustive, and in the second place, a moral zeal, which shall make that knowledge effective in increasing cleanliness and preventing filth among men. The necessity of this kind of knowledge is mostly due to the crowding of multitudes into overgrown commercial communities ; and its development, which is largely that ef chemical science, is also dependent upon the skill of the microscopist, the experience of the medical practitioner, and the learning of the biologist, re- quiring the colaboration of such various classes of savans as are also found in great cities,—for its growth to perfection. The demands of sanitary science extend to the most re- fined methods of chemical research, and lay under contribu- tion some of the most obscure branches‘of Natural History, like that of Helminthology, sciences which, in their inception, appeared to have little bearing on the daily wants of man- kind; and they even extend to the most abstruse researches of biology, in matters pertaining to the generation of spores, the development of ova, the growth of parasites, ete. In- deed, the demand reaches far beyond the present powers of scientific inquiry to supply; and a more subtle analysis is required of the chemist, a more searching scrutiny of the microscopist, before questions can be answered, on the cor- Fecent Progress in Sanitary Science. 267 rect solution of which the action of communities depends, in reference to infection, irrigation, water-supply, etc. While sanitary science makes such great and varied de- mands upon our present and prospective stores of knowl- edge, its aim is nevertheless a very modest one. It finds man, whether from ignorance, from cupidity, or from the many maladjustments of our existent social systems, de- prived of essentials to the enjoyment of long life, or even a prey to the inroads and devastations of disease ; and it seeks to restore to him, under these circumstances, the same pure air, pure water, and fitting food and clothing, as are enjoyed by the beast which stalks through the primeval forest, or the eattle grazing healthfully in the fields. No one has ever shown that a better ratio could be substituted for the oxygen and ozone, the nitrogen and ammonia, the carbonic acid and moisture present in the atmosphere, than what actually holds between them. No one has shown that drinking-water would be the better, if it took up a little more iron and lime, pot- ash and phosphoric acid, than it actually contains, or if in nature’s alembic, it were restored to us in the condition of the distilled water of our laboratories. Neither is it clear that sugar would be better food by the addition of nitrogen, or albumen if it were without it. In short, so far as the sci- ences at present at least extend, they are unanimous in de- celaring the natural order existent in the atmosphere, water, and food, the best adapted to the wants of man. This being true, every element of disturbance is to be looked upon with suspicion, a suspicion daily increasing with the increase of our knowledge concerning the true nature of disease, its causes, and its remedies. Upon the basis of such ideas, we have attempted a classi- fication of the departments into which sanitary science nat- urally divides itself, and the arrangement of the subject- matter properly falling into each. NOVEMBER, 1876. 21 ANN. Lic. Nat. Histr:., Vou. xt. 7vence. in Sanitary Sct ess Recent Prog 268 *SOLURYOOTL *SULLOIULS UL "AIM QOOpIYO.Ly “AWMLOUOITSVY) *SULyOOD “sSuriedaid-poog *SurAlosaid-poo wy ojo ‘Adoosox0 TT “AS0[007 ‘Auvjog soja ‘Adooso.yoodg *£TYSUU9YO-O.LOTIT *SISATVUB-109R AA ‘ojo ‘ASO[O.L00}0TT *AGOUMOAS ATT *£1JOULOU0ZO * £199 WLOLpN GT GO GONAIOS AHL AT ‘ojo ‘Suryvoyy los sngeavddy ‘aimyraimy ‘suryyoTO “040 ‘sAUMUSIH ‘sqoo1jg JO SUIAVG pue Surpray *o4o ‘sSUL -pring o1[qng ‘sjooyos ‘sayornyy ‘sSurjjaamq Jo uoyonysu0g probry fsnoueso.4IN-uoN—'9Q = a1qujosa A] fsnouasoljIN— Dp ‘ pifog ‘ SNOUISO.MIN-WON—'9 | Teuay fsnouaso.In—'D {s[VUIIUY .109vM-ULETO fsquurd 109vM-uvol9 *OJ9 ‘s0SVS 19Y4J0 ‘MaSAXO ‘TeSOMIN pus ToqiVD oluLvs19 ‘vIMoMUTY ‘SoULUYIN ‘soIBAyIN ‘sesug pue sploy [Btoulyy JO syanowe [vuoystodoid pue sdussead 4g ayy, ‘ojo ‘uasoipAy ‘udSAXO YALA UdSOAIN JO spunodumog ‘QIn}sloy ‘aplipsAyuy o1moqgavy ‘auozo ‘uaSAxOQ Jo suolywUlUojOq fpunois tapug—"9 t osoudsouny jo worjyIsodmog fpunois sA0qy—'D JO ADATTIMONY GASVAUONT ONIMINOAY ‘HONGAUIOS AXVLINVS {SINGNNOUIANY NVATO ‘@ood NVAIO SUaLVM NVATO [uly NVATD NI HaGCHO TVYOLVN ‘afvT fo uoynhuojorg ay) 07 saynjat sv wnf os ‘wapsQy jounjony fo woynasasarg ayy uodjy—T 269 vence. Sei. tary in San Recent Progress "MOTJNOISOIT [BULUID “sJoyavyy JO UoMLlnsoy ‘OINgINO-YSiyA ‘Ssamyjovynuvyyr ‘Apddus-1098 AA a.rng[NOLs y —Jo yyouaq ayy 07 — UONVSLLI ‘UCR ‘UO14B.4[q ‘UOlUdAdL “UOTJOAFULST — ‘asvalRigd— “IBVLIMIG— *SuUISUDAvOgG— UOT RIIUOA Xd GLAONAIY } SmoRBr1ayupy SUMOMBOUIS[R TL £ UOToesUy ££R00q fooue0sa.yng fS[VUIIUR 1301BM-paTlog Ssyuvtd 103B.M-pallog fasnyjory pur ‘asvurig ‘asvmaeg SsSulpmq payooyuy SSUORl[RyXy Ssosus 1aMag £8]09.14s JO aSeqiny ojo ‘sano ‘sds *p SSaMowuUgq *o SSSuUIpTINg oqud °@ SSOUT[[OMC °2 —: soovds pouyuog worvuTMEyu0D NT *400[SON ‘ojo ‘SULIAY) SHOTIOOJUT ‘saounIsqng snoLtojolod *s.1091V IT Oqlosa.qug ‘solpog UsIO10g ‘oqo ‘sur1ay snolmoajyuy "IOJIVI OLULS.AQ JO ssaoxop ‘TOVLI Of 19s0.190 7 ‘SUOSIOg PoATOSSICT “STTRS JO SssoOXOL ‘Ssoup.eyy onpug ‘ojo ‘SuULIOy SaryvopT ‘so[olQIed PILOS ‘s10dRA ploy ‘aasoi1pApy payoimydrng ‘OpluipAYWYy olUog.eD JO SsooX oT ‘9u0ZO puv uasdkxQ Jo Aoualoyoq WOUA ONILTASAY ‘ENAWNOUWIANT AMT ‘aqooq NI ALTA SUMLVM NI HIT fury NI ALIN Ad agondoud "YRVAPT JO WoUMALasalT ay) 07 sayvjas sv wnf os ‘saowog Hurquysig fo jwaowas ay) uodQ—'TT “HONAIOS AUVLINVS 270 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. On referring to these tables, it will be seen that the first element to be determined is the amount of oxygen in the atmosphere, and within what limits this amount may vary, the atmosphere still remaining in a state of purity. So im- portant is this determination, that many of the greatest physi- cists have expended all the resources of their skill upon its solution. About a century ago, Lord Cavendish made no less than five hundred analyses of the atmosphere, and by the method of absorption of oxygen by nitric oxide, a method which now to us appears too crude to give reliable results, ar- rived at the number 20-833 as representing the percentage of oxygen. This result is little more than 74th of one per cent. less than 20-95, which is the number now accepted as the most accurate mean of recent determinations. And yet Lord Cavendish could not satisfy himself that there was any differ- ence in the percentage of oxygen in London air, as compared with that of air from the surrounding country. To deter- mine whether the composition of the atmosphere was indeed invariable, the subject was reopened by Dumas and Boussin- gault, who employed in their classic research the chemical attraction of copper for oxygen at an elevated temperature. The air from the Jardin des Plantes, after purification from every trace of moisture and carbonic anhydride, was passed through a weighed tube containing turnings of pure copper, and the residual nitrogen collected in a glass balloon, previ- ously exhausted of air. Every precaution that ingenuity could suggest, was used to insure the accuracy of the experi- ments, which were repeated a great number of times and on large quantities of air; and yet these two illustrious chemists did not venture to assume that the composition of the atmos- phere was otherwise than invariable, and that the slight dif- ferences in the percentages of oxygen obtained were due to real differences, and not to variations within allowable limits of instrumental error. By improved eudiometrical methods, Regnault afterwards settled conclusively the fact of variations in the percentage of Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 271 oxygen in the earth’s atmosphere, and ascertained with accu- racy the amount of the variation in the atmosphere of the same locality and at different points on the earth’s surface. The minimum amount for 100 analyses of the air at Paris, was 20-913 per cent., and the maximum 20-999, giving as a mean the number 20-956. The lowest percentage in five analyses of the atmosphere of the ocean, was 20-918, the highest 20: 965. Of mountain air ;—in that of the summit of Mt. Pichin- cha, which is higher than Mt. Blanc, the oxygen was 20-949 and 20-981 per cent. Of all places, Berlin had the distinc- tion of an atmosphere gvith the lowest percentage of oxygen, 20-908. This does not appear surprising, when we call to mind the stinking waters of the river Spree flowing through the most crowded portion of the city, under the windows of the Academy of Music, and within a stone’s throw of the Em- peror’s palace, the Opera-house, the Royal Library, the Mus- eum, and, worst of all, the famous University. To quote the language of Dr. Folsom, the Secretary of the Massachusetts Board of Health—* Berlin and Munich, the filthiest and most scientific of the German cities, deserve Traube’s sarcasm of not being able to stop the cholera, even in winter,—a more or less continuous epidemic, so to speak, having lasted since 1866; while in London and Paris, the cleanest of large cities, the last epidemic (in 1866) fell very lightly, and the death rates are one-third lower than in Munich and Berlin.” The mean of all Regnault’s analyses was 20-95 per cqnt., a num- ber which should be remembered and quoted, instead of twenty-one, the’ percentage settled upon as a mean, after many experiments, by Gay Lussac and Humboldt, and the one usually given in manuals of chemical science. For it is worthy of note, that the maximum in no one of Regnault’s analyses reached twenty-one per cent., while the minimum was never so low as 20°9. After Prof. Bunsen had submitted the existing modes of gas-analysis to critical revision, he applied the improved methods to the determination of the oxygen in the atmosphere, 272 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. finding as a minimum for the air at Heidelberg 20-84 per cent., and for the maximum 20-97, or a mean for all analyses, of 20-- 924. Since that time a great number of inquiries have been set on foot concerning the air in various parts of Europe, especially in Great Britain, where Dr. Angus Smith has in- stituted a very extended series of comparisons between the atmosphere of towns, and of country and mountain districts. The significance of the results is to be found in the fact, that while a falling off in the percentage of oxygen to the amount of one-tenth per cent., may appear so slight as to be un- worthy of serious consideration, yetahe place of this minus quantity is occupied by other gases whose presence is dele- terious, even when in amounts represented by the hundredths of one per cent. Until a very recent period, no similar investigation had been made, so far as we are aware, into the constitution of the atmosphere in the United States. It would be fortunate for the interests of sanitary science, if Ozonometry was settled upon as well ascertained princi- ples as those of the determination of oxygen. But this is far from being the case. The difficulty does not consist in a lack of knowledge concerning the properties, or even the chemical nature of ozone,—to both of which topics a great deal of attention has been paid since the time of Schénbein by Becquerel, Fremy, Andrews and Tait, Meissner, Angus Smith, and others, and in this country by M. Carey Lea, Wetherill, and Rogers,—but to a lack of concerted and sys- tematic observation by practised observers, using equal pre- cautions and pursuing the same methods. To illustrate the discrepancies, and even fallacies which arise, we may instance the ordinary ozone test, as it is called—a strip of paper pre- viously moistened with a mixture of starch-water and iodide of potassium solution, and dried. Recently it was found, on preparing some of the ozone test, that every variety of paper purchasable, except the purest Swedish filter-paper, mani- fested an alkaline reaction to alizarine; that every sample of es Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 273 potassium iodide contained several impurities, rendering it unfit for use in the ozone test; and that even the starch had to be manufactured in the laboratory, to obtain material suita- ble for preparing reliable reagent papers. And yet, with suitable precautions, these ozone tests give results of a very striking character. As an instance, I may cite some unpub- lished observations during the past summer upon the atmos- phere of the Adirondacks, where the indications of ozone were of the most decided character, and at times of atmospheric disturbance, intense. In this pure mountain air, the invalid, prostrated with malarial poison, or catarrhal affection, rap- idly regained mental vigor and bodily strength. — Similar ozone tests, exposed during the same season in Hoboken, where catarrhs are rife, and where the badly drained marshes, if they do not actually produce ague, are at least very un- favorable to recovery from it, showed a great deficiency in the amount of ozone. . I do not wish to be understood as saying that the absence of ozone is attended by the prevalence of catarrhal or mala- rial troubles. Heaven forbid! The result of collecting and reading most of the literature upon ozone, has been to make me extremely unwilling to express any opinion, concerning the connection between the abundance or exiguity of ozone and any disease whatsoever. The conflict of testimony could not be better exemplified than in the case just under con- sideration. To quote from a recent work on the subject— “Schénbein and other physicians made daily atmospheric observations during several catarrhal epidemics at Basle, which are stated to have been conclusive as to the simul- taneity of the maximum of the coloration with the extreme intensity of the epidemic.” “Dr. Seitz carried on observa- tions for two years in Munich, and found that months in which the ozone was abundant, were not characterized by a predominance of catarrhal affections, when compared with months during which less ozone was noticed in the air. After days distinguished by a great excess of ozone, we did 274 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. not observe the occurrence of a greater number of cases of eatarrh.” The result of a year’s observations by the Medi- cal and Scientific Club of Kénigsberg, in Prussia, was to the effect, “That the month of November, during which the spread of catarrhal affections was most extensive, and the month of September, which was notorious for the prevalence of intermittent fever, typhus, cholera, and diarrhcea, exhibi- ted nearly an equal amount of ozone, and, that a sudden and considerable increase in the amount of ozone did not appear to be a cause of the commencement of catarrh of the respiratory organs.” This is certainly a very decided nega- tive, but the next observer quoted, Dr. Pfaff, of Plauen, in Saxony, has an equally explicit affirmative result. He con- cludes that, “A large proportion of ozone acts in a mis- chievous manner on diseases of the respiratory organs ; that it favors the development of inflammatory affections, especially tonsilitis, and that the ozone exerts little or no effect on epidemic or other diseases, provided they are not compli- cated with catarrhal affections.” Dr. Spengler calls upon the medical practitioners of Europe to test the accuracy of his observations, which were made at Roggendorf, a village of Mecklenburg. “Just before the commencement of an epi- demic of influenza, no ozone was to be detected. Directly, however, catarrhal troubles set in and every one was cough- ing, an abundance of ozone was manifested. As the disease gradually diminished, so did the indications of this body de- crease.” Dr. Heidinreich also found that a strong ozonic reaction, coincided with an exacerbation of catarrhal symptoms and the appearance of pulmonary affections, while a dimi- nution of those took place when it was feeble. Faber, Wunderlich, Schiefferdecker, T. Boeckel, and other observers, believe that there is no connection between the development of ozone and the prevalence of catarrhal affections. The au- thorities at the hospital of Metz, have found that there is a certain relation between the variations in the quantity of atmospheric ozone, and the number of cases of bronchial Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 275 affections which present themselves. MM. Houzeau and Leudet, jr., have shown that there is no agreement between the prevalence of respiratory affections at Rouen, and the depth of ozonic reaction as presented by true ozone tests. These diseases are most numerous during the winter, when the amount of ozone, as distinguished from the other air purifiers, would seem from the researches of the former gen- tleman to be comparatively small. Mr. Harris, of Worthing, has always remarked during the prevalence of N. E. and E. winds, when no ozone is present in the air, the great fre- quency of irritative affections of the mucous membrane of the throat and air passages. The results arrived at by M. Béhard, of Havre, are: “1. That the number of cases of pulmonary disease is probably in direct relation with the amount of ozone in the air, and in inverse relation with the temperature: and, 2. That atmospheric ozone appears to exert a certain influence on rheumatismal affections.” Dr. Clemens, of Frankfort, states “that eleven saddle-horses contracted inflammation of the lungs in consequence of being run against a south wind, very powerful and very rich in ozone, and that the greater number died.” A similar wide difference of opinion exists concerning the connection between the prevalence of ozone and malaria, various descriptions of fever, and other diseases; and it is difficult to see how these discrepancies will be reconciled, except by systematic observations carried on by a number of competent observers. In this respect a great deal is being done in Great Britain and on the Continent. In the United States, isolated inquirers have pursued researches, some account of which, from time to time, has appeared in our scientific literature. The contradictory results hitherto ob- tained, however, have discouraged many who need the stimu- lus of united effort, and the certainty that their observations will be carefully preserved and collated, to continue this very valuable work. 276 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. Concerning the carbonic anhydride in the atmosphere, but little has been lately added to our scientific knowledge, it being already a well understood subject. But the deter- mination of the amounts of carbonic anhydride present in the air of public buildings — as made in the examination into the defective ventilation of the House of Representatives by the late Dr. Wetherill; into the air of over-crowded school rooms, as hag been done by the Board of Health of New York; and that of cars, as in the late investigation of Dr. Nichols of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology ;—has been of excellent service in the interests of sanitary science. This is not so much on account of the deleterious nature of carbonic anhydride itself, but for the reason that the ex- halations of the breath are always accompanied by volatile matters and products of organic decomposition, emanations from the body, ete., none of which admit of easy estimation, but whose quantity can be readily inferred from that of the carbonic anhydride. This gas, as we all know, is of a pun- gent agreeable flavor; and when reference is made to the “closeness” or bad air of rooms, and to the carbonic anhy- dride present, as if the “closeness” and carbonic anhydride were one and the same thing, it is but showing how com- pletely the popular mind has identified the organic pollution of foul air with one, and that not the most unpleasant or most pernicious, concomitant. In connection with this subject, it is worthy of note that the eminent sanitary chemist named above, has recently made an examination into the amounts of carbonic anhydride contained in the ground of certain localities below the surface —the ground atmosphere. The importance of its study, as well as that of the ground- water, was first pointed out by Pettenkofer in 1854, followed in 1870 by systematic determinations of the percentage of. oxygen below the surface. The analyses were made upon the alluvial gravel of the country surrounding Munich, in places not under cultivation, with the result of showing, that a al Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 277 the amount of carbonic anhydride in the ground below the surface, was much greater than that above, and that it in- creased with the depth and varied with the season,’ being least in winter and greatest in summer. His object was similar to that in view in the determination of the carbonic anhydride in ill-ventilated buildings, that of obtaining a measure of the “impregnation” of the ground with organic impurities, by the oxidation of which the carbonic anhydride is produced. It is analogous to the determination of the nitric and nitrous acids in drinking water, bodies not of themselves detrimental in minute quantities, but important as affording a measure of the previous pollution of the water by nitrogenous excreta, etc., from the oxidation of which they are derived. The examinations of Dr. Nichols, which were conducted upon the made lands of the “ Back Bay” of Boston, showed that there was very little difference in the amount of carbonic anhydride at different depths during most of the period occupied by the experiments; but in October, November, and December, it had increased sensibly at a depth of ten feet, above its amount at a depth of six feet. This curious result, which agrees with Pettenkofer’s, he attributes to the diffusion of the carbonic anhydride from the surface, and to the increased rapidity of this diffusion when the temperature of the air falls below that of the ground. With regard to ventilation itself, as an art, repeated fail- ures, often with grave results, by architects of great promi- nence, are at last convincing the public that the ventilation of buildings constructed on different plans, of different ma- terials, with different uses, and located differently in respect to air, wind, dnd sun, is an art of great difficulty ; one not to be practised on occasion by the hospital-physician, the school-trustee, the alms-house inspector, the engineer, or even the architect, as a subject popularly supposed to be fully understood by every well-informed person, but should be placed in charge of persons making the heating and ven- tilating of buildings their especial study. 278 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. There is one more popular delusion, the overthrow of which is to be ranked as an onward step in sanitary science. This delusion is, that the senses are trustworthy sentinels over our lungs and stomachs, and that dangerous air, water, or even food, is always detected by them. They only serve as detectives when one of the concomitants of aerial, aqueous, or other filth is of the nature of a gas, like hydrosulphuric acid, affecting, even when present in very minute quantities, the sense of smell, or is one of the innumerable products of organic decay. But the cases must be rare indeed, in which fatal effects have been produced by exposure to an atmo- sphere containing hydrosulphuric acid sufficiently concen- trated to act as a chemical poison; and although headache, nausea, or a general lowering of the health, is frequently produced in the case of persons occasionally exposed to a considerable amount of this and similar gaseous products of decomposition, or constantly inhaling them in minute quanti- ties, yet they are comparatively harmless when compared with some emanations which are not evident to the sense of smell. The matter which propagates disease, is, so far as we know, not gaseous, but organized bodies of excessively mi- nute dimensions, so small indeed that as yet the microscopist has not succeeded in distinguishing the “spores” which sim- ply produce decomposition, from those which carry the spe- cific poison of certain diseases, or the infectious germs of one disease from those of another. But one peculiarity they possess in common, a peculiarity distinguishing them from chemical poisons, in that their effect is not directly propor- tional to their amount, but vastly greater, insomuch that ex- cessively minute amounts of these germs have the power of infinite self-multiplication, so long as they find themselves surrounded with circumstances favorable to their develop- ment. It frequently is the case that localities are obnox- ious in odor, yet no alarming diseases are developed, while others are apparently inoffensive, and at the same time are richly productive in “zymotic diseases.” A striking illustra- —ecent Progress in Sanitary Science. 219 tion is to be found in the case of laborers, whose duty it is to jump into the lime-purifiers employed in the defecation of illuminating gas, and to shovel out the lime charged with sulphur compounds. The smell is intolerable, frequently nauseating the workmen, yet not producing active disease. Sewer-gas, on the contrary, is not violently offensive, and may diffuse itself through apartments without detection, and, as in Glasgow'and Edinburgh, in the houses of the better classes, may produce outbreaks of typhoid fever. For this reason, either the public sewers should be properly flushed and ventilated, which, practically speaking, is very difficult: of accomplishment —or those who multiply bath-rooms and water-closets in connection with the sleeping apartments of a house (as is now done in city dwellings, where the desire of luxury on the part of the occupant, and the ingenuity of the mechanic in increasing the expense on the other, have permeated the house with an elaborate net-vork of hot and cold-water pipes, waste-pipes, traps, sewer-connections and drains) should employ the services of a sanitary engineer, to see that a suitable system of flues is likewise provided to earry off the gases from the water-closets—the “practical plumber” being generally ignorant of both the necessity and the means of doing so. Either these remedies should be applied, or the water-closets should be made as few as possi- ble, and the traps put in connection with flues, in which an upward draft is preserved both in winter and summer, by stoves or lamps. No chemist, so far as we are aware, has attempted a com- plete analysis of sewer-gases, or those other exhalations from decomposing matters, which are laden with the ferments that become active in zymotic diseases. Even if he did deter- mine the percentage of every gas present, he would not be able to estimate and isolate the septic ferments—the chief culprits in the origination of disease. It would be well if water-analysts would distinctly inform the public that they are daily asked to do in respect to water, something quite as 280 Ftecent Progress in Sanitary Science. difficult, and which they are altogether incapable of doing. Is not an experience somewhat like the following, familiar to every chemist present? A village has grown into a town, and that town into a city. Its growth has produced manu- facturing communities in the vicinity, which pour their refuse and their sewage into the water-course originally filled with unpolluted water. The water grows worse to the taste, and stronger to the smell; and finally popular complaint compels the Board of Water Commissioners to take action. Their first step is to employ a chemist to find out how polluted the water is; and he finally sends in a report, with a long array of figures in decimals, telling how much silica, lime, magnesia, oxide of iron, phosphoric acid, sulphuric acid, potash, soda, ammonia, nitrous and nitric acids, chlorine and albuminoid ammonia, the water contains. All these data are of interest, requiring much skill in their accurate determination. They tell that a stream may be no worse drinking water than the Thames, the Schuylkill, the Ohio, the Passaic, or some other river, whose water is used at ordinary times by large com- munities without outbreaks of disease directly traceable to it. As in the case of the Schuylkill, a well-known expert to whom I appealed, said, “Yes, it always analyzed very well, but smelt and tasted very bad.” Yet this gentleman drank daily of the Schuylkill water, and so do hundreds of thous- ands, without falling ill of violent maladies. Such analyses do not show how dangerous such drinking-water may be. That danger is known from other facts, independent of the water-analyses. The researches of Klein, Burdon Sander- son, Chevreau, and others, have shown that the germs of infectious diseases may be transported twenty or thirty miles in running water, may pass through thick beds of gravel, sand, etc., without being filtered out, and in fact, can be effectually destroyed only by the operation of an elevated temperature. With regard to the chemical methods employed in-the de- terminations of the organic constituents of drinking waters, : , : ( ( << Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 281 —and it is to these that we must chiefly look in deciding upon their fitness for domestic uses—it may be briefly said that they are four in number—the “ignition,” “permangan- ate,” “albuminoid ammonia,” and “combustion” methods. The first is no longer regarded as adequate to give the infor- mation needed; the second is deemed fallacious; and the third, although still employed by many chemists, will, for similar reasons, have to be abandoned. The fourth gives the information required, with an accuracy adequate to the form- ation of correct judgment on the water analyzed, but at present has the disadvantage of requiring much time and care in its satisfactory performance. It should be said here, in justice to the chemists who still employ the “albuminoid ammonia” process, that they do not claim that the albuminoid matters give up all their nitrogen in the form of ammonia, but only that they yield by this pro- cess a certain measure, and that this measure can be used as an index of the amount of the organic impurity present. But, as was shown by the authors themselves, and as has been since still more satisfactorily demonstrated, water containing known quantities of organic matter, when treated by this process, yields an amount of nitrogen which differs accord- ing to the character of the substances operated upon. It is evident that if the process were good, it should indicate either the whole amount of nitrogen present, or in every case, a definite proportion of it; and in failing, as it does, to meet these requirements, the albuminoid ammonia method of determining the organic impurity must be condemned. This failure is strikingly exemplified in the case of urea, per- haps the most characteristic ingredient of sewage, which may be present in a drinking water without detection by the al- buminoid ammonia process. On the other hand, peaty mat- ters, which color the water without rendering it noxious, yield a large amount of albuminoid ammonia, and such waters have in this wise been in some cases unfairly con- demned. 282 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. It follows from what has been said, first,—that the album- inoid-ammonia method neither indicates the absolute or rela- tive amounts of organic impurities present, nor discriminates between the putrescible and non-putrescible matters, with a sufficient degree of accuracy to allow the results, obtained by its use, to be employed in the formation of correct judg- ments upon the potability of drinking waters. Moreover, that analyses executed by this method must be thrown aside, and replaced by others executed by the “combustion” pro- cess. Finally, that until the results obtained in this more accurate way are obtained, we are still destitute of data ade- quate to the approval or condemnation of many sources of water-supply at present suspected of dangerous contamina- tion. With regard to the extent to which judgments founded upon the chemical and microscopical analyses of drinking waters are final, it may be said, that there can be no manner of doubt that the resources of chemical analysis, at the pres- ent time, are fully adequate to determine with accuracy the amount of organic impurity which is actually present in a potable water. Still more; it is possible to decide from the amounts of nitrates, nitrites, and ammonia present in the water—which bodies have been derived from organic bodies préexistent, but are now converted into innocuous mineral compounds — whether at a former period the water has been polluted by sewage. But at this point the legitimate prov- ince of the chemist ends, and that of the pathologist begins. He must decide by a careful analysis of the diseases attrib- uted to the drinking of infected waters :—JI1st. How large an amount of organic impurity may actually exist, without rendering the water noxious. 2nd. Whether water, which at any time has been polluted by infected sewage, can be afterwards employed with safety. In conclusion, I wish to present a report, which I was de- puted to draw up in the capacity of Chairman of a Commit- tee, being an attempt to formulate conclusions arrived at Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 283 from a consideration of the foregoing data. It is of the highest importance to be in previous possession of generally acknowledged first principles, so that when action must be taken in regard to any particular water-supply, there will exist just rules for its proper guidance. REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE UPON THE WATER SUPPLY OF THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY, APPOINTED BY THE NEW JERSEY STATE SANITARY ASSOCIATION, READ AT ITS SECOND ANNUAL MEETING, HELD IN NEW BRUNSWICK, OCTOBER, 1876. It is evident that the water-supply of the state of New Jersey cannot be considered as a whole; it resolves itself at once into the consideration of the various Water-Basins, into which the state is divided by the nat- ural lines of demarkation between its water sheds. Our first duty, therefore, is the determination of the character of these Water Basins. This involves :— I. The construction upon the basis of a topographical survey, of an accurate Hydrographical map, prominently districting off the state into its water-basins. II The determination of the rain-fall for each water-basin, and of the number of gallons of water flowing in its several water-courses for every month in the year. IiI. An examination of the quality of the water in each basin, more especially in regard to its fitness for manufacturing and domestic pur- poses. IV. An inquiry into, and a tabulated statement of, the amount and character of the pollution existing at the present time in the water- courses of the state. This fourth topic subdivides itself into :— a. The Drainage and Sewage along their banks. b. Statistics of Manufacturing establishments so far as relates to the question in hand, and the proper disposition of contaminating Refuse. The topics above enumerated, refer only to the facts which must be settled, and the data which must be accumulated, before a final solution of all the problems involved in the question of water-supply can be arrived at. This is a work of years, to be actually performed only as the studies of those interested in sanitary science, and the vital interests of the people of the state, may require. In this report we wish only to map out, as it were, the question of the water-supply in a broad and compre- hensive manner, and to settle, if possible, certain fundamental principles; leaving the working-out of the various subjects, and their application to particular cases and to particular communities, to those most concerned in so doing. NOVEMBER, 1876. 22 ANN. Lyc. Nar. Hisr:, Vou. xi. 284 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. This being understood, we can proceed to consider :— V. Whether any particular community has a natural right to the use of the water-supply of the water-basin in which such community is lo- cated, in an wncontaminated condition,—and whether this natural right should be paramount to any right which an individual, or a number of individuals in that community, has acquired in virtue of purchase, grant, use, allowance, or custom. Va. If such a natural right be conceded, it must be settled what legis- lation is necessary to secure for a community that natural right; or, if the existence of such a natural right be denied, or only allowed in part, what legislation is required to regulate the extent to which drinking waters may be polluted. VI. It is necessary to arrive at a decision upon the much-mooted point, whether a stream after pollution can by flowing for a limited number of miles, in contact with air and growing plants, be again made a safe drinking-water. VII. Whether any means, microscopic, chemical, or otherwise, exist at the present time, of discriminating between Infected and Non-infected Sewage; and if, as some high authorities contend, they cannot be dis- tinguished, whether sewage by one community into the water-supply of another community, should not be interdicted. VIII. If sewage and other impurities be allowed to go into a water- supply, how much of them, and of what kind, are permissible without detriment to health. IX. It is of the highest importance to determine, how many cases of disease and death in the state of New Jersey are fairly attributable to the use of contaminated water. X. Finally, to apply these principles and this knowledge, to communi- ties which, like Newark, Jersey City, and Hoboken, at the present time, demand an increase and perhaps a change of their water supply; and with a proper view to the actual difficulties involved, and a reasonable economy, to decide which are the best and most available sources of supply for communities throughout the state, or of particular sections thereof. Returning to a fuller consideration of some of these points, we may inquire :— V. Whether any particular community has a natural right to the use of the water-supply of the water-basin in which such community is lo- cated, in an uncontaminated condition, and whether this natural right should be paramount to any right, which one individual or a number of individuals in that community, has acquired in virtue of purchase, grant, use, allowance or custom. We hold that such a natural right exists, for the reason that pure water, like pure air, is a natural gift to every man, which he cannot be deprived of without fatal injury,to his well-being and happiness. It is just, therefore, that a community may use this water, or may allow, by Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 285 law, individuals or bodies corporate to use it, but this privilege confers on no one the right to contaminate the water, whenever the general good is interfered with. This great truth appears self-evident, but if has nevertheless in many eases been lost sight of, for which reason it is the more important that this representative body should authoritatively declare it. The whole course of legislation among civilized nations, as they grow into a higher appreciation of the obligations of the governing body to the governed, sustains the justice of this declaration. Five centuries ago, England, among modern nations, took the first step, by imposing a fine upon persons casting filth into ditches and streams. From this time onward, and more especially during the past thirty years, since most people of intelligence have become acquainted with the magnitude of the evils in- volved in the pollution of rivers, Parliament has passed a long series of Acts, to repress or put an end to these evils. Connected with these Acts, were many costly investigations conducted by Royal Commissions, the literature of which constitutes the material forming most recent books on Sanitary science, and the most valuable part of numerous town and state Health reports. To present here the admirable code of sanitary legisla- tion, built up by the wisdom of five centuries, is foreign to our object ;— it will be sufficient, when the proper time has come, to embody its best features in our own state health-laws. In France, strenuous endeavors have been made during the past two centuries to protect the purity of streams by repressive legislation, These have been in part successful, a result due in some cases to the discevery by manufacturers— when they had been enjoined from casting in refuse, and had thus been compelled to experiment in order to find out how to dispose of it —that their refuse might be actually a source of profit. VI. It is necessary to arrive at a decision upon the mach-mooted point, whether a stream after pollution, can by flowing for a limited number of miles, in contact with air and growing plants, be again made a safe drinking water. We are all aware of the great extent to which this vexed question has been agitated in England, and how large an amount of contradictory testimony was collected by the Royal Commissioners on River-Pollution. On the one hand, the assertion was made that running streams purified themselves completely in the course of a few miles; on the other, that no such power of complete self-purification existed. It is probable that the truth lies somewhere between these extremes. Qur reasons for this belief are drawn partly from the results of chemical analyses, and partly from experience. Many of those present have seen the sewage of Paterson emptying into the Passaic, and a short time afterwards have partaken of these polluted waters, as delivered from the hydrants of Newark, Jersey City, and Ho- boken, with impunity. Still more, they have done so for years, and no physician has shown that a case of active disease was attributable to 286 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. these waters. Three years ago alarmists declared that, in a year or two, the most serious results would follow, if the inhabitants persisted in their use. So far is this from being the case, that housekeepers, dealers in fish and meat, and medical practitioners, have found less fault with the Pas- saic water this summer than in previous seasons. In fact, there has been much less popular complaint during this summer, of the water of the Passaic, than there has been of that of the Croton Aqueduct. This isa fair statement drawn from the experience, not of one, but of many of us. And to make it complete, it should be added that there have been times, as in mid-summer of 1872, when to quote from the Report to the Board of Public Works of Jersey City, the water ‘‘ was highly offensive to both the smell and taste, was turbid from the presence of great numbers of microscopic vegetable and animal organisms, and when proper chemical tests revealed a shocking degree of contamination by organic matter.” Another case of river-pollution familiar to most of us, is that of the Schuylkill River by the sewage and refuse of Manayunk, and other manufacturing towns located a short distance above Philadelphia. So imminent did the danger appear, that in view of the vast multitudes whose presence at the Centennial Exposition was anticipated, the au- thorities of Philadelphia appointed a Commission to decide whether the Schuylkill waters should be condemned. Most unfortunately, the Com- mission failed to give an authoritative decision, and while it devoted a preponderate share of its Final Report to statements and arguments illustrative of the fatal dangers resulting from drinking polluted streams, the Schuylkill included, it recommended an extension of the present means of water-supply. In truth, the annual rate of mortality for New York is 29 per thousand, while in Philadelphia it is 23 per thousand; and during the excessive heats of last summer, while Philadelphia has been crowded to the extent of two hundred thousand people above its own population, no active disease has been fairly attributable to the Schuylkill water. It will be hardly necessary to speak of the general use of the waters of the Thames by the people of London, after alluding to that of the Schuyl- kill, which is represented to be the more polluted of the two streams. Now as to the information afforded by chemical analyses on this point. The waters of the Passaic have been repeatedly analyzed, and samples taken from the Reservoir at Belleville have shown but a very slight increase of putrescible organic matter over that of samples taken above the High Falls at Paterson. Moreover it is not at all improbable that this slight amount of contamination was due to the partial influence of the reflux tide from Newark. In other words, the waters of the Passaic as collected 14 miles below Paterson, have returned to about the same composition as they had before receiving the sewage of this large manu- facturing town. This unexpected result has a striking parallel in the case of another American river, that of the Blackstone in the state of Massachusetts. This stream flows past the city of Worcester, receiving all its sewage, Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 287 together with “the refuse waters of 36 woollen mills, 23 cotton mills, 6 iron works, a tannery, and a slaughter-house—these works employing 7,200 hands,” a total of 606,508 cubic feet per diem of badly polluted water. This would amount to about 1-10th of the entire dry-weather flow of the river at Blackstone, a town located near the southern bound- ary line of the state. A sample taken from the Gate-House of the City Reservoir on Lynde Brook, one of the head waters of the Blackstone, contained in 100,000 parts, 0.0235 parts of proteine matter, and 1.96 parts of organic, requiring 0-504 parts of oxygen to effect oxidation; while the waters of the Blackstone near the state line, after a flow of about 20 miles beyond Worcester, contained 0.0128 parts of proteine matter, 1.72 parts of organic, and required but 0.326 parts of oxygen to decompose the organic impurities. We must conclude, therefore, that those who have denied any power of self-purification to a flowing stream, are mistaken in this matter; and that the receipt of tributary waters holding their normal percentage of dis- solved oxygen in solution, intestinal movement in contact with growing plants and earthy oxides, and abundant exposure to light and air, should be elevated to the rank of true causes in the regeneration of rivers. Moreover, while it seems incredible that Philadelphia, Newark, Albany, Cincinnati, and other great cities, should drink waters after pollution by the sewage of towns located a few miles above them, and should do so without active disease traceable to this source, yet this is a fact, and one of so great magnitude that we must allow it due weight and must explain it by a sufficient cause. Finally, while we believe the above statements to be true, yet in view of what has been previously said concerning the danger from infected sewage, and the deterioration of health from all sewage, we do not the less look upon the pollution of waters as a monstrous evil, to be done away with so soon as public opinion upon these important sanitary ques- tions shall have become imperative. VII. Whether any means, microscopic, chemical or otherwise, exist at the present time, of discriminating between Infected and Non-infected Sewage; and if, as some high authorities contend, they cannot be dis- tinguished, whether sewage by one community into the water-supply of another community, should not be interdicted. Upon this point all the best authorities have decided in the negative. Moreover the matter which carries the infection may, as appears from a recent case in Switzerland, be filtered through several miles of soil, and escape destruction. And this too, when, as the English Rivers-Pollution Commission has declared in their report of 1875, ‘‘Slow soakage through a few feet of gravel destroys more organic matter than does a flow of many miles in the Thames.” It is unnecessary to bring to your recollec- tion the great mass of testimony concerning the carrying of cholera and typhoid fever by infected streams. No process of filtration, precipitation, or irrigation appears adequate to destroy these germs of infectious dis- eases; according to recent investigations this can be effected only by 288 New Species of Bird of the Genus Pitangus. an elevated temperature. To be altogether safe from contagion—and we should not be contented with anything short of this—no sewage should be allowed to enter into a water supply. VIII. If sewage and other impurities be allowed to go into a water- supply, how much of them and of what kind, are permissible without detriment to health. If the ground is taken that these cases of contagion are too rare to be a valid argument against the use of streams which, like the Thames, have been credited with carrying the cholera, etc., and yet under ordinary circumstances may be used without apparent ill effects, it is necessary, notwithstanding, to fix some limit to the degree of contamination. The standard determined upon by the Rivers-Pollution Commission, will an- swer as well perhaps as any other for this purpose. Yet we must still keep in mind that the danger of contaminated water is not limited to contagion and manifest disease. According to eminent medical authori- ties, no particular form of active disease may be traceable to such waters, -and at the same time they may bring about an enfeebled or disordered condition of the bodily organs, decreasing the ability to labor, and in- creasing the susceptibility to disease from other causes. From this point of view, a wise regard to the eventual well-being and wealth of the community, would counsel the expediency of accepting no water after pollution, even if conformed to certain artificial standards, and when possible, of not stopping short of securing the purest water obtainable under the circumstances. XX VI.—Description of a New Species of Bird of the Genus Pitangus. By GEORGE N. LAWRENCE. Read November 20th, 1876. Pitangus Gabbii. Crown and sides of the head dull black, with a concealed crest of light gamboge-yellow; the back is of a warm hair-brown color, the feathers barred with narrow rather indistinct lines of darker brown; the upper tail coverts dark-brown, margined with brownish-ferruginous; the feath- ers of the tail are hair-brown, darker than the back, and are edged with bright ferruginous for half their length from the base, except the two central and the outer ones; the inner margins of the tail-feathers, near New Species of Bird of the Genus Pitangus. 289 their ends, have a tinge of ferruginous; the smaller wing-coverts are the color of the back; the other coverts are brown, the middle ones edged with ferruginous, and the larger with grayish-white tinged with ferrugin- ous; the quill feathers are dark-brown, margined with bright ferruginous, except the inner quills, which have their edges narrowly grayish-white; under wing-coverts pale yellow, inner margins of quills light salmon color; throat gray; breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts, white with a tinge of fulvous; bill and legs black. Length (skin) 74 inch; wing 4; tail 33; tarsus 13-16; bill from front 1. Habitat. St. Domingo. Type in my collection. Prof. Gabb writes me: “This specimen was obtained at Hato Viejo, on the Mao River, Province of Santiago, in an open bushy tract, in a valley at the foot-hills of the Central Mountain chain.” Remarks. This is a smaller species than either Pitangus caudifasciatus or P. Taylori; it can be at once distinguished by the warm brown coloring of the upper plumage, instead of dusky grayish brown, and by the bright ferruginous edg- ings of the wing and tail feathers; the color of the crest, and the size and form of the bill, are much the same in the three species. Mr. A. Sallé, in the list of birds obtained by him in St. Domingo, published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, London, 1857, p. 230 (communicated by Mr. Sclater) gives two species of Tyrannus, viz., 7. matu- tinus and T’. intrepidus. Dr. Bryant, in “A list of the Birds of St. Domingo” (Proc. of the Boston Society of Natural History, 1866, p. 289), says, under 7’. intrepidus: “Iam inclined to believe that there was a mistake in the identification of this bird, and that probably the two tyrants found by Mr. Sallé were griseus and either cuudifasciatus or some closely allied species; as such a bird is found in Cuba, Jamaica, and the Bahamas.” Dr. Bryant’s conjecture that the Tyrannus intrepidus of Mr. Sallé would prove to be a Pitangus, would seem to be confirmed by the species now described being of that genus ; it may possibly be the bird obtained by Mr. Sallé, and re- 290 Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. ferred to 7. intrepidus; but they are very unlike, and I can hardly suppose that Mr. Sallé would err so much, as to mis- take a species with ferruginous margins on the quill and tail feathers for T. carolinensis. As our Kingbird is found in Cuba, I can see no reason why it should not also occur in St. Domingo. When Prof. Gabb’s collections to be made during the coming winter, are received, they may furnish the means to clear up the uncertainty. I have named the above described bird, in compliment to Prof. Wm. M. Gabb, who brought it with eight other species from St. Domingo, being all he was able to procure (for want of time) during his residence on that island during the past winter. XXVII.—WNotes on the Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, N. Y., with description of a New Pteropod. No. 1. SECTION AT BENNET’S QUARRY. By DR. S. T. BARRETT. Read Novy. 13th, 1876. Port JERVIS is situated in the long monoclinal valley lying between the Shawangunk Mountain to the eastward, and low and precipitous ridges of the Hamilton formation to the westward of it. This valley is known here by the name of the Neversink Valley, because that stream, for the last six - or seven miles of its course, runs in it. The Delaware River, after flowing through a deeply corraded anaclinal in the Hamilton ridges, crosses the valley at a right angle, impinges against the deeply pitted rocks of the Corniferous Limestone Group, and, bending sharply southwest, passes Tri-States Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. 291 Rock, at the southern extremity of which it receives the waters of the Neversink River. Tri-States Rock has a local reputation, because in the year 1874, I think, members of the U. S. Coast Survey were for a time stationed upon it, to determine its exact latitude and longitude. The bound- ary lines of three states, New York, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey, unite in a point upon this rock. It is about one-half mile outside the corporate limits of Port Jervis. The geological boundaries are very sharply defined. The Shawangunk Mountain, called Blue Mountain in New Jersey, and Kittatinny Mountain in Pennsylvania, extends from the vicinity of the Hudson River, in Ulster County, nearly to the Maryland line, a distance of 240 miles; and its south- eastern front, when not buried under the piles of drift material which seem to have been poured through the low notches in its crest line, or softened by the uplifted shales of the Cincinnati Group, marks very plainly the beginning of the rocks of the Upper Silurian age. The westward-bound traveller upon the Erie Railway, may easily see the un- conformable junction of the Shawangunk Grit, or Oneida Conglomerate, with the older shales of the Cincinnati Group, if he will look out of the right-hand window as he enters the rock-cutting a little west of Otisville. After running for some distance along the western slope of the Shawan- gunk, the reddish, banded, ripple-marked and sun-cracked surfaces of the Medina Sandstone formation, come into view. These continue until the road turns shortly to the right, and crosses a narrow, eroded valley, made at the expense of some of the strata of the Lower Helderberg Group, which, in a smoothed and striated condition, were uncovered to procure the earth (drift) to make the embankment. The train then plunges into another rock-cutting, made through a declining “tail” of Cauda Galli Grit. Along the north-west slope of this latter ridge for a mile or two, may be seen many exam- ples of “crag and tail” structure, of glacially smoothed and striated surfaces, and, just as the road curves sharply again 292 Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. to the right, of roches moutonnées. Here the traveller passes through a small cutting, in rock so plainly distinct physically from the Cauda-galli as to raise the question whether it is not the equivalent of the Schoharie grit—a problem which I have never been able to solve, as the rock is unfossiliferous. A small exposure of Corniferous and Onondaga limestone comes into view along the eastern shore of the Delaware ; and the remaining formations, to the base of the Hamilton escarpments along the western side of the valley, are buried under alluvial and diluvial deposits. Port Jervis is divided into “Uptown” and “Downtown” by a terrace which marks the bank of a former and much larger river. In all this succession of strata, from the base of the Upper Silurian to the middle of the Devonian, it is only, so far as I know, the rocks of the Lower Helderberg, Oriskany, and Hamilton groups, that yield many specimens to the paleon- tologist. As my time for such work is very limited, I have confined my small efforts principally to the first two of these, which, with the Cauda-galli, were well enough described by Mather in the “Geology of the First District,” pages 332 and 333, as follows. “The limestones of the Helderberg Divis- ion, in the Mamakating valley, from Carpenter’s Point on the Delaware to Kingston, are all upturned, and frequently at a pretty high angle. In the township of Deerpark, Orange Co., they form a narrow range of hills or low mountains, sometimes sinking almost to the level of the Neversink val- ley, and at others, rising to one-third or one-half the eleva- tion of the Shawangunk. They are always narrow, and generally close to the base of the last named mountain.” Carpenter’s Point is a suburb just outside of the corporate limits of Port Jervis, and Deerpark is the name of the town in which the latter is situated. ‘Fossils were rarely seen in the limestones of the Helderberg division south of Rochester” (near Kingston in this valley), “except in those of the moun- tain east of Carpenter’s Point, and at this place they were extremely abundant. The specimens of trilobites were so Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. 293 numerous, and particularly the Asaphus, that Dr. Horton and myself gave the hill the name of Trilobite Mountain. The strata are traversed by two great systems of fracture, one longitudinal and approaching more or less to the direction of the strike ; the other transverse. Their usual directions are S. 20° W. and N. 20° E. for the first, and S. 60° E. and N. 60° W. for the second.” I cannot improve this description. The ridges are very narrow, often not much wider than the actual thickness of the strata of which they are composed ; but whether buried beneath the drift or rising above it, they reach from the Hudson River many miles to the south-west. At Bennet’s Quarry the strata have a dip of from 40 to 60° N. N. W., a dip-so steep as to prevent an exposure of more than their upturned edges. The hill in which these strata rise in succession above each other, has a downward slope of from 30° to 40° S. 8S. E., a direction so nearly at right angles to both dip and strike, as to give, when measured, very nearly the exact thickness of the sub-divisions. At Mr. Sandford Nearpass’ Quarry, two miles south-west of Bennet’s Quarry, in the State of New Jersey, and very near Mr. William Nearpass’ Quarry ,— of which a transverse section is given by Prof. Cook in the “Geology of New Jersey,” pages 153 and 155, and a columnar section on page 158,—the dip is 15° N. N.W. At Guymard, six miles north-east of Bennet’s Quarry, the dip is 25° N. W. The width of the entire group varies with the dip; being greater where it is least, and vice versa. At Bennet’s Quarry there has been more disturbance than at the other places mentioned. At this quarry we have the following section, going from below upward. 1. Tentaculite Limestone, thirty feet exposed. It may be divided into,—1la; Thin-bedded, black or dark-blue con- cretionary limestone, with horizontal layers of Strophodonta varistriata, twenty-five feet; and 16; Quarry Limestone, a fine-grained, blue stone, excellent for lime, with horizontal layers of gasteropods, five feet thick. 294 Lower-Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. 9 2. Coral or “Favosite” Limestone, from four to six feet thick. This particular stratum is full of large corals, principally favosites, among which F. Niagarensis (?) pre- dominates. It is also filled with the fragments of unde- termined crinoids, and contains besides, Cheetetes, Stromat- oporcee, and Pentamerus galeatus. 3. Lower Pentamerus Limestone, fifty feet thick, and divisible from below into,—3a, a coarse-grained limestone, twenty-five feet, with bands of Pentamerus galeatus; and, 36, shaly with layers of chert, twenty-five feet, less fossil- iferous than the preceding. 4, Delthyris Shale, a hundred and seventy-five feet. 5. Upper Pentamerus Limestone, two hundred and fifty feet. It exhibits three divisions, viz. — 5a; a coarse-grained, cherty, grayish limestone, ten feet thick, probably the equiv- alent of the Encrinal Limestone, though I have not seen the crinoids ; 50, shale, rather sparingly fossiliferous, 235 feet ; dc, trilobite layers, five feet. All the fossils enumerated further on as Upper Pentamerus, and associated with Dalma- nites dentata, belong to 5c. 6. Oriskany Sandstone, one hundred feet: it is probably more, the higher arenaceous layers of this division having been removed by glacial action. 7. Cauda Galli Grit, from five to eight hundred feet in thickness. These sub-divisions are all encountered in a succession of terraces rising one above the other. Between the Oriskany and Cauda Galli there is generally a hollow with turbary de- posits. FOSSILS IDENTIFIED. Those marked with a * were identified by Professor Hall. From (1) :— Leperditia alta, * Beyrichia notata, Tentacu- lites gyracanthus, Loxonema Fitchiana, L. obtusa, Holopea untiqua, H. elongata, *Megambonia ovoidea, * Spirifer Va- nuxemt, and *Strophodonta varistriata. The gasteropods and other fossils seem to aggregate in layers or thin bands. Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. 295 From (2) :—Favosites in great quantities, the species not authoritatively determined, but said by excellent judges to be very like /'. Niagarensis; Chetetes Helderbergia (?),* Fa- vosites Helderbergia, crinoidal fragments, and Stromatopore, species not known to me. There occur also Strophodonta varistriata rare, Atrypa reticularis (?) one specimen, and Pentamerus galeatus thick. From (3) :—*Dalmanites pleuroptyx, * Pentamerus gale- atus very thick, Strophodonta varistriata, Favosites. From (4) :—*Dalmanites pleuroptyx, *Phacops Logani, Lichas pustulosus, * Tentaculites elongatus, *Pterinea sp., Spirifer perlamellosus, *.S. macropleurus, S. modestus, S. cy- clopterus, Rensseleria mutabilis, * Merista levis, Hatonia me- dialis, E. singularis, Trematospira multistriata, Stropho- donta Beckii, *S. punctulifera, Strophomena rhomboidalis, Leptena concava, Orthis multistriata, O. oblata, Lingula sp., *Streptelasma stricta, Cheetetes Helderbergia, some other species not determined, and many weathered out corals. From (5) :—This subdivision, Upper Pentamerus, begins at bottom with a very hard calcareous layer, which has been extensively quarried for farmers’ lime at Buckley’s Quarry, one mile north-east of Bennet’s Quarry. From this layer Prof. Hall has identified for me a Phacops, a Platyceras retrorsum, and a Lthynchonella ventricosa. From this hard layer, strata of soft shale rise above each other in a nearly perpendicular craggy ridge, between two and three hundred feet in height, capped on the top with the highly fossiliferous layers already mentioned. This ridge shows best in the neighboring state of New Jersey, and was undoubtedly seen near Bennet’s Quarry by Mather and Horton, when making the Geological Survey of this portion of the First District. As it is long and low, I prefer to call it Tri- lobite Ridge. That portion of it lying between the hard, gray, calcareous layer at the bottom, and the hard, fossilifer- ous layers at the top, is little known to me: but wherever tested, 1 have generally found it unfossiliferous. The top 296 Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. layers are crammed with the heads, thoracic segments, and pygidia of trilobites; the most abundant of which is the new species described by me under the name of Dalmanites dentata (Amer. Journal of Science, Vol. XI, page 200). Homalonotus Vanucemi and * Dalmanites pleuroptyx are less common, but occur quite frequently. *Chonetes complanata and *Rensseleria mutabilis could not well be thicker than they are in some of these layers. The Chonetes averages about the size of the figure of C. tenuistriata in Prof. Daw- son’s Acadian Geology, p. 596; and the #. mutabilis is very much larger than any known before, averaging one-half inch from beak to front. The same species from the Delthyris shale below, is no larger than Prof. Hall’s figures of it on plate 45, vol. 3, N. Y. Paleontology. Besides these, there have been identified * Zentaculites, n. sp., *Loxonema Fitch- tana, Platyceras. retrorsun, P. Gebhardii, Holopea sp., * Hyolithes, n. sp. (described further on), *Plerinea teatilis, Spirifer concinnus, S. cyclopterus, * Strophomena rhomboid- alis, *S. Conradi, *Strophodonta cavumbona, *Cyrtia ros- trata, Orthis oblata, O. perelegans, O. planoconvexa, *O. subcarinata, Discina discus, *D. Conradt, and some other species not yet described. Lying immediately below these trilobite layers, is a very hard, cherty layer, full of gasteropods of the genus Platyce- ras (7). Favosites conica is found at about the same hori- zon. Lowvonema Fitchiana preserves perfectly the fine sig- moidal lines of growth of that species; Platyceras Gebhardt is sometimes as plainly striated as are the living gasteropods found clinging to the rocks. The Choneles and the three known species of trilobites likewise preserve their surface markings. In my description of Dalmanites dentata, the Delthyris shale was wrongly given for the geological horizon of that species. It should have been the compact layers at the top of the Upper Pentamerus Limestone. I gave it at that time the horizon assigned by Prof. Hall to the most of its associ- / Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, ete. 297 ates: but subsequent investigation by myself, and the au- thoritative identification by Prof. Hall of the hard, calcareous bottom layer (5a) as Upper Pentamerus, has convinced me of my error. From the top of Trilobite Ridge to the foot of the Cauda Galli Ridge north-west of it, Oriskany fossils predominate. There is, however, such a gradual shading off from one into the other, that no one whose knowledge of the Lower Helderberg and Oriskany strata had been acquired by the study of their exposures in this locality, would ever think of running the line separating the Silurian and Devonian ages, between the two. They seem so intimately blended that the exact line between them is an arbitrary one altogether. Thanks to Professors Hall and Dana, we now have here in the mural south-east front of the Cauda Galli, as plain a dividing wall between the Silurian and Devonian ages, as there is between the Upper and Lower Silurian east of it. From the Oriskany (No. 6), the following species have been determined : —* Tentaculites elongatus, * Platyceras Greb- hardii, Platyostoma ventricosum, *Pterinea textilis (var. arenaria), *Ltensselaeria ovoides, Hatonia peculiaris, * Spiri- Ser arrectus, S. arenosus, Meristella sp. We find therefore at this point, a total thickness of some five hundred feet of well-marked Lower Helderberg rocks, overlaid to the north-west by an immense development of Cauda Galli Grit. The strata are not all visible at any one place ; but the complete series is given from several quarries in the immediate vicinity of the town. The main trend of the monoclinal ridges that characterize the region, is usually about N. 60° E. and 5. 60° W.; but they are crossed ob- liquely by transverse flexures, running nearly north and south, which elevate the strata in anticlinals transverse to the main uplift. In these are located the quarries that furnish the best sections; the particular members visible in cach, depending, of course, on the amount of transverse uplift from below, and the extent of erosion above. 298 Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, ete. The two points of importance and novelty in this Port Jervis section are, the peculiar character of the beds termed (2), and the fossiliferous layer (5c) at the top of the Upper Pentamerus. The division called 2, for which I suggest provisionally the name of Favosite Limestone, is full of corals, principally Favosites, many of which are very mas- sive. Small spheroidal coralla are abundant also. Eminent geologists question the correctness of the horizon that I have assigned to this member, as soon as they look over a collec- tion of its contents. It is at once believed that such specimens must be from the equivalent of the “Coralline Limestone” at Schoharie; and the most abundant Favosites resembles fF, Niagarensis. But an examination of the table will show that any other than a Lower Helderberg horizon for this Port Jervis limestone is simply impossible. The resemblance of the coral-bed of this locality to the one at Schoharie is in its corals only ; the other fossils described in Vol. 2, N. Y. Pale- ontology, as belonging to the “Coralline Limestone” at Scho- harie, are unknown here. Some of the corals are very large. One, a Favosites Helderbergia, is dome-shaped or plano- convex, fourteen inches in horizontal diameter and five in height. The corallites in this species are very uniform in size, and curve very regularly towards the outer surface ; but most of the specimens are irregular in form, and in the direction and size of the corallites. There are many small spheroidal coralla also, in one of which I detected the two rows of minute mural pores characteristic of #. Viagarensis. The lower layers of this bed have thin, shaly partings, similar to those of the rock below, (1); the upper portion is a coarse, brecciated limestone, shunned by lime-burners, and contains, besides the corals and stromatopore, a great abundance of Pentamerus galeatus and encrinal fragments. Its fossil contents are not regularly arranged, but seem to have been drifted about by the waves. I regret that it has not been possible, prior to the publica- tion of this paper, authoritatively to determine the corals Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. 299 from this bed, and thus to define more positively the inter- esting problem of its relation to the Coralline of Schoharie, which has usually been claimed as of Niagara age. It plainly overlies the Tentaculite Limestone, in all the quarries of this vicinity. These are now in every case worked in (16), as that furnishes the only lime salable for building purposes; and (2), the Favosite limestone, invariably forms its roof. Description of a new species of Pteropod. Genus HYOLITHES, Eich. HYOLITHES CENTENNIALIS, N. Sp. Shell transversely trigonal or nearly semicircular, tapering gradually and evenly backward for about two-thirds of its length, then more rapidly —becoming conical and terminat- ing posteriorly in an obtuse point. Ventral side slightly convex, narrowly rounded upwards at the lateral edges ; dorsal side convex and narrowly rounded in the highest part. Largest specimen in my possession, one inch and a quarter long, width of aperture four lines, height two and a half lines. The anterior two-thirds taper at the rate of one line in half an inch; the posterior third tapers more rapidly, and is besides a little elevated. Lines of growth crowded,— 120 to the inch,—curved forward very decidedly upon the ven- tral side, and continued straight over the dorsal. ‘The lip, judging from the ventral striz, must have projected forward rather more than half a circle. Geological position and locality ; at the tap of the Lower Helderberg group (5c of this paper), near Port Jervis, Orange County, N. Y. The specific name refers to the year (1876) in which the description was written. NOVEMBER, 1876. 23 ANN. Lyc. NAT, Hist., VOL. XI. 300 Descriptions of New Noctue, ete. XXVITI.— Descriptions of New Noctue, with remarks on the variation of Larval Forms in the Group. By A. R. GROTE. Read Dee. 11th, 1876. I HAVE already called attention in the “Popular Science Monthly” (for December, 1876), to the method of variation displayed by certain kinds of Noctue. These variations were observed in the cases of representative species, that is to say forms which have an ally in a widely separated locality, such as Europe is when compared with our Atlantic Coast Territory. It sas found that the differences between such species are ex- pressed on the upper surface of the wings (especially the front pair) most prominently ; the under surfaces in the con- trasted forms agreeing very nearly in both color and design. An instance was cited in the North American Catocala relicta and the European Catocala fraxini. Although the differ- ences between the two are greater than in some other cases, and the changes undergone by one form or the other, or both, since a separation from a common stock, are thus greater than has often happened, yet the peculiar color and size of the two insects render the comprehension of the fact more easy. Beneath, both species have remained white. Above, the European form contrasts by its more uniformly gray and obscure primaries; in the American insect, these are white, more or less invaded hy transverse bands of more intense gray or black. It is suggested that the habit of the moths which ensures the concealment from light, and from the more immediate atmospheric changes, of the under surface of the body and wings, has been the principal factor in the case. In the day-time, the moths rest against an opaque substance, the fore wings covering the hind pair. Both these species belong to the subgenus Qatocala, as limited by Hubner. They are structurally identical; and no other species of this particular subgenus of the large genus Catocala Descriptions of New Noctue, etc. 301 are yet known. The European moth is a little the larger of the two. In a single specimen very clearly, and in others more obscurely, I have observed in the American form blue scales edging the white band which crosses the upper surface of the hind wing. This fact is interesting, because the band which occupies an analogous position in the European form, is wholly of a grayish blue. | Especially interesting will be the study of species comparatively isolated in their structure from their nearest allies in our fauna. Such an instance in the Noctue is Huparthenos nubilis Grote ex Hubner. The genus Huparthenos Grote (= Parthenos Hubn.) is lower than Catocala, and in the cut of wing, the length of palpi, and the ornamentation (especially beneath), approaches Ophideres of the Tropical Eastern Hemisphere. With regard to Catocala relicta, I have corrected* the mistake of previous writers, who considered the variation of the front wings, which are more or less invaded by black shades, to be a sexual character, the darker specimens being supposed to be the males. This mistake is fallen into by Mr. Herman Strecker, who figures two male specimens of the species as of opposite sexes, the whiter male being con- sidered as a female. This is shown by the shape of the abdomen in the two figures; while at this time Mr. Strecker was unaware of the distinctional characters offered by the frenulum, which render the recognition of the sex an easy matter in the Noctue. This is shown by his remark that he sannot determine the sex of a specimen of Catocala marmo- rata figured by him, for the reason that the abdomen happened to be missing. In the case of C. relicia Mr. Strecker has overlooked even the shape of the abdomen, identical in his two figures, and has relied upon the statement of previous writers with regard to the assumed sexual character of the color of the fore wings, without personal verification in de- termining his material. * Can. Ent. vii, 186. 302 Descriptions of New Noctue, etc. With regard also to the differences in larval color and ornamentation in these representative species of Moctuw, we find that they are often more clearly expressed than in the perfect state. This immature stage of growth has submitted independently to modification. An instance is offered by the American Apatela occidentalis and the European Apatela pst. Here the moths are exceedingly similar, and difficult to distinguish ; while the larva of the American species, de- scribed by Mr. Wm. Saunders, of London, Ontario, offers prominent differences when compared with this same state in the European species. All the cases cited by Guenée, based upon drawings of the larvee of North American Voctue by Abbot, where the moth resembles an European form very nearly, but the larva is very ‘different, should probably be considered here. The larva has varied through natural selection, while the perfect form has remained more fixed. The whole extensive genus Apatela (= Acronycta) is re- markable for the eccentricities of the larval forms as com- pared with the uniformity of the species; so that the conclu- sion is not unreasonable that these larval differences have been evolved by a natural protective law.* There is within the genus Apatela another case of representation, between the American Apatela funeralis and the European Apatela alni, where a very singular form of larval ornamentation has been equally retained, while the comparisons as yet made between the moths show sufficient difference to warrant dis- tinctional names. Again, in the case of the larve of the Cotton Worm moth (Aletéa argillacea) I have pointed out two varieties,t which feed side by side, one with and one without a dorsal stripe. It will be interesting to observe the particulars of the struggle between these two varieties in the case of this imported insect. Where the habit of life of the larva leads to no conceal- * Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sc., 1, 130, quoted by Prof. Morse in his Address before the Section of Biology of the Am. Asso. Ady. Sci., Buffalo, 1876. t Alabama Geological Survey for 1875, 201. a Descriptions of New Noctue, etc. 303 ment of any part of the body during any particular period of the twenty-four hours, the causes for its variation may be sought outside of climatic influences to some extent. They will evidently bear more heavily upon the moth, which never or rarely voluntarily exposes the under surface of the body and wings to the light. In the case of Catocala relicta, be- fore cited, I have been struck with the fact that the color of the upper surface of the primaries, which are alone exposed while the moth is at rest in the daytime, does not assist so well in its concealment from enemies as the hue of the same parts in the European species. With regard to the “phytophagic species,” first observed by Mr. Walsh and afterwards by Prof. Riley, I still think that they should not be necessarily considered as “species in process of formation,” although it may be convenient to give them different Latin designations. Some of these cases, such as that of Yortrix Itileyana, Grote, may rest on an error of observation. Both Prof. Zeller and myself believe that the ordinary male of this species is mistaken for a phy- tophagic variety by Prof. Riley. I have formerly shown Mr. Walsh’s mistake with regard to Sphingicampa distigma, which he regarded as a different insect, generically and spe- cifically, from Dryocampa bicolor, on the strength of observa- tions in breeding the insect, in which he was apparently de- ceived. These “phytophagic variations” may not go further than they do now, and the forms may continue to interbreed, or finally displace each other. Very much more careful observations are needed to draw conclusions as to the relation of the larval state to its food. A separation of the determining cause of variations needs tact, as well as a knowledge of the facts. In conclusion, I think that these representative species, studied in all their stages, will throw a strong light upon the horde of forms of these insects with which we are engaged. I shall be glad if my observations and deductions merely serve to draw fresh attention to the subject. 304 Descriptions of New Noctuce, etc. The following forms of North American Noctuze seem to be either imperfectly described or new to science : Agrotis rufipectus, Morrison. Q. Antenne simple, ciliate. Head and collar: disconcolorous, dark brown (reddish brown in the type); collar with a narrow pale edging. Thorax and fore wings concolorous, grayish over purplish or fuscous brown. Lines narrow, dark, well written. Basal line distinct. Trans- verse anterior line with the inner line obsolete, slightly dentate at costa, indentated on submedian fold; the line is comparatively straight. Median space wide; no claviform; orbicular concolorous, rounded, incompletely annulate; reniform stained by the diffuse median darker shade, edged more distinctly than the other spot, and more complete. Transverse pos- terior line slightly waved, accentuated by dots or points, not much ex- serted, outer line obsolete. Terminal space paler than the rest of the wing, contrasting with subterminal. Beneath paler, costa of both wings powdered with reddish. A continued broad exterior common line. Cel- lular mark on hind wings extended. Abdomen beneath and lateral hairs reddish. Hind wings above pale fuscous, concolorous, with line hardly noticeable. Exp. 34 mil. Lewis Co., N. Y., July 29, Mr. W. W. Hill, coll. In this species the fore tibiz, I believe, are unarmed. The type which I have before me, was sent to Mr. Morrison for description, at his request for new material in this genus, and is briefly described by him in the Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, XVII, 165. The species may be known by its single, fine, scalloped transverse lines on the primaries, and the dis- colorous head and thorax. It seems to be allied to A. collaris and formals. Agrotis perconfiua, 2. s. This form is stouter than conjlua and brighter colored. Fore tibiz armed. Palpi at tips, upper surface of head and collar pale, contrasting. Palpi and breast rusty brown. Fore wings bright red brown, paler at base and vaguely paler along costa, with a purply tinge over median nervules. Lines indistinct, broken, obsoletely geminate. No claviform perceivable. Ordinary spots pale as in conjlua, reniform stained inferiorly. The black t. p. line is broken into cuneiform marks. Terminal space concolorous with subterminal. Subterminal line very distinct, pale, pre- ceded by black dots, and by a narrow dark shade on costa; fringes con- colorous. Hind wings pale fuscous, with discal mark and pale fringes. Beneath pale, with the costal regions of both wings reddish; common Descriptions of New Noctue, etc. 305 exterior lines, the outer incomplete; hind wings with discal mark and the inner exterior line continuous, somewhat jagged inferiorly. Thorax red brown; abdomen pale above, with reddish or ochery shades beneath. Expanse 33 mil. From Prof. J. A. Lintner, Schenectady, N. Y., July 8. Differs from conflua by the concolorous terminal spaces, pale black-marked subterminal, and broken t. p. line. It is brighter colored and stouter than its ally, the t. p. line more inwardly bent submedially. Agrotis placida, n. s. Q. Fore tibiz unarmed; antenne simple. Fuscous gray. Fore wings smooth, dark fuscous. Basal and subterminal spaces blackish and darkest ; median space a little lighter, slightly brownish; terminal space gray, con- trasting. Lines even, perpendicular, pale. Transverse anterior line with a slight subcostal notch, slightly oblique; median space wide; stigmata difficult to make out, pale ringed, concolorous; median shade noticeable, obscuring the reniform. .Transverse posterior line with a straight out- ward costal extension beyond the point of origination, thence somewhat squarely exserted opposite the cell, and running nearly straight down- wards without submedian sinus. Subterminal line indicated by the great difference in color between the two terminal spaces; fringes dark. Hind wings concolorous, rather dark fuscous, with paler interlined fringes. Beneath fuscous, with a slight purply shade, irrorate, with an external common band incomplete; a slight discal mark on hind wings. Terminal abdominal hairs somewhat ocherous. Expanse 35 mil. Lewis Co., N. Y., July 26. Differs from other species of the cupida group in the shape of t. p. line at costa. Hadena hillii, n. s. @. Eyes naked; tibia unarmed. Abdomen with short black tufts on basal segments. White, gray, and black, very distinctly marked. Lines black, geminate. A black basal dash. Sub-basal space wide, whitish. T. a. line black, its inner line indistinct, erect, touching the orbicular, dentate on costa, opposite the orbicular, again with a broad obtuse tooth from median to submedian vein, and with a shorter one at internal margin. Claviform large, concolorous, defined by two narrow black lines which run entirely across the median space. Orbicular white, irregularly rounded, a little oblique, large. Reniform well sized, white, of the normal kidney shape. T. p. line originating above the reniform, well exserted beyond the reniform, running rather strongly in at vein 2, and thus narrow- 306 Descriptions of New Noctue, etc. ing the median space inferiorly. This line is scalloped, the outer line faint. On the subterminal space the nervules are marked with black. Subterminal line preceded by a light fuscous shade; the usual W-mark much reduced. Terminal line black, interrupted. Fringes grayish. Costal anteapical white dots in a fuscous shading. Hind wings rather dark fuscous with whitish fringes. Collar and thorax whitish; tegulze lined with black; collar with a blackish shade; abdomen pale fuscous. Beneath pale ochery fuscous; hind wings with a small incomplete discal annulus and a discal streak; common line sinuous. Hzpanse 30 mil. Lewis Co., N. Y., Mr. W. W. Hill, July 26. This is a very distinctly marked, clear colored species, with something of the habit of Dianthoecia capsularis. I name it after its discoverer. It is very different from /. leucoscelis Grote, another white-colored species, being more silky-winged and differing throughout in ornamentation. Polia medialis, n. s. é. Eyes naked, with lashes; tibis unarmed: A rather large species, vividly marked, white, gray, black, and fuscous. Median space discolor- ous, being of an even wood-brown or fuscous, shaded with gray on costa. A basal black dash. Basal and terminal spaces gray, shaded with fuscous. T. a. line black, its inner line faint, not very oblique, of the usual dentate , form. Claviform concolorous with the wood-brown median space, large, reaching to the median shade, narrowly outlined with black, its lower margin straight, running along the submedian fold. Orbicular large, whitish or gray, oblique, with the reniform black-ringed. Median shade zigzig; reniform connected with t. p. line by black shades along the veins and discal fold, of the usual shape, large, whitish, but not outwardly ex- cavate, being nearly straight on this side. T. p. line with its inner line evident, dentate, black; its outer indistinct. The white spaces between the component lines of all the three first transverse lines, in this species, are very apparent. T. p. line running obliquely inwardly from the point of its subcostal angle, without any inward bend submedially. Subterminal line white, preceded by black points or streaks at the dentations. Termi- nal space a little deeper shaded with fuscous opposite the cell, and again at internal angle. A dentate terminal line cutting the fingers. Hind wings blackish fuscous; beneath grayish fuscous, with double exterior shaded common lines, and broad discal mark on hind wings. Abdomen fuscous, tufted basally. Thorax gray, with the tegule laterally shaded with fuscous, and with double lines on collar. Expanse 41 mil. Schenec- tady, N. Y., September 13, Prof. Lintner. This differs from the description of P. confragosa, Morr., in the discolorous median space and in other particulars. Fishes of Upper Georgia. 307 XXIX.—A Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of Upper Georgia. By DAVID STARR JORDAN, M.D. Read December 4, 1876. Tue material on which the present paper is based was ob- tained by the writer and his assistant, Mr. Charles H. Gilbert, during the past summer (1876), in a month’s residence and constant field-work at Rome, Georgia; a week’s seining in the South Fork of the Ocmulgee River at Flat Rock, Dekalb Co., Georgia; and a day’s work in tributaries of the Chattahoochee River near Atlanta. As the fish-faune of these streams differ materially, I have deemed it best to take them up separately. Part I. Water Basin oF THE ErowaH, OOSsTANAULA, AND Coosa. Rome, Floyd Co., Georgia, is located in the hill country at the junction of the Etowah and Oostanaula Rivers, which unite to form the Coosa. Farther south-west, the Coosa in turn unites with the Cahawba and Tallapoosa to form the Alabama River. As the Etowah is the longest of all these branches, it may, perhaps, be considered as the head stream of the Alabama River. These rivers are all too wide and deep, and their bottoms too rocky, for much successful seining ; hence we gave our attention chiefly to their smaller tributaries. Of these, Silver and Rocky Creeks yielded the largest results, both in number and variety. The principal streams examined were Silver, Mobley’s, and Dykes’ Creeks, tributary to the Etowah ; Rocky, John’s, Big Armucha, Lovejoy, Waters’, Big Dry, Little Dry, and Lavender Creeks, tributary to the Oostanaula ; and Horse-leg and Beech Creeks, tributary to the Coosa. Most of these are clear streams, formed from “spring runs.” JUNE, 1877. 24 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. Xt. 308 Fishes of Upper Georgia. Some of them are muddy with red clay after a rain; and a few are merely successions of weedy pools full of spatter- docks and snakes. Of course, certain differences were ob- served in the faunze of ‘these streams, but nothing that need be dwelt upon here. So far as is known to the author, there is no printed record of any fish whatever from the water basin of the Etowah; and the few species which have been described by Agassiz, Storer, and Girard, from neighboring parts of Alabama, are most of them very imperfectly known. The writer has, therefore, been able to do just what he anticipated doing in selecting this point for field-work, viz.: (a) to verify a number ‘of little known species; (6) to consign a number of nominal species to the limbo of synonymy ; and (c) to make known a few peculiar forms which are believed to be new to science. Of most of the species here mentioned, hundreds of speci- mens were taken; and the descriptions in this paper have been generally drawn from the average of a large number of specimens, and not from a few individuals. These specimens are deposited in the Museum of the Butler University at Tndianapolis, Indiana, under the auspices of which institution they were collected. PERCIDA. BOLEICHTHYS. = Boleichthys Girarp, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1859, 104. (Type B. exilis Girard). > Hololepis AGassiz, Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 4. (Type Boleosoma barrattit Holbrook). 1 BOLEICHTHYS ELEGANS. Boleichthys elegans Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Se., 1859, 104. Jordan and Copeland, Bull. Buff. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1876, 135. Numerous specimens of a small Boleichthys from the‘ Etowah are identified with the above species, with some doubt. However, they cannot well belong to any other de- Fishes of Upper Georgia. 309, scribed species. They are so small and fragile that the fin formule, and some other characters, cannot easily be made out; but I find no discrepancy between the characters shown by my specimens and those noted in Girard’s brief descrip- tion. My specimens are short, chubby, and compressed, bearing some resemblance in form to JZicroperca punctulata. The mouth is moderate, with equal jaws: the two dorsal fins about equal, and distinctly separated by an interspace. The scales are comparatively large, but apparently quite variable, the number of transverse series varying from 42 to 56. The lateral line traverses the scales of the operculum, and ends about midway of the body, being distinct on from 13 to 30 scales. This is also quite variable, one side of the same specimen often having twice as long a lateral line as the other. Lateral line arched high over the pectorals, running parallel with the elevated and rounded nuchal region. Head 3% in length (without caudal, as in all cases in the present paper) : depth 4%. Eye 3inhead. Fin rays, D. X, 13, or IX, 12 or 18. A. II, 7, or II, 8. Scales, 42, 44, 44, 44, 46, 48, 55, 56, in as many specimens, those with the most scales usually having the lateral line continued farthest. Color greenish, with dark specks: fins mottled: a dark line forward from eye. Length of specimens examined a little less than an inch. They prob- ably reach a somewhat larger size. Habitat. Mill ponds in the Etowah water basin. Most of my specimens taken in Dyke’s Pond, near Rome, Ga., with Loleosoma stigmeum and Minnilus lirus. HADROPTERUS. = Hadropterus AGassiz, Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, 1854, 305. (Type H. nigrofasciatus Ag.) > Cottogaster Corr, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1869, 211 (not of Putnam?) (C. aurantiacus Cope.) >Hypohomus Corr, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870. (Type C. auran- tiacus Cope.) = Plesioperca Lr VamLiant, Nouv. Archives du Museum, 1873, 310 Fishes of Upper Georgia. 2. HADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS. Hadropterus nigrofasciatus Agassiz, Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, XVII, 305, 1854. Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 4. e Etheostoma nigrofasciatum Jordan, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 164, 1876 (not of Manual Vert., 1876, 223 = Alvordius evides J. and C.). Plesioperca anceps Le Vaillant, 1. c. This species is merely mentioned by Prof. Agassiz,* and does not seem to have been noticed by any other Ameri- can author. My specimens show the following characters :— Head and body stout and heavy, the latter deep and compressed, the depth being about 5 in the length in the larger specimens. Head and mouth much as in Alvordius aspro, but heavier, and the mouth rather nar- rower: intermaxillaries slightly projectile, but the skin of the middle of the upper lip continuous with that of the forehead, as in Percina. Hye moderate, 4 in head. Head about 4 in length, without caudal. Scales rather large, 58 in the lateral line, which is continuous; median line of the belly, and the whole chest, covered with small scales. Fins all large; dorsals slightly connected by membrane at the base; the second dorsal about the size of the anal. Fin rays, D. XII, 1! or 12. Arlina Gro., Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1859, 64. (Type A. effulgeas.) > Estrella Gro., 1. c. 65. (Type #. atromaculata.) ?>Cottogaster Purnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 4. (Type B. tessel- latum, Thompson. ) 3. BOLEOSOMA STIGMUM, sp. nov. Body slender, of about the size and form of Boleosoma brevipinne Cope. Depth 5 in length in adult. Head 44 in length, narrow and thin, the snout pointed. Mouth small, inferior; intermaxillaries projectile, the skin of the lip and front not continuous; vomerine teeth. Fins rather large, D. X, 11 or 12; A, II, 7; the spines well developed and subequal. Caudal emarginate. Scales rather large, 5-46-7, lateral line distinct. Opercles scaly, cheeks and neck also. Colors rather bright. Tessellated above, as usual in Boleosoma; fins mottled; sides with about 8 M or W-shaped dark green blotches below lateral line, — fainter and smaller than in D. blennioides,—and various duller ones above. Body in the larger specimens sprinkled with small orange dots, which are more conspicuous after death, when the green has faded. Pectorals and caudal yellowish barred. Spinous dorsal with a band of bright orange-red above, and one or two narrow dark ones below it. A dark stripe forward from eye, and another downward. Length of largest specimens, 2 inches. Habitat. In small tributaries of the Etowah and Oosta- naula Rivers, especially in clear waters and in mill-ponds of the hill-country. Known to boys and fishermen as Speck. It will perhaps be necessary to revive the genus Arlina for this species, B. effulgens, and B. maculaticeps. It would differ from Boleosoma in the presence of two well-developed sub-equal anal spines. PERCINA. Sandrus Srark, ‘“‘ Elements Nat. Hist., I, 465, 1828.” (Same type.) =Luciopereca Cuvier and VaLenc., 110, 1829. (Type Perca luci- operca L = Lucioperca sandra Cuv., Europe.) =Stizostedium Cork, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 82. 5. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMONEUM. Perca salmonea Rafinesque, Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, V, 354; Ich. Ohi., 1820, 21. Stizostedion salmoneum Raf., Ich. Oh., 1820, 23. Stizostedium salmoneum Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 82. Jordan, Man. Vert., 1876, 225; Bull. Buff. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1876, 92, and 136. This species occurs in the Oostanaula River, and is known ‘locally as Salmon Trout. I have no adult specimens at hand, and therefore refrain from attempting a comparison between it and S. vitreum. MLC ROP DERUSs* = Micropterus Lacrpepg, Hist. Nat. des Poiss., IV, 325, 1800? (Type M. dolomieu Lac. = ? Labrus salmoides Lac.) >Calliurus Rar., Ich. Ohi., 1820, 26 (not of Ag.). (Type C. punctu- latus Raf. = Labrus salmoides Lac.) =Lepomis RarFrinesqur, Ich. Ohi., 1820, 30. (Not Lepomis Raf., Journ. de Phys., 1819.) > Aplites Rarinrsqup, Ich. Ohi., 31. (Type Lepomis pallida Raf.) > Nemocampsis Rarinesqu®, Ich. Ohi., 32,1820. (Type Lepomis flex- uolaris Raf. = Labrus salmoides Lac.) > Dioplites RaFrinesqun, Ich. Ohi. 1820, 32. (Type ZL. salmonea Raf. = L. salmoides Lac.) >Huro Cvuv. and VAL., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. II, 124, 1828. (Type H. nigricans C. and V. = Cichla floridana Le S.) > Grystes Cuv. and VAL., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. III, 54, 1829. (Type Labrus salmoides Lac.) * See Gill ‘‘On the Species of the Genus Micropterus (Lac.) or Grystes (Auct.)” in Proceedings Am. Assoc. Ady. Science, 1873, XXII. B, 55;—from which valuable paper, most of the synonymy here given has been copied. 314 Fishes of Upper Georgia. 6. MICROPTERUS PALLIDUS Gill and Jordan.* Lepomis pallida Raf., Ich. Oh., 30, 1820. Cichla floridana Le Sueur, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., II, 1822, 219. Micropterus floridanus Goode, Bull. U. S. Nat. Museum, 1876. Huro nigricans Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. II, 124, 1828. Rich. F. B. A., III, 4, 1836. Jardine, Nat. Lib. I, Perches, 108, 1835. Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 15. Storer, Syn. 1846, 277. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 255, 1859. Grystes nigricans Agass., L. Superior, 1850, 297. Micropterus nigricans Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 83, and 1870, 451. Gill, Rept. Comm. Agr., 1866, 407; Proc. Am. Asso. Adv. Sci., 1873, 70 B. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 214; Man. Vert., 1876, 229. Grystes nobilior Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, XVII, 1854, 298. Put- nam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 6. Grystes nuecensis Baird and Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1854, 25. Dioplites nuecensis Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Surv., 4, 1858; U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv., 1859, 3. Grystes salmoides Holbrook, Ich. S. C., 1855, 25, and Second Ed., 1860, 28. Norris, Am. Ang. Book, 1864, 99. Grystes megastoma Garlick, Treat. Art Prop. Fish, 1857, 108. Abundant in the Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa Rivers, rather more so than the next species, and everywhere con- founded with it under the name of Z?out. 7. MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES. Labrus salmoides Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. des Poiss., III, 716, 1800 ? Grystes salmoides Cuy. and Val., Hist. Nat. des Poiss., III, 54, 1829. Jardine, Nat. Lib. I, Perches, 158, 1835. Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 26, 1842. Storer, Synopsis, 1846, 288. Herbert, Fish and Fishing, isle Micropterus salmoides Gill, Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1873, 67 B. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 214; Man. Vert., 1876, 230. Micropterus dolomieu Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. des Poiss., IV, 325, 1800? * Prof. Gill calls my attention to the fact that what is probably this species from Mexico, has been refigured by LeVaillant and Bocourt, under the names of Dioplites treculii sp. n., D. salmoides (Holbr.), D. variabilis (LeSueur) and D. nuecensis Grd., in Etudes sur les Poissons < Mission Scientifique & la Mexique, 1874. Letter-press descriptions have not yet appeared. Fishes of Upper Georgia. 315 Bodianus achigan Rafinesque, Am. Mo. Mag. and Crit. Rev., 1817, II, 120. Lepomis achigan Gill, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1860, 20. Micropterus achigan Gill, Rept. Comm. Ag., 1866, 407. Calliurus punctulatus Raf., Ich. Ohi, 26. Lepomis trifasciata Raf., . ib. 31. Lepomis fexuolaris Raf., — ib. 31. Lepomis salmonea Raf., ib. 32. Lepomis notata Raf., ib. 32. Etheostoma calliura Raf., — ib. 32. Cichla fasciata Le Sucur, Journ. Ac. Sci. Phil., 216, 1822. Kirtland, Zool. Ohio, 191, 1838. Centrarchus fasciatus Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., V. 28. Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 28, 1842. Storer, Syn. 290. Thompson, Hist. Vt., 1842. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 258. Grystes fasciatus Ag., L. Superior, 295, 1850. Eoff Smiths. Rep., 1854, 289. Putnam, in Storer’s Fish Mass., 278, 1855. Micropterus fasciatus Cope, Proc. Ac. Sci. Phil., 1865, 83; Journ. Ac. Sci. Phil., 1869, 216; Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 450, 1870. Gristes nigricans Herbert, Fish and Fishing, 195. Grystes nigricans Garlick, Treat. Art Prop. Fish, 105, 1857. Norris, Am. Angler’s Book. 103, 1864. Cichla ohiensis Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Sci. Phil., 218, 1822. Cichla minima Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Sci. Phil., 220, 1822. Kirtland, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 191, 1888. Centrarchus obscurus Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 30, 1842. Storer, Synopsis, 1846, 40. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 258, 1859. Grystes salmonoides Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 252, 1859. In the Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa Rivers, with the preceding. The yellow and black caudal markings, so strik- ing in young specimens from the Ohio River, and which sug- gested to Rafinesque the name of Calliurus, are not well shown by my specimens. The lower fins are unusually red, and there is a tendency to thé formation of parallel lines of dusky spots along the rows of scales. These peculiarities perhaps indicate a permanent variety. AMBLOPLITES. Ambloplites RarmesquvE, Ich. Ohi., 1820, 32. Type Lepomis ichtheloi- des Raf. = Bodianus rupestris Raf. 316 Fishes of Upper Georgia. 8. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS. Bodianus rupestris Rafinesque, Amer. Monthly Mag., 1817, 120. Ambloplites rupestris Gill, Pro& Phil. Ac. Sci., 1860, 20. Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1869, 217; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1870, 451; Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 83. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 215; Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 92; Man. Vert., 231, 1876. Icthelis erythrops Raf., Ich. Ohi., 29, 1820. Lepomis ictheloides Raf., Ich. Ohi., 32, 1820. Ambloplites ichtheloides Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1854, 299. Girard, Pac. R. R. Surv., X, 8; 1858- Centrarchus eneus Cuv. and Val., Poissons, III, 88. Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 27, 1842. Richardson, Fauna Boreali Americana, 1836, III, 18. Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., 1V., 239. Storer, Synopsis, 289, 1846. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 256, 1858. Ambloplites cneus Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1854, 299. Girard, Pac. R. R. Rep., X, 1858, 8. Centrarchus pentacanthus Cuv. and Val., III., 88. Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 30. Storer, Synopsis, 1846, 290. This species is moderately common in the Etowah and Oostanaula, where it is known as Goggle-eyed Pearch. LEPLOBROMUS.* *‘Lepomus Rar., Anal. Nature, 1815.” (Agassiz.) Leucosomus Hecke, Russeger’s Reise, 1843, 1042. (Type L. chry- soleucus Heckel, = Leuciscus argenteus Storer,—not Cyp. chrysoleucus Mit.) >Cheilonemus Barrp, Storer, Fishes Mass., 1855, 288. (Type Leu- ciscus pulchellus Storer, = L. argenteus Storer). 18. SEMOTILUS CORPORALIS. Cyprinus corporalis Mitchill, Am. Monthly Mag. II, 1817, 289, and 1818, 324. Leuciscus corporalis Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 213. Semotilus corporalis Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 8. Ib. in Storer’s Fishes Mass., 256. Cope, Cyp. Penn., 362, 1866; Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 85; Hayden’s Geol. Surv. Terr., 1870, 442, and 1871, 472. Abbott, Am. Nat., April, 1870, 12. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 223; Bull. Baff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 94; Man. Vert., 1876, 278. Goode, Bull. U. 8. Mus., VI, 1876, 64; and of various late U. S. writers. Leucosomus corporalis Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 269. Cyprinus atromaculatus Mitchill, Am. Monthly Mag., II, 324, 1817. Leuciscus atromaculatus Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 210. Storer, Synopsis, 1846, 409. Semotilus atromaculatus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 204; Pac. R. R. Rept., 1858, 283. Abbot, Am. Nat., April, 1870, 13. Leucosomus atromaculatus Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac., 1861, 523. Semotilus dorsalis Raf., Ich. Ohi., 1820, 49. Kirtland, Zool. Ohio, 1838, 169; Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., III, 1840, 345. Girard, Pac. R. R. Surv., 283. Leuciscus dorsalis Storer, Synopsis, 411. Semotilus cephalus Rafinesque, Ichthyologia Ohiensis, 1820, 49. Kirtland, Zool. Ohio, 169; Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., III, 345, 1840. Girard, Pac. R. R. Survey, 2838, 1858. Leuciscus cephalus Dekay, Fishes of N. Y., 214, 1842. Storer, Synopsis, 409. Leuciscus iris ‘‘Cuv. and Val., XVII, 255, 1844.” ? Leuciscus rotengulus ‘‘Cuv. and Val., XVII, 318.” Storer, Synopsis, 416. Leuciscus storert Cuv. and Val., ‘‘X VII, 319.” Leuciscus pulchelloides Ayres, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., III, 157. Leucosomus incrassatus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 190; Pac. R. R. Surv., 1858, 252. Semotilus macrocephalus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac., 1856, 204. Leucosomus macrocephalus Girard, Pac. R. R. Sury., 252. 4 328 Fishes of Upper Georgia. Semotilus speciosus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 204; Pac. R. R. Surv., 1858, 283. Semotilus hammondi Abbott, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1860, 474. b. var.? pallidus. Leucosomus pallidus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 190; Pac. R. R. Surv., 251. Semotilus pallidus Cope, Cyp. Penn., 363. Semotilus corporalis var. pallidus Jordan, Man. Vert., 1876, 279. This familiar species is abundant in the basin of the Eto- wah and Oostanaula. As elsewhere, it prefers clear waters, and it is most abundant in small brooks. It is known as Creek Chub or Roach. NOCOMIS. >Nocomis Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 190. (Type N. nebras- censis Grd.) > Ceratichthys ‘“‘Barrp, 1853.” GrrarD, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 212. (Type Semotilus biguttatus Kirtland.) - >Hybopsis Girarp, l. c. 211 (not of AGassiz, 1854). >Erinemus Jorpan, Man. Vert., 279, 1876 (subgenus). (Type C. hyalinus Cope.) 19. NOCOMIS AMBLOPS. a. var. amblops. Rutilus amblops Rafinesque, Ich. Oh., 1820, 51. ? Ceratichthys amblops Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 213. Cope, MSS., 1870. b. var. winchelli. ?Gobio vernalis Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 188; Pac. R. R. Surv., 1858, 249. Hybopsis winchelli Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 211; Pac. R. R. Surv., 1858, 255. Ceratichthys hyalinus Cope, Jour. Ac. Sc. Phil., 1869, 236. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 179. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 223; Man. Vert., 279. c. var. rubrifrons. Nocomis amblops var. rubrifrons Jordan, MSS. (Ocmulgee R.) I adopt Rafinesque’s name amblops, for this abundant and widely diffused species, for the following reasons : Fishes of Upper Georgia. 329 1. The reference of Girard’s Hybopsis winchelli to this species renders necessary the substitution of an older appel- lation for the well-chosen name hyalinus. 2. Rafinesque’s short description of his Rutilus amblops from the falls of the Ohio (where this species abounds) may apply to the hyalinus (but might apply to two or three other fishes, but not as well). 3. Girard identifies Rutilus amblops as a species of Cera- tichthys, and catalogues it as such. He gives no descrip- tion; but as Rafinesque’s account would apply to neither of the two other species in that region (WV. biguttatus, NV. dis- similis), Girard probably intended the name C. amblops for the species since called C. hyalinus by Prof. Cope; and we should accept Girard’s identification as correct, until it is proved to be positively erroneous. 4. Where the adoption of a specific or generic name is to any extent a matter of choice, in the opinion of the present writer, preference should always be given to a descriptive name over a personal one. Comparison of specimens from the Ohio, French Broad, Clinch, Etowah, Ocmulgee, and other rivers, shows several differences, but none which are in my opinion sufliciently constant or decided to be deemed of specific value. Three varieties may probably be recognized, as follows :— Head broadest; eye largest, 3 in head, its length greater than the width of the broad interorbital space; snout blunt, probably never tuberculate, mouth largest, the lower jaw being rather short; barbels long; color variable, usually hyaline, with a black lateral shade; size probably largest; depth 5 in length; teeth 1, 4-4,1. Habitat. Ohio Valley. E : : 5 : : 2 : 5 AMBLOPS. Head narrower: eye large, 3 in head, much wider than the rather narrower interorbital space; snout bluntish, less so than in the preceding; not noticed as tuberculate; barbels shortest, decidedly shorter than in the preced- ing; colors rather dark, the dark lateral stripe passing 330 Fishes of Upper Georgia. around the nose; depth 5 in length; teeth 1, 4-4, 1. Habitat. Etowah River, Black Warrior River (water basin of Alabama River), Tennessee River. 5 WINCHELLI. Head narrowest; eye moderate, 34 in head, less than the inter- orbital space, which is narrow and long, the snout pro- jecting considerably ; mouth smallest, lower jaw rather more lengthened; barbels quite long; face rosy in sum- mer males, and the snout provided with small tubercles ; body stoutest, depth 44 in length; color quite pale, with aleaden band along the sides, teeth 1, 4-4,0. Habitat. Ocmulgee River. c 5 : : - - RUBRIFRONS.* The variety winchelli is abundant in all tributaries of the Etowah, Coosa, and Oostanaula, where it shares with other small minnows the name of Roach. Girard’s original speci- mens were from the Black Warrior. His description applies perfectly to my specimens. The reference of the species to Hybopsis arose from a misunderstanding of the characters of that genus. Prof. Cope identifies my specimens -of 1. winchelli with his C. hyalinus, and considers the northern form (N. amblops) as specifically distinct.¢ C. hypsinotus Cope, and C. labrosus Cope, are undoubtedly good species. The latter, from the backward position of the dorsal, is probably to be referred to Apocope. * Nocomis rubrifrons sp. nov. Head rather long and comparatively narrow and pointed, the snout unusually pro- jecting. Head 4 in length; eye moderate, 3} to 34 in head, less than the interorbital space. Depth 4} in length. Barbels quite long and distinct. Scales large, dotted above, 36 in the course of the lateral line, 13 in front of the dorsal. Fins moderate, the first rays of the dorsal generally twice the height of the last. DSS Sh Acoma ac General color pale olivaceous; sides with a plumbeous band, sometimes dark and passing through the eyes, more usually pale. Snout in many specimens of a pale pink or reddish color, thickly covered with very minute, dust-like tubercles; teeth in 6 specimens (all examined) 1, 4-4, 0. Length, 3 inches. Habitat. South fork of Ocmulgee River, at Flat Rock, Dekalb Co., Ga. +Since the above was in type, renewed examination has convinced me that Prof. Cope’s view is the correct one, and that amblops, winchelli, and rubrifrons are to be con- sidered as distinct species. Fishes of Upper Georgia. 331 RHINTICHTH YS: Argyreus HECKEL, Russeger’s Reisen, 1843, 1, 1040 (or ‘‘ Fische Syriens, 1843, 50”). (Type Cyprinus atronasus Mit.; name preoccupied.) Rhinichthys AGassiz, Lake Superior, 1850, 353. (Type Cyprinus atronasus Mit.) 20. RHINECHTHYS OBLUSUs. Rhinichthys obtusus Agassiz, Amer. Jour. Sc. and Arts, 1854, 357. Jor- dan, Man. Vert., 1876, 280. Argyreus obtusus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 185. Rhinichthys obtusus Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 1868, 190. Rhinichthys lunatus Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1864, 278; Journ. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1869, 228. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Survey, 1874, 223; Man. Vert., 281. Argyreus lunatus Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870. Georgia specimens of this species are shorter, and darker than typical Juwnatus, and they have the lateral band quite faint. All have a dusky blotch in the middle of the base of the dorsal; and some specimens (males) in all cases have traces of a rosy lateral band. These also have the pectoral some- what enlarged. The following table shows the measurements of a number of specimens of L?hinichthys from different regions : =e ae |= 3 B : ee eee te Head in length..| 4.1 42 | 4 3.8 4 4.3 3.7 4 + 4 Depth in length..| 5 4.8 | 4 5 | 48 | 5 43 |) 4.6.4) 4a 1 4 Bye in head......| 4 41 | 4 4 4 3.3 4.1 4.2 4.1 4.3 Epitodbiccwnceeetac G5 GE ten tee 60 62 65 66 62 | 6.2 DOLkalicaesasess | een eee be den | 127) | BO kee eae Ion Amalisvantueeasss i em te 1.7) (ok teen ata men Tekin cr stems 2.4-4.2/2.4-4.2| 2. | .. | 14-41 | 2.4-4.2 | 2.4-4.9 | 2.4-4.9 | 2.4-4.2 | 2.4-4.2 332 Fishes of Upper Georgia. Specimens identical with L. obtusus Ag. are abundant in the small clear brooks which flow from the springs in the hill country, known locally as Spring Branches. Most of my specimens were taken in Mobley’s “Spring Branch,” which flows into Silver Creek, near Rome, Ga. The species is known locally as Rock Fish. PHENACOBIUS. Phenacobius Corr. Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1867, 96. Sarcidium Corr. Hayden’s Geol. Survey, 1870, p. 440. 21. PHENACOBIUS CATOSTOMUS sp. nov. Form rather slender, scarcely compressed and nearly terete, much as in Catostomus teres, which species it resembles in color. Back nearly straight, hardly elevated at all; caudal peduncle rather stout. Depth 6 in length of body, without caudal. Head large, 44 in length of body, bluntly rounded, convex above, the vertex nearly plane; cheeks much swollen; snout blunt and heavy; mouth small, inferior, its structure as described by Cope under P. wranops; a small groove between premaxillary and nasal bones. Preorbital bone oblong. Eyes large and prominent, 14 in length of muzzle, 3} in head, wider than the interorbital space; eyes high up, the orbits rising above the level of the top of the head. Scales quite small, longer than deep, thin and rather loosely imbricated, about equal over the body; about 60 - to 62) in the lateral line, which is nearly straight. Fins rather small. Dorsal very slightly in advance of ventrals, slightly nearer snout than base of caudal. Pectorals not reaching ventrals. Ven- trals reaching vent, which is an unusual distance in advance of anal. Pharyngeal bones rather small, the teeth slender, pretty strongly hooked, 4-4, Peritoneum white, intestinal canal shorter than body; air bladder quite small. Color pale olivaceous, white below, a silvery lateral streak underlaid by blackish, which appears as a vague dusky blotch at base of caudal; head nearly black above; cheeks bright silvery; dorsal scales dusted with fine black points; fins unicolor; a yellowish vertebral line. DF Lo Sa ALL 7. Wat. eGo: Habitat. This species is abundant in Silver Creek, Floyd Co., Ga., just above its junction with the Etowah. It reaches a length of four inches. TI at first considered it P. wranops oe eos ¢ Fishes of Upper Georgia. 333 Cope, but an examination of Cope’s types, has convinced me that it is distinct. .P. wranops has a longer and narrower head and more upward range to the eyes; and the dorsal is considerably nearer snout than caudal. In P. catostomus, the dorsal is nearly midway, the cheeks more swollen, and the mouth less inferior. ‘The scales appear smaller. The species now known of this genus are the following ; teretulus Cope, mirabilis Grd., liosternus Nelson, scopiferus Cope, catostomus Jordan, and uranops Cope. The genus Sarcidium is not distinguishable, and it has been abandoned by its author. HYBOPSIS. = Hybopsis Aaassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 358. (Type H. gracilis Agassiz). > Alburnops GrrarD, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 194. (Type A. blen- nius Grd.) >Hudsonius Grrarp, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 210. (Type Clupea hudsonia Clinton). 22. HYBOPSIS GRACILIS. Hybopsis gracilis Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 358. Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci, 1856, 211. Cope, Cyp. Penn., 1866, 381. A few specimens of this species were found mixed with those of Nocomis winchelli from the Etowah River. The differences between the two were not noticed while in the field. H. gracilis is, however, a genuine Hybopsis, and is distinct from any species known to the author. My spec- imens do not enable me to add anything of importance to Prof. Agassiz’s description. 23. HYBOPSIS CHROSOMUS. Sp. nov. ? ? Chrosomus erythrogaster Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 359 (not of Raf. ?) A small Hybopsis abounds in tributaries of the Etowah and Oostanaula about Rome, Ga. 334 Fishes of Upper Georgia. Its coloration is brilliant, and reminds one of Chrosomus erythrogaster, and it is possibly the species referred to by Prof. Agassiz (above cited) as having a continuous lateral line. This species is apparently related to Hybopsis rubri- croceus, chiliticus, and chlorocephalus Cope, but I cannot identify it with any of them, nor with any of the species of Alburnops Girard, to which group or subgenus the present species belongs. | My specimens show the following characters. Form chubby, little compressed, much as in Chrosomus, the back some- what elevated; depth 43 to 54 in length; caudal peduncle not much con- tracted, but more so than in xenocephalus. Head rather large, 4} to 44 in length, rather rounded above, with the snout somewhat pointed: mouth large, oblique, upper jaw a trifle longest. Eye as long as snout, 3 to 34 in head. Scales everywhere large, slightly dark-edged, but not enough so to give a dusky color. Lateral line scarcely decurved, continuous, with 36 to 38 scales; dorsal scales large, as usual in this genus, 16 before the dorsal fin. D., 1,8. A., I, 8. Dorsal fin very slightly behind ventrals; pectorals not reaching ventrals; the latter reaching vent. Snout minutely tuberculate in males, as in Hyhopsis xeenocephalus and Nototropis rubrifrons ; teeth in all examined 2, 4-4, 2. Coloration (in spirits) pale yellowish, with a plumbeous lateral band and a pinkish stripe above it; snout dusky. In life,— back of a clear hyaline green as in Labidesthes, but with bril- liant blue reflections; belly, etc., clear silvery, with blue lustre, not yellow. A scarlet bar across dorsal, anal, and base of caudal; a scarlet band from upper edge of opercle to caudal, very bright when the fish is just dead, shining silvery red in life. Iris with a red touch above. Sides with a very distinct silvery band, below the red line. A row of black dots along lateral line, forming a small distinct spot at base of caudal. Top of head and vertebral line golden; tubercles whitish. Habitat. In Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa Rivers, and their tributaries, quite abundant in shallow still places and fords in the creeks, where it is often the commonest of the little Minnows. Length 23 inches. 24. HYBOPSIS XAXNOCEPHALUS. Sp. nov. This small species is an ally of the last, but it is entirely Fishes of Upper Georgia. 339 different in color, coarser in appearance, and has a larger head, mouth, and eye. Body rather short and deep, with a thick caudal peduncle ; depth 4% to 5 in length; back wide, not elevated. Head large, 4} in length, flattish and broad above, the snout rounded but rather long, mouth large, oblique, jaws about equal; eye very large, 24 to 3 in head. Scales large, dark- edged above. Lateral line somewhat decurved, with 38 scales, marked by a series of black points; 13 large scales in front of dorsal. Dorsal fin just behind the middle of the body, very slightly behind ventrals ; pecto- rals not reaching nearly to ventrals. D., I, 9; A., I, 8; teeth, 2, 4-4, 2; snout in males somewhat swollen, and covered with minute tubercles. Coloration in life, olivaceous above and quite dark, owing to the broad dark edges of the scales, A jet-black caudal spot, and a band along caudal peduncle, which vanishes into black points along the sides, and re- appears on the opercles, passing around the’snout. Two varieties or forms may be appreciated, the one larger, stouter, and with a larger mouth and much larger eye. They seem, however, to shade into each other. They occur together in about equal abundance. The following table of measurements shows the tendency of each : — VAR. a (wide mouth). VAR. 6 (narrow mouth). Head in length........seee.. 4.2} 4.1] 4.1] 4.2 | 4.2 || 4.5 | 4.4] 4.5 | 4.5 | 4.6] 4.2 | 4.3 4.1 Depth in length.............. 5.1 | 4.7] 5.2 | 4.8] 5 5 4.8] 5.1} 5.3 | 4.8 | 5.1 | 5.5 | 5 Eye in head........sseeseeee. 2.5 |2.5/2.6/2.6/2.5]/3 13 13.218 | 2.8) 2.8 | 2.8) 3.1 Tbpitaa le enadane sonoteooncusccne 38 | 38 | 38 | 37 | 38 || 36 | 36 | 38 | 38 | 38 | 38 | 37 | 36 Scales peiere IB paseacaacnaadon eyerall gL Ded | aretate| ayeses LSI | | erence tore |f La | etoreiy [SLE ersiotte| bate eke Habitat. With the preceding, and nearly as abundant. Length 2% inches. PHOTOGENIS. < Photogenis Corr, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., 1866. (Type P. spilop- terus). =Plargyrus Jorpan, Man. Vert., 1876, 287 (not of Raf., = Leuciscus Klein). Minnilus, Section Photogenis Corr and Jorpan, Proc. Phil. Ac. Nat. Sci., 1877. <, 836 Fishes of Upper Georgia. I retain the name Photogenis provisionally for a large group of related fishes which form a most characteristic feature of the “Minnow-fauna” of the southern states. Oyprinella is very closely related to Vototropis, the form of the scales being the only tangible generic difference, and that probably is of little importance. The species, however, have a number of superficial charac- ters incommon. The mouth is sub-inferior in all, and the snout and ante-dorsal region is covered with small white tubercles in spring. The dorsal has a large black spot on the membrane between the last rays. This is always present in adults, and is most distinct in males. In all species known to me, the tip of the dorsal, anal, and caudal fins is filled with a shining satin-white pigment in spring and summer, a charac- teristic and most exquisite feature of coloration. The species are most readily known in life by their color-markings, which are more varied than in any other genus of Cyprinide, although not so gaudy as in several others. It is necessary to take account of these coloration features in the discrimina- tion of species, although immature and alcoholic specimens show them imperfectly. The case is similar to that of the genus Dendreca among birds. It would puzzle any ornithologist to identify our warblers with the feathers plucked off—z¢. e., with the colora- tion lost. The species now referred to Photogenis, agree in thefollow- ing characters :— Body more or less compressed, covered with rather large scales, which are closely and smoothly imbricated, the exposed surfaces being higher than long. Head moderate or rather small, with a rather small eye, Mouth not large, usually little oblique, and typically slightly overlapped by the upper jaw. Nobarbels. Ventral fins somewhat in advance of dorsal. Anal fin short (except in grandipinnis, pyrrhomelas, and «xenurus ) Pha- ryngeal teeth hooked, without masticatory surface, their edges sharp and always entire. Teeth 1, 4-4, 1 (rarely one-rowed). Snout tuberculate, and fins with white pigment, in spring males. Photogenis is distinguished from Lythrurus by the sharp edged teeth, which have no grinding sur- ' Fishes of Upper Georgia. 337 faces; from Cliola by the backward dorsal; from Cyprinella by the unser- rated teeth. It however is probably rather a section of Nototropis, than a distinct genus. 25. PHOTOGENIS STIGMATURUS. Sp. nov. Body elongated, fusiform, compressed, more slender and graceful than callistius ; depth 4% in length (44 to 5). Head quite long, truncate at the snout, 44 in length, (without caudal) (43 to 43), rounded above, and in males thickly tuberculate. Mouth large for the genus, somewhat oblique, over- lapped by the narrow upper jaw. Eye not large, about 44 (43 to 5) in head; iris white; maxillary reaching beyond nostrils. Scales large, deep, closely imbricated, 45 in the course of the lateral line, 19 or 20 in front of the dorsal. Fins moderate; dorsal behind ventrals, slightly nearer the caudal than the snout, its height about 64 times in length of body; pectorals not nearly reaching ventrals, the latter to vent. Color pale clear olive, with a rich, faint blue lustre, much paler than in either of the other species here described. Sides and fins in males with the usual satiny pigment; cheeks somewhat pinkish, but no red pigment. Black dorsal spot not very distinct, but visible in all adults. A very dis- tinct, large, oblong or quadrate, jet black spot at the base of the caudal, extending up onthe rays. This spot is very conspicuous in all specimens— even the smallest. Its length is usually about one-third that of the head. In no other species known to me is this spot so large or distinct. Teeth 1, 4-4, 1; dorsal rays I, 8; A., I, 8; length 4 inches. Habitat. Small tributaries of the Etowah, Coosa, and Oostanaula, where it is the most abundant minnow. It is everywhere known as Spotted Tail Minnow, or Spot Tail. This is the least gaudy, though perhaps the most graceful, of all our species of thi8 genus. It reaches a larger size than any of the others. 26. PHOTOGENIS CALLISTIUS. Sp. nov. Body rather stout and compressed, much as in pyrrhomelas, much heay- ier forward, and more cornutus-like, than in stigmaturus or ceruleus. Dor- sal outline considerably elevated. Depth 42 (4 to 5) in length. Head stout and rather blunt, 44 in length. Upper part of head flattish, in males sparsely covered with smallish tubercles, which are always arranged in a few more or less distinct longitudinal rows, not scattered without order, as in other species. - Mouth rather large, slightly overlapped by the heavy snout, nearly hor- izontal, the maxillary reaching to the nostrils. Eye rather large for the genus, 33 in head (84 to 4). 338 Fishes of Upper Georgia. Scales large, deep, less closely imbricated than in ceruleus or andlostanus ; 89 in the lateral line (88 to 41), 15 or 16 in frontof dorsal. Fins rather large, the height of dorsal about 54 in length of body. Dorsal fin slightly behind ventrals, midway between snout and caudal. Ventrals reaching vent; pectorals not to ventrals. D.,I,8. A., I, 8 (sometimes I, 9). Coloration dark and brilliant. Back very dark steel blue; sides a very clear silvery violet, with blue shades; belly and lower fins satin white. A heavy black spot on upper posterior part of dorsal, extending down- ward and forming a horizontal bar at the base which rises into a sort of spot in front, as in Lythrurus diplemius ; the rest of the fin bright vermilion red, excepting the silvery tip. Caudal satin white at tip; the rest of the fin bright red, except the yellowish base. A red lateral streak in place of the usual golden one: a broad golden vertebral band. A large distinct round black spot at base of caudal, not so bright as in stigmaturus, the pigment seeming to lie wnder the scales (i. e., scales less transparent than in stigmaturus). Females paler in color, with less black and no red. Teeth 1,4-4,1, as in stigmaturus. Length 4 inches. Habitat. Tributaries of the Etowah and Oostanaula, in clear water. Most of my specimens were taken in Silver Creek. 27. PHOTOGENIS CAHRULEUS. Sp. nov. Body fusiform, somewhat elongated, moderately compressed; depth 43 in length (44 to 5). Head moderately large, 4; in length (45 to 42), the snout rather pointed, overlapping the small, oblique mouth. Upper sur- face of head and neck thickly covered with small tubercles, in the males. Eye moderate, 3} in head; the iris white. ‘Maxillaries reaching nostrils. Seales firm, high and narrow, edged with dusky, 38 in the course of the decurved lateral line (87 to 39); 13 to 17 in front of dorsal. Fins all high, the height of the dorsal nearly } of the length of the fish. Dorsal fin behind ventrals, its beginning equidistant between base of cau- dal and front of eye. Pectorals not reaching ventrals; the latter to vent. This is one of our most elegant species. Its general color is a bright steel blue; the sides more silvery, pinkish-shaded anteriorly; the belly silvery white. Along the sides is a very distinct brilliant blue-green band, most conspicuous towards the caudal fin. This color’ is not a matter of lustre, but depends on the presence of blue pigment lying under the scales. In spirits it becomes of a dark steel blue color. Fins all clear bright yellow, as in a highly colored Chrosomus. A vague diffuse dusky blotch on last rays of dorsal, as usual, and some black edg- ings on the anterior rays of most of the fins. Tips of dorsal, anal, and Fishes of Upper Georgia. 339 caudal, as usual, filled with satin-white pigment. No red.. Young with the black, white, blue, and yellow obscure. D., 1,8. A.,I,8. Length 3inches. Teeth 1,4-4,1, of the usual type, hooked and sharp-edged. Habitat. This exquisite little fish occurs in abundance in the clear tributaries of the Oostanaula River, above Rome, Ga. Most of our specimens were taken in Rocky Creek,— one of the clearest of the mountain streams of that region. It also goes in shoals in the river channel. I give below an attempt at a synopsis of the species of this genus described from the region east of the Mississippi. Of these, eurystomus was found in the Chattahoochee River, and xenurus in the Ocmulgee. These will be described further on. Grandipinnis Jordan MSS., will be elsewhere characterized. Spilopterus Cope, is from the Ohio Valley and north-west; pyrrhomelas, from North Carolina. Cer- costigma Cope, calliura Jordan MSS., and analostana Grd., are true Cyprinelle, having serrate teeth. Galacturus Cope, has the physiognomy of Photogenis, but differs in having the grinding surface on the teeth. It is probably referable to Luxilus. * Anal fin elongate, I, 10 or I, 11; no distinct caudal spot; body and head stout; fins red in ¢. af Scales on flanks tuberculate as well as those on head - and neck, Ocmulgee River, & 0 : XENURUS. tt Scales on flanks not tuberculate; dorsal ieee posterior, body deeper; red pigment more nearly flame-color, Catawba River, . 3 : ; A PYRRHOMELAS. ttt Tubercles unknown; dorsal and anal Pathereety elevated, their tips nearly reaching caudal: E. Georgia, GRANDIPINNIS. ** Anal fin short, I, 8 or I, 9. a. No conspicuous black caudal spot. b. Colors chiefly blue and silvery; sides with a distinct band of clear blue; fins yellow; scales firm and smooth; body slender; mouth small; no red; eye 4 in head; size small. Alabama River, - CQ@RULEUS. bb. Colors olivaceous, no blue lateral band; fins not yellow. JUNE, 1877. 26 ANN. Lyc. Nar. Hist., VoL. x1. 340 Fishes of Upper Georgia. c. Head, mouth, and eye rather small, the latter 44 to 54 in head; no red; black fin-markings dis- tinct; scales firm. d. Mouth oblique; body considerably compressed; depth more than one-fourth of length. Ohio River, Potomac River, Great Lakes, teeth serrate (Cyprinella), 5 : ; ANALOSTANUS. dd. Mouth wider, nearly horizontal; body elongate; less compressed; depth less than one-fourth of length. Ohio Valley and north-west, SPILOPTERUS. ec. Head, mouth, and eye large, the eye about 4 in head; fins sometimes with red; black markings obscure; an obscure black caudal spot; scales rather loose; size large; appearance of Luxilus. Chattahoochee River, : 5 EURYSTOMUS. aa. A conspicuous black spot, much iret than eye, at base of the caudal fin; size large. e. Fins in @, with much red; form stout; eye and mouth large; coloration dark; nuptial tubercles sparse, arranged in rows; caudal spot smaller than in the next, nearly round; lateral line about 39. Alabama River, . 4 . CALLISTIUS. ee. Fins without red; form Blonaates ;eye ind mouth mod- erate; coloration pale; nuptial tubercles crowded ; caudal spot more distinct than in any other Amer- ican Cyprinoid, ovate; lat. l..about 35. Alabama River, : = - : . : : STIGMATURUS. LU XILUS. —Luxilus Rarinesque. Ich. Oh., 1820, 48. (Type Z. chrysocephalus Raf. = Cyp. cornutus Mitch.) =Hypsolepis Bairp. Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sc. Arts, 1854, 359. (Type Cyprinus cornutus Mitch.) =Plargyrus Girarp. Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 195 (not of RaF.). (Type Leuciscus plagyrus Kirt. Cyp. cornutus Mit.) Decactylus RaFrrinesquE, Ich. Oh., 1820. (Type C. bostoniensis Le S. = C. teres). >Hypentelium Rarimesqur, Amer. Monthly Mag., 1818. (Type Exoglossum macropterum Raf. = C. nigricans). >Hylomyzon Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 207. (Type C. nigricans Le Sueur.) 382. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS. var. etowanus. Var. nov. var. nigricans. Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1, 102, 1818. Kirtland, Rept. Zool. Ohio., 1888, 169, 193. Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 202. Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., V, 273, 1845. Storer, Synopsis, 421. Cuv. and Val., “XVII, 453.” Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 17, 1868. Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1868, 236; Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 468. Uhler and Lugger, Fishes of Md., 1876, 138. Cyprinus (Catostomus) nigricans Rich., ‘‘ F. B. A., III, 120.” Hylomyzon nigricans Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 90. Put- nam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 10. Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1864, 285. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 231. Hypentelium nigricans Jordan, Bull. Buff. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1876, 96; Man. Vert., 1876, 294. Nelson, Bull. Ills. Mus., 1876. Catostomus maculosus Le Sueur, |. c., 103. , Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 203. Cuv. and Val., ‘“‘XVII, 454.” Storer, Syn., 422. Uhler and Lugger, 1. c., 139. Exoglossum macropterum Raf., Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., I, 421. Cuv. and Val., “XVII, 486.” Storer, Synopsis, 428. Hypentelium macropterum Raf., Ich. Oh., 1820, 68. ? Catostomus xanthopus Raf., Ich. Oh., 57. ? ? Catostomus (Eurystomus) megastomus Raf., Ich. Oh., 59. Catostomus planiceps Cuy. and Val., ““ XVII, 450.” Storer, Synopsis, 1846, 426. 346 Fishes of Upper Georgia. My specimens of this species from the Etowah agree closely with each other, and differ somewhat from northern specimens. The southern form is, perhaps, a recognizable variety, which may be termed efowanus. This form may be characterized as follows : — Head shortish, 45 to 44 in length; eye moderate, about as in nigricans. Form, scales, etc., aS in var. nigricans. Lat. 1., 48. D. uniformly I, 10. A., 1,7. V.,9. Pectorals shorter and broader than in nigricans, 44 to 5 in length of body. Body nearly black above, the color running down on the sides, and changing abruptly into the silvery hue of the belly. A whitish spot at the base of each scale,— these forming: conspicuous pale streaks along the rows of scales. Dorsal black edged; other fins decidedly red in life. Habitat. Water basin of the Etowah and Oostanaula, abounding in rapids and clear places. Known as Hog-molly (Mullet), Crawl-a-bottom, and Hog Sucker. A number of specimens of this variety, compared with nigricans of the same size, show the following differences :— * D. I, 11; head long (41 in length); pectorals long; 4 to 45 in length of body; lower fins olivaceous or dull orange ; colors relatively dull; scales without streaks. Northern. c a : : , - 5 A 4 5 NIGRICANS. ** 1D. I, 10; head shorter (44); pectorals shorter (42) ; lower fins red; colors brighter; pale stripes along the rows scales. Southern. - : C 4 - ETOWANUS. ERIMYZON. — Moxostoma Aaassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 354; not Mox- ostoma of Raf., 1820. (Type C. oblongus Mit.) = Erimyzon Jorpan, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 95. (Type C. oblongus Mit.) 33. ERIMYZON OBLONGUS. Cyprinus oblongus Mitchill, ‘‘Report Fishes N. Y., 23,” and ‘‘Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc., I, 459.” Catostomus oblongus Le Sueur, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1, 108. “* ? Cuv. and Val., XVII, 441.” Storer, Synopsis, 423. Labeo oblongus Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 193. Fishes of Upper Georgia. 347 Moxostoma oblongum Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, XIX, 203, 1855.. Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 10:. Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1870, 468. Gitinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 1868, 21. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 221. Erimyzon oblongus Jordan, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 95; Man. Vert., 294. Nelson, Bull. Ills. Museum Nat. Hist., 1876. Catostomus gibbosus Le Sueur, Jour. Phil. Ac. Sci., I, 92, 1818. Storer, ‘¢Rep’t Fishes Mass., 88.” Cuv. and Val., ‘“‘X VII, 443.” Storer, Synopsis, 420; Fishes Mass., 291. Kirtland, Family Visitor. Labeo gibbosus Dekay; Fishes N. Y., 194. Catostomus tuberculatus Le Sueur, 1. c., 88. Storer, ‘‘ Report, 85.” De- kay, Fishes N. Y., 199. Cuv. and Val., ‘““X VII, 444.” Catostomus vittatus Le Sueur, |. c., 104. Dekay, 1. c., 203. Cuv. and Val., ‘‘X VII, 459.” Storer, Synopsis, 422. Catostomus fasciolaris Rafinesque, Ich. Oh., 1820, 58. Catostomus elegans Storer, Synopsis, 425. Labeo elegans Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 192. Labeo esopus Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 195. Catostomus esopus Storer, Synopsis, 425. Moxostoma anisurus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 203 (not of Raf.). ? Moxostoma campbelli Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 171; U. S. Mex. . Bound. Surv., 34. Moxostoma kennerlyt Girard, l.c. 1. ¢. My specimens do not differ obviously from northern ones of this widely diffused and variable species. It is known at Rome as Yellow Sucker. 34. ERIMYZON MELANOPS. Catostomus melanops Raf., Ich. Oh., 1820, 57. Kirtland, Rep’t Zool. Ohio, 169, 193; Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., V, 271. Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 356. Piychostomus melanops Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 19. Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 478. Moxosioma melanops Jordan, Mss., 1875. Erimyzon melanops Jordan, Bull. Buff. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1876, 95; Man. Vert., 294. Nelson, l. c. Catostomus fasciatus Le Sueur, in Cuv. and Val., ‘‘ XVII, 449.” Storer, Synopsis, 426. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 19. Ptychostomus fasciatus Milner, Rep’t U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, 1872-3. Moxostoma victorie Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 171; Mex. Bound. Surv., 34. Abundant in the Etowah water basin, where it is known 348 Fishes of Upper Georgia. as Sand Sucker or Striped Sucker. My specimens are iden- tical with those from the Ohio River and the Great Lakes. If H#. sucetta (Lacépéde) is not the same as #. melanops, we can never know it until specimens are taken in the original localities. The name sucefta has priority. MYXOSTOMA. Moxostoma Rar., Ich. Oh., 1820, 54. (Type C. anisurus Raf.). x Teretulus Ra¥FinesquE, Ich. Oh., 57, 1820. (Type C. auréolus Le Sueur.) —Ptychostomus AGassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855. (Type C. aureolus, Le Sueur.) 85. MYXOSTOMA EURYOPS. Sp. nov. I dislike to introduce another specific name into a genus already overloaded with nominal species, but the present fish is so singular in its physiognomy, and so apparently un- like the other species of this genus, that I do not know what to do with it unless I give it independent rank. The only species which seems to be at all similar is 7. bucco ( Ptychos- tomus bucco Cope, Hayden’s Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 437). Body stout, compressed, heavy forwards, tapering behind into a slender caudal peduncle; depth 4 in length; head 44 in length, very short, deep, and thick, almost cubical, the snout prominent and nearly vertical, the profile being abruptly decurved in a manner very unusual among Suckers; eye excessively large, longer than snout, near to the top of the head, forming more than one-third of the side of the head (in a specimen six inches long), nearly equal to the wide and flattish interorbital space. Vertex slightly concave; mucous ridges rather prominent. Greatest width of head (through cheeks) greater than the width of the body, and equal to greatest depth of head, 14 in length of head, and 6 in length of body; mouth inferior, the lips but faintly plicate; lower lip full, truncate behind, not 4 -shaped. Scales large, equal; 15 before dorsal fin; lateral line distinct and nearly straight, with 48 scales. Djelg licen cls aondene Wiesiae Fishes of Upper Georgia. 349 Color plain olivaceous above, silvery below; dorsal and caudal dusky. Fins not red. Length of only specimen, 64 inches. Taken in Lovejoy’s Creek, a small tributary of Oostanaula River, near Floyd Springs, 14 miles north of Rome. One of the “natives” “reckoned it was a Jumping Mullet,” but no one else remembered having seen it before. 86. MYXOSTOMA DUQUESNII. a. var. duquesnii. Catostomus duquesnii Le Sueur, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., I, 105. Rafinesque, Ich. Oh., 60. Kirtland, Rep’t Zool. Ohio., 169, 192; Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., V, 268. Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 203. Storer, Synop- sis, 428. Cuv. and Val., ‘“‘X VII, 458.” Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 18. Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 356. Piychostomus duquesnii Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 89. Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 476. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 221; Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 876, 195. Teretulus duquesnei Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1838, 236. Nelson, l.c. Jordan and Copeland, Check List, 1876. Moxostoma duquesnet Jordan, Man. Vert., 295. Catostomus erythrurus Rafinesque, Ich. Oh., 59, 1820. Ptychostomus erythrurus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1870, 474. b. var. lachrymalis. Ptychostomus lachrymalis Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 474. I do not think it possible to recognize lachrymalis, duques- net, erythrurus, and oneida, as characterized by Prof. Cope, as distinct species. In the Ohio River, the “Common Red Horse of the fishermen,” usually answers Le Sueur’s duques- net best, but most specimens have nine ventral rays, while many have nine rays on one side and ten on the other; and some not differing in any other respect, have ten. My specimens from the tributaries of the Etowah answer best to erythrurus and lachrymalis of Cope. Lachrymalis is the more abundant, and my specimens of it are more blackish in color, with larger mouth and smaller scales than those of the former. Both in life have the lower fins rosy, 350 Fishes of Upper Georgia. becoming orange in death. They are locally known as White Sucker. Without further discussion of this unsatis- factory subject, I present the following table of measure- ments of “Red Horse” from different waters ; all of which I would refer to duquesnii et vars. | | 5 ; : aa ee emalices jes : : ASldslas [eS (A Slsslesississ ae$leSlailsilesir8 2 § 5 Ss qs opIE Slo SISOSI/ZBILSSBILSSI4ASI|S4S tS) Ses Sl See S ce S| Sys = ASIP SIF SIA SIE SISBVIS SIASIHS a i= f wee Head in length..sccsesesccece 4.1 4.5 4.1 4.3 4.3 4.5 4 4.3 4.3 Depth in length........sseeeee. 42 | 44 | 41 | 43 | 43 | 4.7 | 4 3.3 | 3.4 Hye in head.......ccsececsceces 42 | 43 | 45 | 4 3.6 | 3.3 | 3 5 3.7 DOYSAlVAYS..cccecccccccccceres 1S!) 1.125) TS) LS) Le Se es ess ere, Ventral rays... ..c.sccccceccese 9; 9. 9. 9. 9. 10 9 a: 9 Lateral lin€.........ssescsesces 42-43 | 46 47 48 45 47 42 45 43 Length of specimen........... 12in.}10in.}11in.} 8in.|14in.} 8in.|12in.| 12in.|10in. SILURIDA. LCA? BoAzy LU UR St Ictalurus RarinesQuek, Ich. Oh., 63. (Type P. maculatus Raf. = 8. punctatus Raf., 1818.) ICHTHALURUS PUNCTATUS. Silurus punctatus Rafinesque, Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, III, 355. Ictalurus punctatus Jordan, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 95; Manual Vertebrates, 300. Nelson, 1. c. Silurus maculatus Raf., Journal R. Inst., 1820. Pimelodus maculatus Raf., Ich. Ohi., 62. Silurus pallidus Rafinesque, Journ. Royal Inst., London, 1820. Pimelodus pallidus Raf., Ich. Oh., 63. Kirtland, ‘‘ Rep’t Zool. Ohio, 169, 194.” Silurus cerulescens Raf., 1. c. Pimelodus cerulescens Raf., Ich. Ohi., 68. Kirtland, 1. ce. Storer, Synopsis, 405. Ictalurus ccerulescens Gill, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1862, 43. Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1865, 85; Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 489. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 222. Ichthelurus cerulescens Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1868, 237. Fishes of Upper Georgia. 351 Silurus argentinus Raf., 1. c. ? Pimelodus caudafurcatus LeSueur, Mémoires du Muséum, V, 152, 1819. Amiurus caudafurcatus Giinther, Cat. Fishes, V, 102. Pimelodus argyrus Raf., Ich. Ohi., 64. ? Pimelodus furcifer Cuv. and Val., ‘* XV, 139.” Ictalurus furcifer Gill, 1. c. ? Pimelodus olivaceus Girard, Pac. R. R. Surv., X, 211, 1858. Ictalurus olivaceus Gill. 1, ¢. Pimelodus hammondi Abbott, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1860, 568. ? Ictalurus simpsoni Gill, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1862, 43. The Blue Cat or Channel Cat is taken in considerable numbers in the Etowah and Oostanaula. A large specimen, procured of a fisherman, does not differ obviously from oth- ers from the French Broad and the Wabash. AMIURUS: = Ameiurus RaFinesquE, Ich. Ohi., 1820, 65. (Type P. cupreus Raf.) — Amiurus GILL, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1862, 46. 37. AMIURUS CUPREUS. Silurus cupreus Raf., Journal Royal Inst., London, 1820. Pimelodus cupreus Rafinesque, Ich. Oh., 1820, 65. Kirtland, ‘‘ Rep’t Zool. Ohi., 169, 194;” Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., 1V. Dekay, Fishes, N. Y., 187. Storer, Synopsis, 404. Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc¢., 1859; 159. Amiurus cupreus Gill, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1862, 45. Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1870, 485. Jordan, Bulletin Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 96; Man. Vert., 302. Nelson, l. c. Ameiirus cupreus Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1865, 276. ? Pimelodus felinus Girard, Pac. R. R. Surv., X, 209. ? Amiurus felinus Gill, 1. c. Cope, 1. c. Pimelodus antoniensis Girard, 1. c. Amiurus antoniensis Gill, 1. c. Cope, l. ¢. This species abounds in the deeper and more muddy trib- utaries of the Etowah and Oostanaula. Most of my speci- mens were taken in Beech Creek. They do not differ obvi- ously from specimens from the Illinois River. It is known locally as Yellow Cat. 352 Fishes of Upper Georgia. NOTURUS. Noturus Rarinesque, Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, 41. (Type N. flavus Raf.) Schilbeodes “BLrEkEr, Act. Soc. Sc., Indo-Nederl, 4, 258 ” (Type S. gyrinus Mitchill.) 88. NOTURUS LEPTACANTHUS. Sp. nov. Head small, 4 in length, without furrow above, long and narrow, nearly as wide across the snout as behind the eyes; width of head 54 in length, without caudal, less than the width of the body; upper jaw much the longer; eye 6 in head; barbels very short, the longest shorter than head. Premaxillary band of teeth without lateral processes. Body slender, elongate, compressed behind; the belly full; depth 54 in length. Dorsal fin beginning one-third the distance from snout to caudal, mid- way between snout and middle of anal; dorsal and pectorals very small and short, their spines extremely weak and slender, not one-fourth the length of the head. Caudal fin rounded, continuous with the adipose fin. Mintrays. VD LG. ees ies. VAL a4: Color pale reddish yellow, slightly blotched. Habitat. Silver Creek,—a single specimen taken a mile above its junction with the Etowah. The species of this genus have not been well described and it is not easy to present a comparative table of their characters. This species seems to differ from all the others in the small and narrow head, and particularly in the very small and slender dorsal and pectoral spines which are devoid of internal serratures. ANGUILLIDZ. ANGUILLA. Anguilla “ THunBERG, Nouv. Mem. Stock., 179.” (Type Murena an- guilla L. = A. vulgaris). 39. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming (Dareste). The Common Eel occurs in the Etowah and Oostanaula. The only specimens which we caught were less than half an inch long, and they escaped through the cover of the live- pail. The synonymy of this species will be presented else- where. Fishes of Upper Georgia. 353 LEPIDOSTEIDA. LEPIDOSTEUS. Lepisosteus Laciripr, ‘Hist. Nat. des Poissons, V., 1803, gale (Type L. gavialis Lac. = Esox osseus L.) Lepidosteus AGassiz, Poissons Fossiles, II, 1843. 40. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS. (Lacépéde) Agassiz. I shall present elsewhere what I consider to be the synon- ymy of this species, to which for the present all our long- nosed Gars may be referred. A single specimen was taken in the Etowah, which would probably be ZL. ofarius Cope, in Prof. Cope’s arrangement (Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 80), and Z. treculii Dum. in the wonderful. scheme of Prof. August Dumeril (Hist. Nat. des Poissons, 1870). This author recognizes 17 valid species of Lepidosteus proper, besides several doubtful ones. These are distinguished by characters often utterly trivial, some of them purely individ- ual and often unlike on different sides of the same fish ; others are dependent on age,—as the diameter of the eye compared with the length of the lower jaw. The specimen referred to from the Oostanaula differs from all the other specimens of Gar Pike which I have seen, in its color, it being almost jet black in life. I give here the measurements of three Gars, with the characters considered as specific in the schemes of Profs. Dumeril and Cope. 354 Fishes of Upper Georgia. = 2 ee ie cS s a, Re We ICH =u Be) Semmens ed a | 5 Habitat. 22. scveccsie “aiectioossecd hae bel ontenantnees White R., Ind. Rock R., Wis. Length of specimen...... Sistalelois aletaieiaie' 4. 2. sl lUe:€6RATe. Nothonotus camurus (Cope) Jor. ... « + . « Rare. Peecilichthys variatus (Kirt.) Ag. gi sire sey te COMMON. Peecilichthys spectabilis Ag. oj 200 jofsie uel 4 ones ied requent. Pleurolepis pellucidus (Baird) Ag. oD pros erequent. Boleosoma maculatum Ag. , .0 . 6s °. 0.» » Common. Alvordius aspro Cope and Jor... . « « » » « Frequent. Ericosma evides Jordan and Copeland ..... . Rare. SRE ah oe er nena ee og 576 25. 28. 29. 30. 31. Fishes of Upper Georgia. Rheocrypta copelandi Jor., MSS. ... . Diplesium blennioides (Raf.) Jor. . Percina caprodes (Raf.)'Grds ts 7). Pomoxys hexacanthus (C. and V.) Ag. . . PoOMOxys annularis ale ye oleate ees eis Ite Ambloplites rupestris (Raf.) Gill . ... . Micropterus pallidus (Raf.) Gilland Jor. . . Micropterus salmoides (Lac.) Gill Apomotis cyanellus Raf. (et vars.) . . . . Lepiopomus macrochirus Raf. (nephelus Cope) Helioperca pallida (Mit.) Jor. . Xenotis inscriptus (Ag.) Jor. ..%. .. menotis megalotis(Raf.) Jor. . J. isle Xenotis lythrochloris Jor.,MSS. ... . Xenotis aureolus Jor., MSS. oe SCLENIDA. Haploidonotus grunniens Raf. COTTIDZ. Potamocottus wilsonii (Grd.) Gill . Potamocottus caroline Gill .. .. 2... % 4. ATHERINIDZ. Labidesthes sicculus Cope ..... . « CYPRINODONTID 2. Zygonectes notatus (Raf.) Jor. Reishee ve UMBRIDZ. Umbra limi (Kirt.) Gthro) Sf ee ESOCID. Hsoxisalmonens at:: ee cts Poeueeciee ) aemns CYPRINID A. Campostoma anomalum (Raf.) Ag. . .. . Hyborhynchus notatus (Raf.) Ag. . . . . Hybognathus argyritis. Grd. . .... . Ericymba buccata Cope has 2 ELD eer Semotilus corporalis (Mit.) Putn. Paes is Nocomis biguttatus (Kirt.) Cope & Jor. . . Nocomis amblops (Raf.) Cope & Jor. Akiba Nocomis dissimilis (Kirt.) Cope& Jor... . Rare. Common. Common. Rare. Uncommon, Common. Common. Common. Common. Frequent. Common. Frequent. Common. Frequent. Frequent. Uncommon. Uncommon. Rare. Common. Common. Rare. Common. Common. Common. Rare. Common. Common. Common. Common. Frequent. 7. ee. 40. 41. 42, 43. 44, 45. 46. 47. - 48, 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54, 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. G7. 68. 69. Fishes of Upper Georgia. RHIiMehthyssODGUSUSPAS.) “ol ste 5 ici, ch scene Eybopsis stramineus Cope 35 = 3 . . 8 4 Chrosomus erythrogaster Raf. Bi Boe ae ot Lythrurus diplemius (Raf.) Jor. . Luxilus cornutus (Mit.) Jor. ore, eel Ve Cyprinella analostana Grd. «3 0 «= « %o% Photogenis spilopterus Cope er ge Aye Episema scabriceps Cope .. ... . >; Hipisemaariomma: COME: © si cuecre «Lente ese Nototropis dinemus (Raf.) Jor. sae mee Dec Nototropis rubellus| (Ag. ) JOIN 25. 8. ale Nototropis rubrifrons (Cope) Jor. . . . . Notemigonus americanus (Lac.) Jor. site CATOSTOMIDZ. Catostomus teres) (Mit) eyS. ses wales ues te is Catostomus nigricans LeS. .... . Erimyzon oblongus (Mit.) Jor. sao G Erimyzon melanops (Raf.) Jor. At SOLA MALE Myxostoma duquesnii (Le 8.) Jor... . . . . Canplodes Carpio Rats oy) spe as| ope SILURIDZ. Ichthelurus punctatus (Raf.) Jor... ... . Apiurusmmelasthats 4. el sos se 1s fs Amiurus cupreus (Raf.) Gill Hs es nats Amiurus xanthocephalus' Raf. ©: ..'%.. a... Noturus sialis; don, MSSele1 « ws 6 << 6 Noturus flavus Raf. Serhan Oec Weise ees Noturusminrus Sor. weve ve S)0e) Stee LEPIDOSTEIDZ. Lepidosteus osseus (L.) Ag. (huronensis Rich.) POLYODONTIDZ. Pelyodan folimn Tae peg a) sy sya pe Oh si) eih ne .'s PETROMYZONTID. Ammocostes niger (Raf.) Jor: ,. . «+. +... Ammocecetes argenteus (Kirtland) Jor. . . . 377 Common. Frequent. Common. Common. Common. Common. Frequent. Locally abund. Frequent. Frequent. Common. Common. Common. Common. Common. Common. Common. Common. Rare. Rare. Uncommon, Common. Common. Common. Frequent. Common. Uncommon. Uncommon, Locally abund. Rare. *,* The printing of this paper was begun in December, 1876. The actual date of final publication is June, 1877, 378 The Myxomycetes of the United States. Ox Xoo ihe Myxomycetes of the United States. BY M. C. COOKE, M.A.; LL.D.; A.L.S. Corresponding Member Acad. Sci., N. Y. Read April 16th, 1877. THE production of a monograph of the Myxomycetes by Dr. J. Rostafinski, has presented an opportunity for a thorough revision of the North American species, and a new classification, in accordance, as far as possible, with this monograph. As the Polish language (in which the mono- graph is written) is one not generally read, there needs no apology for presenting the arrangement in an English dress. This communication necessarily is of a very technical and uninviting character ; but it is hoped that what is lacking in general interest will be compensated for in utility. There is no doubt whatever that the system proposed by Rostafinski is the one which will in the main be generally adopted ; and as it is now impossible to obtain the original work, this sy- nopsis is offered to the Academy for the assistance of Trans- atlantic mycologists. Although the measurements of the spores are given, that is by no means the most important element in the new classification. For half a century the Myxomycetes have been classified on the basis of external characters alone, or such only as could be discerned by the aid of a pocket lens. In one or two instances an additional genus has been constituted in which some prominence was given to characters determined by the aid of the microscope, as for instance in the genus Badhamia proposed by Berkeley in 1851, but the general feature of the classification was one of external character- istics. The advance of Microscopy left. behind such an in- complete system for many years, and at length Professor de Bary turned his attention to the subject, but made no definite propositions for a rectification of the classification, until in 1873 his pupil at Strasburg, Dr. Joseph Rostafinski, pub- lished in an inaugural address the outlines of a system of The Myxomycetes of the United States. 379 classification, based on new principles. In 1875, the more elaborate, and detailed “Monografia Sluzowce” expanded and illustrated his views in a complete and almost exhaustive manner. At first Rostafinski recognized in the “Mycetozoa,” as he termed them, two primary div’sions, in one of! which the spores were developed externally,'on the surface of certain definite spore-bearers, and in the other they were developed internally, covered at first by a’ protective membrane or sporangium. In the monograph only’ a passing notice is given of the first division, and in the more recent “supple- ment” it is not mentioned at all. The inference to be de- duced from this is that the Exosporous Mycetozoa are re- garded as an encumbrance to the system, and are intended to be ignored. f The Mycetozoa proper being thus reduced to unity, our illustrations will be understood to refer to these alone. As in the Agaricini, so in the Myxomycetes, the first steps in classification relate to the colour of the spores. Two sec- tions include the species (1) with violet spores, and (2) those having spores otherwise coloured. The Amaurospore and the Lamprospore are the two primary sections, each of which is subsequently again divided into two subsections, in one of which no evident capillitium is present, and in the other some kind of capillitium is always developed. As the old method was based wholly on external features, so the new has nearly all its essential characteristics relating to internal structure. If there is any one feature in which the Rostafinski method is more assailable than: another, it is the too slight regard which is given to external features. Naturally enough, in escaping from one extreme, the rebound has been to the other. Time and experience will undoubtedly hereafter develop a “happy medium.” In making use of this system, the first determination req- uisite is the colour of the spores, then the presence or absence of a capillitium, and finally the character of the capillitium, 380 The Myxomycetes of the United States. when present, in all its details. Undoubtedly the leading idea of the classification is the capillitium, or the capillitium and columella, and this should be borne in mind in any attempt which is made to master the details of the scheme. The negative features of the method are important to remember in the transition from one system to another. The form of the sporangium must not be relied upon to the fullest extent of the old system; and, especially in some genera, the presence or absence of a stem is to be regarded as of little moment. Above all, colour, as exhibited in sporangium or stem, must be held as wholly untrustworthy, and this ex- tends equally to the capillitium and spores in the Lamprospore. Some disappointment will probably be felt at seeing so _ many old friends, formerly designated by distinct names, and each supposed to possess an individuality of its own, all thrown together in such species as Didymium farinaceum and Trichia fragilis. And again, on the other hand, that such minute differences, which require both faith and practice to appreciate, should separate Trichia affinis from Trichia chrysosperma. These applications of the system, however, do not vitiate the system itself, which undoubtedly must be accepted as a great and thorough reform of the classification of the Myxomycetes. It is unnecessary to attempt any controversion of the propo- sition once made, but soon ignored, that these organisms are more intimately related to animals than plants. Although the proposed name of Mycetozoa is still retained by Rostafinski, it is entirely divested of any insinuation in the direction of Jnfusoria or Rhizopoda. This arrangement of the American species was completed before the appearance of Rostafinski’s supplement to his monograph, and although all essential corrections have been made, the sequence of orders and genera is that of the mon- ograph. We have appended a synopsis of all the Orders, Families, and Genera, as they finally appear in the Supple- ment. Two of the genera established in the monograph, The Myxomycetes of the United States. 381 viz.: Trichamphora and Scyphium, have been cancelled, and two new genera added, which are indicated by an asterisk (*). Sub-Division I. AMAUROSPOR. Section A. ATRICHZ (without capillitium). OrpER I. Protodermes. FAMILY 1. PROTODERMACEX. Genus 1. Protoderma. Section B. TRICHOPHOR (with capillitium). OrpDER II. Calcaree. FAMILY2. CIENKOWSKIACESR. Genus 2. Cienkowskia. FAMILY3. PHYSARACESA. Genus 3. Badhamia. 4.) 6Physarum. CON. Or? Haligo: “6. Craterium. LON e cocarpus. “ = 8. ~= Orateriachea. 69. «=. Tilmadoche. FAMILY 4. DIDYMIACES. ; Genus 10. Chondrioderma. “ 11. Didymium. “© 12. Lepidoderma. FAMILY 5. SPUMARIACEA. Genus 13. Diachea. “ 614, Spumaria. Orpver III. Amaurochetes. FAMILY 6., ECHINOSTELIACESR. Genus 15. Echinostelium. FAMILY 7. STEMONITACES. Genus 16. Lamproderma. “ 17. Comatricha. “18. Stemonitis. FAMILY8. AMAUROCHATACEA. Genus 492! Amaurocheete. FAMILY9. BREFELDIACESR, Genus 20. Brefeldia. 382 The Myxomycetes of the United States. FAMILY 10. ENERTHENEMACES. Genus 21. EHnerthenema. Sub-Division Il. LAMPROSPORZ. Section A. ATRICHZ (without capillitium). OrpeR IV. Anemeez. FAMILY11. DICTYOSTELIACEA, Genus 22. Dictyostelium. FAMILY 12. LICEACE. Genus 23... Licea. “DA, Tubulina. “© 25. Lindbladia. FAMILY13. CLATHROPTYCHIACESA. Genus 26. Clathroptychium. “27. Enteridium. OrpDER V. Heterodermes. FAMILY14. CRIBRARIACESA. Genus 28. Dictydium. ‘© 29. Heterodictyon. “ 30. Cribraria. Section B. TRICHOPHORZ (with capillitium). OrpER VI. Columellifere. FAMILY15. RETICULARIACEX. Genus 31. Siphoptychium.* “ 32. Reticularia. OrpDER VII. Calonemese. FAMILY 16. PERICHHNACES. Genus 33.. Pericheena. FAMILY17. ARCYRIACEX. Genus 34. Cornuvia. “ 35. Arcyria. “© 36. Lachnobolus. “637. Dermodium. “ 38. Lycogala. “¢ 639. Oligonema. FAMILY 18.._ TRICHIACEX. Genus 40. Prototrichia.* © 41. Trichia. “ 42, Hemiarcyria. The Myxomycetes of the United States. 383 MYXOMYCETES Wa tte. Myxogastres Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 67. Myxogasteres Endl., Gen., p. 25. Mycetozoa DeBary and Rostafinski. Divisionl. EHXOSPOREA, This division, as originally proposed, contains the genus Ceratium, but latterly it has scarcely been insisted upon as a consistent ally of the 2d Division. Division Il. KENDOSPORE ZA, Sub-Division Il. AMAUROSPORZ. Spores violet, or brownish violet. Section A. ATRICHZ. Sporangia without a capillitium. OrpDER I. Protodermese. FAMILY 1 PROTODERMACESA, Genus 1. Protoderma R. 1. PROTODERMA PUSILLA (Schr.). Licea pusilla Schrad., t. 6, fig. 4. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2316. Physarum licea Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 143. Spores .017™™. On pine wood. Bethlehem (Schw.); Carolina (Curt.). Section B. TRICHOPHORZ. Sporangia constantly possessed of a capillitium. OrpeER II. Calcarese. FAMILY 2. CIENKOWSKIACEX. Genus 2. Cienkowskia R. 2. CIENKOWSKIA RETICULATA (A. and §S.). Physarum reticulatum Alb. and Schw., t. 7, f. 2. Schw., Amer. Bor., No. 2295. Diderma reticulatum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 112. Spores -009™". On dead leaves. Salem (Schw.); Car. (Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.), 584 The Myxomycetes of the United States. ‘FAMILY 3. PHYSARACEA. Genus 8. Physarum P. 8. PHYSARUM LIV1DUM R. Physarum effusum Link, Herb. Physarum griseuwm Link, Diss., ii, 42. i Spumaria licheniformis Schwz., Amer. Bor., No. 2364. Didymium glaucum Phillips, in Grevillea, V, 113. San Francisco (Harkness). Var. B. licheniformis Schw. Spores ‘01-:0125™". This variety is the United States form. If Physarum effusum Schw., Am. Bor., 2297, is the same as Link’s, it also belongs to this species. Bethlehem (Schw.). 4, PHYSARUM DIDERMOIDES (Ach). Diderma oblongum Schum., Saell. 1423. Didymium congestum B. and Br., Ann. N. H., 1850, p. 365. Cooke, Hdbk, No. 1130. Spores :0125—:014™™. Car. (fide Rostafinski). 5. PHYSARUM AURISCALPIUM Cooke. Sporangia globose, depressed, ochrey yellow, covered with orange mealy scales above, with a very short, almost obsolete, stem. Columella not evident. Capillitium strongly developed, expanded at the angles, which are filled with yellow granules of lime, combined into a network; deposits of lime in irregular angular masses. Spores violet-brown, nearly smooth or minutely warted, .013—.015™". diam. Cooke, Brit. Myx., fig. 253. On rotten wood. Carolina (Ravenel, No. 1854). 6. PHYSARUM SCHUMACHERI Spr. Physarum compactum Ehr., Syl. Ber., 21. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2283,» Physarum citrinum Schum., Saell., 1436. Diderma citrinum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 100. Didymium melleum B. and Br., Cey., No. 751. Didymium chrysopeplum B. and C., Grev., No. 348. Spores :007—:‘011"™. Car. (Schw.). This is probably the species intended by Schweinitz. 7. PHYSARUM SULPHUREUM A. and 6S.,, t. 6, fig. 1. Physarum sulphureum Schw., Amer. Bor., No. 2289. Spores -01—:011™. On dead leaves. Car. (Schw., Curt.). oes Tree. a The Myxomycetes of the United States. 385 8. PHysaruM LEucoPuS Link, Diss., ii, 42. Schw., Amer. Bor., 2275. Didymium leucopus Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 121. Physarum bullatum Ditm., t. 22. Spores :0095—-’011™. Bethlehem (Schw.). 9. PHYSARUM CINEREUM (Batsch). Schw., Amer. Bor., No, 2291. Rav., Hun; Car:, 1; 79: Didymium cinereum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 126. Physarum plumbeum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 142. Didymium terrigenum B. and C. Spores -0075—-013™. On leaves, twigs, etc. Car. (Schw.); New York (Schw., Peck); Car. (Cur., Rav.) ; San Francisco (Harkness). [Physarum luteo-valve Schw., Am. Bor., 2298, is very uncertain. Fries has referred it to Perichena, and Rostafinski does not venture to refer it to anything. ] 10. PHYSARUM PSITTACINUM Ditm., t. 62. Didymium fulvipes Fr., Stirp. Didymium erythrinum Berk., Grev., No. 344. Didymium Ravenelit B. and C., Grev., No. 346. Spores :0083—:0092™. On damp putrid logs. Car. (Rav.). 11. PHYSARUM PULCHERRIMUM B. and Curt. InN. A. Fungi, Grevillea, No. 354. Rav., Fungi Car., ii, 77. Spores :0083—-0092™". On dead pine wood. . Car. (Rav.); Penn. (Mich.). 12. PHYSARUM BERKELEYI Rtfki., Mon. p. 105. Physarum flavicomum Berk., in Hook., Journ., 1845, p. 66. Physarum cupriceps B. and Ray., in Rav., Fungi Car., iii, 76. Physarum cupripes B. and Ray., in Grevillea, vol. iii, p. 65. Physarum roseum B. and Br., Grevillea, vol. iii, p. 65. On dead wood. Spores :0083—-01™". Car. (Ray.). Physarum pulcherripes Peck, is probably referable to this very variable species. 13. PHysaARUM DiTmarRi Rost. Physarum virescens Ditm., Sturm, t. 61. Physarum thejoteum Fr., Gast., p. 21. Didymium nectrieforme B. and C., Grev., 353. Didymium croceo-jlavum B. and Br., Cey., 757. Spores -006—-009™". New England (Murray); Carolina (Ravenel); New York (Peck). 386 The Myxomycetes of the United States. 14, PHYSARUM CONGLOMERATUM (Fr.). Diderma conglomeratum Fr., S. M., iii, 111. Diderma granulatum Fr., 8. M., iii, 210. On wood, leaves, etc. California (Harkness). 15. PHYSARUM POLYMORPHUM (Mont.). Didymium polymorphum Mont., Cub., p. 314. Didymium polycephalum Rav., Grevillea. Didymium luteo-griseum B. and C., Grevillea, iii, p. 65. Didymium connatum Peck, N. Y. Reports. Spores :0088—-01™". Ondead leaves. Car. (Curt., Rav.) ; N. Jersey (Berk.) ; New York (Peck). 16. PHYSARUM CONTEXTUM Pers., Syn., 168. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2290. Diderma contextum Pers., Obs., i, 89. Ditm., t. 31. Leocarpus contextus Fries, 8. V. S., 450. Diderma flavidum Peck, N. Y. Reports. Spores :011—:013™". On dead stems of plants. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.). 17. PHYSARUM GYROSUM R. Reticularia muscorum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 91. Athaleum muscorum A. and S., t. vii, f. 1. Schw., Am. Bor., 2371. Spores :00883—-011™. On mosses. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Boston (Farlow). 18. PHYSARUM SINUOSUM (Bull.). Angiorideum sinuosum Grev., t. 310. Diderma valvatum Fr., Sys. Myce., iii, 109. Diderma pallidum B. and C., in Grevillea. Angiorideum valvatum Fr., Sys. Myc. Physarum bivalve Schw., Am. Bor., 2293. Spores :0083—:009™". On pine leaves, stems, ete. Car. (Curt.); Salem (Schw.); Boston (Farlow); N. Eng. (Frost); N. York (Peck). 19. PuysarumM Petersm B. and Curt., in Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 356. Flocci yellowish, spores black. On dead wood. Ala. (Peters). Var. A. FarRLowi R. Physarum Farlowi Rost., MSS. Boston and Pennsylvania. Var. B. INTERMEDIUM Rost. Alabama. Var. C. GENUINUM Rost. Alabama. aa #i\5 —. The Myxomycetes of the United States. 387 20. PHYSARUM OBRUSSEUM (B. and C.). Didymium obrusseum B. and C., Cub., 532. Didymium tenerrimum B. and C., Cub., 533. Spores :008—-:01™. Texas (Lindheimer) ; New Orleans (Drummond). 21. PHYSARUM SIMILE Rost. Spores :0075™™. Carolina (Curtis). 22. PHYSARUM ELIPSOSPORUM Rost. Enteridium olivaceum Schw., Am. Fung., 2365. Carolina (Schw.). 23. PHYSARUM SCHWEINITZI, Berk., in Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 358. Polyangium vitellinum Schw., Am. Bor. On vegetable fragments. Bethlehem (Schwz.). SPECIES UNCERTAIN. 24. PHYSARUM ELEGANS Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2294. ¥ On leaves and plants. Salem (Schw.) ; Car. (Curt.). 25. PHYSARUM MUSCICOLA Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2278. New York (Torrey). 26. PHYSARUM POLYDRON Schw., Am. Bor., 2300. On old trunks of Juglans. Bethlehem (Schw.). 27. PHYSARUM Ca:sPITosuM Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2301. On leaves and stems of Rhododendron. Bethlehem (Schw.). [ Physarum ceespitosum Peck, from the color of the spores, cannot be a Physarum; it may be the species of Schweinitz, for aught we can tell. | 28. PHYSARUM ATRUM Schw., Am. Bor., 2299. On bark. Bethlehem (Schw.). Whatever Schweinitz’s species may be, it does not appear that Rostatinski considers the Physarum atrum of Fries to be a Myxogaster at all. JUNE, 1877. 29 ANNE aYGoe WAS, ELIS paViOlee Xie 388 The Myxomycetes of the United States. Genus 4. Craterium Trent. Sub-cen. A. LEIOCRATERIUM. 29. CRATERIUM VULGARE Ditm., t.9. Schw., Am. Bor., 2305. Craterium pedunculatum Trent., Curtis, Cat., p. 112. Spores :00883—:01™". On leaves, stems, etc. Car. (Curt., Schw.). Sup—-GEN. B. 'TRACHYCRATERIUM. 80. CRATERIUM LEUCOCEPHALUM Pers. Ditm., t.4. Schw., Am. Bor., 2306. Craterium leucostictum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 152. Craterium pruinosum Corda, Ic., vi, f. 33. Spores :0083—:01™™. On bits of wood, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; N. York (Peck). INCERTZ SEDIS. 31. CRATERIUM MINIMUM B. and Curt., in N. A. Fungi, No. 367. go dead grass, etc. Car. (Curt.). 32. .CRATERIUM PORPHYRIUM Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2308. On rotten wood. Bethlehem (Schwz.). Genus 5. Crateriachea R. The only species, Crateriachea mutabilis R., is not re- corded in the United States, unless Craterium obovatum Peck, proves to belong to this genus, which it is too imper- fectly described to determine. Genus 6. Tilmadoche Fr. 33. TILMADOCHE NUTANS (Pers.). Physarum nutans Pers., Syn., 171. Schw., Am. Bor., 2277. Physarum bulbiforme Schum., Saell., 1432. Fl. Dan., t. 1974, f. 3. Tilmadoche cernua Fr., S. V. §., 451. Physarum connatum Ditm., in Sturn, t. 41. Didymium polycephalum B. and Curt., MSS. Spores :009—-:01™™. On wood and leaves. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schwz.). Boston (Farlow); Conn. (Wright). The Myxomycetes of the United States. 389 34. TILMADOCHE GRACILENTA (Fr.). Physarum gracilientum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 133. Didymium furfuraceum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 116. Curt., Cat., p. 111. Tilmadoche soluta Fries, 8. V. S., 454. On dead wood. Car. (Curt.). 85. TILMADOCHE MUTABILIS Rtfki. Physarum aureum Pers., Disp., t. i, f. 6. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2286. Physarum viride Pers., Syn., 172, t. 24. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2285. Physarum nutans B. viride Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 129. Physarum nutans 8. aureum Fr., Sys. Mye., iii, 129. Physarum striatum C. aurantiacum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 131. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Bethlehem (Schw.). Var. B. aurantiacum. Schw., Am. Bor., 2287. Car. (Schw.) ; San Francisco (Harkness). 36. ‘TILMADOCHE OBLONGA (B. and C.). Trichamphora.oblongum B. and C., Grev., No. 360. Spores :G075—:01™". Pennsylvania (Michener). Genus 7. Leocarpus Link. 37. LEOCARPUS FRAGILIS (Dicks.). Diderma vernicosum Pers., Obs., t. iii, f. 7. Leocarpus vernicosus Link., Obs. i, 25. Nees, f. 110, Grev., t. 111. Rav., Fun. Car., 1, 78. Leangium vernicosum Fr., Stirp., p. 88. Schw., Am. Bor., 2303. Spores :012—:014™. On stems, leaves, etc. Bethlehem (Schw., Curt.) ; Boston (Farlow) ; N. York (Peck); San Francisco (Harkness). Genus 8. Fuligo Hall. 88. FULIGO vARIANS Sommf., Fl. Lapp. Reticularia rufa Schw., Am. Bor., 2377. Ethalium septicum Fr. Athalium flavum Schw., Am. Bor., 2367. thalium candidum Schw., Am. Bor., 2368. Hihalium violaceum Schw., Am. Bor., 2369. ihalium vaporarium Pers., Schw., Am. Bor., 2370. ithalium ferrincola Schw., Am. Bor., 2372. Hihalium geophilum Peck, N. Y. Reports. Spores :0075—-01™. On wood, stumps, ete. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.); Boston (Farlow); N. York (Peck). 390 The Myxomycetes of the United States. Genus 9. Trichamphora Jungh. | This genus is abolished by Rostafinski in his “supplement.” Genus 10. Badhamia Berk. 39. BADHAMIA HYALINA Berk. Physarum hyalinum Pers., Disp., t. 2, f.4. Schw., Am. Bor., 2276. Physarum membranaceum Schum., Herb. Spores -01—:0125™. On bark. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.). 40. BADHAMIA UTRICULARIS (Bull.). Physarum utriculare Cheyv., Fl. Par., i, 337. ° Spores :01—:0125™. Penn. (Mich.). Var. Schimperiana. - Maine (Fulier, 32). 41. BADHAMIA CHRYSOTRICHA (B. and C.). Physarum decipiens Curt., in Sill. Journ. Badhamia decipiens Berk. in Grev., N. A Fungi, p. 66. Physarum chrysotrichum B. and C., Grev., pp. 357. On bark of oak trunk. Car. (Curt.). Ala. (Peters). 42, BADHAMIA PAPAVEREA Berk. and Rav. In Grev., N. A. Fungi, No. 359. Spores :01—-012™. On decayed oak wood. Oar. (Rav.); Maine (Fuller). 43. BADHAMIA INAURATA Curt. Phillips, Grevillea, V, p. 115. On wood. California (Harkness). . Genus 11. Scyphium R. 44. ScypuruM curtisi Rtfki., Mon., 149. Didymium Curtisti Berk., in Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 351. Spores :0125™™. On dead leaves, grass, etc. * Car. (Curt., Ray.). 45. SCYPHIUM RUBIGINOSUM (Chev.). Physarum rubiginosum Chev., Fl. Par., p. 338. Cooke, Hdbk., No. 1137. Spores -014™". diam. On leaves, stems, etc. New Jersey (Ellis, 2347); N. York (Peck, 87). Rostafinski has abolished this genus in his “Supplement,” and transferred both the species to Badhamia. The Myxomycetes of the United States. 391 FAMILY 4. DIDYMIACES. Genus 12. Didymiuwm Schr. SUB-GEN. CIONIUM. 46. Dipymium cLavus (A. and§.). Physarum clavus A. and S., Consp., t. 2, f. 2. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2281. Sores -0065—-0083™". On dead leaves. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Canada (Poe) ; Boston (Farlow). 47. DIDYMIUM FARINACEUM Schrad, t. 3, f. 6. Physarum farinaceum Pers., Syn., 174. Schw., Am. Bor., 2280. Didymium lobatum Nees, f. 101. Schwz., Am. Bor., No. 2270. Physarum melanopus Fr., Gast., 25. Didymium melanopus Fr., Sys. Mye., iii, 114. Didymium physarioides Wlotsch. Spores :01—:0125™. On fallen leaves, etc. New York (Torr., Peck); N. Eng. (Russell) ; Car. (Curt., Schw.); Bethlehem (Schw.). 48. DIDYMIUM GRANULIFERUM Phillips. In Grevillea, V, p. 114, t. 88, fig. 1. On herbaceous stems. San Francisco (Harkness). 49. DIDYMIUM MICROCARPON (FYr.). Physarum microcarpon Fr., Gast., 23. Didymium nigripes Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 119. a Didymium xanthopus Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 120. Physarum xanthopus Schw., Am. Bor., 2288. Didymium megalosporum B. and C., Grev., No. 349. Spores :0058—-0065™. On fallen leaves. Bethlehem (Schw.); Car. (Curt.); Conn. (Wright) ; Boston (Farlow); N. York (Denslow); Maine (Bolles). 50. DIDYMIUM PHYSARIOIDEs Fr., Gast., 21. Curt., Cat., p. 112. Spumaria physarioides Pers., Syn., 163. Spores :012—-014™. On bark of trunks. Car. (Curt.). SUB-GEN. ACIONISCIUM. 51. DipyMiIuM squaMULosvuM A. and S., t. 4, f. 5. Schw., Am. Bor., 2271. Diderma squamulosum A. and §., t. 4, f. 5. Didymium herbarum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 120. Didymium leucopus Fr., Sys..Myc., iii, 121. Didymium costatum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 118. Spores :0085—:01™™. On fallen leaves. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.); Conn. (Wright) ; N. York (Peck); San Francisco (Harkness). 392 The Myxomycetes of the United States. 52. DIDYMIUM CONFLUENS Pers. Physarum confluens Fr., S. M., iii, 124. Schw., Am Bor., 2292. Didymium effusum Link, Obs. Spores :01—:011™, On stumps. Car. (Schw., Curt.). ® 53. DiIpYMIUM PROxIMUM B. and C. In Grev., N. A. Fungi, No. 345. Didymium pusillum B. and C., Grev., No. 347. On dead pine leaves and herbs. Car. (Curt.). The following species are inadequately described to meet the requirements of the present classification. 54. DIDYMIUM SIMULANS Howe, in Bulletin Torr. Bot. Club., VI, 30. On bark and wood of Ailanthus. N. York (Howe). 55. DIDYMIUM SUBROSEUM Peck, N. Y. State Museum Reports. Spores globose, smooth, -008™™. On bark of Juglans cinerea. N. York (Peck). 56. DipyMIUM FLAvIDUM Peck, N. Y. State Museum Reports. Spores globose, :0]"™. On bark of Abies balsamea. N. York (Peck). Genus 13. Chondrioderma R. suB-—GEN A. MoNODERMA. 57. CHONDRIODERMA SPUMARIOIDES (Fr.). Diderma spumarioides Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 104. Berk.and Curt. in Grevillea. Carcerina spumarioides Fr., S. V. S8., 451. Diderma farinaceum Peck, in N. Y. Reports. Didymium oxalinum Peck, is probably the variety carcerina of the same species. Spores :00838—:013™". On moss, leaves, etc. Car. (Curt.). 58. CHONDRIODERMA ALBESCENS (Phil.). Diderma albescens Phillips, in Grevillea, V, pp. 114, t. 87, fig. 3. Spores violet-black. On pine bark. California (Harkness). The Myxomycetes of the United States. 393 SUB-GEN. B. DipERMA. 59. CHONDRIODERMA DIFFORME (Pers.). Diderma difforme Pers., Disp., p. 9. Didymium difforme Schw., Am. Bor., 2272. Diderma cyanescens Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 109. Physarum cesium Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 147. Physarum album Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 147. Curt., Cat., pp. 112. Spores :01—:0125™". On herbaceous stems, leaves, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Conn. (Wright). 60. CHONDRIODERMA TESTACEUM (Schr.). « Didymium testaceum Schr., t. V, f. 1, 2. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2278. Diderma testaceum Pers., Syn., 167. Diderma Maric Wilsont Clinton, in N. Y. Reports. Spores :0092—:01™. On dead stems of plants, leaves, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; N. Jersey (Ellis) ; California (Harkness). 61. CHONDRIODERMA GLOBOSUM (Pers.). Diderma globosum Pers., Disp., t..i, f. 4, 5. Didymium globosum Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2274. Spores :0083™™. On leaves. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.); Boston (Far- low); N. Eng. (Frost). 62. CHONDRIODERMA BRUNNEOLUM (Ph.). Diderma brunneolum Phillips, in Grevillea, V, p. 114, t. 87, f. 4. On oak bark. San Francisco (Harkness). This seems, from the nature of the capillitium and some other points, to be hardly a good Chondrioderma. SUB-GEN C. LEANGIUM. 63. CHONDRIODERMA RADIATUM (Linn.) Lycoperdon radiatum Linn., Sp. Pl., 1654. Didymium stellare Schrad., t. 5, f. 3, 4. Diderma stellare Pers., Syn., 164. B. and Curt. in Grevillea. Diderma umbilicatum Pers., Syn., 165. Spores :009—-:012™. On pine wood. Car. (Curt.). 64, CHONDRIODERMA GASTERODES (Phil.). Diderma gasterodes Phillips, in Grevillea, V, t. 87, fig. 1. Spores violet-black, smooth, :015™™. On bark and moss. California (Harkness). 394 ’ The Myxomycetes of the United States. 65. CHONDRIODERMA FLORIFORME (Bull.). Sphenocarpus floriformis Bull., t. 371. Diderma floriforme Pers., Syn., 164. Leangium floriforme Schw., Am. Bor., 2302. Leangium lepidotum Ditm., t. 21. Diderma concinnum B. and C., Grevillea, No. 348. Spores :01—-0125™". On trunks. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.). 66. CHONDRIODERMA LACINIATUM (Phil.). Diderma laciniatum Phillips, in Grevillea, V, t. 87, fig. 2. Spores dark violet, :013™". On dead wood. California (Harkness). INCERTA: SEDIS. 67. CHONDRIODERMA STIPATA (Schw.). Leangium stipatum Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2304. On rotten wood. Bethlehem (Schw.). 68. CHONDRIODERMA CRUSTACEA (Peck). Diderma crustaceum Peck, in N. Y. Reports. Spores globose, °0125™". On sticks and leaves. N. York (Peck). 69. CHONDRIODERMA ALBULA Howe. Diderma albulum Howe, Bulletin Torrey Bot. Club, pp. 30. On bark and wood of Atlanthus. N. York (Howe). These last three species can only be entered provisionally, until the examination of authentic specimens can determine their proper position, for which the descriptions are insuffi- cient. Genus 14. Lepidoderma DeBary. 70. LEPIDODERMA TIGRINUM (Schrad.). Didymium tigrinum Schrad., t. 6, f. 2, 3. Didymium rufipes Fries, Sys. Myce., iii, 116. Curt., Cat., p. 111. Physarum squamulosum Pers., Syn., 174. Schw., Am. Bor., 2279. Physarum tigrinum Schw., Am. Bor., 2282. Spores :01—:0125™™. On trunks. Car. (Curt., Schw.); Bethlehem (Schw.). The Myxomycetes of the United States. 395 FAMILY 5. SPUMARIACE#. Genus 15. Diachea Fr. 71. DracHa%A LEUCOPODA (Bull.). Trichia leucopoda Bull, t. 502, f. 2. Diachea elegans Fr., Stirp., 84. Rav., Ex. i, 80. Diachea leucostyla Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2842. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; N. Eng. (Sprague) ; N. York (Peck). Genus 16. Spumaria Pers. 72. SPUMARIA ALBA (Bull.). Spumaria mucilago Pers., Disp., t. i, f. a, b, ec. Schw., Am. Bor., 2363. Didymium spumarioides Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, pp. 121. Car. (Schw.) ; N. York (Peck). 73. SPUMARIA MICHENERI Berk. In Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 341. Spores globose, :025—-03™. On very rotten wood. Penn. (Michr.). OrpeR III. Amaurochetez. FAMILY 6. STEMONITACEX. Genus 17. Stemonitis Gled. 74. STEMONITIS FuscA Roth., Mag. Bot.; Lea, Cinc., p. 69. Stemonitis fasciculata Pers., Syn., 187. Schw., Am. Bor., 2344. Spores :0066—-:009™. On wood, leaves, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Boston (Farlow); Ohio (Lea); N. York (Peck). 75. STEMONITIS FERRUGINEA Ehbr., Syl. Ber., f. vi. Curt., Cat., p. 112. Rav., Fun. Car., ii, 75. Stemonitis decipiens Nees, Leop. Car., XVI, 95. * Stemonitis herbatica Peck, N. Y. Reports. Spores globose, :0053—-0075™. On carious wood, plants, etc. Car. (Curt.); Boston (Farlow). INCERTA: SEDIS. 76. STEMONITIS PORPHYRA B. and Curt. In Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 374, not Rav., Exs., ii, 77. On pine wood. Car. (Curt.). 77. STEMONITIS TUBULINA Schw., Am. Bor., 2345. Car. (Schw.); Penn. (Schw.). 596 The Myxomycetes of the United States. 78. STEMONITIS MAXIMA Schw., Am. Bor., 2349. On old Polyporus. Bethlehem (Schw.). 79. STEMONITIS CkyPTA Schw., Am. Bor., 2351. In cracks of rotten trunks. Nazareth (Schw.). Genus 18. Comatricha Preuss. 80. COMATRICHA TYPHINA (Roth.). Stemonitis typhina Roth., Fl. Germ., i, 547. Schw., Am. Bor., 2343. Stemonitis typhoides De. Fl. Fr., ii, 257.. Ravy., Ex., ii, 76. Stemonitis pumila Corda, Ic., V, 37. Spores :0046—:0067™™. On wood, sticks, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.); N. York (Peck) ; California (Harkness). 81. CoMaTRICHA FRigstana DeBary. Stemonitis obfuscata Fr., Sym. Gast., 17. Lea, Cine. Pl., p. 69. Rav., Fungi Car., V, 84. Stemonitis ovata Pers., Syn., 189. Schw., Am. Bor., 2347. Stemonitis globosa Schum., Saell. Spores :0083—:01™. Var. A. obovata. Var. B. oblonga. On dead wood. Ohio (Lea); Alabama (Peters); Car. (Curt., Schw.),; Conn. (Wright); Penn. (Schw.); Maine (Morse) ; California (Harkness). 82. ComaTRICHA PERSOONII R. Stemonitis oblonga Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 159. Curt., Cat., p. 112. Spores :0066—-0083™. * 83. CoMATRICHA PULCHELLA Bab. Stemonitis papillata Pers. Disp., t. i, f. 4. Schw., Am. Bor., 2348. Stemonitis pulchella Berk., Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1841, t. 12, f. 11. Stemonitis tenerrima Curt., in Sill. Journ., p. 349. B. and Curt., Grev., No. 3738. A. obovata. B. oblonga. On bark, grass, etc. Car. (Curt., Schw.) ; N. York (Peck); Penn. (Schw.) 84. COMATRICHA CONFLUENS C. and E. Stemonitis confluens Cooke and Ellis, in Grevillea, V, p. 51. On oak bark. N. Jersey (Ellis). The Myxomycetes of the United States. 397 Genus 19. Lamproderma R. 85. LAMPRODERMA PHYSAROIDES (A. and S.). Stemonitis physaroides A. and §S., t. 11, f. 8. Schw., Am. Bor., 2346. Spores :012—-014™". On birch trunk. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Ohio (M. J. B.). 86. LAMPRODERMA COLUMBINA (Pers.). Physarum columbinum Pers., Syn., 173. Schw., Amer. Bor., 2284. Physarum bryophilum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, p. 135. Spores :011—:014™". On dead wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Michr.) ; Boston (Farlow). 87. LAMPRODERMA ARCYRIOIDES (Som.). Stemonitis arcyrioides Sommf., Tidschr. On leaves, wood, etc. California (Harkness). 88. LAMPRODERMA ELLISIANA Cooke. Badhamia penetralis C. and E., Grevillea, V, p. 49. On pine boards. N. Jersey (Ellis). This is certainly not a species of Badhamia, according to the present estimation of that genus. The character of the capillitium is that of Lamproderma; but the conglutination of the spores is a feature not yet recognized in any other species of Lamproderma. The specimens from which the species was originally described were by no means good; hence it requires further investigation. FAMILY 7. ENERTHENEMACE. Genus 20. Hnerthenema Bowm. 89. ENERTHENEMA BERKELEYANA Rtfki. Stemonitis mammosa Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, p. 161. Enerthenema elegans Berk., Ann. N. H., No. 338 (not Bowm.). Spores -0086—-01™™, On boards, wood, etc. Car. (Curt., Rav.). 398 The Myxomycetes of the United States. FAMILY 8& AMAUROCHATACESA. Genus 21. Amaurochete R. 90. AMAUROCHATE ATRA (A. and S.). Lycogala atrum A. and S., Consp., t. 3, f. 3. Reticularia atra Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 86. Curt., Cat., p. 111. Lachnobolus cribrosus Fr., Orb. Vet., 148. Spores :014—:015™. On logs. Car. (Curt.). FAMILY 9. BREFELDIACES, Genus 22. Brefeldia R. 91. BREFELDIA MAXIMA (Fr.). Dermodium inquinans Fr., Gast., p. 9. Reticularia maxima Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 85. Schw., Am. Bor., 2375. On trunks. Bethlehem (Schwz.). FAMILY 10, ECHINOSTELIACESR, Genus 23. Echinostelivm DeBary. Not represented in the United States. —eoo—— Sub-Division Il. LAMPROSPORZ. Spores ‘diversely colored, never violet. Section A. ATRICHZ. Sporangia without a capillitium. OrpDER IV. Anemese. FAMILY 11. DICTYOSTELIACES. Genus 24. Dictyostelium Bref. Not yet recorded in the United States. FAMILY 12. “LECH ACH aA? Genus 25. JLicea Schrad. 92. Licka FLExvOSA Pers., Syn., t. 1, f. 5, 6. Schw., Am. Bor., 2315. Licea spadicea Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 197. Spores :0125—-014™. Car. (Schw.); Bethlehem (Schw.). Ta" ere The Myxomycetes of the United States. 399 93. LICEA VARIABILIS Schrad., t. b, f. 5, 6. Schw., Am. Bor., 2314. On trunks. Bethlehem (Schw., Curt.). SPECIES INQUIRENDA. 94, LickaA LINDHEIMERI Berk., in N. A. Fungi, No. 369. Spores globose, *0076™". ‘On dead bark. Texas (Lindheimer). 95. LicEA FALLAX Schw., Am. Bor., 2313. Car. (Schw.); Penn. (Schw.). 96. LickA ocHRACEA Peck, N. Y. Reports. On grass and club-moss. This is clearly not a Zicea, but the description is too im- perfect to determine the genus. ‘ 97. LickA EPIPHYLLA Schw., Am. Bor., 2318. On fallen leaves. Bethlehem (Schw.). 98. LickA NITENS Schw., Am. Bor., 2319. On bark. Bethlehem (Schwz.). Genus 26. Tubulina Pers. 99. TUBULINA CYLINDRICcA Bull. Tubulina fragiformis Pers., Disp. Licea tubulina Schrad., N. G., p. 16. Licea fragiformis Nees, f. 102. Schw., Am. Bor., 2312. Licea cylindrica Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 195. Licea microsperma B. and C., Grey., No. 367. Spores -005—:0067™. On rotten wood, etc. Car. (Curt., Schw.); Bethlehem (Schw.) ; N. York (Berk., Peck); Penn. (Michr.); Boston (Farlow); New Jersey (Berk.). 100. TuBULINA sTrIPiITaTa (B. and Rav.) ; Licea stipitata B. and Ray., Linn. Soc. Journ., TX, p. 350. Spores pinkish umber, °0046—-005™", On dead wood. Car. (Ray.). 400 The Myxomycetes of the United States. Genus 27. JLindbladia Fr. FAMILY 13. CLATHROPTYCHIACEA. Genus 28. Clathroptychium R. 101. CLATHROPTYCHIUM RUGULOSUM (Wall.). Reticularia plumbea Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 88. Licea applanata Berk., Hook. Jour. 1845, p. 66. Spores :0083—-01™". On bark of Quercus alba. Alabama (Peters); Car. (Rav.); N. Jersey (Ellis). Genus 29. Enteridium Ehr. 102. ENTERIDIUM OLIVACEUM Ehr. Reticularia applanata B. and Br., Ann. N. H., t. 11, f. 3. Badhamia irregularis C. and E., in Grevillea, V, p. 89. On pine wood. N. Jersey (Ellis). Sporidia at first agglutinated together from 4 to 20 in a cluster. OrperR V. Heterodermess. FAMILY 14. CRIBRARIACEZ, Genus 30. Dictydium Schrad. 103. DicrypIuM CERNUUM (Pers.). Schw., Am. Bor., 2355. Dictydium umbilicatum Schrad., t. 4, f. 1. Curt., Cat., p. 112. Rav., Fungi Car., ii, 78. Dictydium trichioides Chev., Fl. Par. Corda, Ic., V, f. 86. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.); Boston (Farlow). SPECIES DUBIA. 104. DicrypDIUM MICROSPERMUM Schw., Am. Bor., 2352. Car. (Schw.); Penn. (Schw.). 105. Dicrypium veNosuM. Schw., Am. Bor., 2364. On carious wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.). The Myxomycetes of the United States. 401 Genus 51. Heterodictyon R. Genus 82. Cribraria Pers. 106. CRIBRARIA RUFA (Roth.). Cribraria rufescens Pers., Disp., t. 1, f. 5. Schw., Am. Bor., 2358. Cribraria fulva Schrad, t. 1, fig. 1. Cribraria intermedia Schrad, t. 1, fig. 2. Spores -005—:0065™™. On the ground. Ohio (Schw.). 107. CRIBRARIA PURPUREA Schrad. Schw., Am. Bor., 2356. Spores :005—:°0065™". Oncariousweod. Car.(Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.); Boston (Farlow). 108. CRIBRARIA VULGARIS Schrad, t. 1, f.5. Schw., Amer. Bor., 2360. Spores -005—:0065™". Onrottentrunks. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; Boston (Farlow). 109. CRIBRARIA TENELLA Schrad, t. 3, f. 2,3. Schw., Am. Bor., 2361. Spores :005—:0065™™. On rotten wood. Penn. (Schw., Curt.). 110. CRIBRARIA MICROCARPA (Schrad). Dictydium microcarpon Schrad, t. 4, f. 3,4, Curt., Cat., p. 112. Cribraria microcarpa Pers., Syn., 190. Spores :005—-0065™". On carious wood. Car. (Curt.). 111. CRIBRARIA SPLENDENS (Schrad.). Dictydium splendens Schrad, t. 4, f. 5, 6. Schw., Am. Bor., 2353. Spores :005—:0065™", On rotten wood. Bethlehem (Schw.). e 112. CrrIBRaRia INTRICATA Schrad, t. 3, f. 1. Curt., Cat. Rav., Fungi Car., ii, 79. Spores :005—:0065™™. On dead wood. Car. (Curt.); N. Eng. (Sprague). 118. CRIBRARIA MACROCARPA Schrad, t. 2, f. 3, 4. Schw., Am. Bor., 2357, Spores :005—-0065™". On the ground. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Ohio (Schw.). 7 \ Lees al - a > ve ae | é 4 * é ; : po i, 402 The Myxomycetes of the United States. 114. CRIBRARIA ARGILLACEA Pers. Schw., Am. Bor., 2359. Cribraria micropus Schrad, t. 2, f. 1, 2. Licea spermoides B. and Curt., Grevillea, No. 368. Spores :005—:0065™". On rotten trunks. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.). 115. CRIBRARIA ELEGANS B. and C. In Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 362. On decayed wood. Car. (Curt.). 116. CRIBRARIA MICROSCOPICA B. and C, In Grev., N. A. Fungi, No. 364. On shingles. Car. (Curt.). 117. CRrIBRARIA MINUTISSIMA Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2362. Cribraria minima B. and C., Grevillea, No. 368. On rotten wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.). SectionB. TRICHOPHORZ. Sporangia constantly possessed of a capillitium. ‘Orper VI. Reticulariee. FAMILY 15. RETICULARIACES. Genus 33. Reticularia Bull. 118. RETICULARIA LYCOPERDON Bull. Lycogala argentea Pers., Disp., p. 7. Schw., Am. Bor., 2378. Revicularia umbrina Fr., S. M., ili, 87. Curt., Cat., p. 111. Spores :008™™. On rotten trunks. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.); N. Eng. | (Murray); N. York (Peck). INCERTA SEDIS. 119. Reticutarta arrinis B. hd Curt. In N. A. Fungi, No. 340. Berk., in Journ. Linn. Soc., Vol. x, p. 347. Spores oblong, :01™™. On dead trees. Car. (Curt.). 120. RETICULARIA APPLANATA Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2376. On bark and wood of Saliz. Bethlehem (Schw.). 121. RETICULARIA STRONGYLIUM Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2374. Car. (Schw.). The Myxomycetes of the United States. 403 OrpER VII. Calonenemes. FAMILY 16. TRICHIACE AX. Genus 34. Trichia Hall. 122. TRICHIA FALLAX Pers., Ohs., iii, t. 4,5. Schw., Am., Bor., [2323. Trichia cerina Ditm., t. 25. Spores :01—-012™". On carious wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; N. Eng. (Frost) ; California (Harkness). 123. TRICHIA FRAGILIS Sow., t. 279. Trichia botrytis Pers., Disp., 9. Schw., Am. Bor., 2320. Trichia serotina Schrad, Journ., t. 3, f. 1. Curt., Cat., p. 113. Trichia pyriformis Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 184. Cratertum floriforme Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2307. Spores :011—:013™". On carious wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Bethlehem (Schw.). 124, TRICHIA VARIA Pers., var. genuina. Schw., Am. Bor., 2329. Spores -01—:014™. On carious wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; Conn. (Wright) ; N. York (Peck). TRICHIA VARIA, Var. nigripes. Trichia nigripes Pers., Syn., i, 78. Schw., Am. Bor., 2325. Trichia olivacea Pers., Obs., i, 62. Schw., Am. Bor., 2327. Spores -01—-014™". On rotten wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.); California (Harkness). 125. TRICHIA SCABRA Rtfki., Mon., p. 258. Var. A. analogia C. The elaters are not so spinulose as in the typical form, being sometimes scarcely evident. Spores :01™. On rotten wood. New York (Peck, 285). JUNE, 1877. 30 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1. 404 The Myxomycetes of the United States. Var. B. aurea C. Sporangia densely coespitose, sub-globose or obovate, shining golden yellow (resembling T. chrysosperma, but of a brighter, deeper yellow). Mass of spores and capillitium of a deeper color, nearly orange. Elaters cylindrical, obtuse at the ends, terminating in a smooth point about as long as the diameter of the elater. Spirals three to four, with intervening depressions rather wider, scarcely prominent. Spores globose, minutely but thickly spinulose, 013". diam. Cooke, Brit. Myzx., fig. 258. On rotten wood. Portland, Maine (Fuller). 126. TRICHIA ABRUPTA Cooke. Sporangia clustered, globose or ovate, sessile on a delicate hypothallus, ochrey brown, or pale bay brown. Mass of spores and capillitium of nearly the same color. Elaters cylindrical, terminating in obtuse ends, with one, two, or three diverging acute spines as long as the diameter of the elaters. Spirals about four, with rather broader intervening depres- sions. Capillitium and eporee dull yellow under transmitted light. Spores globose, delicately warted, -012™". diam. Cooke, Brit. Myx , jig. 256. On rotten wood. Portland, Maine (Fuller). 127. TRICHIA CHRYSOSPERMA Bull. Curt., Cat., pp. 113. Trichia nitens Pers., Obs., i, 62. Schw., Am. Bor., 2328. Trichia turbinata With., Arr., iv, 180. Curt., Cat., p. 113. Trichia ovata Pers., Obs., ii, 85. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 23826. Spores :01—:012, rarely :015™". On wood and sticks. Car. (Curt., Schw.); Maine (E. C. B.); California (Harkness); Boston (Farlow); N. England (Russell); N. York (Peck) ; Penn. (Schw.). INCERTA: SEDIS. 128. TRICHIA ANGULATA Schw., Am. Bor., 2333. Licea angulata Fries, 8. V.S. Inside fallen bark of Fraxinus. Bethlehem (Schw.). 129. TRICHIA MINIATA Schw., Am. Bor., 2322. On bark. Bethlehem (Schw.). 130. TRICHIA PUNCTULATA Schw., Am. Bor., 2330. On carious wood. Bethlehem (Schw.). 131. TRICHIA DIFFORMIs Schw., Am. Bor., 2334. On rotten wood of Juglans nigra. Bethlehem (Schw.). _ Th #2. x) aM haw Me i iy St . " The Myxomycetes of the United States. 405 132. TRICHTA RENIFORMIS Peck, N. Y. Reports. On bark of Acer. N. York (Peck). Genus 35. Hemigrcyria R. 133. HEeMIARCYRIA RUBIFORMIS (Pers.). Trichia rubiformis Pers., Disp., t. 1, f. 3. Schw., Am. Bor., 2321. Trichia Neesiana Corda, Ic., i, 2886. Trichia pyriformis Hoffin., V. Cry., t. i, f. 1. Spores :01—-011™". On rotten wood and moss. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.) ; Canada (Dickie); Boston (Farlow); N. York (Peck). 134. HEMIARCYRIA CLAVATA (Pers.). Trichia clavata Pers., Disp., p. 11. Schw., Am. Bor., 2324. Trichia obtusa Wigand, t. 11, f. 4. Spores :008—-009™. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; Boston (Farlow) ; Conn. (Wright) ; N. York (Peck). 135. HEMIARCYRIA LEIOCARPA Cooke. Hemiarcyria pallidula Cooke in litt. Sporangia simple, obovate or pyriform, rarely almost globose, pallid, with a stem of the same color, as long as the diameter of the sporangia. _ Mass of spores and capillitium concolorous, or with a slight ochraceous tint. Capillitium sparse, forming a loose net. Tubes branched in a retic- ulate manner. Spirals three, thin, prominent along the convex side of the tubes, mixed with a few short obtuse spines. Spores globose, with a thin membrane, :0125—-:014™". Cooke, Brit. Myzx., fig. 252, 255. On decayed vegetable debris. Portland, Maine (Bolles). Many of the threads are attached to the inner wall of the sporangium, after the manner of ah The Myxomycetes of the United States. 409 153. PERICHZNA IRREGULARIS B. and Curt., in N. A. Fungi, No. 371. Spores globose, then broadly elliptic. On bark Car. (Curt.). SPECIES INQUIRENDA. 154. PrERICH#NA FLAVIDA Peck, in N. Y. Reports. On moss. N. York (Peck). [Perichena strobilina Fr., S. M., iii, 191, is referred to Pleosporopsis strobilorum CErst. } Notre. Many species are inserted in this synopsis, as for instance those of Schweinitz, provisionally and approximately, as the intimate structure is too little known to give them a definite position with any degree of certainty. Although these uncertain species are included under definite genera, it must not be supposed that these approximations are given with confidence as to their absolute accuracy. END OF VOL. XI. i " ’ 7 o) His MMI MIRNA et cian OF LAN ke | aby . 4 Ps ‘ vs, ~ Pra ob 6 va ee t : Le a Ae ae +4 if 5 2 Ry: 7 ha Uo eo eee : r Foe » id ry phe 5 i ' P ‘ é “ Bile VOR fly 2 se : D A ‘ . ‘ ay ". ‘ ee’ : fs de ft < 5 LPOCiGe see Sete ef ~ Uy?" ieee Ley aah OSES bee wigs VE? © Phe) PAR VEE A Gime vaste ee ras 2 ate ’ s ie - ‘ ti W , u : . é mtle Pat eo Ue see iad | t f Us 1W3a) cad he ies ME Ee aL bi i ‘ ‘os Re : is 4 Py ie ay - as 5 its "ht & (Ob ED 2) i ee aed bad 3} a £ as 9 , Wy . oie f dear} teats Rei hed Oye ie Viseey é f 5 : 1 ; aa Oa }- 4 tt IPSN IED PaRhiGeins 4p on Pee? i earod ti 1st) PN Dex. [The names of new species are printed in Roman letters ; synonyms and species to which reference is made are in Italics; names of sub-families, families, or higher divisions, in SMALL CAPITALS. | PAGE. PMMOEUIINTS ete ees) cave 2 woe 343, 344, Acronycta brumosa.......... 92, 93 PANTICHICANUS © anaes One| OWGOLAA «1. aloo cle ino ys =ys 9: BEN SCOUT ate eae cro ehereeere 344 | WONG . 5 105, 106 maculalum........66- 373, 3879 PMS PMOPELCA NS ici ieite tices ele « d11, 312 Olmistedie's 2.2 2) so eet 368 ZOO TOGA tes over Sets Ole stigmeeum...... 309, 311, 369 Aster notremia mesotr em. 368 LES SCLOMIUTIUSH res, <6 eve: oro eneectet aie 311 PAU HIESESEN(EINAD oi-S, :2).ae. ec. «whey arene 376 | Bonasa winbelloides .......: Ri rctEN 10 Athyris subtiliia.......... 1G}, ali alts! LETTILCLS Sat cet onahe tote ee eee 10, 145 PNUMTOSPNETES§ RM hk Bese cece Botaurus lentiginosus ........... 12 percentage of carbonic an- Branta Canadensis ...........4. 12 WNP A LE MEL ‘ioctl Sica a cra rele Pf Cig el 671.241 A ER Mae Pee 361 percentage of oxygen in.. BREFELDIACEAD 5). 6 34.5.15 2. 398 270, 271 | Brefeldia maxima. .::2:2..-.... 398 Atmospheric ozone, 272, 273, GI .c. SEC RR Re ee OLl, 310 2t4,, 2io°| Brookville Coals): . ies. oe TOs aus, PAVE ITALS SAS ao S535 eee ey 383, 398 | Brownsville Coal..... 47, 51, 52, 57 PMiny pa MelicnlaSTs. 2232328 Fac 295 | Bryttus Floridensis............. 360 Aulopora arachnoidea........... 156 MULANODS A Rievapie srr creer 309 Mumicuiawpellucens (2s. ees ee 87 ANUUNCO PUSS, shor tas ee srcnereectetatae 359 AtiTiecMlellar tag: S24. 5084 192, 198, 194 PELL CULOLUSUc 2 Raley ettle, items 360 Aviculopecten Whitei.......... Si) PEW ORT CCH She rere terrae rie 9 Aythya Americana... 5.00. 3~s 13 Vanginnanusss 2 sae eee 9 414 PAGE. Bucephala albeola....... v2 en 13 AINCTICONU, isk settle eel USER GLI G1 One asin ora eta ac 13 Bulimellla. = te ae 401 WUTICOLO BS ho eee 401 NTLOLCROCOTD 0) «=e eee 401 UCT OCOIOC) =1-tereri ieee eee 401 WLGTO DUST 4-1 eee 402 UCT OS COUCH eee ... 402 TRURULUSS Ue cee eee 402 DUT DUTCUa =e eee ese kU TUPOL 20s oie isis: ate veo ... 401 MUFESCENS. sn iar eee 401 SDICHOER Se yee ree tee oa 401 LETICLUC irene ins ahs ahha nee 401 CULO OTIS: ciaenlecueeene eae 401 CRIBRARIACH A.) . 2... . 393 GDERLOLON.tarcere tars an teses 294, 296 OBLONG UTIL sare ale tersrodereneretere 384 [AUC WUOPN . Bon osona ck 295, 296 DAWU setts st ea seterd vie 386 418 Index. PAGE. PAG Diderma reticulatum...........-. 383 ; Didymium festaceum...... ee C/IMUOOMONNES 5 6 aoa gabon 2C)e TLOTUTUTID s+ «cic 0) eet SQUCMULOSUMT: «.\s 2k 2-2 = 2 391 UOTUROPUS .).1- «ela cteeeeetee LESLOGCCUIM a eiciohi ete Son oer oere 398 | Wilobaeiceeess Pe Bd i Mi AOMMC CON ese ohio 5 3 .o.8 Loe 598 | DIODONTIDIN Ac 3s +. eet eee VOLUCEUT Se oe ote tee 306) | Dioplitesteaes sare seo teee 313, UCTNLCOSUM ss token ie cteeieneree 389 INE CORSTS Wels sors heen mete 1D inp av OU NOTDYE OS Geom oOo a ool OF . dol SOUMOIMES (2. -senvsl sis eheterelone SLCC MOTT cs jo erates cins set orolaneeeyaaere 391 Te Criliyh ts Wags weyenchake Srteeraete chrysopeplum............. B84 variabilis ..... cya Giese ene CURCTEUIN Ra nacinite nea ens Fag olen) | LD oles ae acon ce 370, 373, CLUTUS er aA Note redone race 391 blenniOides\.n ee eee Slit CONSIUCNISS votes See eRe 392 SUMOLENUA a me leneeieyete gee 370, CONGESUUNU) 121) eke rtaieieraae 384. | DISCina 7: 6b sees sees SAR COWMOTUTY: nates cents Saree 386 CORPO 5 yack = senate COSLOLUINE sence a hecioclen eis 391 GisGusPis jo cocccees oaie aoe NTIS MOTO Has books oe B85: DISCUS a eetiolaeee, See ee COMM STIR as Dees mene aie 390 | Diseases, catarrhal......... 278, ORGIES 4o See anc dioklaerss 393 misilarials 5). ....0eeeset nee CHTUSUM ae ii efi ee tenerna eee 392 7FVMOUC awe 2 See 278, GURU. vo 35510 co 200 385 relation of, to ozone, HJ OMMMICA Ua nee a8 80000 oor 391 273, 274, U CRIT 11] RR arene, Pie one 392 | Dolichonyx oryzivorus. ...... My HUD UIIES ee at yee enayeraueen eRe Beo)| Dollardeesc.n.sea cone eee WUT URGCCLUU Mle ree eee 389 | Dorysoma cepedianum.......... GLOMCUI Ys earrs'o es ee ueneete iene 384 heterunuines. eee QLODOSWINE aietzh) aie eri eRe 393 | Drinking-water, analysis of, 260, GMAT OT UM hycteter ists kere: 391 impurities in, PARDO TIDE Wane Baa aa ee 0.6 6 391 283, 284, 285, 286, [PUCOTIS tsetet Some aareeed® 380s. SOL | MDGUM kts, toes ao le eee LODOTUN ee en ee ae ee S04) DRY MASS ,..5:9.5 yee 34) 35, VUteO-QTISCUM gases 2 apse n> « 386 | Dryocampa Dicolor............. MEG ONOS DOTTIE wale setae ool | Hatonia medialis. .-\.— 32 eeaeree MELONO DUS — eine cider aol PeCUliaTris. 6% 4 eee CUCU tur retort eM ays 384 SINGUlGTIS=...- sete ee MUGCLOCUNPON:\ 4. scleral: OL | iburnellas i-inr MACUMORO Kg ooo 5% 35 40 Fc 389 | ECHINOSTELIACEA.........- aa MUGTUDESI Bes eee ere ene SOL) EChimostel ruins ss ee eee 5 Sethe COMISTAilae gas6 sean a0 ue 387 | Midemiangn cia ss soe ee OxMliNUN . 2... *pelerense hells 392 GIDIFMONS sas =r, oheoae enero 91, physarinides (Fr.) ....... 891 aeckaGile meee Hastie physarioides (K1.)........ SUMUW ID ChTONGT yg dost gdoaoashasc 121, polycephalum (B. & C.).... 388 Pondignal =e polycephalum Rav.) ...... 386 Sylva: .ts ce ere ce POLYMON PRR =.) - tee teh aiejetel- 386 | Belt. pvc ee bein See ee (ROMO S Geog ens co Geos 392 | Ellobium Ceylanicum....-.. Te POUSTUUT er, ah eke sgn sero eaey sea 392 | Empidouax Acadicus....... Ree IMIG Jaa ba05% 6 be ae, Waist) CQUfictlis.se «2. 1 ee TUPUDESKtchapai-ols ee ere 394 lomiventnis sneer SUNULONS sav tsjeved eestor 392 HOmMondi” = inser BE aS spumarioides...... aa ae 395 OUD TONS Go ois o1o-0 Lee SQUGMULOSUITUS delet telneteeler 391 ODSCUTUS HS sith. tone QUANT 36 aco 5 55 Jap oue 393 (EUISIIIISS 3a cba soso cHes 2 6- SUOTOSCUNT corolla eee Siok, 392 DM lero. coc Be ad bo ‘ HA MEOHD, 8 ead C4046 Sc 387 | Encrinal Limestone............ terrigenum ... ...++..++... 385 | Endodonta inecerta...........171, Index. 419 PAGE. PAGE. Endodonta lwmuloides .......... 171 | Eurystomus megastomus........ 345 PENOUO SPORE AU tetersaie!s ov «soc. «61s SOoi| HAMIGOpIs.. |. < cass srecteecets, « 102 Enerthenema Berkeleyana....... B97 | MOXIJIS: fit cal che smycrate errno LOS CAIUS Scho OR ROR Gea eE DO (el) LEX OOLOSS UMM aciets mcrae arate 820, 345 ENERTHENEMACE ........... 397 | QUDIUN DA ase occeves ates ty OSD Enteridium olivacewm (Ehr.)..... 400 | Lesuewrianum.........+-. 320 ohvaceum (Schw.)........ 387 MOCTOPLERUMT. << 216 =< 2 22 « 345 Episema.......... 363, 364, 369, 377 | Spinicephalum .. 2.2.05. 325 TOMUUO sets. sjavlat=: «vo Siarcaserais Sip | SROSPORR AK codecs taceeeere? 383 Gallisemia. 2.6.24 363, 364, 369 | Fabatana oviplagalis............ 128 SLUICE Steray aaa izy «isis BLS fel MEMO eee O code eope trac ob 9 Bremophila alpesiris............ 6 CONUMUMISED s10-td 4 ots cestetens) ate 9 Sj GHPYSOUBTUU. . 4 sis os sere > 6 POUJOOTUS Sr ra staid exesitiees «leche 9 occidentalis ....... epee oe Gil) BYAUCONIED Ate seach see eer aie 9, 145 Ereunetes pusillus.............. 11 | ‘‘ Favosite Limestone”’..... 294, 298 PIIC OSMAN CVIMES «k's a soe See Ba) | IDEN WOTUGS COWIE cen enoe concne 296 RG VMN ATO UCCOLO a slice oa oe 376 lelHiilemitagi Pilg ee cae Go ae 295, 298 Erimyzon, 346, 347, 357, 365, 368 Niagarensis......294, 295, 298 369, 370, 373, 377 | Ferriferous Limestone.......15, 17 oblongus, 346, 347, 357, 365, 369 | Francis Joseph glacier......... 254 370, 373, 377 | Freeport Limestone.... ....15, 16 melanops, 347, 348, 368, 369 | Frickella.................. 1938, 194 Ol ia EL RUN Cols UND AR yy crohs «ors ee srsueve)e6 5, 140 SILGCILC NR el nat trav tcete, hevievs) o Nexo) aye) || LN UIDKOS, cere ee on ocenocdose 11 PEGUMCTINIG 5 0. care. esleie wisiwionasises Dee MMOS 2. 305 ag sen gorse )sie © 389 RIS AUD TOTO sa eo een 2 - 113))|| JM DINE ChiidiSae doprewieeo cece ence 13 Esocip#........ Behe diolaliaetisss 324, 376 COMGIS es Ben Sot clsutes, ota ete 1é Esox....324, 358, 362, 368, 369, 376 MUDT ION Sn chal sy wkiherchae st ohebaea & 13 GipUISho 6 2 = De AOLO MOOS, OOF) ME UIMC INNS! 1s eh srcnes erctclelene ele 322, 823 (HONS 6 Gea otras Seif Noare OR COLEUS Sac oo senators, aancte st B2: CORIO. Seas Eee Doe OER DOOM GAC OUI. cine ee terse sere ty oretoer BD, 46 IEQUET CHMUS S15) staiev fe to holia!h 324 | Galeoscoptes Carolinensis ....... 2 ROPE I: charsis vg a Dee nto shar 368 | Gallinago Wilsonii..........- pe, dll reticulatus...324, 325, 362, 869 | Gambusia..... LE ae eee 3822 OUIMONEUS Ne, ced arco wise Bese oO LO h Car edker, 5.08 actors qerexcueemciee 353 tridecemlineatus........... 324 | Geomalacus maculosus....... 31, 45 tridecemradiatus .......... eau ME COPMI Ae. cee enone aoe a hernels 183 Estrella atromaculata ........... Sila FG COSUIDIAE sires cle oars Gusleneereies 153 Etheostoma . .310, 312, 315, 373, 375 CAT 68 othe SaHaoe 152, 154 bimaculatum.............. 312 | Geothlypis Maegillivrayi........ 4 COMMU: fet ian ie 3 copefeiseraione Oe 315 Philadelphia. ......6 01006 4, 137 COPROGES mo hd crek pores Sit, 312 CCHS Tn eet tepae hoses wey LTA TT COTO cl OSE 378, 875 | Geotrygon rufiventris.......... 90 MEDORA BG cats 8O6 Oe Slo AGITARCMMRCIUNYS:. 5 x.2'07« ive eaters 322 nigrofasciatum ..........- Sil) | Cnidemdtohoonhee 6 eeaeeaccacdeccuec B22 semifasciatum ........ 311, 312 | Glandina truncata.......... 167, 195 BOUTIN RATA tye seeiciehetdaterte 312 | Glossoplites........... 358, 859, 360 BUN alysis arava Seth osetehs econ Set oe 103 Culmemang aca aooes Deo ce 360 UP UT ChA co: dh.tos Saisie 104 TLCLORODS Ae rea peers ....008, 309 IG IMOSHOMAUIS f eateia\ 2 etsy otctes eels ai) | Giantess oe aboueucoesc aa loo PEGOUUCHIG: Fe 5), s/cins reise Oe Gly plocy sites. 2.2... 00s sees gel hoe Euomphalus rugosus........... 1 | COG WemUle se age odaces Couce 328 Euparthenos nubilis............ 301 | Gongylostoma......... Modelers 187 Eupomotis pallidus............. 868 | Goniaphea Ludoviciana......... 140 TE gg 010 hs ~ae- LOO) Graculus dilophuss <0... .- Jide alo BUY GLALETAS 3 <0 sale ere spoeirohs tke) (Cum ininiey meee genmnccenenace lle 420 Tnidex. PAGE, GUAMIUONY SIN). ose alee ores Re 120 MOnalleliin. nuk ete eek 120: 121] Ground-atmosphere........ 276, 277 (GRIT ED Aller Wace conn Atte acne eee 12 GrusiGanddensiswii.. oases eee 12 GIRVSHESNY FkcihenAcietencons & 313, 314, 315 : OSCHILUS 5h ide! se oe eter: 315 RAL OHIOIA S Busenoone au 4 cl 314 PUONICHIUSE S iM nais acbatoine 314, 315 MODILLOINS tien a ee 314 INOLISTESNSEA BEA Shia ook 314 SQUINOLOES) 6 tt tothe nists ailisy, aula! SCLMONOLCES sary tec te eae 315 Guesteria Powisiana......... 78, 79 Gymnokitta cyanocephala....... is Gymnothorax polygonius ...... 68 LIMO TOSUSh ee ees seer 67 PRAM en an cojuneidiea seis ee ee ere oe 96 (ELUM). see ese ersc se ea ciee 305 LGNCOSCELISI Re Pyaar teice 306 Hladropierus’s = yess sock ace 309 nigrofasciatus, 309, 310, 357, 369 Haliaetus leucocephalus... 2.02... 9 MamultoniGroups -stos--e se 290, 292 EXE LOM ON OUUS! eee: (ee traeayel = 318 CONCINIUS ne & erie rere ero ee 319 grumniens, 318, 319, 369, 370 376 RCCLS TN ® Ara rors Rie inie 319 MECLCCIMSI Aes eis noite ae tdci 319 Harporhyuchus crissalis.......- 2 TROT IUS Pte aomete ol otoosar neocon 132 Hedimeles melanocephala.......- 6 IBUTGAOASE 6) heehee mania at 11) DSN UI KO10 OW: Oe amin Te cae Ase ice isco Y= elite 3} 6) HeEiicina, 33, 36, 37, 38, 40, 147 | 152,171, 187 | Helicina Columbiana... 0.0.02... 87 | CHITINTANG) eee eee 150 CUMANGU AA Ries leet arlene 150 Guddelupensiss a tas eee = 200 UNWEIT Cs 5 5 5 nd Ne 149, 150 MEMRONGIUS eke Owe 87 PGAUORGS.s 52k Sse eee 151 PDUCUD Sees sigd chee Oe ere TTS 200 WUGOSQN civia ache Movsi sun siete 151 . 198 SUURLGNG sa as eee 149, 150 PIELICONED AI. wc sl «casei 95, 108 Hleliolonche::.0.2%2,...'« esac ee 102 Helioperca, 309 ODSCUTGs tea, taveceeee 368, 369 pallida, 355, 361, 369, 375, 376 HIME EOP AUD Aas Se Histel erate eae 107 Peliothisn: 24 56 5.4.00. sere 103, 108 MNOGICCUGL nt) stat eteeic et: 102 Helix PAGE. QUOOIDUTISS Ahn oes oe ene 178 CULE 3.3 <4. te 196 ammonocerds...........-. 86 CONOMILOTOR c+... toe eine 148, 149 ONGUSICLON,)- 21-\- celeron 148 Arangiana.... 2..... 197, 198 CUTOSO 7 een es eee L792 195) aspera, . .... 147, 148, 173, 195 JAUGCLORUU aaa eee 82, 149 QUT CLIC ee eee 176, 196 AUT OStOM ihe mine = toler are ete 179 ORIG Ee cee eee 26 Larbigengs. tr! ens mieteeia 174 bizonalis....... 81, 82, 148, 197 Boolhionda ss) see 198 bracteolas s3 ois cece Californiensish ame eee 30 COPACONMON. PE... 32 a Ree 82 Carpenierit : 0 o3 sapere 178, 196 Carpenteriana......... 177, 195 CODD: Aion hiss iene 151, 198 CEVCOUIS? cc a eee 77, 196 Clarhghed.. os. <0 aoe Oe nee ClOUSE 5 Se) Se 295) AS CONS DENSUIC : 0a. 82 GRISPOLG..- ea. 81, 151, 174, 195 CENlenists seen eee 173, 196 Diabloensisn cee eee 179, 196 QUSCOLOTi ae eis eae 27, 44, 147 Puclosiands See ee SO CHONG ot Asie eee 179 CXDICLO Boe. ho al ae 178, 196 POLCLOL Se choca tee 179, 196 Hod p el & sos0n oc 174, 196, 200 HEDUer),< 7- ities sie eee (i fringilla... 178, 175, 195, 196 PUSCO=CINCIC.. vet eile 82 Gaslcoinin << .22s' 80, 81, 197 Giviesbreqhitt: 1-12 .. saa eee 394 UNS CHIDUULS saves aholeaed sla 318 THON TNUITE ese he ee 394 OCT OGIURGTarolovise stale iste ere = 31/79) LUREIDOSTHID Al. wane nee 398, 377 MeEOGIOUSE Semsceines nots & Silya| oepidosteus.- >... .0ee eee Be VU RICUULU Phe Ae ere 361 CODEC ln ee ae 354 Sinai Ghul seers 375 ER OVETISIS He 354, 377 Intricaria reticulaia.......-2.... 156 LCSUCUIT) - nts ao ae 354 CEG Glen int eee ae ee 362 OSSCUSIS 2 aee 353, 368, 369, 377 PUR POT sien cere tok ae ence tte 375 OOP TUS te dlc ok oe Re 353, 354 Fumi pinoe Mullet ase eee 349 ONYUPUS cere eee eens 354 = Jumpin) Peanchey. eee eeewet 375 TM eCuliie ae» ate 308, Boe JUMEOVCUNICEDS le. cis a cae eee eee 6 | Lepiopomus..... .816, 317, 555, 361 RYCMOAIS! Se ee hee 6, 140 CUTMUUSH Rents eee 361, 369 Onegouus ace ost eee 6 INGISOP S/d ee 318 Kittaning: Coali.. >. 2. seees 1d; 016 IS CHYTUS. 0a -h hse = Ree 300 Wabeor ere Sie cee ee 346, 347 MOACTOCHIUS +5. Sh. 50a een CLEG OTIS! LAs 1 Woe astern 347 EPNELUS 4) 5d a3 Sta ene 576 HSOPUS Tren oe ree Meee B47 OUSCUPUS Aus, (ino cree 317 GTDDOSTISHi nis act. eee eee 347 POUES Heteeee ws OO, eulan ODLONGUS we (ie clei ters 346 | Lepisosteus gavialis ........... 393 Index. PAGE. Lepomis, 813, 314, 315, 316, 317, 358 359, 360, 361 DCMU acle a's eS icteru s,s wee 315 appendix PRS Cievs cic) ove.e-c Rhee 361 CU ROLES ANCL BOA eee 317 GUMS sn Ss on se ee 316, 361 CGMUULLS sae Nee pa aed 399 PUSTILGGe Meath ac tetera ts 383 Cy 10 TELE ae gee 398 SPCTMLOULES Aa set aaneed arate 402 SUUPUGHIN Na 2 takes Geese 399 CUD ILUINCM aia est art eee 399 SOTO OSC ieee Goo One 399 TORN GW AN at (ole. '5.. Fulceendiorels tte 398 ENIGHRS IN STUIOSUS: 4 ste ee cee 295 IGVOANUISE. Gorse oe ete ate 38, 40, 42 ASCICUEST a ie 39, 40, 41, 42 virgineus, 39, 40, 41, 42, 44 45, 198 MIMS eh SA aps whee 22, 23 GOES Si rorya ere 21, 23, 24 campestris. .....-.- 23, 24, 169 COSTONCUSER PEA te Rasen ates 169 flawus...:..:..-20) 21; 22, 23 LIOESTONT AA tea ee foe 22 RUG E Bees Sr SSC 169 ARONA OU Seis 3 Met Me crelol6 tae 23 montanus......-. 169, 195, 196 Wieunlandis. '. |. 3. eine 364 (COOH 5 Boro hota ola de 6 oc 198: || (Sienna s. siche cio ce ete ee 375 TENDS ooo Ome O ods fe Han Ma OSS) NE Wepemerneinirariearees oad cuo-cres.ols 96 FERGUINGT SOM. sewn ese oe 83) Mnvotilla orig: 4.4. see 134, 135 a aiieamus cine scenes 83, Jol} Modiomorphary sy... eee 123, 124 NS Wiliilie sc cite) sce ac aeeeets 83 Pimentana. 2-25. eres 128 LEMUNDUMCOLIS tics eeiate Mee 84-| Moharra de ley .: 392. eee eee 61 MEXCTOCVCIIB). . Ac os ace 22220, vZdal(MOlenesia=..-.f..0)eei eee 322 IBQUMONTS. oo see celts 70, “7S eMiolothiruspecoris!: «sci 7, 141 CORCUUM anes is eeiier Seco 4a NOnotermaneane oe iid Ae 392 CONGOLOT 3 repo rca even oee WAS? OAS MOTH Ia. «45 sas, os Stee if DURONEL 2 fos haeesle enseeie tore (A |) MODAGILLID ZA sa: 2. soo eee : CUSPING. strcineuterss sueeiseks 73 | Mount Arrowsmith: | 42 -e-seeee 202 (AMO G)s Fa.8 hare eee puiate tes ORh eer 7 Aspiring: \-).5-. seieeoee 202 SHOT LEU Citra nysto ieee ike 7 Cooke 7. Sc-ke 252; 2a. coe Vancouverensis........... Ge Earnslaw, VOOM S Siete en goatee ae toes ve 257, 258, 259, 260, 262 Macrorhamphus griseus........ 11 HomMoOnt, te)... ct ee eee 251 Mahoning Sandstone........ 14, 15 Ruapebu..);. 0: eee 251 Malacolinax 232-2. Ae eee eee 23 Ra STi. pe. eco 252, 253, 254 Mamestraadjuncia. | . aareerrine 96 | Tongario 2.2.43 e eee 251 OR OSSICGE Ek, nice ee EEE 96 | Tyndall ic... eee 254 CUD ae oi stes els Giolsiens EIA 96 | Moxostoma. ..346, 347, 348, 349, 360 PROM USA A= eae eee 7 QNISUBUS see ene LOT, 48 Mareca Americana ..:....:....- 12 Connpellua ine see eee 347 Medina Sandstone........ ee aero COrUINUM: - 2:22 cee eee 365 Index. 425 PAGE. PAGE. Moxostoma Duquesnii oo... 2... 349 | Nocomis bellicus .............. 356 JAC TGA DN ool nCnee Bree 347 | bigutatus, 329, 855, 369, 370 TOGHUMON SMa ahel chek. en «6 21 Xe 347 | SV tay evils QUID WIM wee os Abode ose 346, 347 | CUSSTINILIS are eerie 329, 376 MCLOTIEE CAAA RS sic Sls fs B47 Nebrascensis'.........328, 806 CON iii iesd Ee 321 | rubrifrons . - 328, 530, 362, 369 Mugil Brasiliensis, Winchelli. , 328, 3380, 333, 369 Glo. 6d" 64065. 1667 GNOGMUMMAN eer sa ack teers 109 (CAREER hes ORO Ree OIE 61, 64} Notemigonus..... 343, 344, 364, 368 Gaimardianus, Americanus,........ 344, 364 61,63, 64, 66 365, 369, 377 TCHS Star a ie kerc oe IS 61 | CU GEIS Rn on ee ae 344 EBTOMCNUS: dc saeto elire oes 62 ischanus, .. .364, 365, 368, 369 DR: BR Mee oe SR Lion Saks 63 | UG MROSOIUS Se Cece a ce COO & 365 PIGUNOSUS Is © a cto tacts aes 61, 64} UU CURIS tec teteraty tera or hers ots 369 CHOW OMe sah cee ere. eas 66 OCCLOENUOUTSI as anctarctont serene 369 "WHT ENR oR oct ee 346 | SECO ME Ne enor) eae Rp ae oe 365 WTeeMarOnG Ula... ssc s ss seek 352 | Nothonotus camurus ........... 37) Miviarchusrcnimituss .. .....4.-/ 142 | Nototropis. . .334, 336, 337, 342, 345 NEV GHMOZO Ns oct: ole 5 eee ie: 38: GURETINOIGESs oo Secs ve eieeioere 342 Myiadestes Townsendii.......... 5 GUNES pare eyo 370, 373, 377 AIRY PATINEI UNGAR 5) < aos. cvehei dw eioke ine 5 | MIMS ene s 4 pate ae 342. 369 Myarchus cineruscens..........- 7 RTLOLUUULTULES oa os Jat-a ote) seus are ene 342 lin AU EN RUE Gen eepeador 71 micropterye ..........373, 375 DE EGRATL CHUM cst aroe e eee AER: 71 ONOLOUCTUS ne < voters! 18 LU CODE COTE Tae 402 TAR LCTNGMNULS Ae Se slo ee 16 DULRITIUO are Sisk eo te etches eure 398 semi-reliculatus ........ iC ally TUS COTE. sient cucrel er etaierere 386 Proetus parviusculus.... 2... 156, 157 plumnlcope ne 25 eRe eee 400 IProgne punpured. «02.5. d eee es 139 DOO oir as 5 22 aca: 389 CUD ISS CATR NTCR ae Pee a 4 OOP one oopoccasdoe 402 Propagation of disease......... 278 UMUT UTE. asc sheteisseys\ 2 wees es 402 Prophysaon Hemphilli.......... 132) MERIC UIGAR TA ec ne elon 402 Protoderma pusilla... ......4.:; 383 | RETICULARIACHA............. 402 PROTODERMACEA).....5/.....- 383 | Rheocrypta Copelandi........... 376 EROVODHEMEAD .) 52.0. 5...03. 383 | Rhinichthys........... 331, 369, 3877 Psaltriparus plumbeus .......... 3 OMPONGSUS' > 2215441) felts dol, 369 LES CLELCG) CE Ge Sr 85 UMUOIUS °5: « nts" 5g's 5 8s 3-0 hens 331 1E (i CLUTST ET) ie eae ee ey re 295 obtusus...... 331, 382, 369, 37 MEHUPEG (VAT )lihre 3.2 sls chan 297 | Rhyacophilus solitarius......... 14 GUUS os Siseie ee ta ee a 296, 297 | Rhynchonella recurvirostra...... 156 ETULOUICHY ANCULa. erase eee cen 156 UCTUIICOS Oss tate arate aici 295 LECLERC eat cies (56a aplalwer. Chibi? sce cine sete 375 Ptychostomus, 347, 348, 349, 365, 366 River-pollution... .280, 285, 286, 287 OUT COIS 6 io. ee ee DA Sa OAGM GE cas 5 bs a/elvo te Se taser 343 WnCeOrs ss Asani co SH Gis EMU S ay fares 2h siesayeasye, ei 325, 329, 344 CET OUIRG Sc. Hise ther chee ore 365 AMblOps......6..seeeeees 329 ERUGHESTIBE An's So Soar de Nee 22 349 MOTUS eve! e aete nake ere 325 CRUTUTUS 5 5 a0 starving sisi nts 348 chrysoleucus...5...5..+- 344 WCU CUAOILS tap os). y A We Ah e > é aetna. ie? ORR due, ae ah teen , la ree ‘ Ww x he mae Gb A i * nPrnlkiae 56 Ar ro) aay F Ann. lyc Nat. Hist. N-Y. Vol. XL. Pl. Vil. 1.3 Mugtl Gatimardiunius 4_8. Mugil Cr ich otbcre. rn re ar a ae fidiy, by os DT git + Vol. Xl. PL 1X Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. NY. Nip GH ce a 3 web osus. KL G@ ae ymnothora. 34. Neoconger perlongis. Py; ead f ay ar re re Amn Lyc. Nat. Hist. NY. Vol. XL PLX iv. yuenothorax poly gontes. G c A \ u § \ ' oso " \ \n \\ Nes S Ps NYG yy th ‘ Su = \ Ni aN ' } 2 AWOKG > ss . ~ ~ \ ws Y RANCS So = er od —" a = ee eS _——e Am. Lyc, Nat. Hist., N. Y. Vol. XI., Pl. XI. ~2 2 Z B. Cramaercin, S0.4.U- We 2 CERAURUS PLEUREXANTHEMUS, GREEN. Drawn by ©. D. Watcorr. Engraved by B. B. CramBer.in. VolLXL Plate XI Ann of iavc Nat.tist. of NY. 2 WGB.de ee 1 at THBuffords Sons Lith Boston = ay a Qa © Des Es a at .paliidior OC ‘e 3.f1. spinosa.4eEa nla: Poe ea th 5 ay : cy MP Sr Sow. =) OU. septemvohza i = i a y iol Hem : Q Nat aA = Be (Ariol Hemphill. 9 A Anderson /G@ } 3 yy ‘ } vat Pom ob lage. Nat Fast. of NY Feo) aWaloatsyT : YOLAL riate Xl p a eee PONE JHBaffords Sons tith Reston eee OE ss Sa: —) weet ; ie : By Rea) e are oy Pe =a ls Z ALT ahica Saale Vevre 15 .L ,.cerinal le us Anth ey iphid i ima Raws mu: j SOEs ec 7 Tp LD) GHiGoe : 2G yo ee HiCoecil Gundlachi Ae F Orthalic us eae LILUE Vat: EH rans Ca (Sus ophia inc ‘ania Fay) K HCarpenteriana as cus Pano byc Nak bist of NY. VoLXI Plate XIV: WGE del JHBuffords SonsLithBosion AFifingilla Af 5B. Wamaicerisis (hemn. C.HStuderiana.Zér D. Achilavenusta Afgh.&. Amphib Kawsons HY F G.truncata. Sar G. Achila texts 7é& HA.obesa Newc. on. of taye. Nat East. of NY. ae i] & ra i PY a JH Bufforas Sons Tith Boson. WGB. del. A. Hfringilla .A& B. H Carpenteri /vewe. C.DHspubescens.4£ E Pat. Camberlandiana Zea. F. Gyl. Poeyana. G6 GHDiabloensis. Coop. VoLXI Plate XVI. fem Or lave Nat Hist. of NY Ss fon. Sons Lith Bo JHBuffords Hdenti 7B Zé 5 L zl) fe HE, ereolus. Jy Ee Ss scen WS. LEP =) c = X. 3 Henn, [racer ‘SS Gan ee = — I ae NX Cengage Sie, } Tro. u Ann. of Lyc.Nat Hist. N.Y. Vol. XL, Plate XVII. eee W. GB del. PHO T0- gibt da pih CARBUTT_ LGyl. omnata, G. VILS. pallida , Pf. XIV. H. Hopetonensis, Sh. I-IV. Binneia notabilis. Vill. Xf. H. VanNostrandi,B). XV. Pat.alternata, 5. V- X.H.Tryom,N. IX. XII. H facta, Newc. XVLEnd incerta, M. VLS.papillata, Pr. XI. H. fallax, Say. XVILP. Huahinensis, Pse. XII. H.Rugeli, Sh XIX. H.tndentata;S. ~ WGB del. A HHarfordiana. /@¢ _D Limax montanus G Anol Andersoni. i Ann.of Lyc. Nat.Hist. of NY.) B.Hleporina.G GHIngers =) (Sees GR GhS as lata.Say F limaxca T Amsacgen Ff H AHemophail lt VoLX! Plate New york picapemy OF OCIENCES, No; 12 WEST 3 ist STREET, NEW YORK, socficco—__ In sending herewith the first numbers of the Annals of the Academy of Sciences, and the last of the Lyceum of Natural [istory, the undersigned requests, in behalf of the Academy: that all societies receiving these publications would inform him of any numbers which are missing from their sets of the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History. The Academy wishes, in entering upon the exchange of its new series of Annals, to com- plete the former series, so far as may be in its power, in the libraries of all societies with which it is in correspondence. The Index number, which will complete the last volume (XI) of the Annals of the Lyceum, is delayed—but will be sent ere long. De 8.) MARIN, Chairman of the Publication Committee, N. ¥. Academy of Sciences. AvGusT, 1878. Index and Contents. ] (il { OF THE ‘ 6 x , ; b OF NE f Yonge, et Pec At, - IPRGY PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM. GreGory Bros., Printers,{34 C NE STREBA, LycEumion NATURAL E I ) v a OFFICERS OF THE LYCEUM. 1876. President. JOHN S. NEWBERRY. Vice-Iresidents. T. EGLESTON. BENJ. N. MARTIN, Goryesponding Secretary. H. CARRINGTON BOLTON. Recording Secretary. OLIVER P. HUBBARD. Greasuyer JOHN H. HINTON. Soibyarian. LOUIS ELSBERG. @ommittee of Publication. DANIEL 8. MARTIN. JOHN 8. NEWBERRY. GHO. N. LAWRENCE. HENRY MORTON. H. CARRINGTON BOLTON. Vou. XI. duly, 1s74. Nos. 1-2. ANNALS |LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY oF NEW YORK. NEW YORK: PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM. NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, SALEM, MASS. 1874. SALEM PRESS F. W. PUTNAM & CO., PROPRIETORS. OFFICERS OF THE LYCEUM. 1874. President. JOHN S. NEWBERRY. Vice-Presidents. Dm. EGLEST ON: HENRY MORTON. Corresponding Secretarp. ROBERT DINWIDDIE. Recording Secretary. ROBERT H. BROWNNE. Grewsurer. JOHN H. HINTON, M. D. Librarian. iG ng | AN REDD Jur Be = Committee of Publication. TAH OS. (BiG Aye. JOHN S. NEWBERRY. GEO. N. LAWRENCE. DANTLEL §. ot Ash eae H. CARRIN G TON BOLTON: Bee _ PUBLICATIONS OF THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK. F THE Lyceum or Naturat History commences the publica- ; tion of Vol. XI of its Annals and proposes to issue four numb- = ers every year; each number to consist of not less than thirty-two F pages (octavo), with or without plates. gi Price of yearly subscription, payable in advance, $2. Price of a single number, 60 cents. The Lyceum has established a Publication Fund, contributors _ to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all the _ scientific publications of the Lyceum appearing subsequently to “the payment of their contribution. The Lyceum has on hand for sale, at the price of $38, complete sets of its Annals, as far as published, consisting of ten volumes BB océavo}, illustrated by one hundred and fourteen plates, each = volume containing twelve or more numbers of thirty-two pages. Kt has also for disposal, separately, a limited number of all the volumes, at the price of $4 per volume uncolored plates, $5 per q volume ae colored plates. THOMAS BLAND, Chairman of the Publication Committee. New Yor, JuLy, 1874. ‘ a JOHN H. HINTON, M.D., Treasurer, 41 West 32d Street. [ee Any person reading within the United States, on sending _ the amount of his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will re- ; ceive the numbers as they appear, without further cost. _ Agents in London, Trusyer & Co. P : ; In Leipsic] , BERN. HERMANN. ~ Special agents for the is ceum, NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, “Salem, Mass. CONTENTS. I.—An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah. By H. W. HEn- [212 0:\\' eae ER Tear Nee ee, bar wR ee BS UG Tha: og ll II.—Notes on the Coal Measures of Beaver County, Pennsyl- vania. -By ad. C. WHITE; 7 feel fe een Sere III.— Observations on Some Irregularities of the Floor of the Coal Measures of Eastern Kentucky. By R. P. StTs- VEEN GS ef ak ie tiene ete alae s iuedetaigcarel matete. [ne Ue ates eae IV.— On the Genitalia and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. By W.G. BINNEY. (With’six plates), . . . s . . 20 V.—Notes on the Upper Coal Measures of Western Virginia and Pennsylvania. By I. C. WHITE, - 5.) > 0 bee eeeo Von. XI. June, 1875. Nos. 5-6. ANNALS LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW YORK.\: e 7 NEW YORK: PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM. NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, SALEM, MASS. 1875. SALEM PrEss F. W. PUTNAM & CO., PROPRIETORS. jj. O'S .: BeECAGN Dy. OFFICERS. OF TEE sia CMe 1875. President. JOHN S. NEWBERRY. Vice- Presidents. T. EGGLESTON. BENJ. N. MARTIN. Corresponding Secretary. ROBERT DINWIDDIE. Recording Secretary. ROBERT H. BROWNNE. Greasurer. JOHN H. HINTON, M. D. Pibrarian. Be G. AMEND: Committee of Publication. GEO. N. LAWRENCE. DANLEL.S... MA BEINN: H. CARRINGTON BOLTON. JO EN (Sl oN EWE EB Re PUBLICATIONS OF THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY _ IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK. Tue Lyceum or Natura History has commenced the publica- tion of Vol. XI of its Annals and proposes to issue four num- bers every year; each number to consist of not less than thirty-two pages (octavo), with or without plates. Price of yearly subscription, payable in advance, $2. Price of a single number, 60 cents. The Lyceum has established a Publication Fund, contributors to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all the scientific publications of the Lyceum appearing subsequently to the payment of their contribution. The Lyceum has on hand for sale, at the price of $38, complete sets of its Annals, as far as published, consisting of ten volumes (octavo), illustrated by one hundred and fourteen plates, each volume containing twelve or more numbers of thirty-two pages. It has also for disposal, separately, a limited number of all the volumes, at the price of $4 per volume uncolored plates, $5 per volume with colored plates. THOMAS BLAND, Chairman of the Publication Committee. New York, Jung, 1875. JOHN H. HINTON, M.D., Treasurer, 41 West 32d Street. {= Any person residing within the United States, on sending the amount of his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will re- ceive the numbers as they appear, without further cost. Agents in London, Trupner & Co. In Leipsick, Bern. HERMANN. Special agents for the Lyceum, NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, Salem, Mass. A ' te ie me 5) i ahi ea 2a Prof. Te, R. ee cwith a "Geological by Dr. J. S. Newberry.) Cee res ae XII.—On a New Species of Anarta, and on an. Alliea Genus, wi Pate, Note on the Genus Adita. By Ave. R. Gnome, ‘ XIII.— Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71. On the Devonian | ___» bites and Mollusks of Ereré, Province of Para, B x sh i ‘By Cu. Frep Hartt and Ricwarp RarHsun, XIV.—Note on a Name in Entomology proposed by the late Col 3 3 man Townsend Robinson. Hey Obes GROTE, » . By WituuaM Brewster, Virginia. XVI.—Notes on the § Sub- Generic ® Character of : from Goiatade: By Tuomas s Bran, « severe . Vou. XI. February, 1876. Nos. ¢-8. ANNALS OF THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW “YOR: NEW 2YVORK:: PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM. ' NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, SALEM, MASS. ‘1876; SALEM PRESS F. W. PUTNAM & CO., PROPRIETORS. OFFICERS OF (THE Crt 1875. President. JOHN S. NEWBERRY. i Vice- Presidents. ey Gla Ese OUNy. BEEN dD: fUN:, AMieAG Ry ie Nee Corresponding Secretary. RO) BEER Da NN WeleD a sis bie Recording Secretary. MiOlB EB Ra He BRO We Ni NgEie Greagurer. JO HN: “Eig BONE © Gt Mess, Pibrarian. B. G. AMEND. Conunittee of Publication. TH OFS: / Ba ASN, DE JOHN S. NEWBERRY. GEO. N. LAWRENCE. DANIEL S. MARTIN. He (CoACRMR EIN Gl OUNe sb Ona aeOmNt Vou. XI. December, 1876. Nos. 9-10. ANNALS LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY OF LIBRARY, U.S ig NEW YORK. NEW YORK: PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM. NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, SALEM, MASS. 1876. SALEM PRESS, F. W. PUTNAM & CO., PROPRIETORS. ‘ won Alew ovk Academy of [Late Lycrum or NaTuraL Mistorr.] ee a 1876. ABO) ® ‘ Peesnen, JOVEN iS NEWBERRY. Wice-Presidents, T. EGLESTON. . BENS. N. Corresponding Secretary. Kant H. CARRINGTON BOLTON. | Recording Secretary. OLIVER P. HUBBARD Oreagurer. JOHN H. HINTON. Hibrarian, i LOUIS oe « * Gammuatet of Publication, DANIEL S&S. MARTIN. JOHN | GEO; N. LAWRENCE. ENRY 3 Jal- CARRINGTON BOLTO! S oy PUBLICATIONS OF THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK. Tse Lyceum or Natura Hisrory has commenced the publica- tion of Vol. XI of its Annals, and proposes to issue four num- bers every year; each number to consist of not less than thirty-two pages (octavo), with or without plates. Price of yearly subscription, payable in advance, $2. Price of a single number, 60 cents. The Lyceum has established a Publication Fund, contributors to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all the scientific publications of the Lyceum appearing subsequently to the payment of their contribution. The Lyceum has on hand for sale, at the price of $38, complete sets of its Annals, as far as published, consisting of ten volumes (octavo), illustrated by one hundred and fourteen plates, each volume containing twelve or more numbers of thirty-two pages. It has also for disposal, separately, a limited number of all the volumes, at the price of $4 per volume, uncolored plates, $5 per volume with colored plates. THOMAS BLAND,. Chairman of the Publication Committee. New York, 1875. JOHN H. HINTON, M.D., Treasurer, 41 West 32d Street. f= Any person residing within the United States, on sending the amount of his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will re- ceive the numbers as they appear, without. further cost. Agents in London, TrRuBNER & Co. In Leipsichk, BERN. HERMANN. Special agents for the Lyceum, NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, Salem, Mass. CONTENTS. XVII.—Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, Green. By C D. WaLcoTT, XVIII.— Description of the Interior Surface of the Dorsal Shell of Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. By C. D. Waxtcorr (with plate), XIX.— Description of a New Species of Jay of the Genus Cya- hocitta; also of a supposed New Species of the Genus Cyanocorax. By GrorGEe N. LawRENCE, XX.— On the Genitalia, Jaw, and Lingual Dentition of certain species of Pulmonata. By W.G. Binney. (Witha note on the Classification of the Achatinelle, by THOMAS BLAND) (with plates), XXI.— Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusks, with description of a wew species of the Genus Amphibulima. By THomas BLAND, XXII.—Some Additional Light on the so-called Sterna Port- landica, Ridgway. By WM. BrewsTrR, XXIII. Index to the Literature of Manganese, 1596-1874. By H. CaRRINGTON BOLTON, =— 159 163 166 197 201 208 IN IN, Ave SS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. The ‘‘Annals,” published for over half a century by the late Lyceum of Natural History, will be continued under the above name after the close of the present volume, 1876, by the New York ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. It is proposed, as before, to issue four numbers every year, each number to consist of not less than thirty-two pages (octavo), with or without plates. Price of Yearly Subscription, Two Dol- lars, payable in advance. The Academy has for sale a number of back volumes of the Annals of the Lyceum, each containing twelve or more numbers ; the price per volume is $4.00 with uncolored plates, or $5.00 with colored plates. The Academy has established a Publication Fund, contribu- tors to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all the scientific publications of the Academy appearing subsequently to the payment of their contribution. Communications should be addressed to Prot. Das. MARTIN, Chairman of Publication Committee, 236 West 4th St. TORN ft. HINTON, M: D., Treasurer, 41 West 32d St. {= Any person residing within the United States, on sending the amount of his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will re- ceive the numbers as they appear, without further cost. Agents in London, Trusner & Co. In Leipsic, Bern. HERMANN. Special agents for the Academy, NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, Salem, Mass. Soa XXIV.— Notes on the Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. By ia wee 7 a ts * ud a Goceaeaint Secretary. Pu Elis CARRINGTON BOLTON. f Recording Secretary. OLIVER P. HUBBARD. Treasurer. Fag: ae . OE NTH ey Ep 209 2 ae 4 _ ar : - i Ro Pibrarian. ae ¥ Peer eR yi t ’ DANIEL S&S. MARTIN. GEO! ae LAWRENCE. ist “CARRINGTO ON te am IN IN: ASSESS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. The “Annals,” published for over half a century by the late Lyceum of Natural History, will be continued under the above name after the close of the present volume, 1876, by the New York ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. It is proposed, as before, to issue four numbers every year, - each number to consist of not less than thirty-two pages (octavo), with or without plates. Price of Yearly Subscription, Two Dol- lars, payable in advance. The Academy has for sale a number of back volumes of the Annals of the Lyceum, each containing twelve or more numbers ; the price per volume is $4.00 with uncolored plates, or $5.00 with colored plates. The Academy has established a Publication Fund, contribu- tors to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all the scientific publications of the Academy appearing subsequently to the payment of their contribution. Communications should be addressed to - Prof. D. S. MARTIN, Chairman of Publication Committee, 236 West 4th St. MOEN: El. HINTON, M. D.; Treasurer, 41 West 32d St. {= Any person residing within the United States, on sending the amount of his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will re- ceive the numbers as they appear, without further cost. Agents in London, Trusner & Co. In Leipsic, Bern. HERMANN. Special agents for the Academy, NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, ; Salem, Mass. > fi aie CONTENTS - as Bled nits z Bana ia as XXIX.—A Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of Upper : By Davin SJ ORBAN eye seor-tee eh XXX.—The Myxomycetes of the U1 ited States. ‘By COOKER, 25, Me ig fe al ene ee ATINGIN- AY dS NEW YORK LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. With the present Number, —the coneluding part of the Eleventh Volume,— the publication bearing this name will close, in consequence of the change recently made in the official name of the Society. It will at once be continued, however, under the same management, with the title of the ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Volume I of the new Annals will begin with the year 1877. It is proposed, as before, to issue four numbers every year, each number to consist of not less than thirty-two pages (octavo), with or without plates. Price of Yearly Subscription, Two Dollars, payable in advance. The Academy has for sale a number of back volumes of the Annals of the Lyceum, each containing twelve or more numbers ; the price per volume is $4.00 with uncolored plates. or $5.00 with colored plates. The Academy has established a Publication Fund, contributors to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all the Scientific Publications of the Academy appearing subsequently to the payment of their contri- butions. Communications should be addressed to Pror. D. S. MARTIN, Chairman of Publication Committee, 236 West Fourth St. Or to JOHN H. HINTON, M.D., Treasurer, 41 West Thirty-second St. ——__-—<>-—__—_- je Any person residing within the United States, on sending the amount af his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will receive the numbers as they appear, without further cost. Agents in London, Trusyner & Co. In Leipsic, Bern. Hermann. Special agents for the Academy, ; NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, Salem, Mass. N. B. All subscribers and correspondents are requested to inform the Chair- man of the Publication Committee of any breaks or omissions existing in their sets of the Annals of the Lyceum. Wherever it is possibie to do so, the Acad- emy desires to fill such omissions and complete such broken sets ; and with _certain exceptions in some of the earlier volumes (J, II, and III), it can in most cases readily be done. CONTENTS. Title, Contents, and List of Plates, Vol. XT. rPatasee ete es SB tang Softee Ma rdad Shae bie ee ee OP oe eee Rindextocthe Volumes. .eetrclus ttertee cae ae ect oie 411— PM ee en ee ee OU wys 453 434 ih Va Corey i i} ‘ A r é i ( : eo i * e \ : : 1 iY ; i i eb ve a SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES Qa